Panoramica prodotti
KWCS - Sistemi di serraggio KOSMEK
BLOCCAGGIO
VALVOLE
UNITA
POSIZIONAMENTO
POMPE
INNESTI E RACCORDI
KWCS
Bloccaggio
LHA
Idraulico 70bar
STAFFE ROTANTI (doppio effetto)
Staffa rotante ad alta velocità e alta forza di bloccaggio. Il pistone maggiormente guidato permette forze maggiori (+26% max) e l uso di leve più lunghe.
valvola co
aggio d ont ir m
o veloci tà roll nt
to et
LT/LG
Specifiche: Diametro esterno cilindro (mm): 36 - 40 - 48 - 55 - 65 - 75 - 90 - 105 Forza di bloccaggio (kN) a 70 bar: da 2,48 a 28,9 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 15 a 70 Opzioni: ・Asta di controllo・Predisposizione sensori di controllo ・Leva a smontaggio rapido・Leva doppia ・Corsa lunga・Angoli di rotazione 30°- 45°- 60°
Idraulico 70bar
STAFFE ROTANTI (singolo effetto)
Adatto per l utilizzo in serie su linee di produzione. Sviluppato originariamente per l industria automobilistica. Corpo in alluminio (da LT036 a LT075) Corpo in acciaio (da LG090 a LG105) valvola co
aggio d ont ir m
o veloci tà roll nt
to et
Specifiche: Diametro esterno cilindro (mm): 36 - 40 - 48 - 55 - 65 - 75 - 90 - 105 Forza di bloccaggio (kN) a 70 bar: da 2,16 a 26,5 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 25 a 70
WHE/WHA
Pneumatico 10bar
Nuovo
STAFFE ROTANTI PNEUMATICHE AD ALTA FORZA (doppio effetto)
aggio d ont ir m
sul corpo una valvola per il controllo individuale della velocità del bloccaggio.
valvola co o veloci tà roll nt
to et
Staffa rotante pneumatica compatta con la possibilità di montare direttamente
Specifiche: Diametro interno cilindro (mm): 32 - 40 - 50 - 63 HE Forza W di bloccaggio (kN) a 4 bar: da 0,78 a 3,09 HA Forza W di bloccaggio (kN) a 4 bar: da 0,26 a 1,05 WHE Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 2 a 5 WHA Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 1 a 10
TLA/ TLB
Nuovo
STAFFE ROTANTI (singolo/doppio effetto)
Idraulico 350bar Staffe rotanti ad alta velocità con tripla camma di guida per una maggiore precisione e durata. Disponibili con flangia di montaggio superiore ed inferiore. Ampia gamma di misure della leva di bloccaggio. Guarnizioni parapolvere in plastica lavorate per una migliore protezione agli agenti contaminanti esterni. Specifiche: TLA Diametro esterno cilindro (mm): 28,5 - 33 - 36 - 43 - 46 - 56 - 63 - 90 TLB Diametro esterno cilindro (mm): 32 - 36 - 39 - 46,5 - 53 - 63,5 - 71 - 90 Singolo effetto - Forza di bloccaggio (kN) a 350 bar: da 3,32 a 40,64 Doppio effetto - Forza di bloccaggio (kN) a 350 bar: da 3,52 a 43,3 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 70 a 350 Opzioni: ・Leva doppia・Corsa lunga・Angoli di rotazione 30°- 45°- 60°
1
KWCS
LKA
Bloccaggio
Idraulico 70bar
BLOCCAGGI A STAFFA (doppio effetto)
Bloccaggi a staffa compatti ad alta forza di serraggio. Ogni particolare è stato ottimizzato al fine di aumentare la forza di serraggio, superiore del 33% rispetto alla generazione precedente. Il corpo in acciaio da fusione consente un design più compatto e garantisce maggiore durata e prestazioni migliori.
aggio d ont ir m
valvola co o veloci tà roll nt
to et
LM/LJ
Specifiche: Diametro esterno cilindro (mm): 36 - 40 - 48 - 55 - 65 - 75 - 90 - 105 Forza di bloccaggio (kN) a 70 bar: da 3,16 a 35,2 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 5 a 70 Opzioni: ・Asta di controllo・Predisposizione sensori di controllo ・Biellette di reazione ad alta resistenza
Idraulico 70bar
BLOCCAGGI A STAFFA (singolo effetto)
Adatto per l utilizzo in serie su linee di produzione. Sviluppato originariamente per l industria automobilistica. Corpo in alluminio (da LM036 a LM075) Corpo in acciaio (da LJ090 a LJ105)
aggio d ont ir m
o veloci tà roll nt
alvola c o to v et
Specifiche: Diametro esterno cilindro (mm): 36 - 40 - 48 - 55 - 65 - 75 - 90 - 105 Forza di bloccaggio (kN) a 70 bar: da 7,46 a 31,0 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 25 a 70
WCE/WCA
Nuovo
BLOCCAGGI A STAFFA PNEUMATICI AD ALTA FORZA (doppio effetto)
aggio d ont ir m
Bloccaggio a staffa pneumatico compatto con la possibilità di montare direttamente sul corpo una valvola per il controllo individuale della velocità del bloccaggio.
valvola co o veloci tà roll nt
to et
Pneumatico 10bar
Specifiche: Diametro interno cilindro (mm): 32 - 40 - 50 - 63 WCE Forza di bloccaggio (kN) a 4 bar: da 0,83 a 3,35 WCA Forza di bloccaggio (kN) a 4 bar: da 0,32 a 1,25 WCE Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 2 a 5 WCA Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 1 a 10
TMA
BLOCCAGGI A STAFFA (singolo/doppio effetto)
Idraulico 350bar Bloccaggio a staffa compatto ad alta pressione. Elevata durata grazie al meccanismo a ginocchiera rinforzato.
Specifiche: Diametro esterno cilindro (mm): 33 - 36 - 43 - 48 - 60 - 70 - 85 Singolo effetto - Forza di bloccaggio (kN) a 350 bar: da 2,62 a 27,4 Doppio effetto - Forza di bloccaggio (kN) a 350 bar: da 3,64 a 39,7 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 35 a 350
2
KWCS
Bloccaggio
LC
aggio d ont ir m
IRRIGIDITORI (con flangia)
o velocit roll à nt
alvola c o to v et
Idraulico 70bar Il primo irrigiditore al mondo che lavora a pressioni da 25 a 70 bar. L alta forza di sostegno previene le vibrazioni del pezzo durante le lavorazioni causate dall usura dell utensile e dal materiale.
Specifiche: Diametro esterno cilindro (mm): 40 - 48 - 55 - 65 - 75 - 90 Forza di sostegno (kN) a 70 bar: da 5,5 a 65,0 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 25 a 70 Cavo
Avvicinamento idraulico
Avvicinamento a molla
LD
Idraulico 70bar
IRRIGIDITORI (corpo filettato)
Alta forza di sostegno prodotta a fronte di ingombri contenuti grazie al puntale di ampio diametro e alla ganascia interna di serraggio. Ottima stabilità anche con basse pressioni di esercizio. Quattro misure che variano da M26 a M45.
Specifiche: Diametro del corpo filettato: M26 - M30 - M36 - M45 Forza di sostegno (kN) a 70 bar: da 3,0 a 10,0 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 25 a 70 Avvicinamento idraulico
WNC
Avvicinamento a molla
Nuovo
IRRIGIDITORI PNEUMATICI AD ALTA FORZA (corpo filettato)
Pneumatico 7bar Irrigiditore pneumatico con pressione minima di esercizio di 2,5 bar. Può essere installato in spazi ristretti senza la necessità di apportare modifiche a piastre di fissaggio esistenti.
Specifiche: Diametro del corpo filettato: M26 - M30 - M36 - M45 - M60 Forza di sostegno (kN) a 4 bar: da 0,4 a 4,1 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 2,5 a 7 Avvicinamento pneumatico
Avvicinamento a molla
TNC
Idraulico 油圧 350bar 35MPa
IRRIGIDITORI (corpo filettato)
L unico irrigiditore ad alta pressione con bussola cilindrica nel settore. Ciò consente un funzionamento più fluido e una forza di sostegno stabile anche alle alte pressioni.
Specifiche: Diametro del corpo filettato: M26 - M30 - M36 - M45 Forza di sostegno (kN) a 350 bar: da 4,4 a 16,3 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 70 a 350
Avvicinamento idraulico
3
KWCS
DP
Idraulico 70bar
CILINDRI A SPINTA
Bloccaggio
Idraulico 250bar
Cilindro versatile fornito con diverse forme dello stelo del pistone. Cilindro a singolo effetto disponibile con 3 varianti di corsa per un totale di 102 modelli fra cui scegliere. Può essere utilizzato in piccoli spazi grazie al design compatto. Specifiche: Diametro del corpo filettato: M16 - M22 - M24 - M30 - M45 - M55 - M65 - M80 Forza di bloccaggio (kN) a 250 bar: da 1,26 a 58,3 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 8 a 250 Forma dello stelo del pistone:
foro filettato
DR/DS
bombato
Idraulico 70bar
CILINDRI A TRAZIONE
piattello oscillante
piattello oscillante con foro filettato
Idraulico 250bar
Cilindro versatile fornito con diverse forme dello stelo del pistone. Cilindro a singolo effetto disponibile con 3 varianti di corsa per un totale di 24 (DR) / 48 (DS)modelli fra cui scegliere. Può essere utilizzato in piccoli spazi grazie al design compatto.
Specifiche: Diametro del corpo filettato: M22 - M24 - M30 - M36 - M45 - M55 - M65 - M80 Forza di bloccaggio (kN) DR a 250 bar: da 1,75 a 62,1 Forza di bloccaggio (kN) DS a 250 bar: da 3,01 a 64,1 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 10 a 250
DT
Idraulico 70bar
Idraulico 250bar
Cilindro versatile fornito con diverse forme dello stelo del pistone. Cilindro a singolo effetto disponibile con 3 varianti di corsa per un totale di 30 modelli fra cui scegliere. Può essere utilizzato in piccoli spazi grazie al design compatto.
CILINDRI AD ASSE CAVO
Specifiche: Diametro del corpo filettato: M36 - M45 - M55 - M65 - M80 Forza di bloccaggio (kN) a 250 bar: da 11,3 a 64,1 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 10 a 250
aggio d ont ir m
CILINDRI LINARI
alvola c o to v et
o velocit roll à nt
LL/LLR/LLU
Idraulico 70bar Corse da 1 a 200 mm per avere sempre sempre la lunghezza ideale. Specifiche: Diametro esterno cilindro (mm): 36 - 40 - 48 - 55 - 65 - 75 - 90 - 105 Forza di bloccaggio (kN) a 70 bar: a spinta da 3,15 a 35,2 a trazione da 1,75 a 24,0 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 5 a 70 Opzioni: ・Asta di controllo・Predisposizione sensori di controllo Forma dello stelo del pistone:
foro filettato
perno filettato
testa ad occhiello
4
KWCS
Posizionamento
VS/VT
Idraulico 70bar
BLOCCAGGIO PALLET A PUNTO ZERO
Sistema di bloccaggio a punto zero per attrezzature. Elevata precisione di centraggio di 3μm.
Specifiche: Singolo effetto: Forza di bloccaggio (kN): 2,5 - 4,0 - 6,0 - 10,0 - 16,0 - 25,0 - 40,0 Pressione di sblocco (bar): da 35 a 70 bar Doppio effetto: Forza di bloccaggio (kN): 4,0 - 6,0 - 10,0 - 16,0 - 25,0 Bloccaggio pallet a molla
Bloccaggio pallet a doppio effetto
VL/VM/WM
CILINDRI DI RIFERIMENTO IDRAULICI / PNEUMATICI
Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 15 a 70 bar
Idraulico 70bar
Pneumatico 10bar
Cilindri a rapido azionamento per il riferimento di particolari utilizzando fori esitenti grezzi o lavorati. Elevata precisione di centraggio di 3μm. Specifiche: Diametri di presa (standard) (mm): 8 - 9 - 10 - 12 - 13 - 15 - 16 - 18 - 20 VL idraulico a singolo effetto: Pressione di sblocco (bar): da 25 a 70 bar Forza di ritenuta (N): da 260 a 290 VM idraulico a doppio effetto: Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 25 a 70
Cilindro di riferimento a molla
Cilindro di riferimento a doppio effetto
Forza di ritenuta (N) (a 70 bar): da 510 a 550 WM pneumatico a doppio effetto: Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 4 a 10 Forza di ritenuta (N) (a 10 bar): da 300 a 330
VJ/VK/ WK
CILINDRI DI RIFERIMENTO IDRAULICI / PNEUMATICI
Idraulico 70bar
Pneumatico 10bar
Cilindri a rapido azionamento per il riferimento di particolari utilizzando fori esitenti grezzi o lavorati. Elevata precisione di centraggio di 3μm. Specifiche: Diametri di presa (standard) (mm): da 7,6 a 8,5 - da 8,5 a 9,5 - da 9,5 a 10,8 VJ idraulico a singolo effetto: Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 25 a 70 Forza di ritenuta (N) (a 70 bar): da 210 a 390 VK idraulico a doppio effetto: Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 15a 70 Forza di ritenuta (N) (a 70 bar): da 230 a 430 WK pneumatico a doppio effetto: Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 4 a 10 Forza di ritenuta (N) (a 10 bar): da 130 a 250
Cut (per riferimento unidirezionale)
Datum (per centraggio)
VX
Manuale
PERNI DI RIFERIMENTO MANUALI
Il pezzo può essere posizionato manualmente con una precisione di 5 μm grazie all espansione della boccola conica.
Specifiche: Diametri di presa (standard) (mm): 8 - 10 - 12 - 16 - 20 Forza di ritenuta (N) (alla coppia di serraggio ammissibile): da 1500 a 5370
Datum(per centraggio)
5
Cut
(per riferimento unidirezionale)
KWCS
SFH
Posizionamento
Idraulico 70bar
Nuovo
BLOCCAGGIO A PERNO
Questo bloccaggio tira il pezzo da lavorare verso il piano di riferimento secondo il piano Z utilizzando un foro esistente lavorato. Permette la lavorazione di 5 facce del pezzo con una sola presa.
Specifiche: Diametri di presa (standard) (mm): 6 - 7 - 8 - 9 - 10 - 11 - 12 - 13 - 14 - 15 - 16 - 17 - 18 Forza di bloccaggio (kN) (a 70 bar): da 2,05 a 6,95 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 15 a 70 bar
SWH
Pneumatico 10bar
Nuovo
BLOCCAGGIO A PERNO PNEUMATICO
Questo bloccaggio tira il pezzo da lavorare verso il piano di riferimento secondo l asse Z utilizzando un foro esistente lavorato. Permette la lavorazione di 5 facce del pezzo con una sola presa.
Specifiche: Diametri di presa (standard) (mm): 11 - 12 - 13 - 14 Forza di bloccaggio (kN) (a 10 bar): 1,50 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 3 a 10 bar
SFK
Idraulico 70bar
Nuovo
BLOCCAGGIO A PERNO (Antipolvere)
Questo bloccaggio tira il pezzo da lavorare verso il piano di riferimento secondo l asse Z utilizzando un foro esistente lavorato. Permette la lavorazione di 5 facce del pezzo con una sola presa.
Specifiche: Diametri di presa (standard) (mm): 11 - 12 - 13 - 14 - 15 - 16 - 17 - 18 Forza di bloccaggio (kN) (a 70 bar): da 3,65 a 6,95 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 15 a 70 bar
FP/FQ
BLOCCAGGIO A SFERE
Idraulico 70bar PERNO DI BLOCCAGGIO
Idraulico 250bar
Bloccaggio a sfere con perno di fissaggio che consente la lavorazione contemporanea di 5 facce del pezzo, ad eccezione del piano di bloccaggio.
Specifiche: 70 bar:
Diametro esterno cilindro (mm): 39 - 55 - 65 - 75 - 90 Forza di bloccaggio (kN) (a 70 bar): 4,0 - 6,3 - 10,0 - 15,0 - 24,0 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 10 a 70 bar
250 bar:
Diametro esterno cilindro (mm): 36 - 39 - 47 - 55 - 75 Forza di bloccaggio (kN) (a 70 bar): 4,0 - 6,3 - 10,0 - 15,0 - 25,0 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 10 a 250 bar
6
KWCS
Innesti / Raccordi
BGC/BGD INNESTI SENZA PERDITE con VALVOLA PILOTA
Idraulico 70bar
Idraulico 250bar
La pressione sul lato dell attrezzo viene mantenuta anche quando la pressione di alimentazione viene interrotta con l innesto collegato. Questo permette una connessione/disconnessione rapida senza vincoli o requisiti idraulici particolari. Sul lato di alimentazione è prevista una funzione di soffiaggio aria. Specifiche: Fluido da utilizzare: Olio idraulico generico Area minima di passaggio (mm 2): 10,2 Forza di reazione alla pressurizzazione (kN)(a 70 bar): 0,96 Eccentricità ammissibile (mm): ±1 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 10 a 250
BGP/BGS INNESTI SENZA PERDITE con VALVOLA PILOTA
Idraulico 70bar La pressione sul lato dell attrezzo viene mantenuta anche quando la pressione di alimentazione viene interrotta con l innesto collegato. Questo permette una connessione/disconnessione rapida senza vincoli o requisiti idraulici particolari.
Specifiche: Fluido da utilizzare: Olio idraulico generico Area minima di passaggio (mm 2): 11,0 Forza di reazione alla pressurizzazione (kN)(a 70 bar): 0,93 Eccentricità ammissibile (mm): ±1 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 10 a 70
BNP/BNS INNESTI SENZA PERDITE
Idraulico 70bar
Idraulico 250bar
Innesti senza perdite dotati di meccanismo di allineamento che consente la connessione e disconnessione in pressione.
Specifiche: Fluido da utilizzare: Olio idraulico generico Area minima di passaggio (mm 2): 11,0 Forza di reazione alla pressurizzazione (kN)(a 70 bar): 1,02 Eccentricità ammissibile (mm): ±1 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 10,0 a 250,0
BBP/BBS
INNESTI SENZA PERDITE (richiede una piccola forza di innesto)
Idraulico 70bar
Idraulico 250bar
Innesti senza perdite che richiedono una piccola forza di innesto indipendentemente dalla pressione di esercizio utilizzata. Connessione di apparecchiature semplificata grazie al ridotto carico sul lato dell attrezzatura di utilizzo.
Specifiche: Fluido da utilizzare: Olio idraulico generico Area minima di passaggio (mm 2): 11,6 Forza di innesto alla connessione (kN): 0,25 Eccentricità ammissibile (mm): ±1 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 50,0 a 250,0
7
クーラン
ト3.5MPa
KWCS
BJP/BJS INNESTI SENZA PERDITE
Innesti / Raccordi
Idraulico 250bar
Idraulico 70bar
Innesto automatico dotato di meccanismo di allineamento con possibilità di innesto e disinnesto anche sotto pressione.
Specifiche: Fluido da utilizzare: Olio idraulico generico Area minima di passaggio (mm 2 ): 10,3(BJ□220/250)40(BJ□321)29(BJ□351) Forza di reazione alla pressurizzazione (kN) (a 70 bar): 0.68(BJ□220/250) 1.22(BJ□321/BJ□351) Eccentricità ammissibile (mm): ±1 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 10a 300
JNA/JNB JNC/JND RACCORDI CON RILEVAMENTO
RACCORDI
Pneumatico 10bar
Idraulico 250bar
Raccordi idraulici o pneumatici utilizzati per il collegamento e scollegamento al circuito di attrezzature di fissaggio e piastre.
JNA/JNB Specifiche:
JNC/JND Specifiche:
Fluido da utilizzare: Aria
Fluido da utilizzare: Aria - Olio
Area minima di passaggio (mm 2): 8,8 (7,4 eccentrico)
Area minima di passaggio (mm 2): 10,3
Forza di reazione alla pressurizzazione (kN):
Forza di reazione alla pressurizzazione (kN):
(a 5 bar): 0,12
(a 70 bar): 0,82
Eccentricità ammissibile (mm): ±1
Eccentricità ammissibile (mm): ±0,5 (JNC/D20-0F)
Pressione di esercizio (bar): max. 10
±0,41(JNC/D020-0M) Pressione di esercizio (bar): max. 250
JVC/JVD JVE/JVF RACCORDI
Pneumatico 10bar Refrigerante 10bar
Idraulico 70bar
Raccordi pneumatici, idraulici e per refrigerante per il collegamento e scollegamento al circuito di attrezzature di fissaggio e piastre.
JVC/JVD Specifiche:
JVE/JVF Specifiche:
Fluido da utilizzare: Aria - Olio
Fluido da utilizzare: Refrigerante
Area minima di passaggio (mm 2): 12,6
Area minima di passaggio (mm 2): 29,0
Forza di reazione alla pressurizzazione (kN):
Forza di reazione alla pressurizzazione (kN):
(a 70 bar): 1,12
JLP/JLS RACCORDI
(a 10 bar): 0,44
Eccentricità ammissibile (mm): ±0,5
Eccentricità ammissibile (mm): ±0,5
Pressione di esercizio (bar): max. 70
Pressione di esercizio (bar): max. 10
Pneumatico 10bar Refrigerante 350 bar
Idraulico 250bar
Giunto automatico con valvola di ritegno utilizzato in circuiti pneumatici e per refrigerante, utilizzato principalmente in applicazioni di automazione.
Specifiche: Fluido da utilizzare: Aria - Refrigerante - Olio idraulico generico Area minima di passaggio (mm 2 ): 29,0 (JL□020) - 50,0 (JL□30) Forza di reazione alla pressurizzazione (kN) (a 70 bar): 1,18(JL□020) 1,54(JL□030) Eccentricità ammissibile (mm): ±0,5 Pressione di esercizio (bar):max. 35(Aria - Refrigerante) max. 250(Idraulico)
8
KWCS
Valvole
BK
Idraulico 70bar
VALVOLE SENZA PERDITE
Idraulico 300bar
Valvole senza perdite a disconnessione manuale. Mantengono la pressione dell attrezzo quando disconnesse dalla sorgente.
Specifiche: Opzioni di alimentazione: tubazione, a basetta, a montaggio multiplo (BLS - BLB - BM) Area minima di passaggio (mm 2 ): 17,2 (BK22) - 14,2 (BK25) - 30,0 (BK32) Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 20 a 300
BLS
Idraulico 70bar
VALVOLE DI SEQUENZA
Idraulico 300bar
Valvola di sequenza che permette di gestire attuatori multipli per garantire il posizionamento e prevenire deformazioni.
Specifiche: Opzioni di alimentazione: tubazione, a basetta, a montaggio multiplo (BLS - BLB - BM) Area minima di passaggio (mm 2 ): 7 (P(R)→CYL) - 27 (CYL→P(R)) Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 20 a 300
BLG
Nuovo
VALVOLE DI SEQUENZA COMPATTE
Idraulico 70bar
Idraulico 350bar
Valvola di sequenza compatta, solo a montaggio a basetta, che permette di gestire attuatori multipli per garantire il posizionamento e prevenire deformazioni.
Specifiche: Opzioni di alimentazione: a basetta Area minima di passaggio (mm 2 ): 8,7 (P(R)→CYL) - 10,2 (CYL→P(R)) Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 20 a 350
BLB
VALVOLE DI BILANCIAMENTO
Idraulico 70bar
Idraulico 300bar
Valvola di bilanciamento della pressione per prevenire le deformazioni dei pezzi durante il funzionamento.
Specifiche: Opzioni di alimentazione: tubazione, a basetta, a montaggio mutiplo (BK) Area minima di passaggio (mm 2 ): 4,6 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 20 a 300
9
KWCS
BM
Idraulico 70bar
Valvole
Idraulico 300bar
Valvola riduttrice senza perdite per ridurre parzialmente la pressione del circuito idraulico di un attrezzo. Può essere utilizzato nel circuito anche quando è scollegato dalla fonte di pressione.
VALVOLA RIDUTTRICE SENZA PERDITE
Specifiche: Opzioni di alimentazione: tubazione, a basetta, a montaggio multiplo (BK) Area minima di passaggio (mm 2 ): 9,4 Pressione di alimentazione primaria (bar) : da 35 a 300 Pressione secondaria (bar) : da 20 a 200
JSS
Idraulico 70bar
ACCUMULATORE
Accumulatore a molla utilizzato per assorbire le variazioni di pressione all interno di un circuito idraulico. Ampia gamma disponibile per svariate applicazioni.
Specifiche: Opzioni di alimentazione: tubazione, a basetta Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 20 a 70
JK
Idraulico 70bar
Idraulico 220bar
Rileva la pressione del circuito di un apparecchio scollegato dalla sorgente di alimentazione idraulica utilizzando un attuatore di finecorsa incorporato.
INDICATORE DI PRESSIONE
Specifiche: Opzioni di alimentazione: tubazione, a basetta Campo di pressione (bar): da 45 a 220
PS
JGA/JGB
JX
Provvede al blocco tra una maschera e il relativo sistema di trasporto per mezzo di un segnale elettrico per garantire la disconnessione dell alimentazione.
Indica la pressione del circuito idraulico. Riempito di glicerina per prevenire le vibrazioni.
Divide un unico circuito in più rami.
SWITCH
MANOMETRO
PIASTRINA DI MONTAGGIO PER MANOMETRO
10
KWCS
Pompe
AA/AB/AC POMPE AD ARIA
Idraulico 70bar
Idraulico 647bar
16 dimensioni, dal palmo di una mano fino a grandi portate. Alte pressioni idrauliche, fornite unicamente con aria compressa.
Specifiche: Pression e in usc ita (bar):
mod. AA da 40 a 177 mod. AB da 24 a 435 mod. AC da 23 a 647
C on sumo d a ria(Nm 3/min):
mod. AA 0,15 mod. AB 0,4 mod. AC 1,0
AA-V/AB-V/AC-V POMPE AD ARIA
Idraulico 70bar
Idraulico 435bar
16 dimensioni, dal palmo di una mano fino a grandi portate, dotate di valvola. Alte pressioni idrauliche, fornite unicamente con aria compressa.
Specifiche: Pression e in usc ita (bar):
mod. AA da 40 a 177 mod. AB da 24 a 435 m o d. A C da 2 3 a 6 4 7
C on sumo d a ria(Nm 3/min):
mod. AA 0,15 mod. A B 0,4 m od. A C 1 ,0
AU
MOLTIPLICATORE DI PRESSIONE A SCARICA CONTINUA
Idraulico 70bar
Idraulico 300bar
Valvola moltiplicatrice compatta. La pressione di alimentazione è incrementata utilizzando l aria per incrementare la pressione del cilindro idraulico. Disponibile con rapporti di moltiplicazione di 2, 3 e 5 volte.
Specifiche: R apporto di moltiplic a zion e: 2 (AU2520) - 3 (AU2530) - 5 (AU2850 ) Pression e in en tra ta (ba r):
da 30 a 125 (AU2520) da 20 a 84 (AU2530) da 20 a 70 (AU2850)
Pression e in usc ita (bar):
da 60 a 250 (AU2520 - AU2530) da 100 a 350 (AU2850)
BU
VALVOLA MOLTIPLICATRICE SENZA PERDITE
Idraulico 70bar
Idraulico 250bar
Unità moltiplicatrice compatta in linea la pressione in uscita viene incrementata automaticamente dalla pressione in entrata. Disponibile con rapporti di moltiplicazione di 2,2, 3 e 6.
Specifiche: R apporto di moltiplic a zion e: 1:2,2 (BU5020) - 1:3 (BU5030) - 1:6 (B U 5 0 6 0 ) Pression e in en tra ta (ba r): da 50 a 114 (BU5020) da 3 0 a 84 (B U 5 0 3 0 ) da 15 a 4 2 (BU 5 0 6 0 ) Pression e in usc ita (ba r): da 110 a 250 (BU5020) da 9 0 a 252 (BU5030 - BU5060) Volume di sc a ric o n el proc esso di poten zia men to (c m 3): 30(BU5020) 23(BU5030) 12(BU5060)
11
KWCS
BAS
Idraulico 70bar
VALVOLA SENZA PERDITE
Pompe
Idraulico 300bar
La pressione è mantenuta anche se la sorgente idraulica è disattivata. E possibile il controllo della pressione se utilizzata in combinazione con un pressostato.
Specifiche: Area minima di passaggio (mm 2 ): P→A:8 A→R:44 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 25 a 300
BSP
Idraulico 70bar
Idraulico 250bar
La pressione è mantenuta anche se la sorgente idraulica è disattivata. E in grado di mantenere in azione un cilindro idraulico. Montaggio conforme a ISO 4401-03.
VALVOLA PILOTA SENZA PERDITE
Specifiche: Area minima di passaggio (mm 2 ): 24 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 25 a 250
BX
VALVOLA DI SFIATO PNEUMATICA AUTOMATICA
port Valvola di sfiato
port
Idraulico 250bar Valvola di sfiato che svuota automaticamente l aria all interno del circuito idraulico durante il ciclo di ON/OFF. Viene installata nella parte superiore di un circuito idraulico.
Specifiche: Volume di dren a ggio (c m 3/azione): 10 (solo aria) - 0,6 (solo olio) Pression e di apertura (ba r): 0,4 porta ta min ima di fun zion amen to (c m 3 / min ): 50 Pressione di esercizio (bar): max. 250
JB
PRESSOSTATO
Idraulico 392bar Utilizzato per il controllo della pressione interna di un circuito idraulico. Resistente alle vibrazioni di 30G.
Specifiche: C ampo di pression e: in aumen to (ba r): da 7 a 39 2 in dimin uzion e (bar) da 4 a 3 6 2 Opzioni: ・L uc i a L ED ・L uc i a l n eon
12
KWCS
BC
Unità Idraulico 70bar
Idraulico 300bar
Gruppo valvole senza perdite e pressostato. Manovrate a distanza con controllo elettrico.
BH
Idraulico 70bar
Idraulico 300bar
Gruppo valvole senza perdite a comando manuale Disponibili sia normalmente aperte che normalmente chiuse.
Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 25 a 300
Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 25 a 300
PA
B PH R
B
A
A
Circuito a due vie
CB
Idraulico 70bar
P R
Circuito a due vie
Idraulico 435bar
CC
Idraulico 70bar
Idraulico 647bar
Gruppo pompa utilizzabile in combinazione con il gruppo valvole a tre vie senza perdite (BC e BH).
Gruppo pompa ad alta portata utilizzabile in compinazione con il gruppo valvole a tre vie senza perdite (BC e BH).
P r es si o ne i n u s cit a ( b a r ) : d a 24 a 435
Pression e in usc ita (ba r): da 23 a 647
da 25 a 300 (in combinazione con BC e BH)
PH R
CP
da 25 a 300 (in combinazione con BC e BH)
PH R
PA
Idraulico 70bar
Idraulico 300bar
CS
PA
Idraulico 70bar
Idraulico 300bar
Unità idraulica compatta che comprende la pompa mod. AA, le valvole e i pressostati.
Unità idraulica equipaggiata con la pompa mod. AC. Usata in sistemi che richiedono una portata maggiore rispetto alla versione CP.
P r es si o ne i n u s cit a ( b a r ) : d a 25 a 300
Pression e in usc ita (ba r) : da 25 a 300
B port
PAport
Circuito a due vie
Idraulico 70bar
Circuito a due vie
Hydraulic 647bar
Unità idraulica con pompa ad azionamento manuale e valvola integrata. P r es si o ne i n u s cit a ( b a r ) : d a 24 a 435 ( p o mp a mo d. AA) d a 24 a 435 ( p o m p a mo d. AC) PA PH(R)
Circuito ad una via
13
PAport
A port
A port
CV
B port
KWCS
BZW/BZL/BZT
Pneumatico 10bar
Accessori
Idraulico 70bar
Idraulico 350bar
Valvola di flusso a montaggio diretto, permette la regolazione
Valvola di controllo velocità
individuale dei componenti all interno di un circuito. Disponibile sia per bassa che per alta pressione
Specifiche: Fluido da utilizzare: Aria (BZW) - Olio idraulico generico (BZL, BZT) Pressione di esercizio (bar): max. 10 (BZW) - max. 70 (BZL) - max. 350 (BZT) Pneumatica
Idraulica
BZX/JZG
Idraulico 70bar
Valvola/Tappo con funzione di sfiato
Idraulico 350bar
BZX: Valvola di sfiato. JZG: Tappo con funzione di sfiato. L aria viene sfiatata al termine del ciclo, aumentando la stabilità del sistema idraulico.
Specifiche: Fluido da utilizzare: Olio idraulico generico Pressione di esercizio (bar): max. 250 (BZX) - max. 350 (JZG) Valvola di sfiato
Tappo di sfiato
ELEMENTI DI BLOCCAGGIO Braccio di bloccaggio standard
dello ste ma lo or
f
Leva di bloccaggio standard
Per le seguenti versioni di bloccaggi: LG - LHA - TLA - TLB - WHA
Per le seguenti versioni di bloccaggi: LJ - LM - WCA
Leva di bloccaggio a cambio rapido
Braccio di bloccaggio semifinito
Forma della leva
f
dello ste ma lo or
Per le seguenti versioni di bloccaggi: LHA - TLA - TLB
Per le seguenti versioni di bloccaggi: LJ - LKA - LM - WCA - TMA
ELEMENTI DI MONTAGGIO Ghiera di fissaggio Per le seguenti versioni di bloccaggi:
Blocchetto per tubazioni Per le seguenti versioni di bloccaggi:
Blocchetto a basetta Per le seguenti versioni di bloccaggi:
DP - DR - DS - DT
DP
LC - LG - LHA - LJ - LKA - LM - LT - TMA
Blocchetto di fissaggio Per le seguenti versioni di bloccaggi:
Blocchetto per tubazioni Per le seguenti versioni di bloccaggi:
Blocchetto a basetta Per le seguenti versioni di bloccaggi:
DP - DR - DS - DT - LD - TNC - WD
DR - LD - TNC - WD
DP
14
â– Ga mma prodo t t i Produciamo una vasta gamma di sistemi di bloccaggio e componenti, non esitate a contattarci.
CAM B I O RA P I DO S T A MP I
BLOCCAG G I O STAMPI PRE SSOFUSIO NE
Cambio dello stampo in pochissimo tempo.
Sistema di fissaggio stampi stabile e sicuro per sistemi a pressofusione
Usato su tutti i tipi di presse per stampaggio.
anche in condizioni gravose come le alte temperature o distaccanti, ecc.
BLOCC A GGI O S T A M P I A D I N I EZ I ONE
CAMBI O RAPI DO STAMPI AD I NIEZIO NE
Lo stampo viene assicurato dall’azione magnetica.
Linea completa di bloccaggio idraulici e pneumatici.
Disponibile per macchine di dimensioni superiori a 300kN.
Per tutte le applicazioni di stampaggio ad iniezione.
h t t p : / / w ww.agint.com
Attrezzature Agint Srl Via Privata Alzaia Trieste 3 20090 Cesano Boscone (MI) Tel. 02 - 4945 1414 Fax 02 - 47760247 info@agint.com kwcs-0412-i
7MPa Single-action swing clamp
model
LT/LG
Single-action swing clamp Cross-sectional structure and features
LT/LG
High-power & high-speed clamp Easy manufacturing of clamp levers
Superior coolant resistance A strong seal has been achieved with a specially designed dust seal, which can also be used with high-pressure coolant. The use of a highly chemical resistant material makes it highly durable even when chlorine-based coolant is used.
Taper sleeve design eliminates taper from clamp lever. Timing pin assures phase for quick change of clamp lever.
Direct mount speed control available
Optimized for Strength
Speed and synchronization are easily adjusted when equipped with direct mount speed controllers. Air venting is quick with speed controller or air vent valve. Speed controller and air valve are for use with manifold (C type) hydraulic supply.
Increased guide ratio provides high rigidity.
Speed control valve (Model BZL)
Assembly diagram
Air venting diagram
Long-life, high durability model BZL
model JZG
Designed for high speeds
Air venting valve
model BZX
1
7MPa
(Refer to Page 11)
Larger diameter cam, large ball bearings and enlarged guide dimensions increase rigidity. Improved outer race reduces friction.
ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p
Exclusive trap valve isolates the spring housing from the external atmosphere. Coolant is kept out eliminating internal corrosion. Also, cumbersome vent port isn't required.
model
LT/LG
INDEX
Model code
3
Performance Graph
5
LT/LG Standard type
7
Clamp at 90ยบ swing
Lever design dimensions/accessories
9
Remarks
15
KOSM EK LTD .
2
Single-action swing clamp Single-action swing clamp
Model code
L T 048 0 - C R 1
2
3
4
5
1 Body material
T : Aluminum alloy (Body size: 036-075) G : Steel
(Body size: 090-105)
2 Body size Shows the exterior diameter ( cylinder on the main unit
D) of the
3 Design No.
4 Piping methods
C : Gasket type (with G thread plug) G : Gasket type S : Pipe type (Rc thread)
Gasket type with G thread plug Speed controller can be installed
Pipe type Rc thread No gasket port
5 Swing direction during locking
R: Clockwise direction L : Counter-clockwise direction
Swing direction during locking
Notes *1 The aluminum alloy body material (LT) is for body sizes 036-075, and the steel (LG) is for body sizes 090 and 105. *2 With the gasket type, the one with the alluminum alloy body (LT) has no Rc thread, while the one with the steel body (LG) has a plug on the Rc thread.
7MPa
ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p
Model code
model
LT/LG
Speed control valve (with air venting function) *1
1
2
Model code
BZL 0 1 0 0 - A 3
1 G thread size
1 : G1/8 2 : G1/4 3 : G3/8 2 Design No.
3 Type of control
BZL-A:Meter-in
BZL-B:Meter-out
A : Meter-in B : Meter-out *1 Can only be installed on C-type piping system.
P1 Port Hydraulic pressure supply side
P2 Port Clamp side
P1 Port Hydraulic pressure supply side
P2 Port Clamp side
Air bleed valve *2
BZX 0 1 0 1
2
1 G thread size
1 : G1/8 2 : G1/4 3 : G3/8 2 Design No. *2 Can only be installed on C-type piping system.
G thread plug (with air bleed function) *3
JZG 0 1 0 1
2
1 G thread size
1: G1/8 2 : G1/4 3 : G3/8 2 Design No. *3 Shipped assembled on C-type piping system.
KOSM EK LTD .
Single-action swing clamp Performance Curve LT0360
LT0480
LT0400
25
5
35 L 0
L 0
L 0
L
0 0 L 150 130
15
10
Clamp force (kN)
L 32 12
Clamp force (kN)
Clamp force (kN)
30 20
L 3 5 14
25
L
0 5 L 150 12 5
20 15
4 L 42 1 5 L 100 4 5 L 150 124 5
3
2
10 05
Non-usable range
1
2
3
4
0
5
1
2
3
4
0
5
LT0550
Non-usable range
1
2
3
4
5
Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)
Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)
Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)
LT0750
LT0650
14
L 50 20 L 120 0 L 200 1 0
4
3
2
L 0 12
L 5 5 21 5 L 120 85 L 200 1 5
5
L
Clamp force (kN)
5
L 0
8
Clamp force (kN)
Clamp force (kN)
L 0
4 3
5 25 L 120 80 L 200 1 0
10 8
4
2
Non-usable range
1
Non-usable range
1 0
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
0
5
1
2
3
4
5
Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)
Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)
LG0900
Non-usable range
2
0
5
Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)
LG1050
20
30
1 L
5
2 5 L 150 102 5 L 250 202 5
12
8
4
1
2
3
4
5
Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)
L 0
25
L
0 35 L 1 0 115 L 250 1 5
20
15
10
Non-usable range
5
0
1
2
3
4
How to read performance curve diagram L
5
Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)
Model
LT0480 (E.g.) When LT0480 is used Requirements: Hydraulic pressure of 5.0 MPa When lever length(L) = 42 mm Clamp force is approximately 2.4kN. Note 1. Clamp force F is found by substituting lever length L and hydraulic pressure P in the formulas in the specifications column. (see page 8). 2. Cylinder thrust (L=0) cannot be found with the formula on page 8.
50 L 0
Clamp force (kN)
0
Non-usable range
Clamp force (kN)
L 0
Clamp force (kN)
Performance Curve
0
1
Non-usable range
05
7MPa
ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p
L 42 1 5 L 100 4 5 L 150 124 5
30
20
Lever length L
Non-usable range part
10
0
Please 1. This graph shows the relationship between supply pressure and clamp force. Read 2. The clamp force will vary depending on the length of the lever. Use the appropriate hydraulic pressure for the length of the lever. 3. If used outside the permitted range it could cause deformation, dragging or oil leaks. 4. When adjusting the clamp operation time refer to the 90째swing time graph and set it to operate at the appropriate speed.
Standard lever dimensions
40
1
2
3
4
5
Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)
Performance curve/allowable operation time graph
model
LT/LG
Allowable operation time graph LT0400
0 010
0 025
0 00
0 004
0 002
0 0125
Moment of inertia (kg
Moment of inertia (kg
0 008
2)
2)
2)
Moment of inertia (kg
LT0480
0 015
0 010
0 00 5
0 005
0 0025
0
0 3
0
0
1 2
0
1 5
0 3
90° swing time (sec)
0
1 5
0 010
0 040
0 020
0
2)
Moment of inertia (kg
0 150
0 100
0 050
0 3
0 5
1
Material swing lever 1
1 5
0 050
0 025
0
1 5
0 3
2
0 500
0 400
0 300
0 200
0 100
0
0 3 0 5
90° swing time (sec)
How to find the moment of inertia (formula)
(1)Rectangular plate (rectangular solid), rotational axis perpendicular to plate at one end
1
1 5
0 5
1
1 5
90° swing time (sec)
Material swing lever
0 3 0 5
0 0 5
Material swing lever
LG1050
0 200
0
0 100
90° swing time (sec)
0 250
1 5
2) 0 0 0
1 5
0 300
1
0 125
0 080
Material swing lever
LG0900
0 5
0 150
Moment of inertia (kg
0 020
1
0 3
90° swing time (sec)
2)
Moment of inertia (kg
2)
Moment of inertia (kg
0 030
0 5
0 005
LT0750
90° swing time (sec)
2)
1
0 100
Material swing lever
Moment of inertia (kg
0 5
LT0650
0 040
0 3
0 010
90° swing time (sec)
LT0550
0
0 015
Material swing lever
Material swing lever
Material swing lever
0 020
Allowable operation time graph
LT0360
2
Notes 1.This graph shows the 90° swing time with respect to the lever’s moment of inertia. The rotation operation may not be possible with levers having large moments of inertia depending on the mounting position of the lever and the hydraulic pressure supplied. 2.Adjust the 90° swing time so that it is larger than the value shown in the graph above with the lever’s moment of inertia. 3.If the swing is too fast, the force of inertia may reduce the stopping precision and cause damage to the internal parts. 4.If the clamp is mounted sideways the weight of the lever when it begins rotating of its own weight at the time of release may cause the speed of rotation to exceed the allowable time as shown above and damage the clamp. If such is the case, use a speed control valve to adjust the meter-out speed. 5.Contact us if you wish to use the clamp under conditions other than those shown in this graph.
90° swing time (sec)
Moment of inertia (kg m2) L, L1, L2, K, b: Length (m) m, m1, m2, m3: Weight (kg) (2)Rectangular plate (rectangular solid), rotational axis perpendicular to plate at center of gravity
(3)There is a load at the tip of the lever
L2 L
L L1
L1
L
3 1
2
2
1
4L
2
12
2
2 2
1
2
4L1 12
2
2
L
2
1
4L 12
2
2 2
4L 1 12
2 3
2
3
L2
2
2
12
12
KOSM EK LTD .
Single-action swing clamp Exterior Dimensions
Machining dimensions for mounting portion
C : Gasket type (with G thread plug) This drawing shows the released position of LT/LG-CR.
R type
L type Counterbore
Hydraulic pressure port P
(-C/-G Type) 4-EA thread Make sure there are no burrs
Lever phase determination groove
R type (L type: 180° opposite) Nut
thread
taper1/10
G thread plug (-C type only) Hydraulic pressure port (G thread) Speed controller can only be installed on –C type
Swing direction during locking
Hexagon socket Y
Taper sleeve
LT/LG
Remarks 3 The EA thread depth for mounting bolts is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference. 4 The depth of diameter D for the mounting hole on the unit is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the F dimensions as a reference.
Piping methods G : Gasket type Trap valve
This drawing shows the released position of LG-GR. There is no R thread plug (Rc thread) on LT036-075.
O ring for hydraulic pressure port (supplied) (-C/-G types)
R thread plug
S : Pipe type (Rc thread) This drawing shows the released position of LT/LG-SR. Remarks 1 The groove for determining the lever phase is set to the port side in the locked position. 2 Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference.
Hydraulic pressure port Rc thread
7MPa
ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p
Standard type
model
LT/LG
Specifications Model Locking cylinder area Clamping capacity (formula) 5 Full stroke Swing stroke (90째) Locking stroke Cylinder volume Return spring force Maximum operating pressure Minimum operating pressure Pressure resistance Operating temperature Accuracy of 90째swing angle Repeat accuracy of final position after swing Weight 6
L
Notes 5 F: Clamp force (kN); P: Hydraulic pressure (MPa); L: Distance (mm) from center of piston to clamp point 6 Shows the weight of the swing clamp unit including the nuts and taper sleeve.
Exterior dimension chart and machining dimension chart for mounting portion
LT/LG
Model
X (nominal size x pitch) Y (hexagon x depth) Z (Chamfer)
Hydraulic pressure port G thread plug (-C) (Recommended inner diameter of pipe) Hydraulic pressure port R thread plug (-G) (Recommended inner diameter of pipe) O ring (-C/-G types) Hydraulic pressure port (Rc thread) (-S) Remarks 1. The recommended inner pipe diameters in the chart are reference values. Make appropriate changes according to the number of clamps used and the distance from the piping.
KOSM EK LTD .
Single-action swing clamp Swing lever design dimensions Use as a reference when designing and manufacturing a swing lever.
Compatible Models Lever phase Positioning pin hole
Lever design dimensions
Remarks 1) Design and manufacture the swing lever referring to the performance curve for the length. (see page 5). 2) If you manufacture a swing lever with different dimensions than the chart above, it could lead to malfunctions, including poor clamp force not up to specification, deformation and scraping.
7MPa
ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p
Lever design dimensions/accessories
model
LT/LG
Standard swing lever : LZ-LE1 Chamfer
Compatible Models
N thread Nuts (3 types)
Chamfer
Remarks 1) Material: S45C 2) When determining the phase, refer to the swing lever design dimensions for each model to do the additional machining.
Quenching
HRC50 or higher
1 The design No. is 1 for LZ048 only.
Material swing lever : LZ-LE2 Compatible Models
Remarks 1) Material: S45C 2) Perform additional machining on the end as necessary. 3) When determining the phase, refer to the swing lever design dimensions for each model to do the additional machining.
Accessories
1 The design No. is 1 for LZ048 only.
Manifold block : LZ-MS Compatible Models
O ring
P face
O ring
Remarks 1) Material: S45C 2) Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the C dimensions as a reference. 3) If you need a different thickness (dimension C) than the block, perform additional machining on the P face. Alternatively, refer to this drawing to manufacture it on your own.
KOSM EK LTD .
1
Single-action swing clamp Speed Control Valve (with air venting function): BZL
1
BZL is the direct mount G thread speed control valve for piping method: C type. It is best used in the in the circuit where the flow governing valve cannot be mounted, or the synchronized and individual adjustment is necessary. Additionally, air can be vented at the component, improving stability of the hydraulic system. 1 Can only be installed on C-type piping system.
meter-in
Model Maximum Use Pressure
P1 port
Max. rated pressure
Hydraulic prssure supply side
Controlling Method
P2 port Clamp side
G thread size meter-out
Cracking pressure Maximum passage area
Tightening torque
P1 port
Remarks 1. The maximum passage area when the controlling side is fully opened is the same as the maximum passage area shown in the table above.
Hydraulic prssure supply side
P2 port Clamp side
Model M thread
(Swing clamp) Special packing
G thread
Corresponding Product Model
(Attached)
P2 port Clamping side
Closed
Open
Hexagonal K
max.H max.C
Hexagonal A
Accessories
P1 port Hydraulic supply side
Processing dimensions for the mounting area R (Flat area)
Notes
U thread (Lower hole Ă˜T flat bottom)
port Clamping side
Notes As the area is sealing part, pay attention not to damage it. As the area is the metal sealing part at the BZL side, pay attention not to damage it (Notes for deburring) Pay attention to have no cutting powder and burring at the tolerance part of the processing hole. port Hydraulic supply side
As shown in the drawing, P1 port is used as the hydraulic supply side and P2 port as the clamping side. If the market available plug and connector with G screw specs are considered to be mounted, “ 1� in the specification list is 12.5. It is dangerous to have air venting operation under high pressure.It must be done under lower pressure. (For reference: the minimum operation pressure range of the product within the circuit)
11
7MPa
ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p
Speed Control Valve
model
BZL
Flow characteristic graph (hydraulic fluids ISO-VG32 meter-in
meter-in Control flow direction
Pressure loss
Pressure loss
Control flow direction
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
Control flow direction
meter-in
Pressure loss
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
Fully closed
Free flowing direction
Flow rate (L/min)
Fully closed
Fully opened
Flow rate (L/min)
Fully opened
Free flowing direction
Fully opened
Fully closed
Pressure loss
Pressure loss
Control flow direction
Control flow direction
Control flow direction
Pressure loss
Pressure loss
Flow rate (L/min)
Pressure loss
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
Free flowing direction
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
Pressure loss
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
Free flowing direction
Free flowing direction
Pressure loss (
Fully closed
Pressure loss
Fully opened
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
Free flowing direction
Fully opened
Fully opened
Fully closed
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
Accessories
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
Fully closed
Pressure loss
KOSM EK LTD .
12
Single-action swing clamp Air venting valve : BZX
1
BZL is the direct mount G thread speed control valve for piping method: C type. As it is specially for air venting, it is easy to vent the air within the hydraulic circuit. 1 It can only be installed on Piping Method C Type.
Specifications
Circuit Symbol
Model Maximum use pressure Max rated pressure
G thread size Tightening torque (housing)
External Dimensions Housing Locking nut M6 (3 types)
Model (Swing clamp)
Plug
O ring (attached) G thread
Corresponding Product Model
Hexagonal hole 3
O ring
Hexagonal 10
Notes 1. Do not over loosen the plug during air venting. (Do not loosen for more than 2 turns from the fully closed status.) 2. It is dangerous to have air venting operation under high pressure. (For reference: the minimum operation pressure range of the product within the circuit)
Hexagonal A
3. Refer to the processing dimensions for BZL mounting area if it is otherwise mounted within the hydraulic circuit. (Refer to Page 11)
G thread plug (with air venting function) : JZG
2
Accessories
JZG is the plug with air venting function which consists of the G thread plug and special packing. Moreover, air is vented at the equipment end like BZL, improving the stability of the hydraulic system. 2 It is assembled with Piping Method C Type for delivery.
Specifications Model Maximum use pressure
Max rated pressure
G thread size Tightening torque
External Dimensions Special packing
(Attached)
Model
Corresponding Product Model
Hexagonal hole D
G thread
1
7MPa
ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p
Notes 1. Refer to the processing dimensions for BZL mounting area if it is otherwise mounted within the hydraulic circuit. (Refer to Page 11)
Air venting valve/G screw type
model
BZX/JZG
Application Example LT/LG Swing Clamp
Speed control valve
JZG G thread plug
Hydraulic pressure port
Hydraulic pressure port
Accessories
Remarks 1. BZL (speed control valve), BZX (air bleed valve) and JZG (G thread plug) can only be installed on C type piping systems.
KOSM EK LTD .
1
Single-action swing clamp Design-related Cautions 1) Check the specifications
– Set the allowable operation time according to the
– The maximum hydraulic pressure is 7.0 MPa and the minimum
moment of inertia.
2.5 MPa. However, the maximum operating pressure and
Refer to the allowable operation time graph and operate it
clamp pressure will vary depending on the length of the swing
within the allowable time. (see page 6).
lever. If a load that exceeds the operating range is exerted it could lead to deformation, scraping, oil leaks, etc. Refer to the
4) When using it on a welding jig or other such equipment,
performance curve and use the appropriate pressure for the
protect the sliding surface of the piston rod.
length of the swing lever used. (see page 5).
– If spatter gets onto the sliding surface it could lead to malfunction and oil leaks. 5) When clamping a sloped surface on the workpiece – Make sure the clamp surface and the mounting surface on the workpiece are parallel.
2) Considerations when designing the circuit – When designing the hydraulic pressure circuit, read "Hydraulic Pressure Cylinder Speed Control Circuit and Cautions," and design the circuit accordingly. If the circuit design is flawed, the equipment could be damaged or malfunction. (see page 18). 6) When using a speed control valve (BZL) – Do not attach used BZL valves to other clamps.
3) Considerations for making the swing lever’s
The metal seal may not close all the way depending on
moment of inertia smaller
the variation in the underside of the G thread on the
– If the moment of inertia is large the lever stopping accuracy will deteriorate and the clamp will wear out.
clamp, thereby preventing adjustment of the flow rate.
Additionally, the supplied hydraulic pressure and position
The speed control valve (BZL) can only be installed on
where the lever is installed may prevent pivoting.
C-type piping system. (see page 11).
Cautions for Mounting
Design-related Cautions
1) Check the fluid to use – Make sure to use the Hydraulic Fluid List to choose the appropriate fluid.
1
2) Precautions for installing piping – Flush the pipes, joints and jig oil holes to make sure they are clean. – Chips and foreign material in the circuit will lead to leaks and malfunction. – There is no function provided with this product to prevent foreign materials and contaminants from getting into the hydraulic system and pipes.
– When installing the piping, do so in a clean working environment and follow directions faithfully so that foreign materials do not get into the equipment. 4) Mounting the Unit – When mounting the unit use four hexagon socket bolts (with tensile strength of 12.9) and tighten them with the torque shown in the chart below. Tightening with greater torque than recommended can depress the seating surface or burn the bolt.
3) Using the sealing tape – Leave 1 or 2 turns on the screw and wrap it. – Pieces of the sealing tape can lead to leaks and malfunction.
7MPa
ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p
Model
Mounting bolt nominal size
Tightening torque (N m)
Remarks
model 5) Mounting and removing the swing lever – The lever may become loose if oil or other foreign materials get on the places where the lever, taper sleeve and piston rod are fastened. Clean and flush as necessary to remove oil and other foreign materials. – Use the torque values shown in the chart below to tighten the swing lever. Model
Mounting bolt nominal size
LT/LG
(2) Loosen the box nut on the pipe joint nearest the swing clamp by one turn. (3) Shake the pipes left and right to loosen the pipes at the joint. Hydraulic fluids with air mixed in will come out.
Tightening torque (N m)
(4) When no more air is mixed in tighten the box nut back. (5)Efficiency can be further improved by releasing air at the top of the hydraulic pressure circuit and near the – If too much torque is used on the piston rod the internal pivoting mechanism will be damaged, so refer to the following to avoid putting torque on the piston rod. Installation (1) Position the lever after fastening the clamp to a jig or other piece of equipment and perform temporary tightening on the lever fastening nuts. (2) Grip the lever with a machine vice or other tool and use a wrench on the hexagon socket at the end of the piston rod to perform final tightening with the lever swivelled around midway in the direction of the swing.
terminal clamp. (When using a gasket-type, install an air release valve near the top of the hydraulic pressure circuit.)
7) Speed adjustment –Refer to the allowable operation time graph and adjust the speed. (see page 6). If the clamp operates too fast the parts will wear out and become damaged more quickly leading to equipment failure. –Only adjust the speed after releasing the air from the circuit. If air is mixed in the circuit you will not be able to
Removal (1) Use a wrench on the hexagon socket at the end of the piston rod after fastening the clamp to a jig or machine vice and loosen the lever fastening nuts with the lever swivelled around midway in the direction of the swing. (2) After removing the nuts pull the lever out with a gear puller or other tool without putting a rotating torque on the piston rod.
accurately adjust the speed. –Turn the speed control valve gradually from the lowspeed side (small flow) to the high-speed side (large flow) to adjust the speed. 8) Checking for looseness and additional tightening –After initially installing the equipment the tightening force of the nuts and bolts will drop due to initial breaking in. Check for looseness and tighten the bolt when necessary. ■Hydraulic Fluid List
Cautions for Mounting
6) Air release in the hydraulic pressure circuit –Using the hydraulic pressure circuit with a large amount of air still in it will cause operations to take an abnormally long time. After installing the piping or if air is fed into the hydraulic tank of the pump while it is empty, make sure to perform the following procedures to release the air. (1) Set the hydraulic pressure circuit supply pressure to 2 MPa or less.
ISO viscosity grade: ISO-VG-32
Abrasion resisting hydraulic oil General purpose oil Manufacturer Tellus Oil 32 Tellus Oil C32 Showa Shell Sekiyu Super Multi 32 Idemitsu Kosan Daphne Super Hydraulic 32A Super Highland 32 Super Mulpus 32 Eneos Cosmo Hydro AW32 Cosmo New Mighty Super 32 Cosmo Oil Hydrax 32 Lathus 32 Japan Energy (JOMO) Nuto H32 Nuto 32 Esso Mobil DTE24 Mobil DTE24 Light ExxonMobil Unit Oil WR32 Unit Oil P32 Kygnus Fukkol Super Hydrol 32 Fukkol Hydrol DX32 Fuji Kosan Hydrol AW32 Matsumura Oil Sunvis 832 Sunvis 932 Sunoco Hi-Tech AW32 Hydrax 32 Mitsui Oil Hyspin AWS32 Castrol
Remark: Some of the products in the chart are difficult to obtain overseas, so if you are going to purchase them overseas contact the manufacturer.
KOSM EK LTD .
1
Single-action swing clamp Cautions for Use 1) The product should be operated by persons with the necessary knowledge and experience. –Operation and maintenance of machines and systems which use hydraulic pressure equipment should be performed by persons with the necessary knowledge and experience. 2) Do not operate or remove equipment without first ensuring your safety.
(3)When removing equipment right after operation, the equipment may still be hot, so wait until it cools off. (4)When restarting the machine or system, make sure the bolts and parts are secure and in place first.
(1)Perform inspections and maintenance of the machines and systems after making sure no objects will fall and the equipment will not accidentally operate.
3) Do not touch the swing clamp while it is being operated. Your hand could get stuck resulting in injury.
(2)When removing equipment, check to make sure the safety precautions mentioned above have been taken and then block the power source and the air to the hydraulic pressure source. Remove the equipment after making sure no pressure remains in the hydraulic pressure circuit.
4) Do not take the equipment apart or modify it. –If the equipment is taken apart or modified the warranty will be void, even within the warranty period.
Maintenance and inspection 1) Removing equipment and blocking pressure source –When removing the equipment, make sure measures have been taken to prevent the driven objects from falling and to prevent accidental operation, then block the power source and the air to the hydraulic pressure source. Finally, remove the equipment after making sure no pressure remains in the hydraulic pressure circuit. –When restarting the equipment, first make sure all the bolts and parts are secure and in place. 2) Clean around the piston rod periodically. –If the rod is used when the surface is dirty it could lead to damage to the packing and sealing, malfunctions or oil leaks.
3) When a coupler is used to disconnect the equipment, if it is used for long periods of time air will enter the circuit, so be sure to release the air periodically. 4) Inspect the equipment periodically to make sure the pipes, mounting bolts and fastening nuts are not loose. 5) Check to make sure the hydraulic fluid has not degraded. 6) Check to make sure operation is smooth without abnormal sounds. –In particular, if the equipment is not used for a long period of time, when it is used again for the first time make sure that it operates properly. 7) When storing the product, keep it out of direct sunlight in a cool location where it is protected from water. 8) For overhaul and repairs, please contact us.
Warranty
Cautions for Handling
1) Warranty period –The product warranty period is for 1.5 years after shipment from our plant or 1 year of use, whichever is shorter.
1
2) Warranty scope –If the product is damaged or malfunctions during the warranty period due to some fault of ours, we will replace or repair the defective part at our expense. However, defects or failures caused by the following are not covered. (1)Proper maintenance and inspections were not performed. (2)The product was used in an imperfect state at the discretion of the user.
7MPa
ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p
(3)The user did not use or handle the product properly. (including damages caused by a third party.) (4)The cause was due to some factor other than our product. (5)The product was modified or repaired by another company or was modified or repaired without our approval or confirmation. (6)The damage or defect was caused by natural disaster or accident through no fault of our own. (7)Parts and replacements necessary due to wear and tear (rubber, plastic, sealant, certain electrical components, etc.) Damages caused by defects in our products are not covered.
Remarks
model
LT/LG
Hydraulic Pressure Cylinder Speed Control Circuit and Cautions When controlling the operating speed of hydraulic cylinders, design the hydraulic pressure circuit taking the following points into consideration. If the circuit design is flawed, the equipment could be damaged or malfunction, so do a thorough review beforehand. ■ Speed control circuit for single-action cylinder In a spring return type single-action cylinder, if the flow rate in the circuit is low at release the release operation can malfunction (sticking and stopping) or take a long time to complete. Use a flow regulating valve with check valve to control the flow rate during the locking operation. Also, as much as possible use a regulating valve on each cylinder to control cylinders with speed restrictions (swing clamps, workpiece supports, etc.).
If there is concern that load may be placed on the cylinder in the direction of the release enough to break it during the release, use a flow regulating valve with check valve to control the flow rate on the release side as well .(the same applies with swing clamps where the weight of the lever is put on the cylinder during release)
However, design meter-out circuits taking the following points into consideration. (1)Generally speaking, in systems that use both double-action and single-action cylinders, the same circuit should not be used to control both. The single-action cylinder release operation can malfunction or take a long time to complete.
If both a single-action and double-action cylinder are used, refer to the following circuit. –Separate the control circuits.
Flow control on release side
Speed control circuit for double-action cylinder When controlling the speed of double-action cylinders, use a meter-out circuit for both the lock and release sides. With meter-in circuits air can get into the hydraulic pressure circuit and prevent speed control.
–Ensure that the double-action cylinder control circuit is not affected by the other. However, depending on the tank line back pressure, the single-action cylinder may operate after the double-action cylinder.
(2)With a meter-out circuit, depending on the flow rate the pressure within the circuit may rise when the cylinder operates.By using a flow regulating valve to keep the flow rate to the cylinder low, you can prevent the pressure within the circuit from rising.In particular, in systems with sequence valves and pressure switches if the pressure rises above the setting pressure the system will cease to function properly, so attention is required. Meter-in Circuit
Sequence valve
Flow regulating valve (either possible)
KOSM EK LTD .
Hydraulic Pressure Cylinder Speed Control Circuit and Cautions
Meter-out Circuit
1
h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p
1441 Branding Avenue,Suite 110 Downers Grove,IL 60515 USA TEL.630-241-3465 FAX.630-241-3834 POLAND OFFICE: ul. Japońska 8 55-220 Jelcz-Laskowice, Poland TEL.48-71-303-5400 FAX.48-71-303-5401
CAT.NO.LT001-05-02 Printed in Japan
2007.03. First 0.5Ry 2009.01. Fifth 1Ry
7MPa New
Double Action Swing Clamp
model
LHA
Double Action Swing Clamp Patented in Japan and major foreign countries
Structure & Features High power & high speed clamp Excellent coolant resistance
Easy fabrication of clamping lever
Chemically resistant dust seal protects
Supplied lever sleeve incorporates taper
against high pressure coolant and is highly
simplifying clamping lever design.
resistant to chlorate coolant.
F: Quick-change lever option (as shown at right) allows easy swapping of levers. (Refer to Page 19)
Direct mount speed control available
Sectional structure of mounting area
Capable of high speed release action
Speed and synchronization are easily adjusted when equipped with direct mount speed controllers. Air venting is QUICK with speed controller or air vent valve. Speed controller and air valve are for use with manifold (C type) hydraulic supply.
End-of-stroke hydraulic cushion reduces shock so that release time can be reduced by 65%.
Speed control valve (Model BZL) Assembly diagram
Air venting diagram
model BZL Air venting valve
model JZG
Designed for high speeds PAT.
1
7MPa
(Refer to Page 31)
Larger guide ratio allows higher
High rigidity from the larger diameter
clamping force (+26% max) and use
cam and ball bearings.
of longer lever arms.
Improved outer race improves rolling model BZX
Optimized for strength
action.
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .jp
model
LHA
INDEX Model Indication
3
Performance graph/allowed action time graph
5
LHA Standard Type
LHA-D Dual rod type for dog application
9
Clamp with 90째 swing
The clamp movement can be confirmed via the switch detection
11
LHA-M Manifold type with air sensor
LHA-N
13 The clamp movement can be confirmed via the air catch sensor
15
Piping type with air sensor
LHA-F Quick-change lever type
19
Easy lever changing Sectional structure of mounting area
LHA-P Balance lever type
LHA-Q Long stroke type
LHA-Y Swinging angle Selection type
One clamp can secure two workpieces
21
Longer stroke available in 5mm increments
23
Available with 30째 45째 60째 swing angle
27
Lever design dimensions/accessories
29
Notes
35
KOSM EK LTD.
2
Double Action Swing Clamp Model Indication
Double Action Swing Clamp
LHA 048 0 - C R D - F 1
2
3
4
5
6
1 Body Size External diameter (ØD) of body cylinder
φD
2 Design No.
G
C
3 Piping Method
S
C: Gasket type (G thread port w/plug) G: Gasket type (Rc thread port w/plug) S: Piping type (Rc thread port)
Piping Type
Gasket Type With G plug; can use speed control and air vent valve
4 Swing direction when locking
Rc thread port only
With R plug
R
R: clockwise L: counter clockwise
Swing direction when locking L
5 Confirmation Method (rod end style)
No marking
No marking: standard (no confirmation) ・・・P9
D
M
N
P
Q
Y
D: Double ended rod (threaded) ・・・P11 M: Manifold type with air sensor ・・・P13 N: piping type with air sensor ・・・P15
6 Option Model
No marking: tapered rod w/ taper sleeve F: quick-change lever type ・・・P19 P: Balance lever type ・・・P21 Q: Long stroke type ・・・P23 Y: Swinging angle selectable type ・・・P27
3
7MPa
ht t p : / / ww w. k o s m ek .c o .jp
F
Model Indication
model
LHA Model Indication
Speed Control valve (with air venting function) *1
BZL 0 1 0 0 - B 1
2
3
1 G thread size
1:G1/8 2:G1/4 3:G3/8 2 Design No. 3 Controlling method
A: meter-in B: meter-out
BZL-A: meter-in
P1 port: hydraulic supply side
BZL-B: meter-out
P2 port: clamping side
P1 port: hydraulic supply side
P2 port: clamping side
*1.It can only be installed on Piping Method C Type.
Air venting valve *2
BZX 0 1 0 1
2
1 G thread size
1:G1/8 2:G1/4 3:G3/8 2 Design No. *2.It can only be installed on Piping Method C Type.
G thread plug (with air venting function) *3
JZG 0 1 0 1
2
1 G thread size
1:G1/8 2:G1/4 3:G3/8 2 Design No. *3.It can only be installed on Piping Method C Type.
4
Double Action Swing Clamp Performance Diagram LHA0360 Cylinder output (kN)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
Non-usable range
2.5
Maximum Lever Length
L=0 L=30(10)
2
How to read the Performance Graph
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic pressure (MPa)
L=50(30) L=100(80)
1.5
L=150(130) 1
0.5 Non-usable range
0
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
LHA0400 Cylinder output (kN)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
Non-usable range
1 2 3 4 5 6 Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
7
3.5
Maximum Lever Length
L=0
3 Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic pressure (MPa)
0
L=40(17.5) L=60(37.5)
2.5
L=100(77.5)
2
L=150(127.5)
1.5 1 0.5 Non-usable range
0
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Cylinder output (kN)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
Non-usable range
1 2 3 4 5 6 Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
7
5
Maximum Lever Length
L=0 L=50(24.5)
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic pressure (MPa)
0
4
L=80(54.5)
3
L=140(114.5) L=200(174.5)
2
1 Non-usable range
0
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Cylinder output (kN)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
Non-usable range
L=0
6
L=50(20) L=80(50) L=140(110) L=200(170)
5 4 3 2
0
Non-usable range
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
Notes 1. The graphs show the relationship between the clamping force and the hydraulic supply pressure. 2. The clamping force is shown with lever in the locked position. 3. The clamping force varies as per the lever length.Use the hydraulic supply pressure suitable to the lever length. 4. Operation in the non-usable range can damage the clamp and lead to fluid leakage. 5. The tables and graphs are only for reference. The exact results should be calculated based on the formula in the specification column.
5
7MPa
ht t p : / / w ww. k o s m e k .c o .jp
7
7
1 Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
1 2 3 4 5 6 Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
8
Maximum Lever Length
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic pressure (MPa)
0
7
How to read the Performance Graph
model
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
Non-usable range
10
Maximum Lever Length
L=0
9
L=50(15) L=80(45) L=140(105) L=200(165)
8 7 6
How to read the Performance Graph
Cylinder output (kN)
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic pressure (MPa)
LHA
5 4 3 2 1 0
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Cylinder output (kN)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
Non-usable range
Maximum Lever Length
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
L=0 L=50(10) L=80(40) L=140(100) L=200(160)
12 10 8 6 4 2 0
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Cylinder output (kN)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
Non-usable range
Maximum Lever Length
Non-usable range
1 2 3 4 5 6 Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
0
7
L=0
20 Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic pressure (MPa)
7
14
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic pressure (MPa)
Non-usable range
L=60(12.5) L=100(52.5)
16
L=170(122.5) 12
L=250(202.5)
8 4 Non-usable range
0
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Cylinder output (kN)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
Non-usable range
7
30
Maximum Lever Length
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic pressure (MPa)
1 2 3 4 5 6 Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
0
L=0
25
L=80(25) L=120(65)
20
L=200(145) L=300(245)
15 10 5 Non-usable range
0
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
How to read the Performance Graph
s
5
L=0 L=50(24.5) L=80(54.5) L=140(114.5) L=200(174.5)
4 3.1 3 2
Non-usable range
(Example) When LHA0480 is used Conditions: hydraulic supply pressure 5.0MPa Lever length L=50mm The clamping force is about 3.1kN. Notes: 1. The clamping force F can be calculated by inputting the lever length L and hydraulic supply pressure P in the formula in the specification column. 2. The cylinder thrust force (when L=0) is calculated according to the formula in the specification column.
Clamping force (kN)
L
1 2 3 4 5 6 Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
0
1 0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
7
7
L(s) is shown on the left graph.
The range which cannot be used (the part indicated in )
KOSM EK LTD .
6
Double Action Swing Clamp Action Time Tolerance Graph 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6
90° swing
0.004
0.003 Full action 0.002 *1
0.001
0
0.010
*2
0
0.1 0.2 0.3
0.2 0.4 0.6
0.006 Full action 0.004 *1
0.002
0.1 0.2 0.3
0.2 0.4 0.6
0.015 Full action *1
0.010 0.005
0.08
0.2 0.4 0.6
*2
0.1 0.2 0.3
Locking time (sec)
0
0.2 0.4 0.6
0.12 Full action 0.08 *1
0.04 *2
0
0.1 0.2 0.3
0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
*2
0
0.1 0.2 0.3
LHA0750
0.05 Full action
0.03 0.02
*1
0.12
0.1 0.2 0.3
LHA1050 0.30
0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
Locking time (sec)
0
0.2 0.4 0.6
0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6
90° swing
0.10 0.08 0.06
Full action
0.04 *1
0.02
*2
0
0
0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
*2
0
0.1 0.2 0.3
0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
Releasing time (sec)
Locking time (sec)
0
0.2 0.4 0.6
0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6
90° swing
0.25 0.20 0.15
*1
Full action
0.10 0.05 0
*2
0
0.1 0.2 0.3
Releasing time (sec)
Notes
0
Releasing time (sec)
0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6
90° swing
0.16
0
0.004
Releasing time (sec)
0.06
0
0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
Inertia Moment (kg・m2 )
Inertia Moment (kg・m2 )
0.20
Full action
90° swing
Releasing time (sec)
LHA0900
90° swing
0.008 *1
0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6
0.04
0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6
0.012
0.01 0
0.2 0.4 0.6
0.016
0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
Locking time (sec)
0
0.07
0.020
0
LHA0650
0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6
90° swing
0.025
Locking time (sec)
0
Releasing time (sec)
Inertia Moment (kg・m2 )
Inertia Moment (kg・m2 )
0.030
Locking time (sec)
0
0.020
*2
0
Releasing time (sec)
LHA0550
0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6
90° swing
0.008
0
0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
LHA0480
Locking time (sec)
0
Inertia Moment (kg・m2 )
0.2 0.4 0.6
Inertia Moment (kg・m2 )
Inertia Moment (kg・m2 )
Action Time Tolerance Graph
0.005
LHA0400
Locking time (sec)
0
Inertia Moment (kg・m2 )
LHA0360
0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
Releasing time (sec)
1. In the case of LHA-Q long stroke type, the full action time should be calculated as per the calculation formula. (Refer to Page 8) (the 90° swing time is shown in the graph.)
Remarks *1. The inertia moment of lever blank (Page 29: LZH-T) is displayed. *2. Minimum 90° swing time is 0.2Sec for locking and 0.1Sec for releasing.
Example) ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
① Model LHA0480
Model: LHA0480 : 0.0068 kg・m 2 Lever inertia moment Full action tolerance time when locking : about 0.9 sec : about 0.44 sec 90° swing time when locking Full action tolerance time when releasing : about 0.45 sec 90° swing time when releasing : about 0.22 sec
0.020
Inertia Moment (kg・m2 )
How to read the Action Time Tolerance Graph
7MPa
Locking time (sec) 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6
④
③ 90° swing
0.016
0.012 Full action
0.008
② 0.004
0
7
0
⑥ 0
⑤
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
Releasing time (sec)
ht t p : / / w ww. k o s m e k .c o .jp
Action Time Tolerance Graph
model
LHA
How to calculate inertia moment (estimation) :Inertia Moment (kg・m2) L、L1、L2、K、b:Length(m) m、m1、m2、m3:Mass(kg) ② For a rectangular plate (cuboid), the rotating shaft is vertically on the gravity center of the plate.
L1
m
m1
2
2
2
2
2
=m L + b 12
m1
m2
2
2
=m 1 4L + b + m 2 4L1 + b 12 12
b
L1
L
m2
L2
K L
b
b
L
③ The load is on the lever front end
2
2
m3
Action Time Tolerance Graph
① For a rectangular plate (cuboid), the rotating shaft is vertically on one side of the plate.
2
2 2 =m 1 4L + b + m 2 4L 1 + b + m 3 K 2 + m 3 L 2 + b 12 12 12
Notes 1. The graph shows the action time tolerance with regard to the lever inertia moment when the clamp piston is operating at constant speed. 2. There may be no swinging action for the lever with large inertia based on different hydraulic supply pressure, flow and lever mounting position. 3. For speed adjustment, the meter-out is recommended to keep clamping speed constant. 4. Use a meter-out speed control to counteract the weight of the lever arm when swinging through a vertical plane (clamp mounted horizontally) or if action is erratic with meter-in control. (Refer to Page 39 for speed control of the hydraulic cylinder) 5. Excessive action speed can reduce stopping accuracy and harm internal parts. 6. Please contact us if operational conditions differ from those shown on the graphs.
Calculation formula of full action time
Locking action time (sec) = 90° swing action time (sec) when locking ×
Full stroke (mm) Swinging stroke (mm)
Releasing action time (sec) = 90° swing action time (sec) when releasing ×
Full stroke (mm) Swinging stroke (mm)
KOSM EK LTD .
8
Double Action Swing Clamp External Dimensions
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
C: Gasket type (with G thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-CR.
A
B
P *5
2Z
Release port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)
Release port (-C/-G type)
R type
LHA
φ
AA
A-
5
φ B
Hexagonal hole Y
L
Swinging direction Lock port P *5 at locked status (-C/-G type)
4-EA thread
*3
L type 4-φ
G thread plug
Spot facing
φ
Lock port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)
Q
+0.05 *1 0 Slot for determining the lever phase
R type (L type: 180 reverse)
φA
3
6.3S *5
X thread
*4
BA
Taper 1/10
B
AB
ut
φ
De-burr *5
Taper sleeve
φ *2
G
A
15
φBB Notes *3. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *4. The D depth of the body mounting hole should be decided from dimension F. *5. This process indicates -C/-G:Gasket Type.
Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-GR.
φ
- 1 - 2
m
2mm
R thread plug
Lock port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
S: Piping type (Rc thread ) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-SR. Release port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
Release port Rc thread
Caution *1. The slot for determining the lever phase faces the port side if locked *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". Lock port Rc thread
9
7MPa
h t t p : / / ww w . k o s m ek .c o. j p
Standard Type
model
LHA
Specifications Locking cylinder area
m2
Clamping force *6 (calculation formula) Full stroke
mm mm mm
Swinging stroke (90°)
Locking stroke
Cylinder capacity at locked
m3
at released
Max.operating pressure Minimum operation pressure *7
LHA0360 3 54
LHA0400 5
LHA0480 95
LHA0550 10.3
LHA0650 13.4
LHA0750 20.3
P 12 9379
P 12 92
P 11 4892
P 11 39
P 17822
P 15175
21L 52L
13.5 55 8 48 7.2
1 L 4 L
14.5 5 8 7.3 10.9
9L 18L
15.5 75 8 1 8 16.7
11L 11L
18 5 85 1 19 28.1
9L 1 L
2 1 1 26.7 40.9
LHA0900 29.5
L A1 5 41 3
P 13547
P 12495
7L L
24 12 12 48.7 72.5
9L 4L
2 14 12 76.6 117.9
32 1 1 132 1 2 81
72
1 1
8L 2L
7 15 1 5 7 9 3 5
P P
Max rated pressure P Use temperature 9 swinging angle precision Lock angle repeatability
7 9 14 2 29 42 Remarks *6. F: clamping force (kN) P: hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *7. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. *8. It shows the individual swing clamp mass with the nut taper sleeve included. Mass *8
LHA
Model
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area L A 3 1 4 49 4 3 45 39 5 25 29 2 31 4
Model A B
G
L
P
X(Nominal designation × pitch) Z(Chamfer)
AA AB A BA BB A B
5 4
A A B Lock/release port R thread plug
11 23 5 8 3 75 45 1 15 5 15 13 11 14 1 5 5 2 22 7 24 5 14 17
-C type -S type -G type
O ring (-C/-G type)
4 7 35 14 G1/8 1/8 1/8 1BP5
L A 4 115 54 45 4 71 5 4 5 25 31 5 22 5 34 73 11 2 9 3 9 55 15 1 5 18 15 12 1 15 3 24 8 2 5 1 2 7 5 4 5 8 35 14 G1/8 1/8 1/8 1BP5
L A 48 128 5 1 51 48 79 51 28 35 5 25 5 4 83 13 3 11 3 9 55 17 5 17 5 22 18 14 2 15 8 3 3 9 33 19 25 9 75 5 5 8 35 14 G1/8 1/8 1/8 1BP5
L A 55 145 5 9 55 89 59 3 39 3 47 88 12 33 5 12 3 11 8 17 2 5 25 21 15 22 1 5 8 3 32 1 35 5 22 28 1 95
35 14 G1/8 1/8 1/8 1BP5
L A 5 15 81 7 5 94 3 31 4 35 55 1 13 39 5 15 5 11 8 17 22 3 24 1 27 1 5 1 4 41 11 45 25 34 12 5 11 5
45 19 G1/4 1/4 1/4 1BP7
L A 75 181 92 8 75 1 9 71 38 52 4 3 11 1 45 1 5 14 9 21 2 35 5 3 1 3 15 1 5 4 11 5 31 4 14 12 5 8 8 45 19 G1/4 1/4 1/4 1BP7
L A 9 2 3 1 7 95 9 12 74 4 59 5 47 5 75 13 19 52 5 18 5 5 17 5 11 25 28 45 37 18 39 1 5 14
L A1 5 24 122 11 1 5 144 88 5 7 55 88 152 22
55 12
5 12 71 44
38 49 18 5 11 5 8 1 45 22 G3/8 3/8 3/8 1BP7
22 5 5 2 14 32 34 55 43 19 48 1 5 14
23 13 5 1 12 45 22 G3/8 3/8 3/8 1BP7
KOSM EK LT D .
10
Double Action Swing Clamp External Dimensions
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
C: Gasket type (with G thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-CRD
JA
Release port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)
Release port (-C/-G type)
B
AA
CA -00.05
φJB K
C
L φ
Lock port P *4 (-C/-G type)
K
L type 4-φR Spot facing
φCC
Lock port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)
Q
φAC
φ
De-burr *4
+0.3 0
+0.05 0 Slot for determining the lever phase *1
R type (L type: 180 reverse)
6.3S *4
C0.6
X thread
BA
Taper 1/10
CB
W
AB
Nut
V
Swinging direction at locked status
4-EA thread *3
G thread plug
Taper sleeve
Notes *3. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter.
T
φBB
15°
*4. This process indicates -C/-G:Gasket Type.
A
M
S
*2
G
φU
E
φ
-0.1 -0.2
F
Piping Method φDA DC
G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-GRD.
DB
Full stroke
Ny Ny
R type
Hexagonal hole Y
LHA-D
Nx
J
2Z
H
P *4
max.2mm R thread plug
φ Nx
DE thread
Lock port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
DF
Ny Ny
S:Piping type (Rc thread) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-SRD. Release port Rc thread
Release port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
Caution *1. The slot for determining the lever phase faces the port side if locked. *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S".
11
7MPa
h t t p : / / ww w . k o s m ek .c o. j p
Lock port Rc thread
Dual rod type for dog application
model
LHA-D
Specifications LHA0360 3.54
Model Locking cylinder area cm2
Full stroke
F= mm mm mm
Swinging stroke (90°)
Locking stroke
Cylinder capacity at locked
cm3
at released
Max.operating pressure
P 1-0.0021L 2.9379+0.0052L 13.5 5.5 8 4.8 7.2
F=
LHA0480 6.95
LHA0550 10.3
LHA0650 13.4
LHA0750 20.3
LHA0900 29.5
LHA1050 41.3
P 11 L P 19L P 111L P 19L P 17L P 19L P 18L F= F= F= F= F= F= 2.0920+0.0040L 1.4892+0.0018L 1.0039+0.0011L 0.7822+0.0010L 0.5175+0.0006L 0.3547+0.0004L 0.2495+0.0002L 14.5 6.5 8 7.3 10.9
15.5 7.5 8 10.8 16.7
18.5 8.5 10 19 28.1
20 10 10 26.7 40.9
24 12 12 48.7 72.5
26 14 12 76.6 117.9
32 16 16 132.1 208.1
7.2
10.1
7 1.5 10.5 70 9 ° ±3° 5
MPa
Minimum operation pressure *6 MPa
Max rated pressure MPa Use temperature 90° swinging angle precision Lock angle repeatability Mass *7
0.7 0.9 1.4 2 2.9 4.2 Remarks *5. F: clamping force (kN) P: hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *6. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. *7. It shows the individual swing clamp mass with the nut taper sleeve included.
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W X(Nominal designation × pitch) Y Z(Chamfer)
AA AB AC BA BB CA CB CC DA DB DC DD DE(Nominal designation × depth) DF EA JA JB Lock/release port R thread plug
-C type -S type -G type
O ring (-C/-G type)
LHA0360-D 114.5 49 40 36 67 42 25 29 20 31.4 66 11 23.5 8 3 7.5 4.5 16 15.5 15 13 11 M14×1.5 5 C2 22 7 24.5 14 17 6 6.5 4 8 8 2.5 25 M4×0.7×10 6 M4×0.7 3.5 14 G1/8 1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LHA0400-D 128 54 45 40 74.5 49.5 25 31.5 22.5 34 73 11 26 9 3 9 5.5 15 16.5 18 15 12 M16×1.5 6 C3 24 8 26.5 16 20 7 6.5 4 12 10 3 29 M6×15 10 M5×0.8 3.5 14 G1/8 1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LHA0480-D 141.5 61 51 48 82 54 28 35.5 25.5 40 83 13 30 11 3 9 5.5 17.5 17.5 22 18 14 M20×1.5 8 C3 30 9 33 19 25 9 7.5 5 14 10 3 36 M8×18 12 M5×0.8 3.5 14 G1/8 1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LHA0550-D 158.5 69 60 55 92 62 30 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 17 20.5 25 21 15 M22×1.5 8 C3 32 10 35.5 22 28 10 9.5 6 14 10 3 36 M8×18 12 M6 3.5 14 G1/8 1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LHA0650-D 169 81 70 65 97 66 31 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 11 6.8 17 22 30 24 16 M27×1.5 10 C4 41 11 45 25 34 12.5 11.5 6 14 10 3 43 M8×18 12 M6 4.5 19 G1/4 1/4 R1/4 1BP7
LHA0750-D 194 92 80 75 112 74 38 52 40 63 116 16 45 16 5 14 9 21 26 35.5 30 16 M30×1.5 10 C5 46 11 50 31 40 14 12.5 8 18 10 3 50 M10×21 16 M8 4.5 19 G1/4 1/4 R1/4 1BP7
LHA0900-D 216 107 95 90 123 77 46 59.5 47.5 75 136 19 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 25 28 45 37 18 M39×1.5 14 C6 55 12 60 38 49 18.5 11.5 8 18 10 3 65 M10×21 16 M10 4.5 22 G3/8 3/8 R/8 1BP7
LHA-D
Clamping force *5 (calculation formula)
LHA0400 5.00
LHA1050-D 253 122 110 105 147 91 56 67 55 88 152 22 60 22.5 5 20 14 32 34 55 43 19 M48×1.5 14 C6 65 12 71 44 60 23 13.5 10 18 10 3 80 M10×21 16 M12 4.5 22 G3/8 3/8 R3/8 1BP7
KOSM EK LT D .
12
Double Action Swing Clamp Processing dimensions for the mounting area
External Dimensions C: Gasket type (with G thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-CRM.
Ny Ny
B J
Swinging direction at locked status
Lock port P *6 (-C/-G type)
De-burr *6
L type
Taper sleeve
+0.3 0
30°
φ AH8
30°
ME ±0.4
±0.4
MF ±0.2 *5
above ML
AB
X thread
BA
CB
W T
φBB
15°
F
E
M
S
*2
G
φU
MK above
Taper 1/10
V
φ
*5
φAC
Nut
A
+0.05 *1 0 Slot for determining the lever phase
R type (L type: 180 reverse)
MH MJ MH MG
φCC
C0.6
Q
*5
Spot facing
Lock port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)
LHA-M
6.3S *6
4-φR
G thread plug
K
4-EA thread*4
M
L φ
R type
AA
C K
CA -00.05
φJB
Hexagonal hole Y
*5
H
Nx
P *6
MM
JA
2Z
Release port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)
Release port (-C/-G type)
φ
-0.1 -0.2
2-φ4
30°
There should be no burr
φ
Air venting port
*6. This process indicates -C/-G:Gasket Type.
MB
Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-GRD. R thread plug
max.2mm
Nx
Ny Ny
Lock port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
S: Piping type (Rc thread) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-SRD.
Release port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type) Caution *1. The slot for determining the lever phase faces the port side if locked *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S".
13
7MPa
h t t p : / / ww w. k o s m ek .c o. j p
*2
Notes *3. The air venting port must be open to the atmosphere and kept free of coolant, chips or other debris. *4. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *5. The dimensions indicate those under the flange.
φ Af8
6
Release port Rc thread
Lock port Rc thread
Manifold type with air sensor
model
LHA-M
Specifications Model Locking cylinder area cm2 Clamping force *7 (calculation formula) Full stroke Swinging stroke (90°)
Locking stroke
F= mm mm mm
Cylinder capacity at locked
cm3
at released
Max.operating pressure
LHA0360-M 3.54 P 1-0.0021L 2.9379+0.0052L 13.5 5.5 8 4.8 6.5
LHA0400-M 5.00 F=
LHA0480-M 6.95
14.5 6.5 8 7.3 9.3
15.5 7.5 8 10.8 14.3
MPa MPa
90°swinging angle precision
Lock angle repeatability Recommended used air pressure *9 MPa Recommended air catch sensor *9
MPa
0.8
Mass *10
Remarks
*7. *8. *9. *10.
LHA0650-M 13.4
LHA0750-M 20.3
LHA0900-M 29.5
LHA1050-M 41.3
P 11 L P 19L P 111L P 19L P 17L P 19L P 18L F= F= F= F= F= F= 2.0920+0.0040L 1.4892+0.0018L 1.0039+0.0011L 0.7822+0.0010L 0.5175+0.0006L 0.3547+0.0004L 0.2495+0.0002L
Minimum operation pressure *8 MPa
Max rated pressure Use temperature
LHA0550-M 10.3
1
1.6
18.5 8.5 10 19 25.3
20 10 10 26.7 37.8
24 12 12 48.7 66.4
26 14 12 76.6 111.3
32 16 16 132.1 200
7 1.5 10.5 70 9 ° ±3° 5 0.2 ISA1,ISA2-H m e 2.2 3.1
4.5
7.6
10.6
F: clamping force (kN) P: hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. The number of connected clamps should be no more than 4 for one air catch sensor. It shows the individual swing clamp mass with the nut taper sleeve included.
Model A B C
LHA0360-M LHA0400-M LHA0480-M LHA0550-M LHA0650-M LHA0750-M LHA0900-M LHA1050-M 104 115 128.5 145.5 156 181 203 240 49 54 61 69 81 92 107 122 40 45 51 60 70 80 95 110 36 40 48 55 65 75 90 105 64.5 71.5 79 89 94 109 120 144 E 39.5 46.5 51 59 63 71 74 88 F 25 25 28 30 31 38 46 56 G 29 31.5 35.5 39 46 52 59.5 67 H 20 22.5 25.5 30 35 40 47.5 55 J 31.4 34 40 47 55 63 75 88 K 66 73 83 88 106 116 136 152 L 11 11 13 12 13 16 19 22 M 23.5 26 30 33.5 39.5 45 52.5 60 Nx 8 9 11 12 15 16 18.5 22.5 Ny 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 P 7.5 9 9 11 11 14 17.5 20 Q 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.8 6.8 9 11 14 R 16 15 17.5 17 17 21 25 32 S 15.5 16.5 17.5 20.5 22 26 28 34 T 15 18 22 25 30 35.5 45 55 U 13 15 18 21 24 30 37 43 V 11 12 14 15 16 16 18 19 W M14×1.5 M16×1.5 M20×1.5 M22×1.5 M27×1.5 M30×1.5 M39×1.5 M48×1.5 X(Nominal designation × pitch) 5 6 8 8 10 10 14 14 Y C2 C3 C3 C3 C4 C5 C6 C6 Z(Chamfer) 22 24 30 32 41 46 55 65 AA 7 8 9 10 11 11 12 12 AB 24.5 26.5 33 35.5 45 50 60 71 AC 14 16 19 22 25 31 38 44 BA 17 20 25 28 34 40 49 60 BB 6 7 9 10 12.5 14 18.5 23 CA 6.5 6.5 7.5 9.5 11.5 12.5 11.5 13.5 CB 4 4 5 6 6 8 8 10 CC M4×0.7 M5×0.8 M5×0.8 M6 M6 M8 M10 M12 EA 34.5 -0.025 38 -0.025 45 -0.025 45 -0.025 45 -0.025 53 -0.030 53 -0.030 53 -0.030 MAf8 -0.064 -0.064 -0.064 -0.064 -0.064 -0.076 -0.076 -0.076 34.5 +0.039 38 +0.039 45+0.039 45 +0.039 45 +0.039 53 +0.046 53 +0.046 53 +0.046 MAH8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32 33 38.5 38.5 40.5 49 49 57.5 MB 54.2 35.7 39.2 46.2 46.2 46.2 54.2 54.2 MC 49.4 57.5 65.4 73.4 79.4 86.5 89.5 106.5 62.4 70.5 78.9 86.9 92.9 106 109 126 ME 40 47 53 61 65 74 77 94 MF 4.9 6 7.9 7.9 9.9 7.5 7.5 7.5 MG 9 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 MH 4 4 4.5 4.5 4.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 MJ 6.5 6.5 8 8 8 11 11 16.5 MK 73.4 81.5 91.4 99.4 105.4 122 125 147.5 ML 1.1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 MM 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 JA 14 14 14 14 19 19 22 22 JB -C type G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 Lock/release port -S type Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/4 Rc1/4 Rc3/8 Rc3/8 R thread plug -G type R1/8 R1/8 R1/8 R1/8 R1/4 R1/4 R3/8 R3/8 1BP5 1BP5 1BP5 1BP5 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7 O ring (-C/-G type) AS568-025(70) AS568-028(70) AS568-030(70) AS568-030(70) AS568-030(70) AS568-032(70) AS568-032(70) AS568-032(70) 3-O ring
KOSM EK LT D .
LHA-M
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area
14
Double Action Swing Clamp External Dimensions
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
C: Gasket type (with G thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-CRN.
A
Release port (-C/-G type)
B
on
R type
oe
L φ
Swinging direction at locked status
AA
CA -
C
5
K φJB
e
Lock port P *5 (-C/-G type) 4-EA thread
L type Spot facing
φCC
Lock port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)
φA
φ
De-burr *5
3
3
*5
AB
X thread
T
Taper sleeve
15
BA
CB
W Taper 1/10
V
Q
+0.05 Slot for determining the lever phase *1 0
R type (L type: 180 reverse)
Nut
φBB Notes *3. The air venting port must be open to the atmosphere and kept free of coolant, chips or other debris. If the port might be exposed to coolant or debris a filter mechanism should be attached using tapped holes NG. Be sure not to block the air vent port. *4. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *5. This process indicates -C/-G:Gasket Type.
φ
F
E
M
S
*2
G
A
*4
4-φ
G thread plug
LHA-N
P *5
Ny Ny
2Z
Release port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)
φ
- 1 - 2
Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-GRN.
Port for confirming the releasing
m
NC ND
NB
Rc 1/8 (air)
Port for confirming the locking
Rc 1/8 (air)
Air venting port
φ A
*3
Lock port: O ring (attached)
S: Piping type (Rc thread)
45°
(-C/-G type)
* The graph shows the released status of LHA-SRN.
Ny Ny
NF *3
Release port Rc thread
NE
45°
2-NG thread
Release port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
Caution *1. The slot for determining the lever phase faces the port side if locked *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S".
15
7MPa
2mm
R thread plug
h t t p : / / ww w. k o s m ek .c o. j p
Lock port Rc thread
Piping type with air sensor
model
LHA-N
Specifications Model Locking cylinder area
m2
Clamping force (calculation formula) *6 Full stroke
F= mm mm mm
Swinging stroke (90°)
Locking stroke
Cylinder capacity at locked
cm3
at released
Max. operating pressure
LHA0360-N 3.54 P 1-0.0021L 2.9379+0.0052L 13.5 55 8 48 5
LHA0400-N 5.00 F=
LHA0480-N 6.95
14.5 5 8 7.3 9.3
15.5 75 8 1 8 14.3
P
P Max rated pressure Use temperature 90° in in n e re i ion Lo n e re e t i it
e ommen e u e ir re ure *8 e ommen e ir t en or *8
P P
0.8
Mass *9
Remarks
*6. *7. *8. *9.
LHA0650-N 13.4
LHA0750-N 20.3
LHA0900-N 29.5
LHA1050-N 41.3
P 11 L P 19L P 111L P 19L P 17L P 19L P 18L F= F= F= F= F= F= 2.0920+0.0040L 1.4892+0.0018L 1.0039+0.0011L 0.7822+0.0010L 0.5175+0.0006L 0.3547+0.0004L 0.2495+0.0002L
MPa
Minimum operation pressure *7
LHA0550-N 10.3
1
1
18 5 85 1 19 25.3
2 1 1 26.7 37.8
24 12 12 48.7 66.4
7 1.5 10.5 70 9 ° ±3° 5 0.2 ISA1,ISA2-H m e 22 31
45
2 14 12 76.6 111.3
7
32 16 16 132.1 200
10.6
F: clamping force (kN) P: hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. The number of connected clamps should be no more than 4 for one air catch sensor. It shows the individual swing clamp mass with the nut taper sleeve included.
Model A B
LHA0360-N 104 49 4 3 64.5 39.5 25 29 2 31 4
G
L
P
X(Nominal designation × pitch) Z(Chamfer)
AA AB A BA BB A B A A B
NG(Nominal designation × depth) A B Lock/release port R thread plug
-C type -S type
-G type O ring (-C/-G type)
11 23 5 8 3 75 45 1 15.5 15 13 11 M14×1.5 5 2 22 7 24.5 14 17 5 4 M4×0.7 35.5 32 98 11 7 17 25 M3×0.5×5 35 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LHA0400-N 115 54 45 4 71 5 4 5 25 31.5 22.5 34 73 11 2 9 3 9 55 15 16.5 18 15 12 M16×1.5 3 24 8 2 5 1 2 7 5 4 M5×0.8 39 5 33 9 13 19 29 M3×0.5×5 35 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LHA0480-N 128.5 1 51 48 79 51 28 35 5 25 5 4 83 13 3 11 3 9 55 17 5 17.5 22 18 14 M20×1.5 8 3 3 9 33 19 25 9 75 5 M5×0.8 45 38.5 11 14.5 21 29 M3×0.5×5 35 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LHA0550-N 145.5 9 55 89 59 3 39 3 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 8 17 2 5 25 21 15 M22×1.5 8 3 32 1 35 5 22 28 1 95
LHA0650-N 156 81 7 5 94 3 31 4 35 55 106 13 39 5 15 5 11 8 17 22 3 24 1 M27×1.5 1 4 41 11 45 25 34 12 5 11.5
45 38.5 11 14.5 21 29 M3×0.5×5 35 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
45 4 5 11 14.5 21 29 M3×0.5×5 45 19 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7
LHA0750-N 181 92 8 75 109 71 38 52 4 3 116 1 45 1 5 14 9 21 2 35 5 3 1 M30×1.5 1 5 4 11 5 31 4 14 12.5 8 M8 53 49 13 20.5 24.5 38 M4×0.7×6 45 19 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7
LHA0900-N 2 3 1 7 95 9 12 74 4 59 5 47 5 75 13 19 52 5 18.5 5 17 5 11 25 28 45 37 18 M39×1.5 14 55 12 38 49 18 5 11.5 8 M10 53 49 13 2 5 24.5 38 M4×0.7×6 45 22 G3/8 Rc3/8 R3/8 1BP7
L A1 5 24 122 11 1 5 144 88 5 7 55 88 152 22
LHA-N
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area
22 5 5 2 14 32 34 55 43 19 48 1 5 14 5 12 71 44 23 13 5 1 12 53 57 5 17 24 24 5 38 M4×0.7× 45 22 G3/8 3/8 3/8 1BP7
KOSM EK LT D .
16
Double Action Swing Clamp Air sensing chart
0
Four clamps connected (reference) Air pressure to detect the locking status(MPa)
Air sensor setting pressure (ON)
Pressure when the detection nozzle fully closes
(Supply air pressure) 0.2
Pressure when the detection nozzle fully opens
Air pressure to detect the locking status(MPa)
One clamp connected
Differential pressure for detecion
Release→Locking
(Supply air pressure) 0.2
0
Remarks. *1
(Locking stroke
1.5) ±0.5
Releasing side
Locking side
Full stroke
Air sensor setting pressure (ON)
0
Remarks. *1.*2
Four clamps connected (reference) Air pressure to detect the locking status(MPa)
0.2
Pressure when the detection nozzle fully closes
(Supply air pressure)
Pressure when the detection nozzle fully opens
Differential pressure for detecion
One clamp connected Air pressure to detect the locking status(MPa)
LHAM/N
Locking →Release
0.2
0
Below 10° Swinging stroke
Locking stroke
Locking side
Releasing side
Full stroke
Remarks 1. The graph shows the relationship between the clamping stroke and detection circuit pressure. 2. The position where the air sensor has ON signal output varies as per the sensor setting. 3. The detection pressure varies as per the number of clamps connected per circuit.(Maximum number of clamps connected: 4) 4. The features may vary as per the air circuit structure.For details, please do not hesitate to contact us. *1. There is certain tolerance with regard to the position where the pressure for fully closing the detection nozzle is reached as per the clamp structure.(Refer to the graph) *2. It is below 15 for LHA036.
17
7MPa
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
Air sensing chart
model
LHA-M/N
When the air catch sensor type (-M/N) is used The air catch sensor is necessary to confirm the clamp action Please use the air catch sensor with the air consumption above 22~25L/min (at 0.2MPa). Recommended air catch sensor Name Model Manufacturer
Air catch sensor ISA1 , ISA2-H SMC
Contact confirmation switch GPS2-07-15 CKD
In order to carry out stabilized detection, the number of clamps connected per one air catch sensor should be no more than 4.The air pressure supplied to the air catch sensor should be 0.2MPa. Refer to the drawing below for the pneumatic circuit composition.
Air sensor
Release confirmation
5Âľm
LHAM/N
Lock confirmation
0.2MPa (recommended)
The air venting port must be open to the atmosphere and kept free of coolant and debris. The air catch sensor can malfunction if the air vent port is blocked.
Notes on manifold type (-M) with air sensor Grease the O-ring before assembly to fixture. If installed without lubricant, the O-ring may twist or be damaged. If excessive grease is applied, the grease may overflow to block the detection port, resulting in malfunctioning of the air catch sensor.
KOSM EK LT D .
18
Double Action Swing Clamp External Dimensions
*1. Details of the slot for determining the lever phase (when released)
C: Gasket type (with G thread plug)
The slot position varies as per the lock swinging direction.
* The graph shows the released status of LHA-CR-F.
Release port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)
B J
2Z
H
R type
K
CA
φJB
CA
C
LHA-L-F
LHA-R-F
JA
φ
Swinging direction at locked status
L 2 - Slot for determining the lever phase
2 - Slot for determining the lever phase
L type 4-φR
G thread plug
Spot facing
Q
2-Slot for determining the lever phase *1
Lock port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)
φFA CCH8 CB
Ny Ny
FB FC
φU Lock port P *5 (-C/-G type)
4-EA thread
K
*3
M
S*2
G
A
Nx
P *5
Release port (-C/-G type)
15°
φ
De-burr *5
E
6.3S *5
F
LHA-F
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
+0.3 0
C0.6
*4
φ
-0.1 -0.2
Nx
Ny Ny
Lock port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
Release port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
Caution *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S".
19
7MPa
h t t p : / / ww w. k o s m ek .c o. j p
Notes *3. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *4. The D depth of the body mounting hole should be decided from dimension F. *5. This process indicates -C/-G:Gasket Type.
Quick-change lever type
model
LHA-F
Specifications Model Locking cylinder area cm2 Clamping force (calculation formula) *6 Full stroke
F= mm mm mm
Swinging stroke (90°)
Locking stroke
Cylinder capacity at locked
cm3
at released
Max.operating pressure
LHA0360-F 3.54 P 1-0.0021L 2.9379+0.0052L 13.5 5.5 8 4.8 7.2
LHA0400-F 5.00 F=
LHA0480-F 6.95
LHA0550-F 10.3
LHA0650-F 13.4
LHA0750-F 20.3
LHA0900-F 29.5
LHA1050-F 41.3
P 11 L P 19L P 111L P 19L P 17L P 19L P 18L F= F= F= F= F= F= 2.0920+0.0040L 1.4892+0.0018L 1.0039+0.0011L 0.7822+0.0010L 0.5175+0.0006L 0.3547+0.0004L 0.2495+0.0002L 14.5 6.5 8 7.3 10.9
15.5 7.5 8 10.8 16.7
18.5 8.5 10 19 28.1
20 10 10 26.7 40.9
24 12 12 48.7 72.5
26 14 12 76.6 117.9
32 16 16 132.1 208.1
7
9.8
7 1.5 10.5 70 9 ° ±3° 5
MPa
Minimum operation pressure *7 MPa
Max rated pressure MPa Use temperature 90° swinging angle precision Lock angle repeatability Mass *8
0.7 0.9 1.3 1.9 2.8 4 Remarks *6. F: clamping force (kN) P: hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *7. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. *8. It shows the individual swing clamp mass with the nut taper sleeve included.
Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S U Z(Chamfer) CA CB CC EA FA FB FC JA JB Lock/release port
-C type
-S type -G type R thread plug O ring (-C/-G type)
LHA0360-F 102 49 40 36 64.5 39.5 25 29 20 31.4 66 11 23.5 8 3 7.5 4.5 16 15 C2 5 5 3 M4×0.7 13.5 11 26.5 3.5 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LHA0400-F 113 54 45 40 71.5 46.5 25 31.5 22.5 34 73 11 26 9 3 9 5.5 15 18 C3 5.8 6.5 4 M5×0.8 16 12.5 29 3.5 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LHA0480-F 126.5 61 51 48 79 51 28 35.5 25.5 40 83 13 30 11 3 9 5.5 17.5 22 C3 7.8 6.5 4 M5×0.8 19.5 15 32.5 3.5 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LHA0550-F 143.5 69 60 55 89 59 30 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 17 25 C3 9 7 4 M6 22 17 37.5 3.5 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LHA0650-F 156 81 70 65 94 63 31 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 11 6.8 17 30 C4 10 9.5 6 M6 26 20 42 4.5 19 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7
LHA0750-F 181 92 80 75 109 71 38 52 40 63 116 16 45 16 5 14 9 21 35.5 C5 13.25 9.5 6 M8 31 23 49 4.5 19 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7
LHA0900-F 203 107 95 90 120 74 46 59.5 47.5 75 136 19 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 25 45 C6 17.5 13 8 M10 39.5 27.5 55.5 4.5 22 G3/8 Rc3/8 R3/8 1BP7
LHA1050-F 238 122 110 105 144 88 56 67 55 88 152 22 60 22.5 5 20 14 32 55 C6 22.5 13.5 8 M12 48 30 64 4.5 22 G3/8 Rc3/8 R3/8 1BP7
LHA-F
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area
Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-GR-F.
max.2mm R thread plug
S: Piping type (Rc thread) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-SR-F. Release port Rc thread
Lock port Rc thread
KOSM EK LT D .
20
Double Action Swing Clamp External Dimensions
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
* The graph shows the released status of LHA-CR-P.
JA
B J
Release port (-C/-G type)
PA
C K
-0.1 -0.2
φJB
R type
L φ
Swinging direction at locked status
Lock port P *5 (-C/-G type)
L type 4-φR Spot facing
G thread plug
Nx
P *5
Ny Ny
H
2Z
Release port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)
4-EA thread
*3
K
Q
Lock port:G thread
φ
De-burr *5
(The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)
φPB
PH thread *1
6.3S *5
+0.3 0
C0.6
PD
φPCH8
PF PE
*4
PG
R0.8
30° φU S
*2
M
A
G
15°
Notes *3. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter.
E
*4. The D depth of the body mounting hole should be decided from dimension F.
LHA-P
F
*5. This process indicates -C/-G:Gasket Type.
φ
-0.1 -0.2
Lock port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
Ny Ny Caution *1. Use the tapped hole (PH thread) on top of rod to attach retainer for lever. *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S".
7MPa
Bolt
Retainer for maintaining the lever position Lever
Release port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
21
Balance lever reference drawing
h t t p : / / ww w. k o s m ek .c o. j p
Rod thread reach type for balance lever
model
LHA-P
Specifications Model Locking cylinder area
m2
Clamping force *6 (calculation formula) Full stroke
mm mm mm
Swinging stroke (90°)
Locking stroke
Cylinder capacity at locked
m3
at released
Max.operating pressure
P
Minimum operation pressure *7
P
LHA0360-P 3.54
LHA0400-P 5.00
LHA0480-P 95
F1=(L2/L)×0.354×P
F1=(L2/L)×0.5×P
F1=(L2/L
F2=(L1/L)×0.354×P
F2=(L1/L)×0.5×P
F2=(L1/L
13.5 55 8 48 7.2
14.5 5 8 7.3 1 9
LHA0550-P 10.3
LHA0650-P 13.4
LHA0750-P 20.3
L A 9 -P 29 5
LHA1050-P 41.3
95 P
F1=(L2/L)×1.03×P
F1=(L2/L)×1.34×P
F1=(L2/L)×2.03×P
F1=(L2/L
2 95 P
F1=(L2/L)×4.13×P
95 P
F2=(L1/L)×1.03×P
F2=(L1/L)×1.34×P
F2=(L1/L)×2.03×P
F2=(L1/L
2 95 P
F2=(L1/L)×4.13×P
18 5 85 1 19 28.1
2 1 1 26.7 4 9
24 12 12 48.7 72.5
2 14 12 76.6 117 9
32 16 16 132.1 208.1
28
4
7
98
15.5 75 8 1 8 16.7
7 1.5 10.5 70 9 ° ±3° 5
Max rated pressure P Use temperature 9 ° swinging angle precision Lock angle repeatability Mass *8
0.7 9 13 Remarks *6. F1,F2 : Clamp force(kN), P: Hydraulic pressure (MPa). L1,L2 : The distance from the center of the piston to the clamping point. *7. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. *8. Shows the weight of the swing clamp.
19
L L1
L2
F1
F2
Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S U Z(Chamfer) EA PA PB PC PD PE PF PG PH JA JB Lock/release port R thread plug
-C type
-S type -G type
O ring (-C/-G type)
LHA0360-P 102 49 40 36 64.5 39 5 25 29 20 31.4 66 11 23.5 8 3 7.5 4.5 16 15 C2 M4×0.7 7 13.5 6 +0.018 0 9 21 22 15.5 M3×0.5 3.5 14 G1/8 1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LHA0400-P 113 54 45 40 71.5 46.5 25 31.5 22.5 34 73 11 26 9 3 9 5.5 15 18 C3 M5×0.8 8 16 6 +0.018 0 11 24 25 16.5 M3×0.5 3.5 14 G1/8 1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LHA0480-P 126.5 61 51 48 79 51 28 35.5 25.5 40 83 13 30 11 3 9 5.5 17.5 22 C3 M5×0.8 10 20 8 +0.022 0 12 27.5 29 18.5 M4×0.7 3.5 14 G1/8 1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LHA0550-P 143.5 9 60 55 89 59 30 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 17 25 C3 M6 12 23 10 +0.022 0 12.5 31.5 33 21.5 M5×0.8 3.5 14 G1/8 1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LHA0650-P 156 81 70 65 94 63 31 46 35 55 106 13 39 5 15 5 11 6.8 17 30 C4 M6 14 28 13 +0.027 0 16.5 38.5 40 22 M6 4.5 19 G1/4 1/4 R1/4 1BP7
LHA0750-P 181 92 80 75 1 9 71 38 52 40 63 116 16 45 16 5 14 9 21 35.5 C5 M8 16 33.5 13 +0.027 0 19 43.5 45 27 M6 4.5 19 G1/4 1/4 R1/4 1BP7
L A 9 -P 203 107 95 9 120 74 46 59 5 47.5 75 136 19 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 25 45 C6 M10 22 43 16 +0.027 0 23.5 52.5 54 29 M8 4.5 22 G3/8 3/8 R3/8 1BP7
LHA1050-P 238 122 110 105 144 88 56 67 55 88 152 22 60 22.5 5 20 14 32 55 C6 M12 26 53 20+0.033 0 25.5 58.5 60 34 M8 4.5 22 G3/8 3/8 R3/8 1BP7
LHA-P
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area
Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-GR-P.
R thread plug
max.2mm
S: Piping type (Rc thread) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-SR-P. Release port Rc thread
Lock port Rc thread
EK KOSM E K LT D .
22
Long stroke type
Double Action Swing Clamp External Dimensions * The graph shows the released status of LHA-CR-Q.
JA
Release port (-C/-G type)
B
CA -00.05
C K
L
Swinging direction at locked status
Ny Ny
R type
oe
AA
on
φJB
e
φ
Nx
P *5
J
2Z
H
LHA-Q
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
C: Gasket type (with G thread plug)
Release port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)
model
Lock port P *5 (-C/-G type) 4-EA thread
K
*3
L type 4-φR ot
G thread plug
φCC
Lock port: G thread
R type (L type: 180° reversed)
(The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)
φAC
φ
De-burr *5
+0.3 0
6.3S *5
C0.6
X thread
*4
T
Taper sleeve
BA
Taper 1/10
CB
W
AB
Nut
V
in φ
+0.05 Slot for determining the lever phase *1 0
φBB
Notes *3. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter.
15°
*4. The D depth of the body mounting hole should be decided from dimension F.
S*2
M
A
G
φU
*5. This process indicates -C/-G:Gasket Type.
E
Piping Method F
G: asket type (with R thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-GRQ.
max.2mm
LHA-Q
R thread plug
φ
-0.1 -0.2
Ny Ny
Lock port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
S: Piping type (Rc thread) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-SRQ. Release port Rc thread
Release port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type) Caution *1. The slot for determining the lever phase faces the port side if locked. *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S".
23
7MPa
h t t p : / / ww w. k o s m ek .c o . j p
Lock port Rc thread
Specifications Model Stroke (90°)*6
m2
15
Locking cylinder area Clamping force (calculation formula) *7 Full stroke Swinging stroke (90°) Locking stroke Cylinder capacity
cm3
L A 3 20 25 3.54 F=
mm mm mm at locked at released
Max.operating pressure Minimum operation pressure *8
P P
Max rated pressure
P
20.5 5.5 15 7.2 10.9
30
P 1-0.0021L 2.9379+0.0052L
25.5 5.5 20 8.9 13.5
33 8 25 11.6 17.5
L A 4 20 5
15
F= 38 8 30 13.3 20.2
21.5 6.5 15 10.8 16.2
-
0.7
0.8
1
1
1
LHA0550-Q 20 25 1 3
15
P 19L 1.4892+0.0018L
F=
P 111L 1.0039+0.0011L
34.5 9.5 25 17.3 26
22.5 7.5 15 15.8 24.2
27.5 7.5 20 19.3 29.6
36 11 25 25.2 38.7
23.5 8.5 15 24.2 35.7
28.5 8.5 20 29.4 43.3
33 5 85 25 34 5 5 9
1.1
7 1.5 10.5 70 9 ° ±3° 5 1.3 1.6
1.7
2
2.2
2.4
2.5
90 °swinging angle precision
kg
F=
25
26.5 6.5 20 13.3 20
Lock angle repeatability *9
L A 48 20 95
15
P 11 L 2.0920+0.0040L
Use temperature
Mass
25
Remarks *6. Refer to Page 25 and 26 in case the stroke shown in the table above is exceeded. *7. F: clamping force (kN) P: hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *8. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. *9. It shows the individual swing clamp mass with the nut taper sleeve included.
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area Model Stroke *6
A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W X(Nominal designation × pitch) Y Z(Chamfer)
AA AB AC BA BB CA CB CC EA JA JB -C type -S type -G type R thread plug O ring (-C/-G type) Lock/release port
15 125
78.5 53.5
22.5
LHA0360-Q 20 25 140 162.5 49 40 36 88.5 103.5 63.5 78.5 25 29 20 31.4 66 11 23.5 8 3 7.5 4.5 16 27.5 35 15 13 11 M14×1.5 5 C2 22 7 24.5 14 17 6 6.5 4 M4×0.7 3.5 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
30 177.5
15 136
113.5 88.5
85.5 60.5
40
23.5
LHA0400-Q 20 151 54 45 40 95.5 70.5 25 31.5 22.5 34 73 11 26 9 3 9 5.5 15 28.5 18 15 12 M16×1.5 6 C3 24 8 26.5 16 20 7 6.5 4 M5×0.8 3.5 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
25 175
111.5 86.5
36.5
Remarks *6. Refer to Page 25 and 26 in case the stroke shown in the table above is exceeded.
LHA0480-Q 20 164.5 61 51 48 93 103 65 75 28 35.5 25.5 40 83 13 30 11 3 9 5.5 17.5 24.5 29.5 22 18 14 M20×1.5 8 C3 30 9 33 19 25 9 7.5 5 M5×0.8 3.5 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
15 149.5
25 190
15 160.5
120 92
99 69
38
25.5
LHA0550-Q 20 25 175.5 190.5 69 60 55 109 119 79 89 30 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 17 30.5 35.5 25 21 15 M22×1.5 8 C3 32 10 35.5 22 28 10 9.5 6 M6 3.5 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
Long stroke
model
Model
15 cm
Locking cylinder area Clamping force (calculation formula) *7 Full stroke Swinging stroke (90°) Locking stroke Cylinder capacity
cm3
2
L A 5 20 25 13 4 F=
kN mm mm
25 10 mm 15 at locked 33.5 at released 51.1
Max.operating pressure Minimum operation pressure *8
Max rated pressure
L A 75 30
35 10 25 46.9 71.5
25
F= 40 10 30 53.6 81.7
32 12 2 65 96.6
P
kg
3.2
Model Stroke *6
A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W X(Nominal designation × pitch) Y Z(Chamfer)
AA AB AC BA BB CA CB CC EA JA JB -C type -S type -G type R thread plug O ring (-C/-G type) Lock/release port
F=
P 19L 0.3547+0.0004L
37 12 25 75.1 111.7
34 14 20 100.3 154.2
39 14 25 115.1 176.9
5.2
8.3
8.8
7 1.5 10.5 70 9 ° ±3° 5
MPa MPa
Use temperature
*9
25 29.5
P 17L 0.5175+0.0006L
90 °swinging angle precision Lock angle repeatability Mass
20
2 3
P 19L 0.7822+0.0010L
30 10 20 40.2 61.3
LHA0900-Q
2
15 171
104 73
27
3.5
3.7
LHA0650-Q 20 25 186 201 81 70 65 114 124 83 93 31 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 11 6.8 17 32 37 30 24 16 M27×1.5 10 C4 41 11 45 25 34 12.5 11.5 6 M6 4.5 19 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7
4
4.8
30 216
20 205
LHA0750-Q 25 220 92 80 75 134 103
125 87
135 97 38 52 40 63 116 16 45 16 5 14 9 21
42
34
39 35.5 30 16 M30×1.5 10 C5 46 11 50 31 40 14 12.5 8 M8 4.5 19 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7
LHA0900-Q 20 25 227 242 107 95 90 136 146 90 100 46 59.5 47.5 75 136 19 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 25 36 41 45 37 18 M39×1.5 14 C6 55 12 60 38 49 18.5 11.5 8 M10 4.5 22 G3/8 Rc3/8 R3/8 1BP7
KOSM E K LT D .
LHA-Q
Stroke (90°) *6
LHA-Q
24
Long stroke type
Double Action Swing Clamp model LHA-Q Processing dimensions for the mounting area
External Dimensions C: Gasket type (with G thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-CR-Q.
A
B Release port (-C/-G type)
2Z
(The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)
CA -00.05
C K
φ
R type
oe
L
Swinging direction at locked status
AA
on
φJB
e
Lock port P *5 (-C/-G type)
L type 4-φR Spot facing
G thread plug
Q
K
4-EA thread *3
*1 φCC + 0.05 0 Slot for determining the lever phase
Lock port: G thread
φA
X thread
W
φPB+0.2 0
φ
*5
+0.3 0
C0.6
0.2 *5
φPA*5
AB
Nut
1.4 +00.1 *5
R type (L type: 180° reversed)
(The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)
T
Taper sleeve
φBB Notes *3. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter.
φ S*2
M
A
G
15
BA
CB
*4 Taper 1/10
V
Nx
P *5
Ny Ny
Release port: G thread
As O-ring slot for gasket is not on the body, it should be prepared on the mounting side. However, O-ring is provided.
*4. The D depth of the body mounting hole should be decided from dimension F. *5. This process indicates -C/-G:Gasket Type.
E
Piping Method F
G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-GR-Q.
m
2mm
LHA-Q
R thread plug
φ
- 1 - 2
Ny Ny
Lock port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
Release port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type) Caution *1. The slot for determining the lever phase faces the port side if locked. *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S".
25
7MPa
h t t p : / / ww w. k o s m ek .c o.j p
S: Piping type (Rc thread) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-SR-Q. Release port Rc thread
Lock port Rc thread
Specifications Model Stroke (90°)
m2
*6
Locking cylinder area Clamping force (calculation formula) *7
L A 3 35 3 54 P 12 9379
Full stroke
mm mm mm Locking stroke at locked Cylinder capacity m3 at released
Swinging stroke (90°)
Max.operating pressure *8
P
Minimum operation pressure
MPa
30
P 12 92
21L 52L
43 8 35 15 1 3 22 8
L A 4 35 5
39.5 9.5 30 19.8 29.8
40
30
1 L 4 L
44.5 9.5 35 22.3 33.6
L A 48 35 95 P 11 4892
49.5 9.5 40 24.8 37.4
41 11 30 28.7 44.1
40
30
L A 55 35 40 45 1 3
9L 18L
46 11 35 32 49.5
P 11 39
51 11 40 35.7 54.8
42 12 30 43.3 63.9
47 12 35 48.4 71.5
5
11L 11L
52 12 40 53.6 79.1
57 12 45 58.7 86.7
2 12 5 39 94 3
3.2
3.4
3
7 15 1 5 0 7 9 3 5
P Max rated pressure Use temperature 90 ° swinging angle precision
Lock angle repeatability Mass *9
11 1.4 1.5 1.6 2.1 2.3 2.4 2.8 3 Remarks *6. Refer to Page 23 and 24 in case the stroke shown in the table above is not reached. *7. F: clamping force (kN) P: hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *8. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. *9. It shows the individual swing clamp mass with the nut taper sleeve included.
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area Model Stroke *6
A B
G
L A 3 35 192 5 49 4 3 123 5 98 5 25 29 2 31 4
30 190
121.5 96.5
L
PA PB
X(Nominal designation × pitch) Z(Chamfer)
AA AB A BA BB A B A A B -C type -S type -G type R thread plug O ring (-C/-G type) Lock/release port
11 23 5 8 3 8 75 45 1 45 15 13 11 14 1 5 5 2 22 7 24 5 14 17 5 4 4 7 35 14 G1/8 1/8 1/8 1BP5
8
41.5
L A 4 35 205 54 45 4 131.5 106.5 25 31 5 22 5 34 73 11 2 9 3 8 9 55 15 46.5 18 15 12 1 15
40 220
30 205
141.5 116.5
130 102
8
8
51.5
43
3 24 8 2 5 1 2 7 5 4 5 8 35 14 G1/8 1/8 1/8 1BP5
Remarks *6. Refer to Page 23 and 24 in case the stroke shown in the table above is not reached.
L A 48 35 220 1 51 48 140 112 28 35 5 25 5 4 83 13 3 11 3 8 9 55 17 5 48 22 18 14 2 15 8 3 3 9 33 19 25 9 75 5 5 8 35 14 G1/8 1/8 1/8 1BP5
40 235
30 216
L A 55 35 40 45 231 246 261 9
150 122
136 106
146 116
8
8
8
53
44
49
55 156 166 126 136 3 39 3 47 88 12 33 5 12 3 8 8 11 8 17 54 59 25 21 15 22 1 5 8 3 32 1 35 5 22 28 1 95
35 14 G1/8 1/8 1/8 1BP5
5 27
17 14
8
4
Long stroke type
LHA-Q
Model
m2
Stroke (90°) *6
35
Locking cylinder area Clamping force (calculation formula) *7 Full stroke Swinging stroke (90°)
Locking stroke
P 17822 mm mm mm
Cylinder capacity at locked
m at released 3
Max.operating pressure
L A 5 40 45 13 4
50 9L 1 L
50 15 35 67 102.1
55 15 40 73.7 112.3
60 15 45 80.4 122.6
65 15 50 87.1 132.7
4.5
4.8
5
5.3
35 246
L A 40 261
P
Max rated pressure Use temperature 90°swinging angle precision
Model Stroke *6
A B
154 123 G
L
PA PB
10
52
X(Nominal designation × pitch) Z(Chamfer)
AA AB A BA BB A B A A B -C type -S type -G type R thread plug O ring (-C/-G type) Lock/release port
5 45 276 81 7 5 164 174 133 143 31 4 35 55 1 13 39 5 15 5 10 10 11 8 17 57 62 3 24 1 27 1 5 1 4 41 11 45 25 34 12 5 11 5
45 19 G1/4 1/4 1/4 1BP7
L A 75 35 40 45 2 3 P 15175
Minimum operation pressure *8 MPa
Lock angle repeatability Mass *9
30
50
30
7L
L A 9 35 40 45 29 5 P 13547
L
50
25
9L 4L
30 235
184 153
145 107
10
10
67
44
L A 75 35 40 45 250 274 289 92 8 75 155 171 181 117 133 143 38 52 4 3 11 1 45 1 5 10 10 10 14 9 21 49 57 62 35 5 3 1 3 15 1 5 4 11 5 31 4 14 12 5 8 8 45 19 G1/4 1/4 1/4 1BP7
50 304
30 257
191 153
156 110
10
10
67
46
L A 9 35 40 45 272 296 311 1 7 95 9 166 182 192 120 136 146 4 59 5 47 5 75 13 19 52 5 18 5 5 10 10 10 17 5 11 25 51 59 64 45 37 18 39 1 5 14 55 12 38 49 18 5 11 5 8 1 45 22 G3/8 3/8 3/8 1BP7
L A1 5 35 40 41 3 P 12495
42 47 55 60 65 44 49 57 62 67 41 12 12 15 15 15 14 14 17 17 17 30 35 40 45 50 30 35 40 45 50 25 85.3 95.4 111.7 121.8 132 129.8 144.6 168.2 182.9 197 7 169.3 126.8 141.9 166 181.1 196.2 199.6 222.3 258.6 281.3 3 3 9 266.7 7 15 1 5 0 7 9 3 5 5.5 5.9 6.3 6.6 6.9 9.3 9.8 10.4 10.9 11.4 11.4
50 291
30
50 326
202 156
46
51
45
5
8L 2L 56
61
1 30 35 40 45 5 190 210.6 231.3 251.9 272. 299.2 331.7 364.2 396.7 429.3
12.1 12.7 13.4 14.1 14 8
L A1 5 35 40 45 5 297 312 327 342 122 11 1 5 162 172 182 192 202 212 106 116 126 136 146 15 5 7 55 88 152 22
25 30 267 282
10
10
10
69
43
48
22 5 5 10 10 2 14 32 53 58 55 43 19 48 1 5 14
10
63
1
8
5 12 71 44
LHA-Q
model
23 13 5 1 12 45 22 G3/8 3/8 3/8 1BP7
KOSM E K LTD .
26
Double Action Swing Clamp External Dimensions
*1. Slot for determining the lever phase The slot position varies as per the lock swinging direction and swinging angle.
C: Gasket type (with G thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-CR-Y45.
LHA-R-Y
JA
Slot for determining the lever phase
J
ga
H
ngl
e
B
R type
AA
-0 0 .05
ngl
CA
locking
ga
Swinging direction at locked status
gin
L φ
locking
in Sw
C K φJB
Hexagonal hole Y
Sw in
gin
2Z
Release port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)
LHA-L-Y
e
Slot for determining the lever phase
R type G thread plug
φ
Lock port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)
φAC
Processing dimensions for the mounting area Release port (-C/-G type)
P *5
Nx
BA
CB
W Taper 1/10
Taper sleeve
T
V
X thread
AB
Nut
in φ
+0.05 *1 0 Slot for determining the lever phase
Ny Ny
4-φR ot
Locking port (-C/-G type)
φBB
P *5
K
4-EA thread *3
15° S
*2
M
A
G
φU φ
De-burr *5 C0.6
F
E
6.3S *5
+0.3 0
*4
φ
-0.1 -0.2
Notes *3. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter.
LHA-Y
Ny Ny
Lock port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
Release port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
Caution *1. The slot for determining the lever phase faces the port side if locked. *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S".
27
7MPa
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
*4. The D depth of the body mounting hole should be decided from dimension F. *5. This process indicates -C/-G:Gasket Type.
Swinging angle selectable type
model
LHA-Y
Specifications Model LHA0360-Y 30 45 60 Swinging angle Locking cylinder area cm 2 3.54 Clamping force *6 (calculation formula)
F=
kN Full stroke mm mm Swinging stroke Locking stroke mm at locked Cylinder capacity cm 3 at released Max. operating pressure MPa Minimum operation pressure *7 MPa Max rated pressure MPa Use temperature Swinging angle precision Lock angle repeatability kg Mass *8
P 1-0.0021L 2.9379+0.0052L
10.9 11.5 12.2 2.9 3.5 4.2 8 3.8 4 4.3 5.8 6.1 6.5
0.7
LHA0400-Y 30 45 60 5.00 F=
LHA0480-Y 30 45 60 6.95
LHA0550-Y 30 45 60 10.3
LHA0650-Y 30 45 60 13.4
LHA0750-Y 30 45 60 20.3
LHA0900-Y 30 45 60 29.5
LHA1050-Y 30 45 60 41.3
P 11 L P 19L P 111L P 19L P 17L P 19L P 18L F= F= F= F= F= F= 2.0920+0.0040L 1.4892+0.0018L 1.0039+0.0011L 0.7822+0.0010L 0.5175+0.0006L 0.3547+0.0004L 0.2495+0.0002L
11.5 12.3 13 12.1 13 13.8 3.5 4.3 5 4.1 5 5.8 8 8 5.8 6.2 6.5 8.5 9.1 9.7 8.7 9.3 9.8 13 14 14.8
0.9
1.4
14.7 15.6 16.6 4.7 5.6 6.6 10 15.1 16.1 17.1 22.4 23.7 25.2
15.3 16.5 17.6 18.7 20 21.3 5.3 6.5 7.6 6.7 8 9.3 10 12 20.5 22.1 23.6 38 40.6 43.2 31.3 33.7 36 56.5 60.4 64.3 7 1.5 10.5 70 ±3 ° / 45° ±3 ° / 60° ±3° 3 ° ±0.5° 2 2.9 4.2
19.9 21.4 22.9 7.9 9.4 10.9 12 58.7 63.1 67.6 90.3 97.1 103.9
24.8 26.6 28.4 8.8 10.6 12.4 16 102.4 109.9 117.3 161.3 173 184.7
7.2
10.1
Remarks *6. F: clamping force (kN) P: hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *7. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. *8. It shows the individual swing clamp mass with the nut taper sleeve included.
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area Model
LHA0360-Y LHA0400-Y LHA0480-Y LHA0550-Y LHA0650-Y LHA0750-Y LHA0900-Y LHA1050-Y 30 45 60 30 45 60 30 45 60 30 45 60 30 45 60 30 45 60 30 45 60 30 45 60 A 101.4 102 102.7 112 112.8 113.5 125.1 126 126.8 141.7 142.6 143.6 151.3 152.5 153.6 175.7 177 178.3 196.9 198.4 199.9 232.8 234.6 236.4 49 54 61 69 81 92 107 122 B 40 45 51 60 70 80 95 110 C 36 40 48 55 65 75 90 105 D 64.5 71.5 79 89 94 109 120 144 E 39.5 46.5 51 59 63 71 74 88 F 25 25 28 30 31 38 46 56 G 29 31.5 35.5 39 46 52 59.5 67 H 20 22.5 25.5 30 35 40 47.5 55 J 31.4 34 40 47 55 63 75 88 K 66 73 83 88 106 116 136 152 L 11 11 13 12 13 16 19 22 M 23.5 26 30 33.5 39.5 45 52.5 60 Nx 8 9 11 12 15 16 18.5 22.5 Ny 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 P 7.5 9 9 11 11 14 17.5 20 Q 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.8 6.8 9 11 14 R 16 15 17.5 17 17 21 25 32 S T 12.9 13.5 14.2 13.5 14.3 15 14.1 15 15.8 16.7 17.6 18.6 17.3 18.5 19.6 20.7 22 23.3 21.9 23.4 24.9 26.8 28.6 30.4 15 18 22 25 30 35.5 45 55 U 13 15 18 21 24 30 37 43 V 11 12 14 15 16 16 18 19 W M14×1.5 M16×1.5 M20×1.5 M22×1.5 M27×1.5 M30×1.5 M39×1.5 M48×1.5 X(Nominal designation × pitch) 5 6 8 8 10 10 14 14 Y Z(Chamfer) C2 C3 C3 C3 C4 C5 C6 C6 22 24 30 32 41 46 55 65 AA 7 8 9 10 11 11 12 12 AB 24.5 26.5 33 35.5 45 50 60 71 AC 14 16 19 22 25 31 38 44 BA 17 20 25 28 34 40 49 60 BB 6 7 9 10 12.5 14 18.5 23 CA 6.5 6.5 7.5 9.5 11.5 12.5 11.5 13.5 CB 4 4 5 6 6 8 8 10 CC M4×0.7 M5×0.8 M5×0.8 M6 M6 M8 M10 M12 EA 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 JA 14 14 14 14 19 19 22 22 JB -C type G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 Lock/release port -S type Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/4 Rc1/4 Rc3/8 Rc3/8 R thread plug -G type R1/8 R1/8 R1/8 R1/8 R1/4 R1/4 R3/8 R3/8 O ring (-C/-G type) 1BP5 1BP5 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7 1BP5 1BP5
LHA-Y
Swinging angle *1
Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug)
S: Piping type (Rc thread )
* The graph shows the released status of LHA-GR-Y45.
* The graph shows the released status of LHA-SR-Y45.
R thread plug
max.2mm Release port Rc thread
Lock port Rc thread
KOSM EK LT D .
28
Double Action Swing Clamp Swinging lever design dimensions Taper lock lever type Corresponding Product Model
φH
8
Pin hole for determining the lever phase
G±0.05 φF +0.2 0
D
C
C0.6
A
17
19
23
26
29
35
43
50
B
14
16
19
22
25
31
38
44
C
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
6
D E
10.5
10.5
12.5
14.5
16.5
17.5
17.5
20.5
17 +0.027 0
20+0.033 0
25+0.033 0
34+0.039 0
40+0.039 0
49+0.039 0
60 +0.046 0
F
15
17
21
23.5
29
33
42
51
G
8
9
11.5
13
15.5
18
22.5
28
H
4 +0.018 0
4+0.018 0
Phase determining pin (reference)
φ4 8
1 φ4 8
28+0.033 0
5 +0.018 0
1 φ5 8
12 φ
6+0.018 0
6 +0.018 0
8
8
14 φ
8 +0.022 0
1 φ8 8
8+0.022 0
1 φ8 8
10+0.022 0
1 φ1
8
2
Notes 1. Swing lever should be designed with its length according to performance graph shown on Page 5 and 6. 2. If the swing lever is not in accordance with the dimension shown above, performance may be degraded and damage can occur. 3. The pin hole ( H) for determining the lever phase should be added, if necessary.
B±0.1
R0.4
LHA0360 LHA0400 LHA0480 LHA0550 LHA0650 LHA0750 LHA0900 LHA1050
A
φEH8
Taper lock lever blank: LZH-T Model
H
B
Corresponding Product Model
D A φG
+0.2 0
R0.4
L A 3
L A 4
A
120
145
L A 48 L A 55 L A 160
170
175
5 L A 75 L A 9 185
220
L A1 5 270
B
26
32
40
45
50
58
75
90
C
17
19
23
26
29
35
43
50
D
13
16
20
23
25
29
38
45
E
14
16
19
22
25
31
38
44
F
17
20
25
28
34
40
49
60
G
15
17
21
23.5
29
33
42
51
H
13
16
20
22.5
25
29
37.5
45
Notes 1. Material S50CH. 2. If necessary, the front end should be additionally processed. 3. To lock the phase, slot for phase pin (pin hole) should be added.
E
C
C0.6
LZH0360 LZH0400 LZH0480 LZH0550 LZH0650 LZH0750 LZH0900 LZH1050 -T -T -T -T -T -T -T -T
φ
Manifold block: LZY-MD Model
G E
φD +00.3
A
J
Lever Dimensions Accessories
H
6.3S
4-φ
F
J
Corresponding Product Model
C ±0.1
B
C0.6
L side
C0.6
2-O-ring
LZY0360 LZY0400 LZY0480 LZY0550 LZY0650 LZY0750 LZY0900 LZY1050 -MD -MD -MD -MD -MD -MD -MD -MD L A 3
L A 4
L A 48 L A 55 L A
5 L A 75 L A 9
L A1 5
A
49
54
61
69
81
92
107
122
B
40
45
51
60
70
80
95
110
C
20
20
27
30
32
37
45
50
D
36
40
48
55
65
75
90
105
E
29
31.5
35.5
39
46
52
59.5
67
F
20
22.5
25.5
30
35
40
47.5
55
G
23.5
26
30
33.5
39.5
45
52.5
60
H
16
18
22
24
30
32
37
45
J
31.4
34
40
47
55
63
75
88
4.5
5.5
5.5
6.8
6.8
9
11
14
1BP5
1BP5
1BP5
1BP5
1BP7
1BP7
1BP7
1BP7
O-ring
Notes 1. Material S45C. 2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "C". 3. L side should be additionally processed for use if it is necessary to have the area beyond the block thickness (C dimension). Moreover, refer to this drawing for fabrication.
29
7MPa
ht t p : / / w ww. k o s m e k .c o .jp
Lever design dimensions/accessories
LHA
model Quick-change lever type (-F) Corresponding Product Model
Pin hole for determining the lever phase (Processed if necessary) M thread
φT
A
22
25
30
34
40
46
55
60
B
22
26
32
36
45
53
70
82
C
11
12.5
15
17
20
23
27.5
D
0 15-0.016
0 18 -0.016
0 22 -0.020
0 25-0.020
0 0 30 -0.020 35.5-0.025
30
0 45 -0.025
0 55-0.030
E
15
19
23
26.5
31.5
36.5
46
55
F
9.75
12
14.75
17
20
23.5
29.75
36
G
11
14
17.5
20
23
26
32
39
H
R5.5
R7
R8.75
R10
R11.5
R13
R16
R19.5
J
6.5
8.5
10.5
12.5
14.5
16.5
21
25
2
3
4
4
5
7
9
11
L
13.5
16
18
22
26.5
31
42
M
M6
8 1
N
C0.4
C0.6
C0.6
C1
C1
C1
C1
C1
P
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Q
2.5
3.5
3.5
4
5.5
5.5
7.5
8
R
3
4
4
4
6
6
8
8
S
13.5
14
18
19.5
24.5
27.75
38
45
6.5
6.5
9
P
L
B
LHA0360 LHA0400 LHA0480 LHA0550 LHA0650 LHA0750 LHA0900 LHA1050 -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F
φJ
N E
S
+0.2 0
F±0.1
φR +00.1
G C
A
Q
C
φD
H
T Phase determining pin (reference)
3.4 φ3
1
4.5 8
φ4
1 25
4.5 8 φ4
12 1 5
14 1 5
4.5 1
φ4
1
φ
1
15
14 φ
46
2
2
24 2
9
14 φ8
2
φ8
22
Notes 1. Swing lever should be designed with its length according to performance graph shown on Page 5 and 6. 2. If the swing lever is not in accordance with the dimension shown above, performance may be degraded and damage can occur. 3. The pin hole ( R) for determining the lever phase should be added, if necessary.
Quick-change lever blank LZH-F
N
Corresponding Product Model
LHA0360 LHA0400 LHA0480 LHA0550 LHA0650 LHA0750 LHA0900 LHA1050 -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F
A
22
25
30
34
40
46
55
60
B
22
26
32
36
45
53
70
82
C
11
12.5
15
17
20
23
27.5
E Z
C G
A C
H
B
A
φD
C
φF
0
22-0.020
25-0.020
0
30-0.020 35.5-0.025
0
0
30
0
45-0.025
0
55-0.030
15
19
23
26.5
31.5
36.5
46
55
F
9.75
12
14.75
17
20
23.5
29.75
36
G
11
14
17.5
20
23
26
32
39
H
R5.5
R7
R8.75
R10
R11.5
R13
R16
R19.5
J
6.5
8.5
10.5
12.5
14.5
16.5
21
25
2
3
4
4
5
7
9
11
L
13.5
16
18
22
26.5
31
42
M
M6
8 1 M10 1 25
N
C0.4
C0.6
C0.6
C1
C1
C1
C1
P
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Z
120
145
160
170
175
185
220
270
12 1 5
14 1 5
1
15
46
2
2
24 2 C1
Notes 1. Material S50CH. 2. If necessary, the front end should be additionally processed. 3. To lock the phase, slot for phase pin (pin hole) should be added.
Tightening bolt for quick-change lever LZH-B Hex hole G
0
18-0.016
E
F±0.1 φD
0
15-0.016
E thread
Model
LZH0360 LZH0400 LZH0480 LZH0550 LZH0650 LZH0750 LZH0900 LZH1050 -B -B -B -B -B -B -B -B
Corresponding Product Model
LHA0360 LHA0400 LHA0480 LHA0550 LHA0650 LHA0750 LHA0900 LHA1050 -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F
A B
20 6
23 8
28 10
32 12
40 14
46 16
61 20
71 24
C
7
10
11
13
16
18
23
27
D
6
8
10
12
14
16
20
E
M6
8 1
F
10
13
16
18
21
24
30
36
G
5
6
8
10
12
14
17
19
1
1 25
12 1 5
14 1 5
1
15
2
Lever Dimensions Accessories
φ
LZH0360 LZH0400 LZH0480 LZH0550 LZH0650 LZH0750 LZH0900 LZH1050 -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F
D
P
L
B
M thread
Model
24 2
24 2
KOSM EK LTD .
30
Speed Control Valve Speed Control valve (with air venting function): BZL*1 BZL is the direct mount G thread speed control valve for piping method: C type. It is best used in the circuit where the flow governing valve cannot be mounted, or the synchronized and individual adjustment is necessary. Additionally, air can be vented at the component, improving stability of the hydraulic system. *1.It can only be installed on Piping Method C Type.
Specifications Model Maximum use pressure Max rated pressure
MPa MPa
Controlling Method G thread size Cracking pressure Maximum passage area Tightening torque
MPa mm2 N・m
Circuit symble
BZL0100-A BZL0200-A BZL0300-A BZL0100-B BZL0200-B BZL0300-B 7 10.5 meter-in meter-out G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 0.04 0.12 2.6 5.0 11.6 2.6 5.0 10.2 10 25 35 10 25 35
BZL-A: meter-in
P1 port: hydraulic supply side
BZL-B: meter-out
em r 1 e minimum e re t u o enin o t e ontro i e i imi r to t t or ree o ote 1 e ure to in t it re ommen tion tor ue en t e in t tion tor ue i in u i ient e u e o t e met e tru ture t e ee ontro e e e n not o t e oi o u tment 2 o not re e t e BZL e i een u e on e to ot er m in er e met e e ome im er e t t e i eren e o G-t re ottom ur e e t o m in er n oi o u ntit mi t not e
External Dimensions M thread
Model (Swing clamp)
Corresponding Special packing G thread (attached)
Product Model
φB
BZL0 00 -
A B C P2 port: D Hexagonal L clamping side E F Close Open J E G Hexagonal K max.H D H Hexagonal A max.C F J P1 port: hydraulic K supply side L M N Processing dimensions for the mounting area P Q Notes R (flat area) 0 S N -0.10 Z U thread T min P 0.1 Z (Lower hole φT flat bottom) U P2 port: clamping side
0.4
φ
Q
31
7MPa
BZL 1
P2 port: clamping side
P1 port: hydraulic supply side
e to e
-
u te
BZL 2
-
BZL 3
-
LHA0360 LHA0400 LHA0480 LHA0550
LHA0650 LHA0750
LHA0900 LHA1050
14 15.5 15 12 8.5 (11.6) G1/8 3 3.5 10 3 M6×0.75 11.5 8.5 9 16 10 8.7 G1/8 2 3 2.5 5
18 20 16 13 9.5 (15.1) G1/4 3 3.5 10 3 M6×0.75 15 *2 11 11.5 20.5 13.5 11.5 G1/4 3 4 3.5 7
22 24 19 16 11 (17.6) G3/8 3 5 13 4 M8×0.75 17.5 13 13 24.5 17 15 G3/8 4 5 4.5 9
Notes 1 As the area is sealing part, pay attention not to damage it. 2 As the area is the metal sealing part at the BZL side, pay attention not to damage it (Notes for deburring) 3 Pay attention to have no cutting powder and burring at the tolerance part of the processing hole.
φW
45°
Accessory
min.φR max.φS φT
W 0.2
P2 port: clamping side
P1 port: hydraulic supply side
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
4 As shown in the drawing, P1 port is used as the hydraulic supply side and P2 port as the clamping side. 5 If the market available plug and connector with G screw specs are considered to be mounted, ”*1” in the specification list is 12.5. 6 It is dangerous to have air venting operation under high pressure.It must be done under lower pressure. (For reference: the minimum operation pressure range of the product within the circuit)
Speed Control Valve
model 35oC)
Flow characteristic graph (hydraulic fluids ISO-VG32 (25 BZL0200-A:meter-in
Control flow direction
Control flow direction
Pressure loss 5MPa
6 Pressure loss 3MPa
4 Pressure loss 1MPa
2 0
1
2
3
30
20
5MPa
15 3MPa
10 5 0
4
35
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
1MPa
0
1
Free flowing direction
3
4 Fully closed
2 1
2
3
4
5
10 Fully closed
5 0
1
2
3
4
5
4 Pressure loss 1MPa
2 3
4
15 3MPa
10 5 0
1
3
6 4 Fully closed
2 3
4
Pressure loss (MPa)
5
6
4
5
6
5MPa
3MPa
15 10 5 1MPa
0
1
2
3
4
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
Free flowing direction 35 30
Fully opened
20 15 10
Fully closed
5 0
3
20
0
4
Flow rate (L/min)
Fully opened
2
25
Free flowing direction
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
2
25
2
1
30 5MPa
Free flowing direction
1
0
Control flow direction
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
10
0
10
35
20
0
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
0
Fully closed
15
BZL0300-B:meter-out
1MPa
8
20
Pressure loss (MPa)
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
Pressure loss 3MPa
4
Fully opened
Control flow direction
6
3
25
0
6
25 Pressure loss 5MPa
2
5
BZL0200-B:meter-out
2
1
30
15
Control flow direction
1
1MPa
0
Pressure loss (MPa)
10
0
5
Free flowing direction
Fully opened
20
0
6
BZL0100-B:meter-out
0
10
35
Pressure loss (MPa)
8
3MPa
15
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
Flow rate (L/min)
6
0
20
Free flowing direction
Fully opened
8
5MPa
25
0
4
25 Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
2
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
10
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
8
0
Control flow direction
25 Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
10
0
BZL0300-A:meter-in
0
1
2
3
4
Pressure loss (MPa)
5
6
Fully opened
25
Accessory
BZL0100-A:meter-in
BZL
20 15
Fully closed
10 5 0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Pressure loss (MPa)
KOSM EK LTD .
32
Double Action Swing Clamp Air venting valve: BZX *1 BZX is the direct mount G thread speed control valve for piping method: C type.As it is specially for air venting, it is easy to vent the air within the hydraulic circuit. *1.It can only be installed on Piping Method C Type.
Specifications
Circuit Symbols BZX010
Model Maximum use pressure MPa Pressure resistance MPa
G1/8 10
G thread size Tightening torque (housing) N・m
BZX020 25 37.5 G1/4 25
BZX030
G3/8 35
External Dimensions
Model
Housing Locking nut M3 (3 types)
(Swing clamp)
Corresponding
Plug M6x1
Special packing (attached) G thread
φB
A B C D E G
3.6 3.8
Hexagonal hole 3
E D
Hexagonal 10
Product Model
10.5 C
Hexagonal A
BZX010
BZX020
BZX030
LHA0360 LHA0400 LHA0480 LHA0550
LHA0650 LHA0750
LHA0900 LHA1050
14 15.5 19.8 9.3 5.5 G1/8
18 20 20.6 10.1 6.3 G1/4
22 24 20.6 10.1 6.3 G3/8
Notes 1. Do not over loosen the plug during air venting. (Do not loosen for more than 2 turns from the fully closed status.) 2. It is dangerous to have air venting operation under high pressure. It must be done under lower pressure. (Reference: minimum machine action pressure within the circuit) 3. Refer to the processing dimensions for BZL mounting area if it is otherwise mounted within the hydraulic circuit. (Refer to Page 31)
G thread Plug (with air venting function): JZG *2 JZG is the plug with air venting function which consists of the G thread plug and special packing. Moreover, air is vented at the equipment end like BZL, improving the stability of the hydraulic system. *2.Equipped as standard item for Piping Method Type C components
Specifications Model
JZG010
Maximum use pressure
MPa
Pressure resistance
MPa
G1/8 10
G thread size Tightening torque (housing)
N・m
JZG020 35 42 G1/4 25
JZG030
G3/8 35
External Dimensions
Hexagonal D G thread
B
33
7MPa
Corresponding Product Model
A B C D G
φA
Accessory
Special packing (attached)
Model
C
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
JZG010
JZG020
JZG030
LHA0360 LHA0400 LHA0480 LHA0550
LHA0650 LHA0750
LHA0900 LHA1050
14 3.5 8 5 G1/8
19 4.5 9 6 G1/4
22 4.5 10 8 G3/8
Notes 1. Refer to the processing dimensions for BZL mounting area if it is otherwise mounted within the hydraulic circuit. (Refer to Page 31)
Air venting valve/G screw type
model
BZX/JZG
Application Example LHA Swing clamp
BZL0 00-B Speed Control Valve JZG G thread plug
Release port
Lock port
Release port
Lock port
Accessory
Notes 1. BZL (speed control valve), BZX (air venting valve) and JZG (G thread plug) can only be mounted on Piping Method C type.
KOSM EK LTD .
34
Double Action Swing Clamp Notes for design 1) Specification confirmation The maximum use hydraulic pressure is 7 MPa and minimum at 1.5MPa. However, the maximum use pressure and clamping force vary as per the swinging lever length.If load is excessive damage may occur and cause oil leaks.Use the appropriate pressure based on the length of the used lever by referring to Performance Graph. (Refer to Page 5~6)
2) Consideration for circuit design When designing the hydraulic circuit, refer to Oil Cylinder Speed Control Circuit and Notes. Improper design can lead to malfunction and damage. (Refer to Page 39) Do not supply pressure simultaneously to Lock and Release ports. 3) Endeavor to minimize swing lever inertial moment. Higher inertial moments can degrade stopping accuracy and lead to clamp damage. Excessive inertial moment may prevent swing action, depending on mounting position and supply pressure. Set the action tolerance time based on the inertia moment. It should be operated within the tolerance time with reference to Action Tolerance Time. (Refer to Page 7.8) 4) When the welding fixture is used, the exposed area of piston rod should be protected. If the exposed becomes contaminated with spatter, it may lead to defective operation and oil leakage. 5) When the workpiece inclined side is clamped The clamping side and clamp mounting side should be made parallel.
Notes
6) When the speed control valve (BZL) is used Used BZL should not be re-mounted on other clamps as the metal seal may not re-seal and flow adjustment would be degraded. Moreover, the speed control valve (BZL) can be mounted only on the Piping Method C type. (Refer to Page 31)
35
7MPa
h t t p : / / w w w . k o s m ek .c o .jp
Notes
model
LHA
Notes on installation 1) Used fluid confirmation Please use the appropriate fluid by referring to the Hydraulic Fluid List. 2) Treatment before the piping The pipeline, piping connector and fixture fluid hole should be cleaned by thorough flushing. The dust and cutting powder in the circuit may lead to fluid leakage and malfunctioning. This product is not equipped with protective function to prevent dust and impurity going into the hydraulic system and pipeline.
During mounting When the clamp is positioned with fixture, determine the lever position, and temporarily tighten the nut for fixing the lever. Preferred method for final tightening is to remove the clamp rom the fixture, clamp the lever in a vise and tighten the nut.
3) Applying seal tape Wind tape 1~2 turns. Wrapping in the wrong direction will cause leaks and malfunction. In order to prevent foreign substance going into the product during the piping work, it should be carefully cleaned before the work is started. 4) Mounting the body Use four socket head cap screws (class 12.9) and tighten with torque as shown in the table below.If the tightening torque is more than that recommended, the counter-bore or the bolt may be damaged. Model LHA0360 LHA0400 LHA0480 LHA0550 LHA0650 LHA0750 LHA0900 LHA1050
Nominal designation of mounting bolt
Tightening torque (Nm)
M4×0.7
4.0
M5×0.8
8.0
M5×0.8
8.0
M6
14.0
M6
14.0
M8
33.0
M10
65.0
M12
114.0
5) Mounting and removal of swinging lever Any contamination on mating parts of the lever/taper sleeve/piston rod will prevent proper seating. Thoroughly degrease and flush it to get rid of oil and foreign substance. Tighten the swinging lever with torque as shown below.
If clamp can't be removed from fixture for final tightening, secure the lever while tightening the nut. It is best to bring the lever to the middle of the swing stroke before tightening the nut.
During removal While the clamp is in the fixture or vise, use a hex wrench to bring the arm to the middle of the swing stroke and then loosen the nut. Loosen the taper sleeve nut two or three turns then remove the lever with puller. Do not put any rotating torque on the piston rod.
(Standard: taper tightening type) Model LHA0360 LHA0400 LHA0480 LHA0550 LHA0650 LHA0750 LHA0900 LHA1050
thread size
Tightening torque (N·m)
M14×1.5
21
25
M16×1.5
33
40
M20×1.5
54
M22×1.5
65
84
100
M27×1.5
12
145
M30×1.5
175
210
M39×1.5
28
335
M48×1.5
333
400
(-F: quick-change lever type) Model LHA0360-F LHA0400-F LHA0480-F LHA0550-F LHA0650-F LHA0750-F LHA0900-F LHA1050-F
Bolt nominal designation
Tightening torque (N·m)
M6
14
M8×1
33
M10×1.25
65
M12×1.5
10
114
M14×1.5
16
180
M16×1.5
25
280
M20×2
50
540
M24×2
76
810
6) Air venting in the hydraulic circuit If the hydraulic circuit has excessive air, the action time may become abnormally long. After making hydraulic connections, or if air enters the circuit at any other time, air bleeding must be carried out according to the procedure below. Reduce hydraulic supply pressure to less than 2MPa. Loosen the cap nut of the pipeline connector which is closest to the swinging clamp by one turn. Shake the pipeline left and right, and loosen the mating surfaces. part of the pipeline connector.The hydraulic fluid mixed with air comes out.
Notes
If the piston rod is subjected to excessive torque or shock, the rod or the internal mechanism may be damaged. Observe the following points to prevent such shock.
KOSM EK LTD .
36
Double Action Swing Clamp Notes on installation Tighten cap nut after air bleeding. It is more effective to carry out air venting at the highest point of the hydraulic circuit or close to the clamp at the terminal end. (When the gasket type is used, mount the air venting valve at the place near the highest part of the hydraulic circuit.)
■ Hydraulic Fluid List
7) Swinging speed adjustment Adjust the speed with reference to Action Tolerance Time Graph. (Refer to Page 7, 8) Excessive clamp speed will accelerate wear and lead to component damage. The speed adjustment should not be carried out unless circuit air venting is completed.If air is mixed in the circuit, action will be erratic. Adjust the speed control valve slowly from the low speed side (low flow) to high speed side (large flow). 8) Checking looseness and retightening At the beginning of the machine installation, the bolt/lever may be tightened lightly. Check torque and re-tighten if required. 9) Notes on dual rod type (-D) for dog application When installing dog or cam onto rod end, secure the dog or cam and prevent any rotation or torque on the piston rod. Torque values for the mounting screw are shown in the table below.
Nominal designation of mounting bolt
Tightening torque (N·m)
M4×0.7
3.2
M6
10
M8
25
M8
25
M8
25
M10
50
M10
50
M10
50
Notes
Model LHA0360-D LHA0400-D LHA0480-D LHA0550-D LHA0650-D LHA0750-D LHA0900-D LHA1050-D
37
7MPa
ht t p : / / w w w . k o s m ek .c o .jp
ISO viscosity grade ISO-VG-32 Manufacturer name
Wear resistant hydraulic fluid
Multi purpose universal fluid
Tellus Oil C32 TELLUS OIL C32 Showa Shell Sekiyu DAPHNE SUPER HYDRO 32A SUPERMULTI 32 Idemitsu Kosan SUPER HYRANDO 32 SUPER MULPUS 32 Nippon Oil Corp COSMO NEW MIGHTY SUPER 32 COSMO HYDRO AW32 Cosmo Oil LATHUS 32 HYDLUX 32 Japan Energy (JOMO) NUTO 32 NUTO H32 Esso Sekiyu MOBIL DTE24 LIGHT MOBIL DTE24 ExxonMobil UNIT OIL P32 UNIT OIL WR32 Kygnus FUKKOL SUPER HYDROL 32 FUKKOL HYDROL DX32 Fujikosan Oil HYDROL AW32 Matsumura Oil SUNVIS 832 SUNVIS 932 Japan Sun Oil HYDIC AW32 HYDIC 32 Mitsui Oil HYSPIN AWS32 Castrol Note: as it may be difficult to purchase the products as shown in the table from overseas, please contact the respective manufacturer.
Notes
model
LHA
Notes on handling 1) It should be handled by qualified personnel with sufficient knowledge. The hydraulic machine/air compressor should be handled and maintained by qualified personnel with sufficient experience and knowledge. 2) Do not handle or disassemble the machine unless the safety is ensured. The machine and equipment can only be inspected or prepared when it is confirmed that the preventive devices against falling of driven articles and reckless operation preventive device are in place. ② Before the machine is disassembled, make sure that the above-mentioned safety measures are in place, shut off the air of hydraulic source and power and make sure that no pressure exists in the hydraulic circuit.
1) Removal of the machine and shutoff of pressure source Before the machine is removed, make sure that the preventive devices against falling of driven articles and reckless operation preventive device are in place, shut off the air of hydraulic source and power and make sure that no pressure exists in the hydraulic circuit. Make sure there is no abnormality in the bolts and respective parts before restarting. 2) Regularly clean the area around the piston rod. If it is used when the surface is contaminated with dirt, it may lead to packing seal damage, malfunctioning and fluid leakage.
After stopping the machine, do not disassemble it until its temperature cools down. Make sure there is no abnormality in the bolts and respective parts before restarting the machine/equipment.
4) Do not disassemble or modify it. If it is disassembled or modified, the warranty will become invalid even if it is still within the warranty period.
3) If disconnection is carried out with coupler, air is mixed inside the circuit after a long period of use, air venting should be carried out on the regular basis. 4) Check whether the pipeline, mounting bolt and nut for fixing the lever are loosened or not. Retighten it on the regular basis. 5) Make sure the hydraulic fluid has not deteriorated. 6) Make sure that the action is smooth and there is no abnormal noise. Especially when it is restarted after left unused for a long period, make sure it can be operated correctly. 7) The products should be stored in the cold and dark place without direct sunshine and moisture. 8) Please contact us for overhaul and repair.
Notes注意事項
3) Do not touch the lamp when the swinging clamp is in operation. Otherwise, your hands may be injured due to clinching.
KOSM EK LTD .
38
Double Action Swing Clamp 取付施工上 Speed control注意 circuit of hydraulic cylinder & notes If the hydraulic cylinder speed is controlled, the circuit should be designed with the following points taken into consideration. Carry out sufficient advance review as the wrong circuit design may lead to machine malfunctioning and damage. Speed control circuit for single acting cylinder For spring return type single acting cylinders, restricting flow during release can slow or prevent release action. The preferred method is to control the flow during the lock action and use a valve that has free-flow in the release direction. Also, it is preferred to provide a speed control at each actuator to be regulated.
If the release action is accelerated by some load (or gravity) the clamp may sustain damage. In this case add speed control to release flow.
In the case of meter-out circuit, however, the hydraulic circuit should be designed with the following points taken into consideration. ① Single acting components should not use the same speed control as the double acting components. The release action of the single acting cylinders may become erratic or very slow.
Refer to the following circuit when both the single acting cylinder and double acting cylinder are used together. Separate the control circuit.
The release of the lateral flow control
W
Speed control circuit for double acting cylinde For double acting cylinder speed control, both the locking side and release side should have meter-out circuits. Meter-in controls can be adversely affected by any air in the system.
Back pressure in a shared tank line can delay the release of single acting components. However, due to back pressure of the tank line, the single acting cylinder may act after action of the double acting cylinder.
Meter-out circuit
In the case of meter-out circuit, the inner circuit pressure may increase during the cylinder action because of the fluid supply. The increase of the inner circuit pressure can be prevented by reducing the supplied fluid beforehand via the flow governing valve. Especially, as for systems with sequence valve and pressure switch for action confirmation, if the inner circuit pressure is over the setting pressure, the system may break down, which should be taken into full consideration.
Meter-in circuit
Notes
Sequence valve
39
7MPa
Flow governing valve for fluid supply (ok with each location)
ht t p : / / w w w . k o s m ek .c o .jp
Notes
model
LHA
Warranty ■
Warranty 1) Warranty Period The product warranty period is 18 months from shipment from our factory or 12 months from initial use, whichever is earlier. 2) Warranty Scope If the product is damaged or malfunctions during the warranty period due to faulty design, materials or workmanship, we will replace or repair the defective part at our expense. Defects or failures caused by the following are not covered: ① If the stipulated maintenance and inspection are not carried out; ② If the product is used while it is not suitable for use based on the operator’s judgement, resulting in defect. ③ If it is used or handled in inappropriate way by the operator (including damage caused by the misconduct of the third party.) ④ If the defect is caused by reasons other than our responsibility. ⑤ If it is caused by reform or repair other than carried out by us, or without our approval and confirmation. ⑥ Other caused by natural disasters or calamities not attributable to our company. Parts expenses or replacement expenses due to parts consumption and deterioration (such as gum, plastic, seal material and some electric components).
Notes
Moreover, the damages in connection with or resulting from the product defect shall be excluded from the warranty.
KOSM EK LTD .
40
h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p
1441 Branding Avenue,Suite 110 Downers Grove,IL 60515 USA TEL.630-241-3465 FAX.630-241-3834 POLAND OFFICE: ul. Japońska 8 55-220 Jelcz-Laskowice, Poland TEL.48-71-303-5400 FAX.48-71-303-5401
JQA-QMA10823 KOSMEK HEAD OFFICE
CAT.NO.LHA001-03-02 Printed in Japan
2008.12. First 2011.01. 3th
1Yc 1Ry
1MPa New
Air Swing Clamp
model
WHA
Air Swing Clamp Patented in Japan and major foreign countries
Structure & Features
Compact / high speed / high rigid clamp Excellent coolant resistance Engineered low friction packing provides tight seal even against high pressure coolant. Material is chemically resistant, especially to chlorate coolant.
PAT.
Long Lever High rigidity is achieved via long guide ratio and parts optimization. Clamping distance can be much greater (up to 2.4 times previous model)
WHA lever use range
Our previous products
Easy to adjust the clamping time Piping method: The speed control valve can be directly mounted on Type A. Picture of speed control valve (model BZW) installation
Compact design Mounting depth is reduced, up to 40% of previous models. This saves space, machining and weight.
(Refer to Page 17)
Designed for high speeds PAT.
WHA Our previous products
Use of ball type rotary mechanism ensures the high rigidity and high reliability, reducing the full action time by 53% (maximum) compared to our former products. Floating out race improves swing action
Full option lineup
It features high durability against sputtering of air.
The lineup includes the following four types. (See page 2 for the picture). Section of three lead gums
[Standard Type] With taper sleeve as standard, lever design is simplified.
[Dual rod type for dog application (-D)] Detection is made easy with switch. (The lever is the same as that for the standard type.)
[Quick change lever type (-F)] One wrench can be used to change the lever easily.
[Long stroke type (-Q)] The stroke with wider range can match the necessary work shape.
1
Model Indication
Performance graph/allowed action time graph
WHA
Clamp with 90째 swing
Standard Type
WHA-D
The clamp movement can be confirmed via the switch detection
Dual rod type for dog application
WHA-F Quick-change lever type
11
Easy lever changing
Sectional structure of mounting area
WHA-Q
The long stroke is applicable to a variety of work shapes.
1
Long stroke type
Lever design dimensions/accessories
1
Notes
1
2
Air Swing Clamp Air Swing Clamp
WHA 040 0 - 2 A R D - F 1
2
1
Inner diameter of cylinder
2
Design No.
3
Piping Method
3
4
5
6
G
A
S
A: Gasket type (This type is applicable to speed control installation)
G: Gasket type (Rc thread port w/plug) S: Pipeline type (Rc thread port)
Gasket Type This type is applicable to speed control installation R screw plug is packed together (The speed control is prepared otherwise)
With R plug
Piping Type Rc thread port only
4 Swing direction when locking R
R: clockwise L: counter clockwise
Swing direction when locking
L
5 Confirmation Method (rod end style)
No marking
D
No marking: standard (no confirmation) ・・・P7 D: Double ended rod (threaded) ・・・P9
6 Option Model
No marking: tapered rod w/ taper sleeve F: quick-change lever type ・・・P11 Q: Long stroke type ・・・P13
F
Q
Model Indication
Model Indication
Speed Control valve *1
BZW 0 1 0 0 - B 1 1
2
3
R thread size 1ďźšR1/8
2
Design No.
3
Controlling method
BZW-B: meter-out
B: meter-out
*1 It can only be installed on Piping Method A Type.
P1 port:
P2 port:
Air supply side
clamping
Air Swing Clamp Performance Diagram WHA0320
700
1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1
650 590 520 460 390 330 260 200 130 70
(N)
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
35 580 520 460 400 350 290 230 170 120 60 1.0
50 560 500 440 390 330 280 220 170 110 60 1.0
Clamping force (N) Lever Length L (mm) 60 70 80 90 540 530 510 500 490 470 460 450 430 420 410 400 380 370 360 350 320 320 310 300 270 260 260 250 220 210 210 200 160 160 150 150 110 110 100 100 50 50 50 50 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Non-usable range
100 490 440 390 340 290 240 190 150 100 50 1.0
120 410 370 320 270 230 180 140 90 50 0.9
L=0 L=35(10) L=60(35) L=80(55) L=100(75) L=120(95)
Maximum Lever Length
(L) (mm)
103 120 147 190 190 190 190 190 190 190
600
Clamping force (N)
Cylinder output
500 400 300 Non-usable range
Air supply pressure (MPa)
200 100 0
0
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Air supply pressure (MPa)
WHA0400
1200
1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1
1060 950 840 740 630 530 420 320 210 110
(N)
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
50 930 840 740 650 560 460 370 280 190 90 1.0
60 910 820 730 640 540 450 360 270 180 90 1.0
Clamping force (N) Lever Length L (mm) 70 80 90 100 890 870 850 820 800 780 760 740 710 690 680 660 620 610 590 580 530 520 510 490 440 430 420 410 350 350 340 330 270 260 250 250 180 170 170 160 90 90 80 80 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Non-usable range
120 700 630 550 470 390 310 230 160 80 0.9
150
580 500 430 360 290 220 140 70 0.8
Maximum Lever Length
(L) (mm)
117 137 171 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
L=0 1000
Clamping force (N)
Cylinder output
L=50(22) L=70(42) L=90(62) L=120(92) L=150(122)
800 600 Non-usable range
Air supply pressure (MPa)
400 200 0
0
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Air supply pressure (MPa)
WHA0500
1800
1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1
1650 1480 1320 1150 990 820 660 490 330 160
(N)
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Clamping force (N) Non-usable range Lever Length L (mm) 60 70 80 90 100 120 150 180 1450 1420 1390 1360 1340 1280 1200 1300 1280 1250 1230 1200 1150 1080 1000 1160 1140 1110 1090 1070 1020 960 890 1010 990 970 950 940 900 840 780 870 850 840 820 800 770 720 670 720 710 700 680 670 640 600 560 580 570 560 550 530 510 480 440 430 430 420 410 400 380 360 330 290 280 280 270 270 260 240 220 140 140 140 140 130 130 120 110 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9
Maximum Lever Length
(L) (mm)
151 180 236 270 270 270 270 270 270 270
L=0
1600
Clamping force (N)
Cylinder output
L=60(27) L=90(57) L=120(87) L=150(117) L=180(147)
1400 1200 1000 800 Non-usable range
Air supply pressure (MPa)
600 400 200 0
0
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Air supply pressure (MPa)
WHA0630
3000
1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1
2630 2360 2100 1840 1580 1310 1050 790 530 260
(N)
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
75 2330 2090 1860 1630 1400 1160 930 700 470 230 1.0
90 2270 2040 1810 1590 1360 1130 910 680 450 230 1.0
Clamping force (N) Lever Length L (mm) 110 130 150 170 2190 2110 2030 1950 1970 1900 1820 1750 1750 1680 1620 1560 1530 1470 1420 1360 1310 1260 1220 1170 1090 1050 1010 970 870 840 810 780 660 630 610 580 440 420 410 390 220 210 200 190 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Non-usable range
190 1870 1680 1490 1310 1120 930 750 560 370 190 1.0
210 1610 1430 1250 1070 890 710 540 360 180 0.9
Maximum Lever Length
(L) (mm)
191 234 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330
L=0 L=75(36) L=90(51) L=130(91) L=170(131) L=210(171)
2500
Clamping force (N)
Cylinder output
2000 1500 Non-usable range
Air supply pressure (MPa)
1000 500 0
0
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Air supply pressure (MPa)
Notes: 1. The graphs show the relationship between the clamping force and the Air supply pressure. 2. There may be no swinging action for the lever with large inertia moment based on different air supply pressure, flow and lever mounting position. 3. The clamping force is shown with lever in the locked position. 4. The clamping force varies as per the lever length.Use the Air supply pressure suitable to the lever length. 5. Usage outside of indicated range may lead to damage. 6. The tables and graphs are only for reference. The exact clamping force should be calculated based on the formula in the specification column.
L
(Example) When WHA0500 is used Conditions: Air supply pressure 0.8MPa Lever length L=60mm The clamping force is about 1160N.
1800 1600 1400 1200 1160 1000 800 600 400 200 0
L=0 L=60(27) L=90(57) L=120(87) L=150(117) L=180(147)
Indicating L(s) on the left graph
The range which cannot be used (the part indicated in Non-usable range
S
Notes: 1. The clamping force F can be calculated by inputting the lever length Land Air supply pressure P in the formula in the specification column. 2. The cylinder thrust force (when L=0) is calculated according to the formula in the specification column.
Clamping force (N)
How to read the Performance Graph
0
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 Air supply pressure (MPa)
)
Performance graph/ action time tolerance graph
Action Time Tolerance Graph WHA0320
WHA0400
WHA0500
0.009
0.014
0.022
0.006 0.005 0.004 Full action
0.003 0.002
0.010 0.008 0.006 Full action 0.004 0.002 *1
0.001 *1 0
0.020
90°swing
*2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
0
1.2
Action time tolerance (sec)
0.016 0.014 0.012 0.010 Full action
0.008 0.006 *1 0.004 0.002
*2
0
90°swing
0.018
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
0
1.2
*2
0
0.2
Action time tolerance (sec)
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Action time tolerance (sec)
WHA0630 Example) ① ② ③ ④
90°swing
0.040 0.035
Model: WHA0500 Lever inertia moment : 5 m2 Full action time tolerance : about 0.69 sec 90°swinging time : about 0.29 sec
0.030 0.025 0.020
Full action
0.015 *1 0.010 0.005 0
① Model
0.022
Inertia Moment (kg・m )
Inertia Moment (kg・m 2 )
0.045
WHA0500
2
How to read the Action Time Tolerance Graph
0.050
0.020
90°swing
0.018 0.016 0.014 0.012 0.010
Full action
0.008 0.006 ② 0.004 0.002
*2
0
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
④ 0
1.6
0.2
0.4
③ 0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Action time tolerance (sec)
Action time tolerance (sec) Notes 1.In the case of long stroke type, the full action time is different from what is shown on the graph. It should be calculated via the formula below. (The 90° swinging time is the same as shown on the graph. Remarks *1.The inertia moment of lever blank (Page 15: WZH-T) is displayed. *2.Please set the shortest 90° swinging time to 0.2sec.
Calculation formula of full action time Full action time (sec) = 90° swinging action time (sec) X
Full stroke (mm) Swinging stroke (mm)
How to calculate inertia moment (estimation) I:Inertia Moment (kg.m2) K, L, L1, L2, b:Lenth(m)m, m1, m 2, m 3, Mass(kg) ① For a rectangular plate (cuboid), the rotating shaft is vertically on one side of the plate.
② For a rectangular plate (cuboid), the rotating shaft
L
L1
m
2
2
2
2
2
=m L + b 12
m1
m2
2
2
=m 1 4L + b + m 2 4L1 + b 12 12
b
L1
m1
m2
L2
K L
b
b
L
③ The load is on the lever front end
is vertically on the gravity center of the plate.
2
2
2
m3
2 2 =m 1 4L + b + m 2 4L 1 + b + m 3 K 2 + m 3 L 2 + b 12 12 12
Notes 1.The graph shows the action time tolerance with regard to the lever inertia moment when the clamp piston is operating at constant speed. 2.There may be no swinging action for the lever with large inertia based on different Air supply pressure, flow and lever mounting position. 3.For speed adjustment, the meter-out is recommended to keep clamping speed constant 4.During swinging, the speed adjustment can be carried out via meter-out in case the lever accelerates its speed due to its own weight (when the clamp is horizontally mounted), or the piston rod has drastic action with meter-in control. (Refer to Page 19 for adjustment of swinging speed.) 5.Excessive action speed can reduce stopping accuracy and harm internal parts. 6.Please contact us if operational conditions differ from those shown on the graphs.
Performance graph action time tolerance graph
0.007
0.012
Inertia Moment (kg・m 2 )
90°swing
Inertia Moment (kg・m2 )
Inertia Moment (kg・m 2 )
0.008
Air Swing Clamp External Dimensions A: Gasket type (for speed control installation with R screw plug installed)
Processing dimensions for the mounting area Nx
This drawing shows the release position of WHA-2AR.
max. 17
Release port P (-A/-G type)
B H
Rc1/8 thread *4
J
Ny
Ny
2-Z
(Used for installation of the speed control)
R type
φ15.5
φ
Swing direction when locking
L
Lock port P *7 (-A/-G type)
K
4-EA thread *5
CA
K
W thread
C
*7
L type 4-
R
Spot facing Rc1/8 thread
*4
Q
R type (L type: 180 reverse)
(Used for installation of the speed control)
φ
De-burr *7
Slot for determining the lever phase *1
6.3S*7
+ 0.3 0
C0.6
Pin position for determining the lever phase
(CD) φBB
BA
1.5 CB
1/10
Taper sleeve
Taper
CC +0.02 0
T
V
*6
φ
Notes *5. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter.
S
M
A
*2
G
12
-0.1 -0.2
F
φ
*6. The φD depth of the body mounting hole should be decided from dimension E. *7. This process indicates –A/-G: Gasket Type.
E
Piping Method 4*3
DB
G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) This drawing shows the release position of WHA-2GR.
max.1.5mm φ A
Lock port: O ring (attached) (-A/-G type)
R1/8 thread plug
Nx
Ny
Ny
S: Piping type (Rc thread ) This drawing shows the release position of WHA-2SR. Release port Rc1/8 thread
Release port: O ring (attached) (-A/-G type) Caution *1. The slot for determining the lever phase faces the port side if locked. *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S".
*3. The number of bottom bolts may vary as per different type. *4. The speed control valve is not included. It should be provided otherwise as per page 17.
Lock port Rc1/8 thread
Standard Type
Specifications Model Locking cylinder area Clamping force (calculation formula)
Full stroke Swinging stroke
90°
Locking stroke
cm2 *8 N mm mm mm
Cylinder capacity at locked
cm3
at released
Max.operating pressure Minimum operation pressure *9
Max rated pressure Use temperature 90° swinging angle precision
WHA0320 6.50 F = P(625-1.4L) 20 10 10 13.0 16.1
WHA0400 10.56 F = P(1034-2.1L) 21 11 10 22.2 26.4
kg
WHA0630 26.26 F = P(2626-4L) 26.5 16.5 10 69.6 82.6
1.0
1.7
1.0 0.1 1.5 70 9 ° ±3° 5
MPa MPa MPa
Lock angle repeatability
Mass *10
WHA0500 16.49 F = P(1616-2.8L) 24 14 10 39.6 47.1
0.5
0.6
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W (nominal designation X depth) Z (chamfer)
BA BB CA CB CC (CD) DA DB EA O ring (-A/-G type)
WHA0320 108.5 60 50 46 47.5 32.5 25 35 25 39 79 11 28 10 5 9.5 5.5 14 22 14 12.5 M8×16 R5 14 17 5.5 4.5 3 3 21 15 M5×0.8 1BP7
WHA0400 117.5 66 56 54 51.5 35 25 38 28 45 88 11 31 13 5 9.5 5.5 13.5 23 16 16.5 M8×16 R5 18 19 5.5 4.5 3 3 24 16.5 M5×0.8 1BP7
WHA0500 136 76 66 64 58 41 30 43 33 53 98 13 36 15 5 11 6.8 16 26 20 20.5 M10×20 R6 22 24 6.5 5.5 4 3.5 27 17 M6 1BP7
WHA0630 149 87 78 77 66.5 46.5 30 48 39 65 113 13 41 20 5 11 6.8 15 28.5 25 22.5 M12×24 R6 24 29 9 5.5 4 3.5 34 20 M6 1BP7
(mm)
WHA
Remarks: *8. F: clamping force (N) P: Air supply pressure (MPa) L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *9. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. The swinging may stop in the middle of action due to the lever shape.(Refer to page 19 for Consideration for Lever Design.) *10. Mass per clamp with taper sleeve.
Air Swing Clamp External Dimensions A: Gasket type (for speed control installation with R screw plug installed)
Processing dimensions for the mounting area Nx
This drawing shows the release position of WHA-2ARD.
max. 17
Release port P *6 (-A/-G type)
B H
Rc1/8 thread *4
J
Ny
Ny
2-Z
(Used for installation of the speed control)
R type
φ15.5
φ
Swing direction when locking
L
Lock port P (-A/-G type)
*6
4-EA thread *5
CA
K
C
W thread
L type 4-
R
Spot facing Rc1/8 thread
*4
Q
(Used for installation of the speed control)
φ
De-burr *6
Slot for determining the lever phase *1
R type (L type: 180 reverse)
6.3S*6
+ 0.3 0
C0.6
Taper sleeve
φBB
BA
CB
Taper 1/10
CC +0.02 0
T
V
1.5
(CD)
Pin position for determining the lever phase
φ
Notes *5. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *6. This process indicates –A/-G: Gasket Type.
A
M
S
*2
G
12
-0.1 -0.2
F
φ
Piping Method
E
φ A
4*3
This drawing shows the release position of WHA-2GRD.
φ
max.1.5mm R1/8 thread plug
Full stroke
10
DB
G: Gasket type (with R thread plug)
Lock port: O ring (attached) (-A/-G type)
Nx
DD thread
Ny
S: Piping type (Rc thread ) This drawing shows the release position of WHA-2SRD.
Ny
Release port Rc1/8 thread
Release port: O ring (attached) (-A/-G type)
DE Width
Caution
*1. The slot for determining the lever phase faces the port side if locked. *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". *3. The number of bottom bolts may vary as per different type. *4. The speed control valve is not included. It should be provided otherwise as per page 17.
Lock port Rc1/8 thread
Dual rod type for dog application
Specifications Model
cm2 Clamping force (calculation formula) *7 N mm Full stroke Swinging stroke 9 ° mm mm Locking stroke
Locking cylinder area
Cylinder capacity at locked
cm3
at released
Max.operating pressure Minimum operation pressure
*8
Max rated pressure Use temperature swinging angle precision 9 °
WHA0320-D 6.50 F = P(625-1.4L) 20 10 10 13.0 14.5
WHA0400-D 10.56 F = P(1034-2.1L) 21 11 10 22.2 24.0
kg
WHA0630-D 26.26 F = P(2626-4L) 26.5 16.5 10 9 78.5
1.1
1.7
1.0 0.1 1.5 70 9 ° ±3° 5
MPa MPa MPa
Lock angle repeatability
Mass *9
WHA0500-D 1 49 F = P(1616-2.8L) 24 14 10 39 43.4
0.5
0.7
Remarks: *7. F: clamping force (N) P: Air supply pressure (MPa) L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *8. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. The swinging may stop in the middle of action due to the lever shape.(Refer to page 19 for Consideration for Lever Design.) *9. Mass per clamp with taper sleeve.
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area
W (nominal designation X depth) Z (chamfer)
BA BB CA CB CC (CD) DA DB DC DD (nominal designation X depth)
DE EA O ring (-A/-G type)
WHA0320-D 123.5 60 50 46 52.5 32.5 25 35 25 39 79 11 28 10 5 95 5.5 14 22 14 12.5 M8×16 R5 14 17 5.5 4.5 3 3 21 20 10 M5×0.8×12 8 M5×0.8 1BP7
WHA0400-D 133 66 56 54 57 35 25 38 28 45 88 11 31 13 5 95 5.5 13.5 23 16 16.5 M8×16 R5 18 19 5.5 4.5 3 3 24 22 12 M6×15 10 M5×0.8 1BP7
WHA0500-D 151.5 76 66 64 63.5 41 30 43 33 53 98 13 36 15 5 11 6.8 16 26 20 20.5 M10×20 R6 22 24 6.5 5.5 4 3.5 27 22.5 14 M8×18 12 M6 1BP7
(mm)
WHA0630-D 164 87 78 77 71.5 46.5 30 48 39 65 113 13 41 20 5 11 6.8 15 28.5 25 22.5 M12×24 R6 24 29 9 5.5 4 3.5 34 25 14 M8×18 12 M6 1BP7
WHA-D
Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V
1
Air Swing Clamp External Dimensions A: Gasket type (for speed control installation with R screw plug installed) This drawing shows the release position of WHA-2AR-F.
max. 17
The slot position varies as per the lock swinging direction.
H
Rc1/8 thread *4
J 2-Z
R type
CA
φ
Swing direction when locking
CA
φ15.5
K
WHA-L-F
WHA-R-F
B
(Used for installation of the speed control)
C
*1. Details of the slot for determining the lever phase (when released)
L
2-Slot for determining the lever phase
2-Slot for determining the lever phase
L type 4-
R
Spot facing Rc1/8 thread
Q
*4
2-Slot for determining the lever phase *1
(Used for installation of the speed control)
Processing dimensions for the mounting area Nx Release port P *7 (-A/-G type)
Ny Ny
FB
CB
(CD)
Pin position for determining the lever phase
CCH8
FC
φ A φ
Lock port P (-A/-G type)
12
*7
*5
S
M
A
*2
G
4-EA thread
-0.1 -0.2
De-burr
φ
*7
+ 0.3 0
F
φ
C0.6
4*3
DB
E
6.3S*7
*6
φ A
Notes
Nx
Ny
Ny
Lock port: O ring (attached) (-A/-G type)
Release port: O ring (attached) (-A/-G type) Caution
*2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". *3. The number of bottom bolts may vary as per different type. *4. The speed control valve is not included. It should be provided otherwise as per page 17.
11
*5. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *6. The φD depth of the body mounting hole should be decided from dimension E. *7. This process indicates –A/-G: Gasket Type.
Quick-change lever type
Specifications Model
cm2 *8 N Clamping force (calculation formula) mm Full stroke Swinging stroke 90° mm mm Locking stroke
Locking cylinder area
Cylinder capacity at locked
cm3
at released
WHA0400-F 10.56 F = P(1034-2.1L) 21 11 10 22.2 26.4
MPa
Max.operating pressure Minimum operation pressure
WHA0320-F 6.50 F = P(625-1.4L) 20 10 10 13.0 16.1
*9
Max rated pressure Use temperature swinging angle precision 90° Lock angle repeatability
kg
WHA0630-F 26.26 F = P(2626-4L) 26.5 16.5 10 69.6 82.6
1.0
1.7
1.0 0.1 1.5 70 9 ° ±3° 5
MPa MPa
Mass *10
WHA0500-F 16.49 F = P(1616-2.8L) 24 14 10 39.6 47.1
0.5
0.6
Remarks: *8. F: clamping force (N) P: Air supply pressure (MPa) L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *9. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. The swinging may stop in the middle of action due to the lever shape.(Refer to page 19 for Consideration for Lever Design.) *10. Mass per clamp.
Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S U Z (chamfer)
CA CB CC (CD) DA DB EA FA FB FC O ring (-A/-G type)
WHA0320-F 114.5 60 50 46 47.5 32.5 25 35 25 39 79 11 28 10 5 9.5 5.5 14 14 R5 4.5 5 3 + 00.014 2.5 21 15 M5×0.8 12.5 10 32 1BP7
WHA0400-F 121.5 66 56 54 51.5 35 25 38 28 45 88 11 31 13 5 9.5 5.5 13.5 16 R5 5.5 5 3 + 00.014 2.5 24 16.5 M5×0.8 14.5 11 34 1BP7
WHA0500-F 142 76 66 64 58 41 30 43 33 53 98 13 36 15 5 11 6.8 16 20 R6 6.8 6.5 4 + 00.018 3.5 27 17 M6 18 14 40 1BP7
WHA0630-F 160 87 78 77 66.5 46.5 30 48 39 65 113 13 41 20 5 11 6.8 15 25 R6 9.3 6.5 4 + 00.018 3.5 34 20 M6 22.5 17.5 46 1BP7
(mm)
WHA-F
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area
Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) This drawing shows the release position of WHA-2GR-F.
S: Piping type (Rc thread ) This drawing shows the release position of WHA-2SR-F.
max.1.5mm R1/8 thread plug
Release port Rc1/8 thread
Lock port Rc1/8 thread
12
Air Swing Clamp External Dimensions A: Gasket type (for speed control installation with R screw plug installed)
Processing dimensions for the mounting area Nx
This drawing shows the release position of WHA-2AR-Q.
max. 17
Release port P *7 (-A/-G type)
B H
Rc1/8 thread *4
J
Ny
Ny
2-Z
(Used for installation of the speed control)
R type
φ15.5
K
C
W thread
Swing direction when locking
*7
4-EA thread *5
CA
L φ
Lock port P (-A/-G type)
L type 4-
R
Spot facing Rc1/8 thread
*4
Q
Slot for determining the lever phase
6.3S*7
C0.6
CC +0.02 0
Taper sleeve
*6
BA
1.5 CB
1/10 Taper
+ 0.3 0
(CD)
Pin position for determining the lever phase
V
φ
De-burr *7
*1
R type (L type: 180 reverse)
(Used for installation of the speed control)
T
φBB φ
Notes
S
M
A
*2
G
12
φ
*5. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *6. The φD depth of the body mounting hole should be decided from dimension E. *7. This process indicates –A/-G: Gasket Type.
-0.1 -0.2
F
Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug)
E
This drawing shows the release position of WHA-2GR-Q.
4*3
max.1.5mm
DB
R1/8 thread plug
φ A Lock port: O ring (attached) (-A/-G type)
Nx
Ny
Ny
S: Piping type (Rc thread ) This drawing shows the release position of WHA-2SR-Q. Release port Rc1/8 thread
Release port: O ring (attached) (-A/-G type) Caution
*1. The slot for determining the lever phase faces the port side if locked. *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". *3. The number of bottom bolts may vary as per different type. *4. The speed control valve is not included. It should be provided otherwise as per page 17.
1
Lock port Rc1/8 thread
Long stroke type
Specifications Model
cm2 Clamping force (calculation formula) *8 N mm Full stroke Swinging stroke 9 ° mm mm Locking stroke
Locking cylinder area
Cylinder capacity at locked
cm3
at released
Max.operating pressure Minimum operation pressure
*9
Max rated pressure Use temperature swinging angle precision 9 °
WHA0320-Q25 6.50 F = P(625-1.4L) 35 10 25 22.8 28.1
WHA0400-Q25 10.56 F = P(1034-2.1L) 36 11 25 38.0 45.3
kg
WHA0630-Q25 26.26 F = P(2626-4L) 41.5 16.5 25 1 9 129 4
1.1
1.8
1.0 0.1 1.5 70 9 ° ±3° 5
MPa MPa MPa
Lock angle repeatability
Mass *10
WHA0500-Q25 1 49 F = P(1616-2.8L) 39 14 25 64.3 76.6
0.5
0.7
Remarks: *8. F: clamping force (N) P: Air supply pressure (MPa) L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *9. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. The swinging may stop in the middle of action due to the lever shape.(Refer to page 19 for Consideration for Lever Design.) *10. Mass per clamp with taper sleeve.
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area
W (nominal designation X depth) Z (chamfer)
BA BB CA CB CC (CD) DA DB EA O ring (-A/-G type)
WHA0320-Q25 153.5 60 50 46 77.5 47.5 25 35 25 39 79 11 28 10 5 95 5.5 14 37 14 12.5 M8×16 R5 14 17 5.5 4.5 3 3 21 30 M5×0.8 1BP7
WHA0400-Q25 162.5 66 56 54 81.5 50 25 38 28 45 88 11 31 13 5 95 5.5 13.5 38 16 16.5 M8×16 R5 18 19 5.5 4.5 3 3 24 31.5 M5×0.8 1BP7
WHA0500-Q25 181 76 66 64 88 56 30 43 33 53 98 13 36 15 5 11 6.8 16 41 20 20.5 M10×20 R6 22 24 6.5 5.5 4 3.5 27 32 M6 1BP7
(mm)
WHA0630-Q25 194 87 78 77 9 5 61.5 30 48 39 65 113 13 41 20 5 11 6.8 15 43.5 25 22.5 M12×24 R6 24 29 9 5.5 4 3.5 34 35 M6 1BP7
WHA-Q
Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V
1
Air Swing Clamp Accessory Lever material (taper lock type): WHZ-T WHZ0400-T
WHZ0500-T
Corresponding Product Model
WHA0320
WHA0400
WHA0500
WHA0630
A
20
22
28
35
B
20
22
28
35
C
14
18
22
24
D
17 +0.027 0
19 +0.033 0
24 +0.033 0
29 +0.033 0
E
12.5
13
16
19
H
10
11
14
17.5
H
B
WHZ0320-T
E Z φ
A
C±0.1
C0.4
J
9
9
11
14
Z
90
125
150
180
Notes
0.4
φ
1. Material S45C 2. If necessary, the front end should be additionally processed. 3. For the phase determination, the design dimensions of swinging lever should be additionally processed by referring to the taper lock type.
H8
Lever material (quick change type): WHZ-F Model
WHZ0320-F
WHZ0400-F
WHZ0500-F
(mm) WHZ0630-F
Corresponding Product Model
WHA0320-F
WHA0400-F
WHA0500-F
WHA0630-F
A
20
22
28
35
B
22
22
26
32
C
10
11
14
17.5
P
L
B
M thread
K
D φ
N
E Z F±0.1
G
C
φDH7
C
A
(mm) WHZ0630-T
Model
H
14 +0.018 0
16 +0.018 0
20 +0.021 0
25 +0.021 0
E
14.5
15.5
20
24.5 16.25
F
9.25
10.25
13
G
11
11
14
17.5
H
R5.5
R5.5
R7
R8.75 10.5
J
6.5
6.5
8.5
K
2
2
3
4
L
13.5
13.5
16
18
M
M6
M6
M8×1
M10×1.25
N
C0.4
C0.4
C0.6
C0.6
P
2
2
2
2
Z
90
125
150
180
Notes 1. Material S45C 2. If necessary, the front end should be additionally processed. 3. For the phase determination, the design dimensions of swinging lever should be additionally processed by referring to the quick change type (-F).
Tightening bolt for quick-change lever: LZH-B B
Hex hole G
A
1
φD
φF
C
E thread
Model
LZH0360-B
LZH0400-B
(mm) LZH0480-B
Corresponding Product Model
WHA0320-F/WHA0400-F
WHA0500-F
WHA0630-F
A
20
23
28
B
6
8
10
C
7
10
11
D
6
8
10
E
M6
M8×1
M10×1.25
F
10
13
16
G
5
6
8
Lever design dimensions / accessories
Manifold block:WHZ-MD A ±0.1
C
WHZ0400-MD
WHZ0500-MD
(mm) WHZ0630-MD
Corresponding Product Model
WHA0320
WHA0400
WHA0500
WHA0630
A
25
27
31
35
B
60
67
77
88.5
C
50
58
68
81
D
46
54
64
77
H
35
38
43
48
J
25
29
34
40.5
B
K
φD +00.3
J
K
WHZ0320-MD
6.3S
4-φ
Model
Nx H Ny
Ny
K
39
45
53
65
Nx
28
31
36
41
Ny
10
13
15
20
R
5.5
5.5
6.5
6.5
O-ring
1BP7
1BP7
1BP7
1BP7
C0.6
C0.6
2-O-ring
Z side
Notes 1. Material A2017BE-T4 2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "A". 3. Z side should be additionally processed for use if it is necessary to have the area beyond the block thickness (A dimension). Moreover, refer to this drawing for fabrication.
Swinging lever design dimensions Taper lock lever type Pin hole for determining the lever phase (Processed if necessary)
WHA0320
WHA0400
WHA0500
C
14
18
22
24
D
17 +0.027 0
19 +0.033 0
24 +0.033 0
29 +0.033 0
G
3
3
4
4
J
9
9
11
14
K
φ
Phase determining pin (reference)
C0.4
(mm) WHA0630
Corresponding Product Model
11
15
φ3
18.5
φ3
φ4
20.5 8
φ4
1
G +00.1
Notes 1. Swing lever should be designed with its length according to performance graph shown on Page 5. C±0.1
K
Below 0.4
2. If the swing lever is not in accordance with the dimension shown above, performance may be degraded and damage can occur. 3. The pin hole (
G) for determining the lever phase should be added, if necessary.
H8
Quick Change Type (-F) Pin hole for determining the lever phase (Processed if necessary)
Corresponding Product Model
WHA0320-F
WHA0400-F
WHA0500-F
φ
M thread
A
20
22
28
B
22
22
26
32
C
10
11
14
17.5
P
S + 00.2
E F±0.1
C
Q
H7
φR + 00.1
G
C
φ
A
K
N
H
14 +0.018 0
16 +0.018 0
35
20 +0.021 0
25 +0.021 0
E
14.5
15.5
20
24.5 16.25
L
B
D
φ
(mm) WHA0630-F
F
9.25
10.25
13
G
11
11
14
17.5
H
R5.5
R5.5
R7
R8.75 10.5
J
6.5
6.5
8.5
K
2
2
3
4
L
13.5
13.5
16
18
M
M6
M6
M8×1
M10×1.25
N
C0.4
C0.4
C0.6
C0.6
P
2
2
2
2
Q
2.5
2.5
3.5
3.5
R
3
3
4
4
S
13
14
15
19.5
T Phase determining pin (reference)
3.4 φ3
3.4 8
φ3
4.5 8
φ4
Lever design dimensions accessories
φ
4.5 8
φ4
1
Notes 1. Swing lever should be designed with its length according to performance graph shown on Page 5 . 2. If the swing lever is not in accordance with the dimension shown above, performance may be degraded and damage can occur. 3. The pin hole ( R) for determining the lever phase should be added, if necessary.
1
Air Swing Clamp *1
Speed Control Valve:BZW0100-B *1 BZW is the R screw specific speed control valve where direct mounting is allowed for the piping method: Type A It is best used in the circuit where the flow governing valve cannot be mounted, or the synchronized and individual adjustment is necessary. *1.Piping Method A Type.
Specifications
Circuit Symbols BZW0100-B
Model
Controlling Method
Meter-out
MPa Max rated pressure MPa
0.1
Used Pressure
P1 port: Air supply side
10 Rotations
Number of rotations for adjusting screw
Tightening Torque
1.0 1.5
N・m
5
7
External Dimensions (Air Clamp) Adjusting Locking nut Screw
O ring (attached)
φ15.5 φ11 φ8
(Rc1/8)
KOSMEK
Packing open
close
4 3.5 11 5
Hexagonal 14
17
Processing dimensions for the mounting area 6.3S
Above 14.8
0.01 A
8.8 ±0.1
0.7 +0.1 0
1 A Below 0.1
P2 port Clamping side
2 (φ8.2)
Below φ1
φ13.8 H7 + 00.018
C0.1
6. 3S
6.3S There should be no burring
φ2 5
45 Rc1/8 screw Bottom Hole 8 2 +0.1 0
6.3
35
φ7.8 ±0.02
φ
A
P1 port: Air supply side
Notes 1 As the area is sealing part, pay attention not to damage it . 2 Pay attention to have no cutting powder and burring at the tolerance part of the processing hole. 3 As shown in the drawing, P1 port is used as the air supply side and P2 port as the clamping side.
1
P2 port: Clamping side
Speed Control Valve
Application Example WHA
Lock port
Swing clamp
BZW0100-B Speed Control Valve (Meter-out) Release port
Rc1/8 thread
Release port
Lock port
Release port
Lock port
Accessory
Notes 1.The speed control valve (BZW) can be mounted only on the Piping Method type A.
1
Air Swing Clamp Notes for design 1) Specification confirmation Swinging speed adjustment
The maximum used pressure is 1.0 MPa and minimum operating pressure is 0.1 MPa. However, the maximum used pressure and clamping force vary as per the swinging lever length. If unreasonable load is inflicted with the use range exceeded, it may lead to deformation, getting stuck and air leakage. Use the appropriate pressure based on the length of the used lever by referring to Performance Graph on page 5.
If the clamp action is extremely fast, the parts may be worn out and damaged soon, resulting in fault. Adjust the swinging action time by referring to Action Tolerance Time Graph on page 6. Install the speed controller (meter-out), and gradually adjust the speed to the setting from low speed (the status of small flow). If the speed control is carried out from high speed (the status of big flow), the machine and equipment may be damaged.
Lock Release Meter-in
2) Consideration for circuit design Do not supply pressure to lock and release ports simultaneously. This can lead to malfunction and damage. 3) Endeavor to minimize swing lever inertial moment. If there is big inertia moment, it may lead to deterioration of lever stopping precision and clamp damage. Moreover, the rotation may not be done because of the air pressure and lever mounting position. Set the swinging time based on the inertia moment. It should be operated within the tolerance time with reference to Action Tolerance Time Graph.(Refer to Page 6) If large flow air is supplied right after installation, the action time may become extremely fast, resulting in major clamp damage.Install the speed controller (meter-in) beside the air source and gradually supply air. 4) When the welding fixture is used, the exposed area of piston rod should be protected. Spattering on the sliding surfaces can lead to damage and air leakage.
Recommended Circuit Diagram
Meter-out
Please set one speed controller for each clamp (meter-out) if multiple clamps are synchronized for action. 7
Consideration for lever design The lever should be as light as possible. The rotation may not be done because of the air pressure, lever mounting position and shape.The swinging may be stopped in the middle of action if a large lever horizontally mounted is used. Use the lever where the value of (lever weight W) X (gravity center S) is below that in the table below. Model
(lever weight W) X (gravity center S)
WHA0320 WHA0400 WHA0500 WHA0630
0.10 0.20 0.45 0.90
S
5) When the workpiece inclined side is clamped The clamping side and clamp mounting side should be made parallel. W
1
lever
(N.m)
Notes
Notes on installation 1) Used fluid confirmation Air should be clean and free of contaminants. Make sure not to supply oil via lubricator. In case oil is supplied via lubricator, the action may become unstable under low pressure and low speed conditions.
During mounting Fix the swinging lever with vise or spanner and tighten it with lever fixing torque.
2) Treatment before the piping The fluid holes such as pipeline, piping connector and fixture should be cleaned by thorough flushing before use. The waste and cutting powder in the circuit may lead to air leakage and malfunctioning. This product is not equipped with filters for the air supply. 3) Applying seal tape Wind it around the screw end by1-2 more turns. The breaking side of the seal tape may be the reason for air leakage and malfunctioning. In order to prevent foreign substance going into the product during the piping work, it should be carefully cleaned before the work is started.
During removal Fix the swinging lever with vise or spanner and loosen it by 2-3 turns with lever fixing torque. Pull out the swinging lever with coupler while the piston rod is not inflicted with rotary torque.
4) Mounting the body Use four bolts with hex holes (strength division 12.9) and tighten the body with torque as shown in the table below.If the tightening torque is more than that recommended, it may lead to immersion of the seat and bolt burning. Model WHA0320 WHA0400 WHA0500 WHA0630
Nominal designation of mounting bolt
Loosened status with 2 – 3 turns
Tightening torque (N.m)
M5×0.8
6.3
M5×0.8
6.3
M6
10.0
M6
10.0
5
Installation of speed control valve Tighten the speed control valve with the tightening torque of 5-7 Nm.
6
Mounting and removal of swinging lever If the tightening part of the lever/taper sleeve/piston rod is contaminated with oil or foreign substance, the lever may be loosened.Thoroughly degrease and flush it to get rid of oil and foreign substance. Tighten the swinging lever with torque as shown in the table below.
7) Swinging speed adjustment Adjust the speed with reference to Action Tolerance Time Graph described in page 6. If the clamp action is extremely fast, the parts may be worn out and damaged soon, resulting in fault. Adjust the speed control valve slowly from the low speed side (low flow) to high speed side (large flow). 8) Checking looseness and retightening At the beginning of the equipment installation, the bolt tightening force for tightening the lever is low due to initial messing.Check its looseness and retighten it.
(Standard: taper lock lever type) Model WHA0320 WHA0400 WHA0500 WHA0630
thread size M8 M8
Tightening torque (N·m)
2
24
2
24
M10
32
38
M12
63
76
9) Notes on dual rod type (-D) for dog application When the dog is mounted, prevent the piston rod from rotating. Fix the width part at the front of the dog and then mount it. The tightening torque for the screws is shown in the table below.
(-F:Quick-change lever type) Model WHA0320-F WHA0400-F WHA0500-F WHA0630-F
thread size M6
Tightening torque (N·m)
14
M6
14
M8×1
33
M10×1.25
65
Model WHA0320-D WHA0400-D WHA0500-D WHA0630-D
thread size M5×0.8
Tightening torque (N·m)
M6
10
M8
25
M8
25
Notes
If excessive load is inflicted on the piston rod, the internal rotation mechanism may be damaged. Operate in the manner as described below in order to inflict no torque on the piston rod.
6.3
2
Air Swing Clamp Notes on handling 1) It should be handled by qualified personnel with sufficient knowledge. The hydraulic machine/air compressor should be handled and maintained by qualified personnel with sufficient experience and knowledge.
3) Do not touch the lamp when the swinging clamp is in operation. Otherwise, your hands may be injured due to clinching.
2) Do not handle or disassemble the machine unless the safety is ensured. ① The machine and equipment can only be inspected or prepared when it is confirmed that the preventive devices against falling ofdriven articles and reckless operation preventive device are in place.
4) Do not disassemble or modify it. If it is disassembled or modified, the warranty will become invalid even if it is still within the warranty period.
② Before the machine is removed, make sure that the above-mentioned safety measures are in place, shut off the pressure source and power, and make sure that no pressure exists in the pneumatic circuit. ③ After stopping the machine, do not disassemble it until its temperature cools down. ④ Make sure there is no abnormality in the bolts and respectiv parts before restarting the machine/equipment.
Maintenance/Inspection 1) Removal of the machine and shutoff of pressure source Before the machine is removed, make sure that the preventive devices against falling of driven articles and reckless operation preventive device are in place, shut off the pressure source and power, and make sure that no pressure exists in the pneumatic circuit. Make sure there is no abnormality in the bolts and respective parts before restarting. 2) Regularly clean the area around the piston rod. If it is used when the surface is contaminated with dirt, it may lead to packing seal damage, malfunctioning and air leakage.
3) Check whether the pipeline, mounting bolt and bolt for fixing the lever are loosened or not. Retighten it on the regular basis. 4) Make sure the air supply is clean. 5 Make sure that the action is smooth and there is no abnormal noise. Especially when it is restarted after left unused for a long period, make sure it can be operated correctly. 6
The products should be stored in the cold and dark place without direct sunshine and moisture.
7
Please contact us for overhaul and repair.
Warranty 1
Warranty Period The product warranty period is 18 months from shipment from our factory or 12 months from initial use, whichever is earlier.
2
Warranty Scope If the product is damaged or malfunctions during the warranty period due to faulty design, materials or workmanship, we will replace or repair the defective part at our expense. Defects or failures caused by the following are not covered. (including damage caused by the misconduct of the third party.) If the stipulated maintenance and inspection are not carried out. If the product is used while it is not suitable for use based on the operator’s judgement, resulting in defect.
21
If it is used or handled in inappropriate way by the operator. (including damage caused by the misconduct of the third party.) If the defect is caused by reasons other than our responsibility. If it is caused by reform or repair other than carried out by us, or without our approval and confirmation. Other caused by natural disasters or calamities not attributable to our company. Parts expenses or replacement expenses due to parts consumption and deterioration. (such as gum, plastic, seal material and some electric components). Moreover, the damages in connection with or resulting from the product defect shall be excluded from the warranty.
Notes
Notes
22
h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p
1441 Branding Avenue,Suite 110 Downers Grove,IL 60515 USA TEL.630-241-3465 FAX.630-241-3834 POLAND OFFICE: ul. Japońska 8 55-220 Jelcz-Laskowice, Poland TEL.48-71-303-5400 FAX.48-71-303-5401
Certification acquisition of ISO HEAD OFFICE / KANSAI OFFICE / OVERSEAS OFFICE KANTO OFFICE / CHUBU OFFICE
CAT.NO.WHA001-02-02 Printed in Japan
JQA-QMA10823 2009. 7. First 0.5 Yc 2010. 6. Second 1 Ry
35MPa Swing clamp
New
model
TLA
model
TLB
STRUCTURE & FEATURES in e- tion
in
m e er m nu
ture
u tomer
Excellent coolant resistance emi re i t nt u t e rote t in t i re ure oo nt n i i re i t nt or te oo nt A
ie to ot
in e n
ou e- tion
i ton ro
r ui
ort tee
Long lifeăƒťHigh durability rin
u i e tr e i o te t e rin ou in rom t e e tern tmo ere oo nt i e t out e imin tin intern orro ion A o um er ome ent ort i not re uire
Smooth swing motion Anti- ti tion t ru t e rin on
tr A
ie to ot
in e n
rin
ti i e tron re e e tion
rin to en ure moot
e er m nu
ture
e
ou e- tion
ou e- tion
in
m u tomer
Direct mount speed control available ee n n roni tion re e i u te en e ui e it ire t mount ee ontro er ee ontro er n ir e re or u e it m ni o t e r ui u
i ton ro re e e ort tee
model
A
ie to ot
BZT in e n
Lower release force
ou e- tion
Lo
L r er ur e re re u e urin re e e i re u e o on in
ort
1
ri i it rom t e r er i meter e rin A
ie to ot
in e n
ou e- tion
m
om onent
Optimized for strength
Designed for high speeds i n
r u i or e
tr
e
L r e ui e r tio n tron on tru tion en e i m in or e n m imi e u e e er en t A
ie to ot
in e n
ou e- tion
11 1 1 21 2 2 1
2
Swing clamp
TL A 080 0 - 2 C R - P 1 1
2
n e
3
6
7 A
B
1
2
n et e
B : Bottom m
5
e
A : o
2
4
n e t e on
ou e- tion
or e
3 ein o 1 : nt e
eo
in e- tion
: nt e
eo
ou e- tion
in
m
in
m
4 Action method 1 : in e- tion t e
r u i o / rin re e e
2 : ou e- tion t e
r ui o /
r u i re e e
B
5 Piping type B : G t re :G
i in t e no
et t e
: A t re ution *1 n
i
et ort
it G t re
n e o
*1
et ort G t re
t e
i in t e
G t re no et ort
6
in
o
L :
ounter- o
7
i e ire tion
in
i e ire tion
P
: t n r t e
:B
Q
: Lon :
in
*2
32
n e ee t
・・・ ee P33
*2
2
tro e t e
・・・ ee P27
Y
P14 in e- tion t e P2 ou e- tion t e
n e e er t e
・・・ ee P21
et e
38
ution *2 n i e in ou e- tion *3 in n e n e e e te rom 3 i out in n e in e 3 i in n e i 3
A t re
/45 /
*2 *3
P
ire tion urin o in
Q
i in t e
A t re no et ort
L type
B n
・・・ ee P11 ・・・ ee P15
et t e
R type
tion o e B n
G
it G t re u n u e BZ ee ontro e
ire tion urin o in
R :
J
u
i in t e no
e in to
C
Y
ontro
e
it
ir entin
un tion o e o e
ee
BZT 0 1 0 0 - A 1 1 G t re
2
i e
1 : G1/8 t re 2 : G1/4 t re
2 ein o BZ -A: eter-in
ution 1 n u
e it
i in t e
et t e it G t re
u P1 ort r ui
G t re
u
it
ir entin
un tion
JZG 0 1 0 1 1 G t re
2
i e
1 : G1/8 t re 2 : G1/4 t re
2 ein o ution 1 n u
e it
i in t e
et t e it G t re
u
u
P2 ort i e
m in
i e
Performance graph TLA0401-1
35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7
Cylinder output (kN)
3.32 3.07 2.82 2.57 2.32 2.07 1.81 1.56 1.31 1.06 0.81 0.51
o er tin re ure P
Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)
35 2.7 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 35.0
40 2.7 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 35.0
50 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.4 35.0
60
2.1 1.9 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.4 31.6
70
1.9 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 28.2
4
Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)
80
1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 25.6
90
1.4 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.4 23.6
110
1.2 1.0 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.4 20.6
(mm) 53 58 64 72 83 96 116 145 150 150 150 150
3.5
4.81 4.45 4.08 3.72 3.36 2.99 2.63 2.27 1.90 1.54 1.18 0.74
o er tin re ure P
Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)
6.48 5.99 5.49 5.00 4.50 4.01 3.51 3.02 2.52 2.03 1.53 0.94
o er tin re ure P
40 3.9 3.6 3.3 3.0 2.7 2.4 2.1 1.9 1.6 1.3 1.0 0.6 35.0
50 3.8 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.6 2.4 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.2 1.0 0.6 35.0
60
3.1 2.8 2.6 2.3 2.0 1.7 1.5 1.2 0.9 0.6 32.1
70
2.8 2.5 2.2 2.0 1.7 1.4 1.2 0.9 0.6 28.6
80
2.4 2.2 1.9 1.7 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.6 25.9
90
2.1 1.9 1.6 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.6 23.8
100
1.8 1.6 1.3 1.1 0.8 0.6 22.2
120
1.5 1.3 1.0 0.8 0.5 19.7
(mm) 54 59 66 74 84 98 117 146 193 200 200 200
9.11 8.41 7.71 7.01 6.30 5.60 4.90 4.20 3.50 2.80 2.10 1.26
o er tin re ure P
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
L=0
4
L=40(22)
3.5
L=80(62) L=120(102)
3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5 0
Non-usable range 0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Supply pressure MPa Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)
40 5.3 4.9 4.5 4.1 3.7 3.3 2.9 2.5 2.1 1.7 1.3 0.8 35.0
50 5.2 4.8 4.4 4.0 3.6 3.2 2.8 2.4 2.0 1.7 1.3 0.8 35.0
60 4.6 4.3 3.9 3.5 3.1 2.7 2.4 2.0 1.6 1.2 0.8 33.0
70
3.8 3.4 3.0 2.7 2.3 1.9 1.6 1.2 0.8 29.3
80
3.3 3.0 2.6 2.3 1.9 1.5 1.2 0.7 26.6
7
Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)
90
2.9 2.5 2.2 1.8 1.5 1.1 0.7 24.4
100
2.8 2.5 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.1 0.7 22.7
120
2.4 2.0 1.7 1.4 1.1 0.7 20.1
(mm) 56 61 68 76 87 101 121 150 198 230 230 230
L=0 6 L=40(21) L=80(61) L=120(101)
5 4 3 2 1 Non-usable range 0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Supply pressure MPa Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)
45 7.4 6.8 6.3 5.7 5.1 4.6 4.0 3.4 2.9 2.3 1.8 1.1 35.0
50 7.3 6.8 6.2 5.6 5.1 4.5 4.0 3.4 2.8 2.3 1.7 1.1 35.0
60 7.1 6.6 6.0 5.5 5.0 4.4 3.9 3.3 2.8 2.2 1.7 1.0 35.0
70 7.0 6.4 5.9 5.4 4.8 4.3 3.8 3.2 2.7 2.2 1.6 1.0 35.0
90
5.6 5.1 4.6 4.1 3.6 3.1 2.6 2.1 1.6 1.0 30.5
10
Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)
110
4.4 3.9 3.4 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 0.9 26.5
130
3.8 3.3 2.8 2.4 1.9 1.4 0.9 23.7
150
3.2 2.7 2.3 1.8 1.4 0.9 21.6
(mm) 75 83 92 104 120 141 171 217 250 250 250 250
L=0
9 8
Clamp force kN
35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7
Cylinder output (kN)
Non-usable range
4.5
TLA1001-1 Supply pressure (MPa)
1
5
Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)
Clamp force kN
35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7
Cylinder output (kN)
1.5
Supply pressure MPa
TLA0801-1 Supply pressure (MPa)
2
0
Clamp force kN
35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7
Cylinder output (kN)
L=35(19.5) L=70(54.5) L=110(94.5)
2.5
0.5
TLA0601-1 Supply pressure (MPa)
L=0
3
Clamp force kN
Supply pressure (MPa)
L=45(22) L=90(67) L=150(127)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Non-usable range 0
5
10
15
20
25
Supply pressure MPa Remarks 1. The graphs show the relationship between the clamp force and the hydraulic supply pressure. 2. Higher moments of inertia may degrade or prevent swing motion. 3. The clamping force is shown with lever in the locked position. 4. Clamp force varies with lever length. Use the hydraulic supply pressure suitable to the lever length. 5. Operation in the non-usable range can damage the clamp and lead to fluid leakage. 6. The tables and graphs are only for reference. The exact results should be calculated based on the formula in the specification column.
30
35
TLA1601-1
35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7
13.73 12.69 11.64 10.60 9.56 8.52 7.47 6.43 5.39 4.35 3.30 2.05
o er tin re ure P
Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)
50 11.4 10.6 9.7 8.9 8.0 7.1 6.3 5.4 4.5 3.7 2.8 1.8 35.0
60 11.2 10.4 9.5 8.7 7.8 7.0 6.1 5.3 4.5 3.6 2.8 1.7 35.0
70 10.2 9.3 8.5 7.7 6.9 6.0 5.2 4.4 3.5 2.7 1.7 34.4
80
9.2 8.4 7.5 6.7 5.9 5.1 4.3 3.5 2.7 1.7 30.9
90
8.2 7.4 6.6 5.8 5.0 4.2 3.4 2.6 1.6 28.1
16
Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)
100
7.3 6.5 5.7 4.9 4.1 3.3 2.6 1.6 26.0
120
6.2 5.5 4.7 4.0 3.2 2.5 1.6 22.7
150
4.5 3.8 3.1 2.3 1.5 19.5
(mm) 68 75 83 93 105 122 144 177 228 250 250 250
14
L=0
12
L=50(26) L=100(76) L=150(126)
10 8 6 4 2
Non-usable range
0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Supply pressure MPa
TLA2001-1 Cylinder output (kN)
35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7
20.11 18.58 17.05 15.51 13.98 12.45 10.91 9.38 7.85 6.31 4.78 2.94
o er tin re ure P
Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)
60 16.7 15.4 14.1 12.9 11.6 10.4 9.1 7.8 6.6 5.3 4.1 2.6 35.0
70 16.4 15.1 13.9 12.7 11.4 10.2 8.9 7.7 6.5 5.2 4.0 2.5 35.0
80 16.1 14.9 13.7 12.4 11.2 10.0 8.8 7.6 6.4 5.1 3.9 2.5 35.0
100
12.0 10.8 9.7 8.5 7.3 6.1 5.0 3.8 2.4 29.7
120
10.5 9.4 8.2 7.1 5.9 4.8 3.7 2.3 25.8
25
Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)
140
9.1 8.0 6.9 5.8 4.7 3.6 2.2 23.1
160
7.7 6.7 5.6 4.5 3.5 2.2 21.1
180
6.5 5.4 4.4 3.4 2.1 19.5
(mm) 81 89 99 110 126 145 173 213 277 280 280 280
Clamp force kN
Supply pressure (MPa)
20
L=0
15
L=60(30) L=120(90) L=180(150)
10
5 Non-usable range 0
5
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
Supply pressure MPa
TLA2501-1 Cylinder output (kN)
35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7
27.01 24.96 22.91 20.86 18.81 16.76 14.71 12.66 10.61 8.56 6.51 4.05
o er tin re ure P
Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)
70 22.6 20.8 19.1 17.4 15.7 14.0 12.3 10.6 8.9 7.2 5.5 3.5 35.0
80 22.2 20.6 18.9 17.2 15.5 13.8 12.2 10.5 8.8 7.1 5.4 3.4 35.0
90 21.9 20.3 18.6 17.0 15.3 13.6 12.0 10.3 8.7 7.0 5.4 3.4 35.0
100 21.6 20.0 18.4 16.7 15.1 13.5 11.8 10.2 8.6 6.9 5.3 3.3 35.0
120
17.9 16.3 14.7 13.1 11.5 9.9 8.3 6.7 5.1 3.2 30.2
30
Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)
140
14.3 12.8 11.2 9.7 8.1 6.6 5.0 3.2 26.8
160
12.4 10.9 9.4 7.9 6.4 4.9 3.1 24.3
200
10.4 9.0 7.5 6.1 4.7 2.9 20.7
(mm) 100 109 121 135 154 178 211 258 300 300 300 300
L=0 25 L=70(30) L=120(80) L=200(160)
20
Clamp force kN
Supply pressure (MPa)
15 10 5 Non-usable range 0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Supply pressure MPa
TLA4001-1 Cylinder output (kN)
35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7
40.64 37.55 34.45 31.36 28.27 25.18 22.08 18.99 15.90 12.81 9.71 6.00
o er tin re ure P
Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)
85 33.9 31.3 28.8 26.2 23.6 21.0 18.5 15.9 13.3 10.8 8.2 5.1 35.0
100 33.3 30.8 28.2 25.7 23.2 20.7 18.1 15.6 13.1 10.6 8.0 5.0 35.0
125 32.3 29.9 27.4 25.0 22.5 20.1 17.6 15.2 12.7 10.3 7.8 4.9 35.0
150 29.0 26.6 24.2 21.9 19.5 17.1 14.7 12.3 10.0 7.6 4.7 32.8
175
23.6 21.3 18.9 16.6 14.3 12.0 9.7 7.4 4.6 29.1
45
Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)
200
20.7 18.4 16.2 13.9 11.7 9.4 7.2 4.5 26.4
225
18.0 15.8 13.6 11.4 9.2 7.0 4.4 24.3
250
17.5 15.4 13.2 11.1 8.9 6.8 4.2 22.6
(mm) 138 152 168 189 216 252 301 350 350 350 350 350
40
L=0
35
L=85(34) L=150(99) L=250(199)
30
Clamp force kN
Supply pressure (MPa)
25 20 15 10 5
m e en LA1 1-1 i u e on ition ďźš r ui u re ure 25 P Lever length L = 50mm The clamping force is about 7.9kN Notesďźš 1 e m in or e n e u te in uttin t e e er en t L and hydraulic supply pressure P in the formula in the specification column. 2 e in er t ru t or e en L i u te or in to t e ormu in the specification column.
Clamp force kN
s
5
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
Supply pressure MPa
How to read the Performance graph L
Non-usable range
0
16 14
L=0
12
L=50(26) L=100(76) L=150(126)
10
The range which cannot be used (the part indicated
8 7.9 6 4 2 0
L(s) is shown on the left graph.
Non-usable range
0
5
10 15 20 25 30 35 Supply pressure MPa
Performance graph
Cylinder output (kN)
Clamp force kN
Supply pressure (MPa)
Performance graph TL 0400-2
35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7
Cylinder output (kN)
3.52 3.27 3.02 2.77 2.52 2.27 2.01 1.76 1.51 1.26 1.01 0.71
o er tin re ure P
Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)
35 2.9 2.7 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.6 35.0
40 2.9 2.7 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.6 35.0
50 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 33.6
60
2.1 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 28.8
70
1.9 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 25.4
4
Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)
80
1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.6 22.8
90
1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.5 20.8
110
1.2 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 17.9
(mm) 48 52 57 63 71 81 95 113 141 150 150 150
3
5.09 4.73 4.36 4.00 3.64 3.27 2.91 2.55 2.18 1.82 1.46 1.02
o er tin re ure P
Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)
6.93 6.44 5.94 5.45 4.95 4.46 3.96 3.47 2.97 2.48 1.98 1.39
o er tin re ure P
40 4.2 3.9 3.6 3.3 3.0 2.7 2.4 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.2 0.9 35.0
50 3.8 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.6 2.3 2.0 1.8 1.5 1.2 0.8 34.6
60
3.1 2.8 2.5 2.3 2.0 1.7 1.4 1.2 0.8 29.6
70
2.8 2.5 2.2 1.9 1.7 1.4 1.1 0.8 26.0
80
2.4 2.2 1.9 1.6 1.4 1.1 0.8 23.4
90
2.1 1.8 1.6 1.3 1.1 0.8 21.3
100
1.8 1.6 1.3 1.1 0.8 19.6
120
1.5 1.2 1.0 0.7 17.2
(mm) 49 54 59 66 74 84 98 117 145 192 200 200
9.82 9.12 8.42 7.72 7.01 6.31 5.61 4.91 4.21 3.51 2.81 1.97
o er tin re ure P
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
5
L=0
4
L=40(22) L=80(62) L=120(102)
3 2
Non-usable range 0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Supply pressure MPa Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)
40 5.8 5.4 5.0 4.5 4.1 3.7 3.3 2.9 2.5 2.1 1.7 1.2 35.0
50 5.6 5.2 4.8 4.4 4.0 3.6 3.2 2.8 2.4 2.0 1.6 1.2 35.0
60
4.7 4.3 3.9 3.6 3.2 2.8 2.4 2.0 1.6 1.1 30.0
70
3.9 3.5 3.1 2.7 2.7 2.0 1.6 1.1 26.3
80
3.4 3.0 2.7 2.3 1.9 1.5 1.1 23.5
7
Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)
90
3.0 2.6 2.2 1.9 1.5 1.1 21.4
100
2.5 2.2 1.8 1.5 1.0 19.6
120
2.1 1.8 1.4 1.0 17.1
(mm) 50 55 60 66 74 84 98 116 143 185 230 230
L=0
6
L=40(21) L=80(61) L=120(101)
5 4 3 2 1 Non-usable range 0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Supply pressure MPa Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)
45 8.1 7.6 7.0 6.4 5.8 5.2 4.7 4.1 3.5 2.9 2.4 1.7 35.0
50 8.0 7.5 6.9 6.3 5.8 5.2 4.6 4.0 3.5 2.9 2.3 1.6 35.0
60 7.9 7.3 6.8 6.2 5.6 5.1 4.5 4.0 3.4 2.8 2.3 1.6 35.0
70
90
7.2 6.6 6.1 5.5 5.0 4.4 3.9 3.3 2.8 2.2 1.6 33.4
5.3 4.8 4.3 3.7 3.2 2.7 2.2 1.5 27.1
10
Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)
110
4.6 4.1 3.6 3.1 2.6 2.1 1.5 23.0
130
3.9 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.4 20.2
150
3.3 2.9 2.4 1.9 1.4 18.2
(mm) 66 72 80 88 99 113 132 158 197 250 250 250
L=0 L=45(22) L=90(67) L=150(127)
8
Clamp force kN
35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7
Cylinder output (kN)
Non-usable range
1
TL 1000-2 Supply pressure (MPa)
1
6
Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)
Clamp force kN
35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7
Cylinder output (kN)
1.5
Supply pressure MPa
TL 0800-2 Supply pressure (MPa)
2
0
Clamp force kN
35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7
Cylinder output (kN)
L=35(19.5) L=70(54.5) L=110(94.5)
2.5
0.5
TL 0600-2 Supply pressure (MPa)
L=0
3.5
Clamp force kN
Supply pressure (MPa)
6
4
2 Non-usable range 0
0
5
10
15
20
25
Supply pressure MPa Remarks 1. The graphs show the relationship between the clamp force and the hydraulic supply pressure. 2. Higher moments of inertia may degrade or prevent swing motion. 3. The clamping force is shown with lever in the locked position. 4. Clamp force varies with lever length. Use the hydraulic supply pressure suitable to the lever length. 5. Operation in the non-usable range can damage the clamp and lead to fluid leakage. 6. The tables and graphs are only for reference. The exact results should be calculated based on the formula in the specification column.
30
35
TL 1600-2
35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7
14.60 13.56 12.51 11.47 10.43 9.39 8.34 7.30 6.26 5.22 4.17 2.92
o er tin re ure P
Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)
50 12.5 11.6 10.7 9.8 8.9 8.0 7.1 6.3 5.4 4.5 3.6 2.5 35.0
60 12.3 11.4 10.5 9.6 8.8 7.9 7.0 6.2 5.3 4.4 3.5 2.5 35.0
70
10.4 9.5 8.6 7.8 6.9 6.1 5.2 4.3 3.5 2.5 31.3
80
9.3 8.5 7.7 6.8 6.0 5.1 4.3 3.4 2.4 27.8
90
8.4 7.5 6.7 5.9 5.0 4.2 3.4 2.4 25.1
16
Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)
100
7.4 6.6 5.8 5.0 4.1 3.3 2.3 22.9
120
5.6 4.8 4.0 3.2 2.3 19.7
150
4.6 3.9 3.1 2.2 16.4
(mm) 62 67 73 81 90 102 118 139 169 215 250 250
10 8 6 4 2
35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7
21.47 19.94 18.41 16.87 15.34 13.81 12.27 10.74 9.21 7.67 6.14 4.30
o er tin re ure P
Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)
35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7
28.70 26.65 24.60 22.55 20.50 18.45 16.40 14.35 12.30 10.25 8.20 5.74
o er tin re ure P
60 18.2 16.9 15.6 14.3 13.0 11.7 10.4 9.1 7.8 6.5 5.2 3.7 35.0
70 17.9 16.7 15.4 14.1 12.8 11.6 10.3 9.0 7.7 6.4 5.2 3.6 35.0
80
15.2 13.9 12.7 11.4 10.1 8.9 7.6 6.4 5.1 3.6 32.2
100
12.3 11.1 9.9 8.6 7.4 6.2 5.0 3.5 26.5
120
10.8 9.6 8.4 7.2 6.0 4.8 3.4 22.7
140
9.3 8.2 7.0 5.9 4.7 3.3 20.0
160
8.0 6.8 5.7 4.6 3.2 17.9
180
6.7 5.6 4.5 3.1 16.3
(mm) 73 79 87 96 107 121 140 165 201 258 280 280
35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7
43.30 40.21 37.11 34.02 30.93 27.84 24.74 21.65 18.56 15.47 12.37 8.66
o er tin re ure P
25
30
35
L=60(30) L=120(90) L=180(150)
10
5 Non-usable range 0
5
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
Supply pressure MPa Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)
70 24.3 22.5 20.8 19.1 17.3 15.6 13.9 12.2 10.4 8.7 7.0 4.9 35.0
80 24.0 22.2 20.5 18.8 17.1 15.4 13.7 12.0 10.3 8.6 6.9 4.8 35.0
90 23.7 22.0 20.3 18.6 16.9 15.2 13.5 11.9 10.2 8.5 6.8 4.8 35.0
100
120
20.0 18.4 16.7 15.0 13.4 11.7 10.0 8.4 6.7 4.7 32.3
18.0 16.3 14.7 13.1 11.4 9.8 8.2 6.6 4.6 27.5
30
Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)
140
14.4 12.8 11.2 9.6 8.0 6.4 4.5 24.2
160
12.5 10.9 9.4 7.8 6.3 4.4 21.6
200
10.5 9.0 7.5 6.0 4.2 18.1
(mm) 91 99 109 120 134 153 176 208 255 300 300 300
L=0
25
L=70(30) L=120(80) L=200(160)
20 15 10 5 Non-usable range 0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Supply pressure MPa Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)
85 36.4 33.8 31.2 28.6 26.0 23.4 20.8 18.2 15.6 13.0 10.4 7.3 35.0
100 35.8 33.2 30.7 28.1 25.6 23.0 20.5 17.9 15.4 12.8 10.3 7.2 35.0
125 34.8 32.3 29.8 27.3 24.9 22.4 19.9 17.4 14.9 12.5 10.0 7.0 35.0
150
29.0 26.6 24.2 21.8 19.4 17.0 14.5 12.1 9.7 6.8 30.2
175
23.6 21.2 18.9 16.5 14.2 11.8 9.5 6.6 26.6
45
Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)
200
20.7 18.4 16.1 13.8 11.5 9.2 6.5 23.9
225
17.9 15.7 13.5 11.2 9.0 6.3 21.8
250
17.5 15.3 13.2 11.0 8.8 6.2 20.1
(mm) 126 138 151 168 189 216 251 301 350 350 350 350
L=0
40 L=85(34) L=150(99) L=250(199)
35 30 25 20 15 10 5
Non-usable range
0
5
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
Supply pressure MPa
m e en L 1600-2 is used on ition ďźš r ui u re ure 25 P Lever length L = 50mm The clamping force is about 8.9kN Notesďźš 1 e m in or e n e u te in uttin t e e er en t L and hydraulic supply pressure P in the formula in the specification column. 2 e in er t ru t or e en L i u te or in to t e ormu in the specification column.
Clamp force kN
s
20
15
How to read the Performance graph L
15
L=0
Clamp force kN
Cylinder output (kN)
10
20
TL 4000-2 Supply pressure (MPa)
5
25
Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)
Clamp force kN
Cylinder output (kN)
0
Supply pressure MPa
TL 2500-2 Supply pressure (MPa)
Non-usable range
0
Clamp force kN
Cylinder output (kN)
L=50(26) L=100(76) L=150(126)
12
TL 2000-2 Supply pressure (MPa)
L=0
14
16 14
L=0
12
L=50(26) L=100(76) L=150(126)
10 8.9 8
The range which cannot be used (the part indicated
6 4 2 0
Non-usable range
0
L(s) is shown on the left graph.
5
10 15 20 25 30 35 Supply pressure MPa
Performance graph
Cylinder output (kN)
Clamp force kN
Supply pressure (MPa)
90°swing time graph TLA0601-1/TL Lever moment of inertia(kg・m2)
Lever moment of inertia(kg・m2)
0.014 0.012 0.010 0.008 0.006 0.004 0.002 0.001
0
0.3
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
0.025 0.020 0.015 0.010 0.005 0.0019
0
0.3
1.2
0
0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.0043 0.3
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
Lever moment of inertia(kg・m2)
Lever moment of inertia(kg・m2)
0.1 0.026 0.3
0.6
0.8
1.0
0.03 0.02 0.01 0.0028
0
0.3
0
1600-2
0.02 0.0074 0.3
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
4000-2
0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.03
1.2
90°swing time(sec)
0.3
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
90°swing time(sec)
Cautions 1. Graphs show 90°swing time versus lever moment of inertia. 2. Higher moments of inertia may degrade or prevent swing motion. 3. Adjust swing time to be at least that shown on the graphs for the given moment of inertia. 4. Excessive speed may degrade angle precision and damage internal parts. 5. Clamp force varies with lever length. Select appropriate operating pressure from “Performance graph”. 6. If the clamp is mounted horizontally the weight of the lever may increase swing speed beyond the allowable range. If so, add a meter-out speed control valve. 7. Minimum release time should be 0.3 seconds. 8. Contact us if you wish to use the clamp under conditions other than those shown in this graph. Remarks 1. Whole swing stroke time become about 2 to 2.5 times of 90°swing time.
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
2000-2
0.30 0.25 0.20 0.15 0.10 0.05 0.016
0
0.3
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
90°swing time(sec)
0.5
0
0.4
TLA2001-1/TL
0.04
0
0.2
90°swing time(sec)
0.06
TLA4001-1/TL
0.2
0.4
0.04
1.2
0.08
0
2500-2
0.3
0.2
1.0
90°swing time(sec)
0.4
0
0.8
0.10
1.2
0.5
0
0.6
0.12
90°swing time(sec)
TLA2501-1/TL
0.4
TLA1601-1/TL Lever moment of inertia(kg・m2)
Lever moment of inertia(kg・m2)
1000-2
0.06
0
0.2
0800-2
0.05
90°swing time(sec)
0.07
0
TLA0801-1/TL
0.030
90°swing time(sec)
TLA1001-1/TL
0600-2
0.035
Lever moment of inertia(kg・m2)
0400-2
0.016
Lever moment of inertia(kg・m2)
TLA0401-1/TL
1.2
o to in t e moment o inerti
ormu
I : oment o inerti ・ m2 L L 1 L2 : Len t m m m1 m2 m3 : ei t
L
or re t n u r te u oi t e rot tin shaft is vertically on the gravity center of the end
e o
i on t e e er ront en
L2
b
b
L1
L L1
L m1
m2
I = m1
m2
4L2 + b2 4L12 + b2 +m2 12 12
I=m
b
L2 + b2 12
I = m1
m1
m3
90°swing time graph
e t n u r te re t n u r o i rotational axis perpendicular to plate at one end
4L2 + b2 4L12 + b2 L22 + b2 +m2 +m3 2+m3 12 12 12
Calculation formula of full action time Lo in
e e in
tion time e
tion time e
9
in
tion time e
en o in
u tro e mm in tro e mm
9
in
tion time e
en re e in
u tro e mm in tro e mm
1
OUTLINE DIMENSIONS Pi in t e i
r
in
:
et t e
o
t e re e e
it G t re
o ition o
u
LA-1 B
H
Le er e etermin tion roo e t e e t imen ion
J
t e
3 ° 60 °
C
p.c
AA
Z
φL
φ
Gt r e in t
L type JA 3-φ ounter ore φ
re u on - t e u i ort : G t re ee ontro e n e e on - t e
L type
°
B
Swing direction during locking
K 60
3 °
.d.
2-
m er
A
G
G *2
3- A t re
φ AC H8 60
X
AB
°
V
p.c
W
°
15°
T
φ
S *1
G
r u i ort φP *4 on - t e
M
A
K 60
Ny *4
.d.
emo e urr
Nx *4 *4
φ
0
3
*3
F
E
3 *4
Trap valve Att
e
- 1 - 2
Nx
Ny
r u i ort : rin on - t e
φ
Cautions *2 e A t re e t or mountin o t i to e i e t e u tomer according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference. *3 e e t o i meter or t e mountin o e on t e unit i to e e i e t e u tomer or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion as a reference. *4 i imen ion o - : et t e 1 ou ne o mountin ur e rin e ur e ou e 3 or e
Piping type B : G t re i in t e : A t re i in t e i
r
in
o
t e re e e
o ition o
LA-1B / LA-1
Cautions *1. Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference. 1 Pre re in e er n mountin o t o n P39 P42
Hydraulic port B : G t re : A t re
11
e ommen e inner diameter of pipe
SPECIFICATIONS
m or e
ormu
LA 4 1-1 1 5
m2 *5
tro e mm tro e 9 mm Lo tro e mm Lo ylinder capacity cm3 eturn rin or e eturn in tor ue *6 m Max. operating pressure MPa Min. operating pressure *7 MPa e i n re ure P er tin tem er ture 9 in n e re e t i it e e t ur o in o ition ter in Weight *8 kg
F=
TLA0601-1 1 453
P-1 88 1 95
F=
42 L
1 8 8 1
u
in
13
P-1 83 7 57
27 L
17.5 9.5 8 25 17 29 21
21 13
LA 8 1-1 1.979 F=
LA1 1-1 28 4
P-2 19 5 53
178L
F=
P-2 48 3 91
17.5 7.5 1 3.5 31 48 39
113L
18.5 8.5 1 52 51 7 7
LA1 1-1 4 17 F=
P-2 2
59L
22 5 9.5 13 94 58 94 94
LA2 1-1 134 F=
P-2 1 1 77
3 L
25 12 13 15.3 88 14 13
35 7 42
TLA-1
Model Lo in er re
0 70 9 °±3° 5 5
7
9
14
1.9
3.1
em r *5 : m or e P: r u i re ure P L : i t n e mm rom enter o i ton to m oint * e eren e num er on en m re mounte ori ont ri e in u e num er o m in t e ir uit n i in on ition *7 inimum re ure to o er te t e m it no o rie e en in on t e ei t o m e er n mountin ttitu e *8. Shows the weight of the swing clamp unit including the swing lever.
L Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P
S T U V W X Z AA AB AC CA JA JB Chamfer -B/- t e Hydraulic port -J type rin - t e e ommen e inner i meter o i e
A LA 4 1-1 114 5 44 45 28 5 77.5 53.5 24 28 5 15.5 4 57 1 13.5 1 3 9 5.5 14 5 18 14 19 27 5 9.5 12 5 27 45 5 3 0 14 5 8 3 14 3 G1/8 A 2 1BP5 φ
G TLA0601-1 123 48 52 33 81.5 5 5 25 3 18 45 1 15 17.5 3 11 8 14 19.5 1 22 3 5 11 14 28 5 48 5 4 0 3 14 φ G1/8 A 2 1BP5 φ
18
A LA 8 1-1 13 5 5 54 3 91.5 5 25 31.5 19 48 3 1 1 18.5 3 11 8 14 19.5 18 25 32 12 5 1 3 5.8 5 4 0 18 3 14 φ 3 G1/8 A 2 1BP5 φ
G LA1 1-1 149 59.5 5 43 98.5 7 5 28 3 5 23 57 73 1 18 22 3 14 9 14 5 2 5 22 3 35.5 15 19.5 33 7.8 5 4 0 18 M8 3 14 φ73 G1/8 A 2 1BP5 φ
LA1 1-1 173.5 2 8 4 115 85 3 38 24 7 1 2 22 3 14 9 1 24 5 25 34 41 5 17 22 35 9 7 4 0 M8 3 14 φ7 G1/8 A 2 1BP5 φ
18
mm
LA2 1-1 194 7 5 83 5 127 9 37 4 5 3 73.5 93 13 22 28 5 17.5 11 19.5 27 3 4 47 2 2 44 1 9.5 0
1 3.5 19 φ93 G1/4 A 4 1BP7 φ8
18
12
L Pi in t e i
r
:
in
et t e
o
t e re e e
it G t re
o ition o
u
LA-1
B
JA H
Le er e etermin tion roo e t e e t imen ion
J
m er
t e
K φ B
AA
2-
in ire tion urin o in
φL
L type L type G t re
u
on - t e
K
r u i ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e
A
4-φ ounter ore φ
G
G
φ A H8
W
V
X
AB
Nx *4
r u i ort φP *4 on - t e
A
M
*1
G
15°
T
φ 4- A t re
K
emo e urr
*4
φ
3
*3
3 *4
r
e
φ
- 1 - 2
ution *2 e A t re e t or mountin o t i to e i e t e u tomer or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion re eren e *3 e e t o i meter or t e mountin o e on t e unit i to e e i e t e u tomer or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion re eren e *4 i imen ion o - : et t e 1 ou ne o mountin ur e rin e ur e ou e 3 or e
Nx r u i ort : rin on - t e
Att
e
Piping type B : G t re i in t e : A t re i in t e
ution *1 ountin o t not u ie Pre re mountin o t or in to t e mountin u in t e imen ion re eren e 1 Pre re in e er n mountin o t o n P39 P42
1
ei t
r
in
o
e ommen e inner i meter o i e
i
r u i ort B : G t re : A t re
t e re e e
o ition o
LA-1B / LA-1
*2
o e Lo
A m2
in er re
m or e
ormu
*5
u
tro e mm tro e 9 mm Lo tro e mm Lo in er it m3 eturn rin or e eturn in tor ue * m o er tin re ure P in o er tin re ure *7 P e i n re ure P er tin tem er ture 9 in n e re e t i it e e t ur o in o ition ter in ei t *8 in
em r *5 : m or e P: * e eren e num er on en ri e in u e num er o *7 inimum re ure to o er te t *8 o t e ei t o t e in
LA25 1-1 8 198
LA4 1-1 12 37
P-1 99 1 32
P-2 9
21L
87
29 5 13 5 1 24 2 1 15 1 82 1 94
12L
33 17 1 4 8 1 83 2 83 4 17 35 7 42
TLA-1
P
7 9 °±3° 5 45 r u i re ure m re mounte m in t e ir uit e m it no o m unit in u in
95 P L : i t n e mm rom enter o i ton to m oint ori ont n i in on ition rie e en in on t e ei t o m e er n mountin ttitu e t e in e er
L
A
G
A
G
mm
o e A B
G H J K L M Nx P
T V W X AA AB A A JA JB m er -B/- t e r u i ort -J type rin - t e e ommen e inner i meter o i e
LA25 1-1 224 92 8 3 14 5 1 5 4 52 4 1 8 15 45 5 17 5 11 22 5 31 5 35 5 4 54 5 23 31 13 25 95 18
1 35 19 φ1 8 G1/4 A 4 1BP7 φ8
LA4 1-1 254 5 114 1 2 9 1 45 114 5 5 3 51 8 13 17 5 5 2 14 27 5 35 45 55 25 27 5 39 5 17 5 13 22 8 12 35 19 φ1 8 G1/4 A 4 1BP7 φ8
1
L Pi in t e i
r
in
:
et t e
o
t e re e e
it G t re
o ition o
u
LA-2 B
e e e ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e
Le er e etermin tion roo e t e e t imen ion
J
3 A
φ
B
R type
AA
in ire tion urin o in
3
φL
3
Z
L type L type
u
on - t e
2-
3-φ ounter ore φ
Lo
ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e
A
G
G
e e e ort φP on - t e
8
*4
*4
W
*4
V
X
AB
φ A
m er
*4
G t re
15
φ
M
A
*1
G
Lo ort φP *4 on - t e emo e urr
3- A t re *4
*2
φ
3
*3
3 *4
r Lo ort : rin on - t e
Att
e
φ
- 1 - 2
e
ution *2 e A t re e t or mountin o t i to e i e t e u tomer or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion re eren e *3 e e t o i meter or t e mountin o e on t e unit i to e e i e t e u tomer or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion re eren e *4 i imen ion o - : et t e 1 ou ne o mountin ur e rin e ur e ou e 3 or e
Piping type B : G t re i in t e : A t re i in t e e e e ort : rin on - t e
Att
e
i
r
in
o
t e re e e
o ition o
LA-2B / LA-2 Release port B : G t re : A t re
ution *1 ountin o t not u ie Pre re mountin o t or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion re eren e 1 Pre re in e er n mountin o t o n P39 P42
1
Lock port B : G t re : A t re
o e Lo
A m2
in er re
m or e
ormu
LA 4 -2 1 5 P
*5
u
tro e mm tro e 9 mm Lo tro e mm in er it t o e m3 t re e e o er tin re ure P in o er tin re ure * MPa e i n re ure P er tin tem er ture 9 in n e re e t i it e e t ur o in o ition ter in ei t *7 kg in
LA -2 1 453
1 94
LA 8 -2 1 979
P 3 L
7 57
13 5 8 13 18
LA1 -2 28 4
P 24L
13 5 55 8 2 2
5 53
LA1 -2 4 17
P 147L
3 91
1 5 5 1 33 33
LA2 -2 134
P 94L
2 59
P 4 L
17
28L
17 5 75 1 49 1
21 5 85 13 9 9
23 7 1 7 13 14 14
14
19
31
35 7 42 9 5
7
7 3 5
9
LA-2
P
em r *5 : m or e P: r u i re ure P L : i t n e mm rom enter o i ton to m oint * inimum re ure to o er te t e m it no o rie e en in on t e ei t o m e er n mountin ttitu e *7 o t e ei t o t e in m unit in u in t e in e er
L o e A B
G J L M
P R
V W X Z AA AB A A A JB m er Lo ort/ -B/- t e e e e ort - t e rin - type
A LA 4 -2 111 5 44 45 28 5 77 5 53 5 24 28 5 15 5 4 57 1 13 5 1 3 9 55 14 5 15 14 19 24 5 95 12 5 27 45 5 14 3 5 8 3 14 3 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
G LA -2 117 5 48 52 33 8 55 25 3 18 45 1 15 17 5 3 11 8 14 15 5 1 22 2 5 11 14 28 5 48 5 4 3 14 φ G1/8 A 2 1BP5
18
A LA 8 -2 133 5 5 5 54 3 9 5 25 31 5 19 48 3 1 1 18 5 3 11 8 14 18 5 18 25 31 12 5 1 3 58 5 18 4 3 14 φ 3 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
G LA1 -2 147 5 59 5 5 43 98 7 28 3 5 23 57 73 1 18 22 3 14 9 14 5 19 5 22 3 34 5 15 19 5 33 78 5 18 4 8 3 14 φ73 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
LA1 -2 172 5 2 8 4 115 85 3 38 24 7 1 2 22 3 14 9 1 23 5 25 34 4 5 17 22 35 9 7 4 8 3 14 φ7 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
mm
LA2 -2 192 2 7 5 83 5 12 5 89 5 37 4 5 3 73 5 93 13 22 28 5 17 5 11 19 5 25 7 3 4 45 7 2 2 44 1 95
18
18
1 35 19 φ93 G1/4 A 4 1BP7
1
I E DI E
I
iping type C : gasket type (with G thread plug) ※ his drawing shows the released position of
A-2C .
B
JA elease port : G thread ( he speed control valve can be installed only -C type)
H
ever phase determination groove type (left dimension)
J
AA
C K y y φJB
2-Chamfer
type
wing direction during locking
φ
type type G thread plug (only -C type)
K
ock port : G thread ( he speed control valve can be installed only -C type)
ACHI I G DI E
4-φ Counter bore φ φY AC H8
*4
F
I G
x *4
W
y *4
V
y *4
X
AB
elease port φ (only -C type)
I
φ
M
A
4-CA thread *2
□K
*1
G
15°
ock port φ *4 (only -C type) emove burrs *4
C0.6
*3
F
E
6.3 *4
φD +0.3 0
-0.1
rap valve
x
y
y
ock port : ring (Attached) (only -C type)
φD -0.2
elease port : ring (Attached) (only -C type)
Cautions *2. he CA thread depth for mounting bolts is to decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the dimensions as a reference. *3. he depth of diameter D for the mounting hole on the unit is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the F dimensions as a reference. *4. his dimensions shows -C : gasket type. 1. oughness of mounting surface ( ring seal surface) should be 6.3 or less.
Piping type B : G thread piping type J : AE thread piping type ※ his drawing shows the released position of elease port B : G thread J : AE thread
Cautions *1. ounting bolts not supplied. repare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the dimensions as a reference. 1. repare swing lever and mounting bolts as shown 39 ~ 42.
1
ock port B : G thread J : AE thread
A-2B /
A-2J .
ECIFICA I
Clamp force (formula) *5
A2500-2 8.198
cm2 k
F=
P 1.32+0.0018
A4000-2 12.37 F=
P 0.87+0.0011
28 12 16 23.0 23.0
Full stroke mm wing stroke (90°) mm ock stroke mm Cylinder capacity at locked cm3 at released ax. operating pressure a in. operating pressure *6 a Design pressure a perating temperature ℃ 90°swing angle repeatability epeat accuracy of final position after swing eight *7 kg
31 15 16 38.4 38.4 35.0 7.0 42.0 0 ~ 70 90°±3° ±0.5°
4.5
9.5
A-2
odel ock cylinder area
emarks *5. F : Clamp force (k )、 : Hydraulic pressure ( a)、 : Distance (mm) from center of piston to clamp point. *6. inimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. aries depending on the weight of clamp lever and mounting attitude. *7. hows the weight of the swing clamp unit including the swing lever.
I E DI E
I
& ACHI I G DI E
I
CHA
F
I G
(mm)
odel A B C D E F G H J K M x y P
V W X Y AA AB AC CA JA JB Chamfer ock port/ -B/-C type elease port -J type ring -C type
A2500-2 220 92 80 63 144 104 40 52 40 60 118 15 45 16 5 17.5 11 22.5 30 35.5 46 53 23 31 13.25 9.5 6 +0.018 0 10 3.5 19 C6 G1/4 AE4 1BP7
A4000-2 250 114 102 90 162 112 50 63 51 80 146 17 56 21 5 20 14 27.5 33 45 55 60.5 27.5 39.5 17.5 13 8 +0.022 0 12 3.5 19 C6 G1/4 AE4 1BP7
1
L Pi in t e i
r
:
in
o
et t e t e re e e
it G t re
o ition o
A
u
LB-2
B
e e e ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e
Kx
Le er e etermin tion roo e t e e t imen ion
J Kx
AA
φ B
t e
in ire tion urin o in
L
Lt e
φ
G t re
u
on - t e
Lt e m er
24-φ ounter ore φ
Lo
ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e
8
A
G
G
V
X
AB
φ A
W
*3
e e e ort φP *3 on - t e
A
*3
φ
5°
*3
φ
G
*1
Lo ort φP *4 on - t e
M
4- A t re
r
Lo ort : rin on - t e
Att
Kx
Kx
*2
ution *2 e A t re e t or mountin o t i to e i e t e u tomer or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion re eren e *3 i imen ion o - : et t e 1 ou ne o mountin ur e rin e ur e ou e 3 or e
e
e
Pi in t e e e e ort : rin on - t e
Att
: A t re
e
ution *1 ountin o t not u ie Pre re mountin o t or in to t e mountin u in t e imen ion re eren e 1 Pre re in e er n mountin o t o n P39 P42
i
r
in
o
i in t e t e re e e
Release port : A t re ei t
Lock port : A t re
1
o ition o
LB-2
P o e Lo
A m2
in er re
m or e
ormu
LB 4 -2 1 5 P
*4
u
tro e mm in tro e 9 mm Lock stroke mm in er it t o e m3 t re e e o er tin re ure P in o er tin re ure *5 P e i n re ure P er tin tem er ture 9 in n e re e t i it e e t ur o in o ition ter in ei t *
LB -2 1 453
1 94
LB 8 -2 1 979
P 3 L
13 5 8 13 18
7 57
LB1 -2 28 4
P 24L
5 53
13 5 55 8 2 2
LB1 -2 4 17
P 147L
1 5 5 1 33 33
3 91
LB2 -2 134
P 94L
2 59
17 5 75 1 49 1
LB25 -2 8 198
P 4 L
17
LB4 -2 12 37
P 28L
1 32
P 18L
87
21 5 85 13 9 9
23 7 1 7 13 14 14
28 12 1 23 23
31 15 1 38 4 38 4
29
37
57
83
11L
35 7 42 7 9 °±3° 5 7
9
12
17
LB-2
em r *4 : m or e P: r u i re ure P L : i t n e mm rom enter o i ton to m oint *5 inimum re ure to o er te t e m it no o rie e en in on t e ei t o m e er n mountin ttitu e * o t e ei t o t e in m unit in u in t e in e er
L o e A B
G J Kx L M
P R
V W X AA AB A A A B m er Lo ort/ - t e Release port - t e rin - t e
A LB 4 -2 111 5 49 5 47 32 77 5 51 5 2 33 1 5 11 18 7 15 22 9 3 9 55 24 15 14 19 24 5 95 12 5 45 5 14 3 5 8 3 14 3 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
LB -2 117 5 53 5 55 3 8 54 2 35 18 5 12 21 78 15 24 9 3 11 8 24 15 5 1 22 2 5 11 14 48 5 18 4 3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
G LB 8 -2 133 5 5 5 57 39 9 4 2 3 5 2 13 5 22 83 15 25 5 1 3 11 8 24 18 5 18 25 31 12 5 1 58 5 18 4 3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
A LB1 -2 147 5 4 7 4 5 98 72 2 4 24 1 27 93 15 29 12 3 14 9 24 19 5 22 3 34 5 15 19 5 78 5 18 4 8 3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
LB1 -2 172 5 71 5 71 53 115 88 27 43 5 28 2 27 5 98 1 32 5 14 3 14 9 25 23 5 25 34 4 5 17 22 9 7 18 4 8 3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
G LB2 -2 192 2 84 5 9 35 12 5 9 5 3 52 32 5 22 5 35 118 1 5 38 17 5 17 5 11 28 25 7 3 4 45 7 2 2 1 95
mm
LB25 -2 22 99 5 84 71 144 114 3 57 5 42 32 32 132 1 5 43 5 19 5 17 5 11 28 3 35 5 4 53 23 31 13 25 95 1 35 19
LB4 -2 25 118 1 2 9 1 2 12 3 7 51 4 4 148 22 5 53 2 5 2 14 33 33 45 55 5 27 5 39 5 17 5 13 22 8 12 35 19
G1/4 A 4 1BP7
G1/4 A 4 1BP7
18
1 35 19 5 G1/4 A 4 1BP7
18
2
L
BALA
Pi in t e i
r
in
:
et t e
o
t e re e e
it G t re
o ition o
LA-2
u
ee
L
A
e 42 or e er n
Bo t
J
3
e i i tion
-P
B e e e ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e
in
G
et iner or m int inin t e e er o ition in e er
A
φ
B
R type
1 2
Le er in
in ire tion urin o in
3
φL
PA --
3
Z
Lt e G t re
u
on - t e
2-
3-φ ounter ore φ
Lo
ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e
φPB
A
m er
G
G
e e e ort φP on - t e
P t re
*4
*4
P P
P
*4
φP
PG
*4
8 φ
15
3
M
A
*1
G
Lo ort φP *4 on - t e emo e urr
3- A t re *4
*2
φ
3
*3
3 *4
r Lo ort : rin on - t e
Att
e
φ
- 1 - 2
ution *2 e A t re e t or mountin o t i to e i e t e u tomer or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion re eren e *3 e e t o i meter or t e mountin o e on t e unit i to e e i e t e u tomer or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion re eren e *4 i imen ion o - : et t e 1 ou ne o mountin ur e rin e ur e ou e 3 or e
e
Piping type B : G t re i in t e : A t re i in t e e e e ort : rin on - t e
ution *1 ountin o t not u u in t e imen ion
21
Att
i
e
ie Pre re mountin re eren e
r
in
o
t e re e e
o ition o
LA-2B -P/ LA-2 e e e ort B : G t re : A t re
ot
or in to t e mountin
ei t
Lo ort B : G t re : A t re
-P
P
m or e
ormu
1
*5
2
u
tro e mm tro e 9 mm Lo tro e mm in er it t o e m3 t re e e o er tin re ure P in o er tin re ure * P e i n re ure P er tin tem er ture 9 in n e re e t i it e e t ur o in o ition ter in ei t *7 in
em r *5
LA 4 -2-P 1 5
m2
in er re
L2/L L1/L
LA
11 P 11 P
1 2
-2-P 1 453
L2/L L1/L
13 5 8 13 18
145 P 145 P
LA 8 -2-P 1 979 1 2
13 5 55 8 2 2
L2/L L1/L
LA1 -2-P 28 4
198 P 198 P
1 2
1 5 5 1 33 33
L2/L L1/L
28 28
LA1 -2-P 4 17 P P
1 2
L2/L L1/L
LA2
417 P 417 P
1 2
-2-P 134
L2/L L1/L
17 5 75 1 49 1
21 5 85 13 9 9
23 7 1 7 13 14 14
14
19
31
13 P 13 P
35 7 42 9 5
7
7 3 5
9
L
: m or e L1 L2 : i t n e rom t e * inimum re ure to o er *7 o t e ei t o t e 1 2
P: u re ure P L : i t n e et een m in enter o t e i ton to t e m in oint mm te t e m it no o rie e en in on t e ei t o in m unit in u in t e in e er
oint mm
L1
m e er n mountin
L2
ttitu e
1
L o e A B
G J L M
P R
Z PA PB P P P P PG P A A JB m er Lo ort/ -B/- t e e e e ort - t e rin - t e
A LA 4 -2-P 111 5 44 45 28 5 77 5 53 5 24 28 5 15 5 4 57 1 13 5 1 3 9 55 14 5 14 27 7 12 18
85 18 19 15 3 5 5 8 3 14 3 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
G LA
-2-P 117 5 48 52 33 8 55 25 3 18 45 1 15 17 5 3 11 8 14 1 28 5 8 14 22 8 1 21 22 15 5 3 5 3 14 φ G1/8 A 2 1BP5
A LA 8 -2-P 133 5 5 5 54 3 9 5 25 31 5 19 48 3 1 1 18 5 3 11 8 14 18 3 8 1 22 8 11 24 25 18 5 3 5 3 14 φ 3 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
2
G LA1 -2-P 147 5 59 5 5 43 98 7 28 3 5 23 57 73 1 18 22 3 14 9 14 5 22 33 1 2 22 1 12 28 5 3 19 5 4 7 8 3 14 φ73 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
LA1 -2-P 172 5 2 8 4 115 85 3 38 24 7 1 2 22 3 14 9 1 25 35 13 23 12 27 13 5 32 5 34 23 5 5 8 8 3 14 φ7 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
mm
LA2 -2-P 192 2 7 5 83 5 12 5 89 5 37 4 5 3 73 5 93 13 22 28 5 17 5 11 19 5 3 44 1 28 15 27 1 5 38 5 4 25 7
LA-2-P
o e Lo
A
1 35 19 φ93 G1/4 A 4 1BP7
22
L
BALA
Pi in t e i
r
in
:
et t e
o
t e re e e
it G t re
o ition o
LA-2
u
ee
L
A
e 42 or e er n
e i i tion
-P
Bo t
B
A
in
e e e ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e
G
et iner or m int inin t e e er o ition in e er
J m er R type
1 2
φ B
2-
PA --
K
φL
Le er in
in ire tion urin o in
Lt e G t re
u
on - t e
K 4-φ ounter ore φ φPB
Lo
ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e
A P t re
G
G
e e e ort φP *4 on - t e
*4
P P
*4
P
φP
PG
3
*4
8 φ
M
A
4- A t re
K
*1
G
15°
Lo ort φP *4 on - t e emo e urr
*4
φ
3
*3
3 *4
r
Lo ort : rin on - t e
Att
e
φ
- 1 - 2
ution *2 e A t re e t or mountin o t i to e i e t e u tomer or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion re eren e *3 e e t o i meter or t e mountin o e on t e unit i to e e i e t e u tomer or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion re eren e *4 i imen ion o - : et t e 1 ou ne o mountin ur e rin e ur e ou e 3 or e
e
Piping type e e e ort : rin on - t e
Att
ution *1 ountin o t not u u in t e imen ion
2
B : G t re i in t e : A t re i in t e
e
i
r
in
o
t e re e e
e e e ort B : G t re : A t re ie Pre re mountin re eren e
ot
or in to t e mountin
ei t
Lo ort B : G t re : A t re
o ition o
LA-2B -P/ LA-2
-P
*2
P
m or e
ormu
2
*5
2
u
tro e mm tro e 9 mm Lo tro e mm in er it t o e m3 t re e e o er tin re ure P in o er tin re ure * P e i n re ure P er tin tem er ture 9 in n e re e t i it e e t ur o in o ition ter in ei t *7 in
em r *5
LA25 -2-P 8 198
m2
in er re
L1/L L1/L
82 82
LA4 -2-P 12 37 P P
2 2
L1/L L1/L
28 12 1 23 23
1 237 P 1 237 P
31 15 1 38 4 38 4 35 7 42 7 9 °±3° 5
45
95 L
: m or e L1 L2 : i t n e rom t e * inimum re ure to o er *7 o t e ei t o t e 1 2
P: u re ure P L : i t n e et een m in enter o t e i ton to t e m in oint mm te t e m it no o rie e en in on t e ei t o in m unit in u in t e in e er
oint mm
L1
m e er n mountin
L2
ttitu e
1
L
A
G
A
2
G
LA-2-P
o e Lo
A
mm
o e A B
G J K L M
P R
PA PB P P P P PG P A A JB m er Lo ort/ -B/- t e e e e ort - t e rin - t e
LA25 -2-P 22 92 8 3 144 1 4 4 52 4
1 35 19
LA4 -2-P 25 114 1 2 9 1 2 112 5 3 51 8 14 17 5 21 5 2 14 27 5 45 24 43 22 33 24 5 53 5 55 33 8 12 35 19
G1/4 A 4 1BP7
G1/4 A 4 1BP7
118 15 45 1 5 17 5 11 22 5 35 5 18 33 5 18 2 44 5 4 3
27
2
L
BALA
Pi in t e i
r
:
in
o
et t e t e re e e
it G t re
o ition o
A
LB-2
u
ee
L
A
e 42 or e er n
e i i tion
-P
Bolt
B
e e e ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e
in
Kx
G
et iner or m int inin t e e er o ition in e er
J Kx
φ B
PA --
1 2
t e
Le er in
in ire tion urin o in L
φ
G t re
u
on - t e
Lt e m er
24-φ ounter ore φ
Lo
ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e
P t re φP
φPB
P
A
G
G
P P
R0.8
*3
e e e ort φP *3 on - t e
PG
φ
A
*3
30°
5°
*3
φ
G
*1
Lo ort φP *3 on - t e
M
4- A t re
r
Lo ort : rin on - t e
Att
Kx
Kx
*2
ution *2 e A t re e t or mountin o t i to e i e t e u tomer or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion re eren e *3 i imen ion o - : et t e 1 ou ne o mountin ur e rin e ur e ou e 3 or e
e
e
Pi in t e e e e ort : rin on - t e
Att
ution *1 ountin o t not u u in t e imen ion
: A t re
e
i
r
in
o
i in t e t e re e e
Release port : A t re ie Pre re mountin re eren e
ot
or in to t e mountin
ei t
Lock port : A t re
2
o ition o
LB-2
-P
P
m2
in er re
m or e
ormu
1=(L2/L
*4
u
11 P 11 P
2=(L1/L
tro e mm in tro e 9 mm Lock stroke mm in er it t o e m3 t re e e o er tin re ure P in o er tin re ure *5 P e i n re ure P er tin tem er ture 9 in n e re e t i it e e t ur o in o ition ter in ei t * em r *4.
LB 4 -2-P 1 5
13 5 8 13 18
LB -2-P 1 453 1=(L2/L
145 P 145 P
2=(L1/L
LB 8 -2-P 1 979 1=(L2/L 2=(L1/L
13 5 55 8 2 2
198 P 198 P
1 5 5 10 33 33
LB1 -2-P 28 4 1=(L2/L 2=(L1/L
28 P 28 P
LB1 -2-P 4 17 1=(L2/L 2=(L1/L
17 5 75 10 49 1
417 P 417 P
LB2
-2-P 134
1=(L2/L
LB25 -2-P 8 198
13 P 13 P
2=(L1/L
1=(L2/L
82 P 82 P
2=(L1/L
LB4 -2-P 12 37 1=(L2/L 2=(L1/L
1 237 P 1 237 P
21 5 85 13 9 9
23 7 1 7 13 14 14
28 12 1 23 23
31 15 1 38 4 38 4
29
37
57
83
35 7 42.0 0 7 9 °±3° 5 7
9
12
17
L
: m or e L1,L2 : i t n e rom t e *5 inimum re ure to o er * o t e ei t o t e 1 2
P: u re ure P L : i t n e et een m in enter o t e i ton to t e m in oint mm te t e m it no o rie e en in on t e ei t o in m unit in u in t e in e er
oint mm
L1
m e er n mountin
L2
ttitu e
1
L o e A B
G J Kx L M
P R
PA PB P P P P PG P A A JB m er Lo ort/ - t e Release port - t e rin - t e
A LB 4 -2-P 111 5 49 5 47 32 77 5 51 5 2 33 1 5 11 18 7 15 22 9 3 9 55 24 14 7 12 +0.018 0
85 18 19 15 3 5 5 8 3 14 3 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
G
LB -2-P 117 5 53 5 55 3 8 54 2 35 18 5 12 21 78 15 24 9 3 11 8 24 1 8 14 8 +0.022 0 1 21 22 15 5 3 5
LB 8 -2-P 133 5 5 5 57 39 9 4 2 3 5 2 13 5 22 83 15 25 5 10 3 11 8 24 18 8 1 8 +0.022 0 11 24 25 18 5 3 5
3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
A LB1 -2-P 147 5 4 7 4 5 98 72 2 4 24 1 27 93 15 29 12 3 14 9 24 22 10 20 10 +0.022 0 12 28 5 30 19 5 4 7 8 3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
LB1 -2-P 172 5 71 5 71 53 115 88 27 43 5 28 2 27 5 98 1 32 5 14 3 14 9 25 25 13 23 12 0 27 13 5 32 5 34 23 5 5 8 8 3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
2
G LB2 -2-P 192 2 84 5 9 35 12 5 9 5 30 52 32 5 22 5 35 118 1 5 38 17 5 17 5 11 28 3 1 28 15 0 27 1 5 38 5 40 25 7 1 35 19 5 G1/4 A 4 1BP7
mm
LB25 -2-P 22 99 5 84 71 144 114 30 57 5 42 32 32 132 1 5 43 5 19 5 17 5 11 28 35 5 18 33 5 18 0 27 2 44 5 4 3 1 35 19 G1/4 A 4 1BP7
LB4 -2-P 25 118 102 9 1 2 12 3 7 51 40 40 148 22 5 53 20 5 2 14 33 45 24 43 22 +0.033 0 24 5 53 5 55 33 8 12 35 19
LB-2-P
o e Lo
A
G1/4 A 4 1BP7
2
OUTLINE DIMENSIONS Pi in t e i
r
in
: o
et t e t e re e e
it G t re
o ition o
LA-2
u -
B e e e ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e
H 30°
Lever phase determination groove t e e t imen ion
J JA
°
30°
60
φ
B
R type
C
p.c
AA
Z
Swing direction during locking
K
L type
°
φL
60
30°
.d.
L type u
on - t e
2-Chamfer
3-φ ounter ore φ
Lo
ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e
MACHINING DIMENSIONS FOR MOUNTING e e e ort φP *4 on - t e
φ AC H8 AB
°
60
V
X
Nx *4
Ny *4
G t re
p.c
Ny *4
W 15°
T
°
3-CA thread *2
*4 φPB +0.2 0 *4 1.4 +0.1 0
A
M
S *1
G
Lo ort φP *4 on - t e
O ring e
0.2 *4
6.3S *4
φ
+0.3 0
C0.6
*3
F
E
K 60
φ
Att
.d.
φPA *4
Trap valve
-0.1 -0.2
Nx
Ny
Ny
Lock port on - t e
φ
Release port on - t e
Cautions *2. The CA thread depth for mounting bolts is to decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference. *3. The depth of diameter D for the mounting hole on the unit is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the F dimensions as a reference. *4 i imen ion o - : et t e 1. Clamp body has no O ring groove for gasket type. Therefore, O ring groove must e m ine on mountin ur e i e rin ro i e
Piping type B : G t re i in t e : A t re i in t e i
r
in
o
t e re e e
o ition o
LA-2B - / LA-2 Release port B : G t re : A t re
Cautions *1. Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference. 1 Pre re in e er n mountin o t o n P39 P42
2
Lock port B : G t re : A t re
-
SPECIFICATIONS Model Lock cylinder area m or e
ormu
cm2 *5
kN
Full stroke mm in tro e 9 mm Lock stroke mm Cylinder capacity at locked cm3 at released Max. operating pressure MPa Min. operating pressure *6 MPa Design pressure MPa er tin tem er ture 90°swing angle repeatability Repeat accuracy of final position after swing Weight *7 kg
TLA0400-2-Q 1.005 F=
P 10.94+0.036L 21 5 16 2.1 3.0
TLA0600-2-Q 1.453 F=
P 7.57+0.024L 21.5 5.5 16 3.1 4.1
TLA0800-2-Q 1.979 F=
P 5.53+0.0147L
TLA1000-2-Q 2.804 F=
P 3.91+0.0094L
26.5 6.5 20 5.2 5.2
TLA1600-2-Q 4.170 F=
P 2.59+0.0046L
TLA2000-2-Q 6.134 F=
P 1.76+0.0028L
27.5 7.5 20 7.7 9.5
33.5 8.5 25 14.0 14.0
35.7 10.7 25 21.9 21.9
1.8
2.3
3.7
35.0 7.0 42.0 0 70 90°±3° ±0.5° 0.6
0.9
1.1
Remarks *5 : m or e P: r u i re ure P L : i t n e mm rom enter o i ton to m oint *6. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. Varies depending on the weight of clamp lever and mounting attitude. *7. Shows the weight of the swing clamp unit including the swing lever.
Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny PA PB Q R S T U V W X Y Z AA AB AC CA JA JB Chamfer Lock port/ -B/-C type Release port -J type O ring -C type
TLA0400-2-Q 143.5 44 45 28.5 101.5 77.5 24 28.5 15.5 40 57 10 13.5 16 3 8 9 5.5 14.5 23 14 19 32.5 9.5 12.5 27 4.5 5 3 +0.014 0 M5×0.8 3 14 3 G1/8 SAE2 1BP5
TLA0600-2-Q 149.5 48 52 33 104 79 25 30 18 45 60 10 15 17.5 3 8 11 6.8 14 23.5 16 22 34.5 11 14 28.5 4.8 6.5 4 +0.018 0 M6 3 14 φ G1/8 SAE2 1BP5
TLA0800-2-Q 173.5 50.5 54 36 120 95 25 31.5 19 48 63 10 16 18.5 3 8 11 6.8 14 28.5 18 25 41 12.5 16 30 5.8 6.5 4 +0.018 0 M6 3 14 φ 3 G1/8 SAE2 1BP5
TLA1000-2-Q 187.5 59.5 65 43 128 100 28 36.5 23 57 73 10 18 22 3 8 14 9 14.5 29.5 22 30 44.5 15 19.5 33 7.8 6.5 4 +0.018 0 M8 3 14 φ73 G1/8 SAE2 1BP5
TLA1600-2-Q 220.5 62 68 46 151 121 30 38 24 60 76 10 20 22 3 8 14 9 16 35.5 25 34 52.5 17 22 35 9 7 4 +0.018 0 M8 3 14 φ7 G1/8 SAE2 1BP5
mm
TLA2000-2-Q 240.2 76.5 83 56 162.5 125.5 37 46.5 30 73.5 93 13 22 28 5 10 17.5 11 19.5 37.7 30 40 57.7 20 26 44 10 9.5 6 +0.018 0 M10 3.5 19 φ93 G1/4 SAE4 1BP7
TLA-2-Q
OUTLINE DIMENSIONS & MACHINING DIMENSION CHART FOR MOUNTING
2
OUTLINE DIMENSIONS iping type C : gasket type (with G thread plug) ※ his drawing shows the released position of
A-2C - .
B
JA elease port : G thread ( he speed control valve can be installed only -C type)
H
ever phase determination groove type (left dimension)
J
AA
C K Ny Ny φJB
2-Chamfer R type
wing direction during locking
φ
L type L type G thread plug (only -C type)
K
ock port : G thread ( he speed control valve can be installed only -C type)
MACHINING DIMENSIONS FOR MOUNTING
4-φ Counter bore φ
Release port *4 (only -C type)
Nx *4
W
V
Ny *4 Ny *4
X
AB
φY AC H8
T
φ
E
O ring
6.3S *4
4-CA thread *2
□K
*4 φ B +0.2 0 *4 1.4 +0.1 0
A
M
S *1
G
15°
Lock port *3 (only -C type)
0.2 *4
φD +0.3 0 C0.6
*3
F
(Attached)
φ A *4
-0.1
rap valve
Nx
Ny Ny
Lock port (only -C type)
φD -0.2
Release port (only -C type)
Cautions *2. he CA thread depth for mounting bolts is to decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the dimensions as a reference. *3. he depth of diameter D for the mounting hole on the unit is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the F dimensions as a reference. *4. his dimensions shows -C : gasket type. 1. Clamp body has no ring groove for gasket type. herefore ring groove must be machined on mounting surface side. ( ring provided.)
Piping type B : G thread piping type J : AE thread piping type ※ his drawing shows the released position of Release port B : G thread J : AE thread
Cautions *1. ounting bolts not supplied. repare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the dimensions as a reference. 1. repare swing lever and mounting bolt as shown 39 ~ 42.
2
Lock port B : G thread J : AE thread
A-2B - /
A-2J - .
SPECIFICATIONS Model Lock cylinder area Clamp force (formula) *5
cm2 kN
Full stroke mm wing stroke (90°) mm Lock stroke mm Cylinder capacity at locked cm3 at released ax. operating pressure a in. operating pressure *6 MPa Design pressure a perating temperature ℃ 90°swing angle repeatability epeat accuracy of final position after swing Weight *7 kg
TLA2500-2-Q 8.198 F=
P 1.32+0.0018L
TLA4000-2-Q 12.37 F=
P 0.87+0.0011L
44 12 32 36.0 36.0
47 15 32 58.1 58.1 35.0 7.0 42.0 0 ~ 70 90°±3° ±0.5°
5.6
11.8
Remarks *5. F : Clamp force (k )、 : Hydraulic pressure ( a)、 : Distance (mm) from center of piston to clamp point. *6. inimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. aries depending on the weight of clamp lever and mounting attitude. *7. hows the weight of the swing clamp unit including the swing lever.
OUTLINE DIMENSIONS & MACHINING DIMENSION CHART FOR MOUNTING TLA2500-2-Q 284 92 80 63 192 152 40 52 40 60 118 15 45 16 5 10 17.5 11 22.5 46 35.5 46 69 23 31 13.25 9.5 6 +0.018 0 M10 3.5 19 C6 G1/4 SAE4 1BP7
TLA4000-2-Q 314 114 102 90 210 160 50 63 51 80 146 17 56 21 5 10 20 14 27.5 49 45 55 76.5 27.5 39.5 17.5 13 8 +0.022 0 M12 3.5 19 C6 G1/4 SAE4 1BP7
TLA-2-Q
(mm)
Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny PA PB Q R S T U V W X Y AA AB AC CA JA JB Chamfer Lock port/ -B/-C type Release port -J type O ring -C type
L Pi in t e i
r
:
in
o
et t e t e re e e
it G t re
o ition o
A
LB-2
u -
B
e e e ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e
Kx
Le er e etermin tion roo e t e e t imen ion
J Kx
AA
φ B
t e
in ire tion urin o in
L
Lt e
φ
G t re
u
on - t e
Lt e m er
24-φ ounter ore φ
Lo
ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e
8
A
G
G
V
X
AB
φ A
W
*3
e e e ort φP *3 on - t e
A
*3
φ
5°
*3
φ
G
*1
Lo ort φP *3 on - t e
M
4- A t re
r
Lo ort : rin on - t e
Att
Kx
Kx
*2
ution *2 e A t re e t or mountin o t i to e i e t e u tomer or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion re eren e *3 i imen ion o - : et t e 1 ou ne o mountin ur e rin e ur e ou e 3 or e
e
e
Pi in t e e e e ort : rin on - t e
Att
: A t re
e
ution *1 ountin o t not u ie Pre re mountin o t or in to t e mountin u in t e imen ion re eren e 1 Pre re in e er n mountin o t o n P39 P42
i
r
in
o
i in t e t e re e e
Release port : A t re ei t
Lock port : A t re
1
o ition o
LB-2
-
P o e Lo
A m2
in er re
m or e
ormu
LB 4 -21 5 P
*4
u
tro e mm in tro e 9 mm Lock stroke mm in er it t o e m3 t re e e o er tin re ure P in o er tin re ure *5 P e i n re ure P er tin tem er ture 9 in n e re e t i it e e t ur o in o ition ter in ei t *
LB -21 453
1 94
LB 8 -21 979
P 3 L
21 5 1 21 3
7 57
LB1 -228 4
P 24L
5 53
21 5 55 1 31 41
LB1 -24 17
P 147L
2 5 5 2 52 52
3 91
LB2
-2134
P 94L
2 59
27 5 75 2 77 95
LB25 -28 198
P 4 L
17
LB4 -212 37
P 28L
1 32
P 18L
33 5 85 25 14 14
35 7 1 7 25 21 9 21 9
44 12 32 3 3
33
43
8
87
11L
47 15 32 58 1 58 1
35 7 42 7 9 °±3° 5 8
11
14
21
1
em r *4 : m or e P: r u i re ure P L : i t n e mm rom enter o i ton to m oint *5 inimum re ure to o er te t e m it no o rie e en in on t e ei t o m e er n mountin ttitu e * o t e ei t o t e in m unit in u in t e in e er
o e A B
G J Kx L M
P R
V W X AA AB A A A B m er Lo ort/ - t e Release port - t e rin - t e
A LB 4 -2143 5 49 5 47 32 1 15 75 5 2 33 1 5 11 18 7 15 22 9 3 9 55 24 23 14 19 32 5 95 12 5 45 5 14 3 5 8 3 14 3 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
LB -2149 5 53 5 55 3 1 4 78 2 35 18 5 12 21 78 15 24 9 3 11 8 24 23 5 1 22 34 5 11 14 48 5 18 4 3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
G LB 8 -2173 5 5 5 57 39 12 94 2 3 5 2 13 5 22 83 15 25 5 1 3 11 8 24 28 5 18 25 41 12 5 1 58 5 18 4 3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
A LB1 -2187 5 4 7 4 5 128 1 2 2 4 24 1 27 93 15 29 12 3 14 9 24 29 5 22 3 44 5 15 19 5 78 5 18 4 8 3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
LB1 -222 5 71 5 71 53 151 124 27 43 5 28 2 27 5 98 1 32 5 14 3 14 9 25 35 5 25 34 52 5 17 22 9 7 18 4 8 3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
G LB2 -224 2 84 5 9 35 1 25 132 5 3 52 32 5 22 5 35 118 1 5 38 17 5 17 5 11 28 37 7 3 4 57 7 2 2 1 95
mm
LB25 -2284 99 5 84 71 192 1 2 3 57 5 42 32 32 132 1 5 43 5 19 5 17 5 11 28 4 35 5 4 9 23 31 13 25 95 1 4 19
LB4 -2314 118 1 2 9 21 174 3 7 51 4 4 148 22 5 53 2 5 2 14 33 49 45 55 7 5 27 5 39 5 17 5 13 22 8 12 4 19
G1/4 A 4 1BP7
G1/4 A 4 1BP7
18
1 4 19 5 G1/4 A 4 1BP7
18
LB-2-
L
2
OUTLINE DIMENSIONS Pi in t e i
r
in
:
et t e
o
t e re e e
it G t re
o ition o
LA-2
u -
B e e e ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e
30
H
Lever phase determination groove t e e t imen ion
J A
30
φ
B
R type Z
Swing angle
30
φL
AA
p.c.d. K
C
Swing direction urin o in L type L type
u
on - t e
ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e
MACHINING DIMENSIONS FOR MOUNTING
2-Chamfer
3-φ ounter ore φ
Lo
e e e ort φP *4 on - t e
V
X
AB
φ AC H8
Nx *4
Ny *4
G t re
p.c
Ny *4
W 15
T
φ
Lo ort φP *4 on - t e
M
S *1
G A
.d.
K
3-CA thread *2
Remove burrs *4
φ
+0.3 0
*3
F
E
3 *4
Trap valve Att
e
-0.1 -0.2
Cautions *2. The CA thread depth for mounting bolts is to decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference. *3. The depth of diameter D for the mounting hole on the unit is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the F dimensions as a reference. *4 i imen ion o - : et t e 1 ou ne o mountin ur e rin e ur e ou e 3 or e
Nx
Ny
Lo ort : rin on - t e
φ
Ny
Pi in t e
e e e ort : rin on - t e
Att
B : G t re i in t e : A t re i in t e i
e
Cautions *1 ountin o t not u ie Pre re mountin o t or in to t e mountin using the S dimensions as a reference. 1 Pre re in e er n mountin o t o n P39 P42
r
in
o
t e re e e
o ition o
LA-2B - / LA-2 Release port B : G t re : A t re
ei t
Lock port B : G t re : A t re
-
P
A
Model Swing angle Lo in er re m or e
ormu
3 m2 *5
u
tro e mm tro e mm Lo tro e mm Cylinder capacity t o e cm3 at released o er tin re ure P Min. operating pressure * MPa e i n re ure P er tin tem er ture Swing angle repeatability Repeat accuracy of final position after swing Weight *7 in
LA 4 -245 1.005
F=
P 1 94
1 4 24 1 15
11 3 8 11 1
3 L
LA 3
-245 1.453 P
F=
7 57
11 7 37
1 4 24
12 17
15 2
24L
11 2 32 8 1 22
TLA0800-245 1 979
3
F=
12 4
12 9 29
17 23
2 2
30 0.5
P 5 53
7
147L
13 8 38 10 27 27
3
14 7 47
3
TLA1000-245 2.804
F=
P 3 91
13 1 31
29 37 29 45 35.0 7 42.0 0 7 / 45 3 / 5
9
14 2 42 10 4 49
94L 15 3 53 43 53
LA1 -245 4 17
3
F= 1 3 9 9
P 2 59 17 8 48 13 74 74
4 L
3
TLA2000-245 134
F=
P 17
19
17 4
79 79
1 8 1 8
28L
19 1 1 13 11 7 11 7
2 7 12 12
3 1.4
19
3.1
em r *5 : m or e P: r u i re ure P L : i t n e mm rom enter o i ton to m oint * inimum re ure to o er te t e m it no o rie e en in on t e ei t o m e er n mountin ttitu e *7 o t e ei t o t e in m unit in u in t e in e er
OUTLINE DIMENSIONS & MACHINING DIMENSION CHART FOR MOUNTING
R S T U V W X Z AA AB AC CA A JB Chamfer Lo ort/ -B/-C type Release port - t e O ring -C type
LA 4 -23 45 1 8 9 1 9 5 11 2 44 45 28.5 77 5 53.5 24 28.5 15.5 40 57 10 13.5 1 3 9 5.5 14.5 12 4 13 13 7 14 19 21 9 22 5 23 2 95 12.5 27 4.5 5 3 +0.014 0 M5×0.8 3 14 3 G1/8 SAE2 1BP5
LA
-2-
3 45 114 4 115 2 11 48 52 33 80 55 25 30 18 45
12 4
23 4
10 15 17 5 3 11 8 14 13 2 14 1 22 24 2 25 11 14 28.5 4.8 5 4 +0.018 0 3 14 φ G1/8 SAE2 1BP5
LA 8 -23 45 129 9 13 8 131 7 50.5 54 3 9 5 25 31.5 19 48 3 10 1 18.5 3 11 8 14 14 9 15 8 1 7 18 25 27 4 28 3 29 2 12.5 1 30 5.8 5 4 +0.018 0 3 14 φ 3 G1/8 SAE2 1BP5
LA1 -23 45 143 1 144 2 145 3 59 5 5 43 98 7 28 3 5 23 57 73 10 18 22 3 14 9 14.5 15 1 1 2 17 3 22 30 3 1 31 2 32 3 15 19 5 33 78 5 4 +0.018 0 M8 3 14 φ73 G1/8 SAE2 1BP5
LA1 -23 45 1 7 1 8 8 17 2 8 4 115 85 30 38 24
18
35
7 10 20 22 3 14 9 1 19 8 21 25 34 3 8 38 17 22 35 9 7 4 +0.018 0 M8 3 14 φ7 G1/8 SAE2 1BP5
mm
3 18
19
39
LA2 -245 1 187 189 1 7 5 83 5 12 5 89 5 37 4 5 30 73 5 93 13 22 28 5 17 5 11 19 5 21 1 22 30 40 41 1 42 20 2 44 10 95 +0.018 0
M10 3.5 19 φ93 G1/4 SAE4 1BP7
LA-2-
Model Swing angle A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P
OUTLINE DIMENSIONS iping type C : gasket type (with G thread plug) ※ his drawing shows the released position of
A-2C -Y.
B
JA elease port : G thread ( he speed control valve can be installed only -C type)
H
ever phase determination groove type (left dimension)
J
C K Ny Ny φJB
2-Chamfer R type Swing angle Swing direction during locking
AA
φ
L type L type K
ock port : G thread ( he speed control valve can be installed only -C type)
MACHINING DIMENSIONS FOR MOUNTING
4-φ Counter bore φ φY AC H8
W
V
X
AB
elease port φ (only -C type)
Nx *4
T
φ
S *1
G
15°
ock port φ *4 (only -C type)
M
A
*4
Ny *4 Ny *4
G thread plug (only -C type)
emove burrs *4
φD +0.3 0 C0.6
*3
F
E
6.3S *4
4-CA thread *2
□K
-0.1
rap valve
Nx
Ny Ny
ock port : ring (Attached) (only -C type)
φD -0.2
elease port : ring (Attached) (only -C type)
Cautions *2. he CA thread depth for mounting bolts is to decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the dimensions as a reference. *3. he depth of diameter D for the mounting hole on the unit is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the F dimensions as a reference. *4. his dimensions shows -C : gasket type. 1. oughness of mounting surface ( ring seal surface) should be 6.3 or less.
Piping type B : G thread piping type J : AE thread piping type ※ his drawing shows the released position of Release port B : G thread J : AE thread
Cautions *1. ounting bolts not supplied. repare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the dimensions as a reference. 1. repare swing lever and mounting bolts as shown 39 ~ 42.
Lock port B : G thread J : AE thread
A-2B -Y/
A-2J -Y.
SPECIFICATIONS Model Swing angle Lock cylinder area Clamp force (formula) *5
cm2 kN
Full stroke mm Swing stroke mm Lock stroke mm Cylinder capacity at locked cm3 at released ax. operating pressure a in. operating pressure *6 MPa Design pressure a perating temperature ℃ Swing angle repeatability epeat accuracy of final position after swing Weight *7 kg
TLA2500-2-Y TLA4000-2-Y 30° 45° 60° 30° 45° 60° 8.198 12.37 F=
P 1.32+0.0018L
21.1 5.1 17.3 17.3
22.8 6.8 16 18.7 18.7
24.6 8.6
F=
P 0.87+0.0011L
22.2 6.2
24.4 8.4 16 30.2 30.2
26.6 10.6
20.2 27.5 32.9 20.2 27.5 32.9 35.0 7.0 42.0 0 ~ 70 30°±3°/ 45°±3°/ 60°±3° ±0.5° 4.5 9.5
Remarks *5. F : Clamp force (k )、 : Hydraulic pressure ( a)、 : Distance (mm) from center of piston to clamp point. *6. inimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. aries depending on the weight of clamp lever and mounting attitude. *7. hows the weight of the swing clamp unit including the swing lever.
OUTLINE DIMENSIONS & MACHINING DIMENSION CHART FOR MOUNTING TLA2500-2-Y 30° 45° 60° 213.1 214.8 216.6 92 80 63 144 104 40 52 40 60 118 15 45 16 5 17.5 11 22.5 23.1 24.8 26.6 35.5 46 46.1 47.8 49.6 23 31 13.25 9.5 6 +0.018 0 M10 3.5 19 C6 G1/4 SAE4 1BP7
TLA4000-2-Y 30° 45° 60° 241.2 243.0 245.6 114 102 90 162 112 50 63 51 80 146 17 56 21 5 20 14 27.5 24.2 26.4 28.6 45 55 51.7 53.9 56.1 27.5 39.5 17.5 13 8 +0.022 0 M12 3.5 19 C6 G1/4 SAE4 1BP7
TLA-2-Y
(mm)
Model Swing angle A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W X Y AA AB AC CA JA JB Chamfer Lock port/ -B/-C type Release port -J type O ring -C type
L Pi in t e i
r
:
in
o
et t e t e re e e
it G t re
o ition o
A
LB-2
u -
B
e e e ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e
Kx
Le er e etermin tion roo e t e e t imen ion
J Kx
t e φ B
in n e
AA
in ire tion urin o in L
Lt e
φ
G t re
u
on - t e
Lt e m er
24-φ ounter ore φ
Lo
ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e
8
A
G
G
V
X
AB
φ A
W
*3
e e e ort φP *3 on - t e
A
*3
φ
5°
*3
φ
G
*1
Lo ort φP *3 on - t e
M
4- A t re
r
Lo ort : rin on - t e
Att
Kx
Kx
*2
ution *2 e A t re e t or mountin o t i to e i e t e u tomer or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion re eren e *3 i imen ion o - : et t e 1 ou ne o mountin ur e rin e ur e ou e 3 or e
e
e
Pi in t e e e e ort : rin on - t e
Att
: A t re
e
ution *1 ountin o t not u ie Pre re mountin o t or in to t e mountin u in t e imen ion re eren e 1 Pre re in e er n mountin o t o n P39 P42
i
r
in
o
i in t e t e re e e
Release port : A t re ei t
Lock port : A t re
o ition o
LB-2
-
P
A
o e in n e Lo in er re m or e
ormu
m2
LB 4 -2LB -2LB 8 -2LB1 -2LB1 -2LB2 -2LB25 -2LB4 -23 ° 45° ° 3 ° 45° ° 3 ° 45° ° 3 ° 45° ° 3 ° 45° ° 3 ° 45° ° 3 ° 45° ° 3 ° 45° ° 1 5 1 453 1 979 28 4 4 17 134 8 198 12 37 P
*4
u
tro e mm in tro e mm Lock stroke mm in er it t o e m3 t re e e o er tin re ure P in o er tin re ure *5 P e i n re ure P er tin tem er ture in n e re e t i it e e t ur o in o ition ter in ei t *
1 94
P 3 L
1 4 11 11 7 24 3 37 8 1 11 12 15 1 17
7 57
P 24L
1 4 11 2 24 32 8 15 1 2 22
5 53
12 4
12 9 13 8 29 38 1 17 2 27 23 2 27
P 147L
9
12
3
P 94L
14 7 13 1 14 2 47 31 42 1 29 37 4 29 45 49
3 7
3 91
2 59
15 3 1 53 3 43 53 35 7 42
/ 45
P 4 L
17
17 8 19 17 19 1 48 4 1 13 13 9 7 4 7 9 1 8 11 7 9 7 4 7 9 1 8 11 7
7 3 5
17
/ 29
P 28L 2 7 12 12
1 32
P 18L
87
21 1 22 8 51 8 1 17 3 18 7 17 3 18 7
24 8
22 2 24 4 2 84 1 2 2 27 5 3 2 2 2 27 5 3 2
57
83
11L 2 1 32 9 32 9
°±3° 37
em r *4 : m or e P: r u i re ure P L : i t n e mm rom enter o i ton to m oint *5 inimum re ure to o er te t e m it no o rie e en in on t e ei t o m e er n mountin ttitu e * o t e ei t o t e in m unit in u in t e in e er
o e in n e A B
G J Kx L M
P R
V W X AA AB A A A B m er Lo ort/ - t e e e e ort - t e rin - t e
A LB 4 -23 45 1 8 9 1 9 5 11 2 49 5 47 32 77 5 51 5 2 33 1 5 11 18 7 15 22 9 3 9 55 24 12 4 13 13 7 14 19 21 9 22 5 23 2 95 12 5 45 5 14 3 5 8 3 14 3 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
LB
G -2-
3 45 114 4 115 2 11 53 5 55 3 8 54 2 35 18 5 12 21 78 15 24 9 3 11 8 24 12 4 13 2 14 1 22 23 4 24 2 25 11 14 48 5 18 4 3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
LB 8 -23 45 129 9 13 8 131 7 5 5 57 39 9 4 2 3 5 2 13 5 22 83 15 25 5 1 3 11 8 24 14 9 15 8 1 7 18 25 27 4 28 3 29 2 12 5 1 58 5 18 4 3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
A LB1 -23 45 143 1 144 2 145 3 4 7 4 5 98 72 2 4 24 1 27 93 15 29 12 3 14 9 24 15 1 1 2 17 3 22 3 3 1 31 2 32 3 15 19 5 78 5 18 4 8 3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5
LB1 -2LB2 -23 45 3 45 1 7 1 8 8 17 18 1 187 189 1 71 5 84 5 71 9 53 35 115 12 5 88 9 5 27 3 43 5 52 28 32 5 2 22 5 27 5 35 98 118 1 1 5 32 5 38 14 17 3 5 14 17 5 9 11 25 28 18 19 8 21 19 21 1 22 25 3 34 4 35 3 8 38 39 41 1 42 17 2 22 2 9 1 7 95 18 18 4 8 1 3 4 14 19 4 5 G1/8 G1/4 A 2 A 4 1BP5 1BP7
G
mm
LB25 -23 45 213 1 214 8 21 99 5 84 71 144 114 3 57 5 42 32 32 132 1 5 43 5 19 5 17 5 11 28 23 1 24 8 2 35 5 4 4 1 47 8 49 23 31 13 25 95 1 4 19
LB4 -23 45 241 2 243 245 118 1 2 9 1 2 12 3 7 51 4 4 148 22 5 53 2 5 2 14 33 24 2 2 4 28 45 55 51 7 53 9 5 1 27 5 39 5 17 5 13 22 8 12 4 19
G1/4 A 4 1BP7
G1/4 A 4 1BP7
18
LB-2-
L
L in e er
n
: TLZ-L2
t n r
mm
Model Corresponding product model A B C D E F G
K
L
B P
M thread
φ
N
E J K L M N P Z
Z
A C C G±0.1
F±0.1 φ
i tnin e
LZ -L2 L 22 25 11 0 1 -0.016 18 11 14 7 85 3 15 5 8 1
LZ 8 -L2 L 8 25 2 12 5 0 18 -0.016 19 12 14 7 85 3 1 8 1
LZ1 -L2 L 1 3 32 15 0 22 -0.020 23 14 75 17 5 8 75 1 5 4 18 1 1 25
4 2 1 5
2 12
2 145
2 1
LZ1 -L2 L 1 34 3 17 0 25 -0.020 2 5 17 2 1 12 5 4 22 12 1 5 1 2 17
LZ2 -L2 LZ25 -L2 L 2 L 25 4 4 45 53 2 23 0 3 -0.020 35 5 -0 25 31 5 3 5 2 23 5 23 2 11 5 13 14 5 1 5 5 7 2 5 31 14 1 5 1 1 5 1 1 2 2 175 185
LZ4 -L2 L 4 55 7 27 5 45 -0 25 4 29 75 32 1 21 9 42 2 2 1 2 22
Cautions 1 teri : 5 2. If necessary, the front end should be additionally processed. 3. The lever phase definite decision is necessary. Make additional machining using below chart for machining dimensions. 4. If you design and manufacture levers, the mounting dimensions should match above chart. If you manufacture the swing lever with different dimensions than the list above, it could lead to malfunctions, including poor clamp force not up to specification, deformation and scrapping. 5 e t e ti tnin o t or e er e r te
o t or e er oe G
LZ 4 -L2 TL 4 19 22 95 0 14 -0.016 15 9 25 11 55 5 2 13 5
: LZ-LB
t n r B
mm
Model TLZ0400-LB LZ -LB LZ 8 -LB LZ1 -LB LZ1 -LB LZ2 -LB LZ25 -LB LZ4 -LB L L 8 L 1 L 1 L 2 L 25 L 4 Corresponding product model TL 4 A 20 22 23 28 32 40 46 61 B 6 8 8 10 12 14 16 20 C 7 9 1 11 13 1 18 23 D 6 8 8 10 12 14 16 20 E 8 1 8 1 1 1 25 12 1 5 14 1 5 1 1 5 2 1 5 F 10 13 13 16 18 21 24 30 G 5 8 1 12 14 17
E thread
A
φ
φ
C
Cautions 1. If you design and manufacture lever connecting bolt, machine according to above dimension chert and use class 12.9 material.
PA
A
AL A
Machine it in the necessary place
φ
mm
Cautions 1 teri : 5 2. When determining phase hole is necessary, refer to the swing lever design dimensions for each model. If no need to determine phase, additional machining is not necessary.
A +0.2 0
E
G
Corresponding lever model LZ 4 -L2 LZ -L2 LZ 8 -L2 LZ1 -L2 LZ1 -L2 LZ2 -L2 LZ25 -L2 LZ4 -L2 E 15 18 19 23 2 5 31 5 3 5 4 FA 13 13 14 18 19 5 24 5 27 75 38 FB 25 35 35 35 4 55 55 75 FC 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 8 FD 34 45 45 45 45 5 5 9
B
L
+0.1 0
L
φ
P
in e er
OUTLINE DIMENSIONS in e er n : LZ-L 1 n o in ort Ameri
mm
i ntnin in
Model Corresponding product model A B C D E F G
o t or e er
φ
(U) (T)
K
B P
K
(S)
N
N e
on nut
E
Type 1 or type 2 12 m teri
L Z
F
1
C
C G
A
1
φ
e
i tenin o t or e er : LZ-LB n o in ort Ameri oe G
B
LZ 8 -L 1 L 8 25 2 12 5 18 - 1 2 12 13 4 1 85 25 125
2 4 55 4 15 12 8 1
2 4 55 4 5 145 8 1
LZ1 -L 1 L 1 3 32 15 22 - 2 25 14 75 17 4 2 5 1 5 3 135
LZ1 -L 1 L 1 34 3 17 25 - 2 28 17 19 4 22 8 12 5 4 142 1 2
LZ2 -L 1 LZ25 -L 1 L 2 L 25 4 4 45 53 2 23 3 - 2 35 5 - 25 33 37 5 2 23 5 22 5 24 5 2 5 29 14 5 1 5 5 142 147 5 1 1 2 2 2 5 8 7 8 9 1 5 7 1 1 1 1 1 17 175 185 1 1 25 12 1 5 14 1 5 1 1 5
LZ4 -L 1 L 4 55 7 27 5 45 - 25 47 5 29 75 3 5 3 21 7 172 5 1 2 8 13 9 1 22 2 15
mm
Model LZ 4 -LB LZ -LB LZ 8 -LB LZ1 -LB LZ1 -LB LZ2 -LB LZ25 -LB LZ4 -LB L L 8 L 1 L 1 L 2 L 25 L 4 Corresponding product model TL 4 A 24 28 28 35 39 47 55 73 B 8 8 1 12 14 1 2 C 8 11 11 12 15 17 19 25 D 8 8 1 12 14 1 2 E 8 1 8 1 1 1 25 12 1 5 14 1 5 1 1 5 2 1 5 F 1 13 13 1 18 21 24 3 G 5 8 1 12 14 17
E thread
A C
φ
φ
LZ -L 1 L 22 25 11 1 - 1 19 11 13 4 1 85 25 1 1
Cautions 1 teri : 5 2. If necessary, the front end should be additionally processed. 3. The lever phase definite decision is necessary. Make additional machining using below chart for machining dimensions. 4. If you design and manufacture levers, the mounting dimensions should match above chart. If you manufacture the swing lever with different dimensions than the list above, it could lead to malfunctions, including poor clamp force not up to specification, deformation and scrapping. 5 e t e ti tnin o t or e er e r te
R
e
J K L N P R S T U Z on nut
LZ 4 -L 1 TL 4 19 22 95 14 - 1 15 9 25 1 4 12 5 2 9 4 2 3 4 3 1 1 5
Cautions 1. If you design and manufacture lever connecting bolt, machine according to above dimension chert and use class 12.9 material.
P
L
L
PA
A
AL A
Machine it in the necessary place
Cautions 1 teri : 5 2. When determining phase hole is necessary, refer to the swing lever design dimensions for each model. If no need to determine phase, additional machining is not necessary.
2
1
FB
φ
1
A
mm
Corresponding lever model LZ 4 -L 1 LZ -L 1 LZ 8 -L 1 LZ1 -L 1 LZ1 -L 1 LZ2 -L 1 LZ25 -L 1 LZ4 -L 1 E 15 19 2 25 28 33 37 5 47 5 A 13 13 14 18 19 5 24 5 27 75 38 FB 25 35 35 35 4 55 55 75 FC 3 4 4 4 4 8 FD 34 45 45 45 45 5 5 9
φ
E
G
OUTLINE DIMENSIONS in e er n : LZ-L 2 n o in ort Ameri n u e it o tion P m
mm
B
1
F
E
R
L/2
L/2 L
C
A
D
φG
8
Model LZ 4 -L 2 Corresponding product model TL 4 -2P A 17 B 2 C 85 D 85 E 7 F 14 18 G L 1 2 R 35
LZ L
-L 2 LZ 8 -L 2 -2P L 8 -2P 2 23 22 22 1 12 1 11 8 8 1 18 8 22 8 22 11 12 4 4
LZ1 -L 2 L 1 -2P 27 25 15 12 1 23 22 1 15 5
LZ1 -L 2 L 1 -2P 3 5 32 17 13 5 13 2 12 27 172 5
LZ2 -L 2 L 2 -2P 3 5 35 2 1 5 1 31 15 27 198 8
LZ25 -L 2 L 25 -2P 42 45 22 2 18 3 5 18 + 27 234 9
LZ4 -L 2 L 4 -2P 5 5 55 2 24 5 24 4 22 33 274 12
Cautions 1 teri : 5 2. If necessary, the front end should be additionally processed. 3. Use the threaded hole on the top of clamp rod if lever attitude retention is necessary. 4. If you design and manufacture levers, the mounting dimensions should match above chart. If different dimensions are used, problems such as not enough clamping force, deforming, sticking, oil leak, etc can happen and cause malfunction. 5 e t e e er in e r te
Bolt
Retainer for maintaining the lever position Swing lever
Snap ring
Le er in : LZ-LP n o in ort Ameri n u e it o tion P
mm
7
Model LZ 4 -LP LZ -LP LZ 8 -LP LZ1 -LP -2P L 8 -2P L 1 -2P Corresponding product model TL 4 -2P L - 1 - 13 - 13 - 13 G - 22 8 - 28 8 - 28 1 - 28 L 24 4 27 27 31 -4 -8 n rin Att e Cautions 1 e 2 A
LZ1 -LP L 1 -2P 12 -- 134 38 5 -1
m e LZ-LP t e in e er in or i in e er in t t i i erent rom t i
LZ2 -LP LZ25 -LP LZ4 -LP L 2 -2P L 25 -2P L 4 -2P 15 -- 134 18 -- 134 22 -- 241 4 5 51 1 -15 -18 -22
n e e er t e t o ue i ne e
r
Swing lever
m L
φG
Lever pin
2
ee
ontro
e
it
BZ i t e ire t mount G t re ti
e t u e in t e ir uit
or t e
n roni e
A ition
ir
im ro in *1 t
P
ee
n in i i u
n e ente
*1
e or i in met o : t e
o ernin
e
nnot e mounte
r
t t e om onent r ui
tem t e
m : LA/ LB
A
B L BZ
1
-A
BZ
G1/8 1.1 2
i e
e re P2 P1: ree o in ire tion e re in
2
-A
BZ -A: eter-in
eter-in
ontro met o G t re
r
un tion :BZ
u tment i ne e
e in t e on i in met o
o e
in
ontro
ere t e o
t i it o t e
n on
ir entin
*2
mm2 mm2
re ure
G1/4 3.1 5
P
o er tin re ure
P
in o er tin re ure
P
ui to e u e
Gener
r ui
L 8 *-1 L 1 *-1 L 1 *-1
L 8 L 1 L 1
er tin tem er ture orre on in ro u t mo e
em r *2 e t e
e re en t e ontro in i e i u e re o n in t e i t o e
4 35 1 oi e ui 7 *-2 *-2 *-2
ent to
P2
m lock port
nto
L 2 *-2 L 25 *-2 L 4 *-2
me
L
L m LA/ LB ei Att e . 35
L o e
t re in G t re
A B
Pa
-A
ma
φB
P2
BZ
G H
e L P1 o e
open
e K e A
L m m
m
- G-32
L 2 *-1 L 25 *-1 L 4 *-1
o ene i t e
P1
i tnin tor ue
mm
BZ
1 -A 14 15 5 15 12 85 12 G1/8 3 35 1 3 75 1 ・m
BZ
2 -A 18 2 1 13 95 1 1 G1/4 3 35 1 3 75 25 ・m
Cautions 1 P e e mount it ire t to t e m m e o e : LA n LB i nnot e u e or ot er tu tor u our L erie 2 en t e in er it i m it i i o i et t t e ee o o nnot e ontro e ro er e ommen e in er it :more t n 3 m3 3 A i it i u e in t e r u i ir uit or i erent ur o e
G t re
u
it
ZG i t e u
it
ir entin
oreo er ir i
ente
*3 t
n on
P
un tion : ZG *3
ir entin un tion
i
on i t o t e G t re
u
n
e i
t t e e ui ment en i e BZ im ro in t e t i it o t e
e in t e on i in met o
t e
in r ui
tem
m : LA/ LB
A
o e o er tin re ure e i n re ure G t re i e i tenin tor ue
ZG 1
ZG 2 35 42
P P m L 4 L L 8 L 1 L 1
orre on in ro u t mo e
G1/8 1 *-1 L 4 *-2 *-1 L *-2 *-1 L 8 *-2 *-1 L 1 *-2 *-1 L 1 *-2
G1/4 25 L 2 *-1 L 2 *-2 L 25 *-1 L 25 *-2 L 25 *-1 L 25 *-2
L
L in
e
mm
ZG 1 14 35 8 5 G1/8
A B C
φA
ei Att e
L o e
G
ZG 2 19 45 9 G1/4
oe G t re C
B
APPL A L
L in
m
ZG G t re
Cautions 1. BZT
ee
ontro
e
ZG G t re
u
BZT Speed control valve
u
e e e ort
Lo
n on
m
ort
e in t e on Pi in met o
e e e ort
t e
m : LA/ LB
Lo
ort
BZ / ZG
in
Cautions for Design 1) Check the specifications The maximum hydraulic pressure is 35 MPa and the minimum 7.0 MPa. However, the maximum operating pressure and clamp pressure will vary depending on the length of the swing lever. If a load that exceeds the operating range is exerted it could lead to deformation, scraping, oil leak, etc. refer to the performance graph on P5 8 and use the appropriate pressure for the length of the swing lever used.
2) Considerations when designing the circuit Insure there is no possibility of supplying hydraulic pressure to the lock and release ports simultaneously (TL -2 only). Speed control circuit for single-action cylinder If flow is restricted during release, action may be slow or erratic. Flow controls for locking should free-flow during release. Also, each actuators should have dedicated flow controllers when possible.
When the speed during release exceeds prescribed value, use flow control valve with cleck valve and also control flow volume during release.
The release of the lateral flow control
Speed control circuit for double-action cylinder Use meter-in flow controls for lock and release of double-action cylinders. Meter-out controls can cause abnormally high pressure leading to oil leakage or malfunction. [meter-in circuit]
[meter-out circuit]
3) Considerations for reducing lever arm moment of inertia. Large moment of inertia will degrade the lever’s stopping accuracy and cause undue wear to the clamp. Additionally, the clamp may not function, depending on supplied hydraulic pressure and lever mounting position. Set the 90°swing time according the ”90°swing time graph”on P9 1 based on the moment of inertia. 4) When using a swing clamp on a welding jig or other such equipment, protect the sliding surface of the piston rod. If spatter gets onto the sliding surface it could lead to malfunction and oil leaks. 5) When clamping on a sloped surface on the workpiece Make sure the clamp surface and the mounting surface on the workpiece are parallel.
Cautions for Mounting 1
e e t t e orre t o er tin ui Refer to the Hydraulic fluid list.
(3) Shake the tubes to break the seal (without detaching the tube from the fitting) until oil flows out. Continue to supply pressure until the leaking oil contains no air.
2) Precautions for installing piping Flush the pipes, joints and jig oil holes to make sure they are clean. Chips and foreign material in the circuit will lead to leaks and malfunction. There is no function provided with this product to prevent foreign materials and contaminants from getting into the hydraulic system and pipes. When installing the piping, do so in a clean working environment and follow directions faithfully so that foreign materials do not get into the equipment. 3) Mounting the Unit For mounting the main unit, put a bolt in each of the mounting bolt holes and tighten them according to the torque in the following chart. Excessive torque can damage the seating surface or break the bolt. LA 4 LA LA 8 LA1 LA1 LA2 LA25 LA4
Model 1-1 / L 1-1 / L 1-1 / L 1-1 / L 1-1 / L 1-1 / L 1-1 / L 1-1 / L
4 -2 -2 8 -2 1 -2 1 -2 2 -2 25 -2 4 -2
Thread size 5 8
Tightening torque 9 11 8 11 8 25 25 58 8 58 8 98
8 8 1 1 12
(4) When no more air is mixed in tighten the box nut back. (5) Efficiency can be further improved by releasing air at the top of the hydraulic pressure circuit and near the terminal clamp. (When using a gasket-type, install an air release valve near the top of the hydraulic pressure circuit.)
m
it
et t e
t e
ir ee in
n e one u in
ZG u
It is recommended that you use hexagon socket head cap bolts 12 9 ten i e tren t 4) Mounting and removing the swing lever Oil or debris on the mating surfaces of the lever, taper sleeve or piston rod can cause the rod to loosen. Clean carefully before ssembly. Lever arm mounting bolt torques are shown below. LA 4 LA LA 8 LA1 LA1 LA2 LA25 LA4
Model 1-1 / L 1-1 / L 1-1 / L 1-1 / L 1-1 / L 1-1 / L 1-1 / L 1-1 / L
Thread size 4 -2 -2 8 -2 1 -2 1 -2 2 -2 25 -2 4 -2
Tightening torque 13 32 32 3 100 1 25 5
8 1 8 1 1 1 25 12 1 5 14 1 5 1 15 2 2
m
5) Purge air from hydraulic circuit If the hydraulic circuits have air in them the system will react slowly. After installation, or if the circuit is opened subsequently, follow the procedure below to purge the air from the circuit. 1
et t e
tem u
re ure to
o
ettin
6) Speed adjustment Refer to the “90°swing time graph” on P9 1 in the catalogue to adjust the speed. If the clamp operates too fast the parts will wear out and become damaged more quickly leading to equipment failure. Only adjust the speed after releasing the air from the circuit. If air is mixed in the circuit you will not be able to accurately adjust the speed. Turn the speed control valve gradually from the low-speed side (small flow) to the high-speed side (large flow) to adjust the speed. 7) Checking for looseness and additional tightening After initially installing the equipment the tightening force of the bolts will drop due to initial breaking in. Check for looseness and tighten the bolts when necessary.
2 P or e
Caution
(2) Loosen a fitting nut closest to the swing clamp by one turn.
r ui
ui
i t ISO viscosity grade ďźš ISO-VG-32
Manufacturer Showa Shell Sekiyu Idemitsu Kosan Eneos Cosmo Oil JOMO Esso Mobil Kygnus Fuji Kosan Matsumura Oil Sunoco Castrol
Abrasion resisting hydraulic oil Tellus Oil 32 Daphne Super Hydraulic 32A Super Highland 32 Cosmo Hydro AW32 Hydrax 32 Nuto H32 Mobil DTE24 Unit Oil WR32 Fukkol Super Hydrol 32 Hydrol AW32 Sunvis 832 Hyspin AWS32
General purpose oil Tellus Oil C32 Super Multi 32 Super Mulpus 32 Cosmo New Mighty Super 32 Lathus 32 Nuto 32 Mobil DTE24 Light Unit Oil P32 Fukkol Hydrol DX32 Sunvis 932
Cautions Some of the products in the list are difficult to obtain overseas, so if you are going to purchase them overseas contact the manufacturer.
Cautions for use 1) The product should be operated by trained personnel. Operation and maintenance of machines and systems which use hydraulic pressure equipment should be performed by persons with the necessary knowledge and experience. 2) Do not operate or remove equipment without first ensuring your safety. (1) Perform inspections and maintenance of the machines and systems after making sure no objects will fall and the equipment will not accidentally operate. (2) When removing equipment, check to make sure the Safety Notes mentioned above have been taken and then shut off the power source and the air to the hydraulic pressure source. Remove the equipment only after making sure no pressure remains in the hydraulic pressure circuit.
(3) When removing equipment right after operation, the equipment may still be hot, so wait until it cools off. (4) When restarting the machine or system, make sure the bolts and parts are secure and in place first. 3) Do not touch the swing clamp while it is being operated. Your hand could get stuck resulting in injury. 4) Do not take the equipment apart or modify it. If the equipment is taken apart or modified the warranty will be void, even within the warranty period.
Maintenance and inspection 1) Removing equipment and blocking pressure source. Before removing equipment secure the clamped objects from falling, lock out the air and the power for hydraulic source and bleed all hydraulic pressure from the circuit. When restarting the equipment, first check that all mounting bolts and other parts are in place and secure.
3) When the system is equipped with a coupler to disconnect the hydraulic supply air will enter the circuit. Be sure to purge the air periodically. 4) Inspect the tightness of hydraulic fittings and other fasteners routinely. 5) Check the hydraulic fluid for degradation.
2) Clean around the piston rod periodically. If the rod is used when the surface is dirty it could lead to damage to the packing and sealing, malfunctions or oil leaks.
6) Check that operation is smooth and without abnormal sounds. When equipment is returned to service after disuse, check for proper operation. 7) When storing the clamps, keep it out of direct sunlight in a cool location where it is protected from water. 8) For overhaul and repairs, please contact us.
Warranty 1) Warranty period The product warranty period is for 1.5 years after shipment from our plant or 1 year of use, whichever is shorter. 2) Warranty scope If the product is damaged or malfunctions during the warranty period due to some fault of ours, we will replace or repair the defective part at our expense. However, defects or failures caused by the following are not covered:
(4) The cause was due to some factor other than our product. (5) The product was modified or repaired by another company or was modified or repaired without our approval or confirmation. (6) The damage or defect was caused by natural disaster or accident through no fault of our own. (7) Parts and replacements necessary due to normal wear and tear. rubber, plastic, sealant, certain electrical equipment, etc.)
(1) Proper maintenance and inspections were not performed
(3) The user did not use or handle the product properly. including damages caused by a third party
Caution
Damages caused by defects in our products are not covered. (2) The product was not properly designed by user or user’ s agent.
h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p
1441 Branding Avenue,Suite 110 Downers Grove,IL 60515 USA TEL.630-241-3465 FAX.630-241-3834 POLAND OFFICE: ul. Japońska 8 55-220 Jelcz-Laskowice, Poland TEL.48-71-303-5400 FAX.48-71-303-5401
Certification acquisition of ISO HEAD OFFICE / KANSAI OFFICE / OVERSEAS OFFICE KANTO OFFICE / CHUBU OFFICE
CAT.NO.TLA001-03-02 Printed in Japan
JQA-QMA10823 2008. 5. First 2010. 4. Third
1Ry 1Ry
7MPa Single-action link clamp
model
LM/LJ
Single-action link clamp Cross-sectional structure and features
LM/LJ
High-power, compact clamp
Long-life, high durability Exclusive trap valve isolates the spring housing from the external atmosphere. Coolant is kept out eliminating internal corrosion. Also, cumbersome vent port isn't required.
High force through optimal design
Superior coolant resistance
Each part has been optimized for high clamping force.
A strong seal has been achieved with a specially designed dust seal, which can also be used with high-pressure coolant. The use of a highly chemical resistant material makes it highly durable even when chlorine-based coolant is used.
Directly mount speed control available
Lightweight aluminum alloy Lightweight aluminum alloy body is ideal for moving fixtures and high speed indexing. This low inertia reduces load on jig and machine. (LM0360-LM0750)
Speed and synchronization are easily adjusted when equipped with direct mount speed controllers. Air venting is quick with speed controller or air vent valve. Speed controller and air valve are for use with manifold (C type) hydraulic supply. Speed control valve (Model BZL) Assembly diagram
Air venting diagram
Three clamp directions available Three available orientations allow greater design flexibility model BZL Air venting valve
model JZG Lever direction (viewed from the port side)
L: Left
Compact design model BZX
1
7MPa
(Refer to page 11)
Even being single-action, it is very compact.
ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p
C: Center
R: Right
model
LM/LJ
INDEX
Model code
LM/LJ
3
Performance Graph
5
LM/LJ Standard type
7
Clamp with link mechanism
Lever design dimensions/accessories
9
Remarks
15
KOSM EK LTD .
2
Single-action link clamp Single-action link clamp
Model code
L
048 0 - C R 1
2
3
4
5
1 Body material M : Aluminum alloy (Body size: 036-075)
J : Steel
(Body size: 090-105)
2 Body size Shows the exterior diameter ( cylinder on the main unit
D) of the D
3 Design No.
C
G
S
4 Piping methods
C : Gasket type (with G thread plug) G : Gasket type S : Pipe type (Rc thread) Pipe type
Gasket type with G thread plug Speed controller can be installed
5 Lever direction
L
Rc thread
C
L : Left C : Center R : Right Notes 1 The aluminum alloy body material (LM) is for body sizes 036-075, and the steel (LJ) is for body sizes 090 and 105. 2 With the gasket type, the one with the alluminum alloy body (LM) has no Rc thread, while the one with the steel body (LJ) has a plug on the Rc thread.
7MPa
ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p
R
Model code
LM/LJ
model Speed control valve (with air venting function) *1
1
2
Model code
BZL 0 1 0 0 - A 3
1 G thread size
1 : G1/8 2 : G1/4 3 : G3/8 2 Design No.
3 Type of control
BZL-A:Meter-in
BZL-B:Meter-out
A : Meter-in B : Meter-out *1 Can only be installed on C-type piping system.
P1 Port Hydraulic pressure supply side
P2 Port Clamp side
P1 Port Hydraulic pressure supply side
P2 Port Clamp side
Air bleed valve *2
BZX 0 1 0 1
2
1 G thread size
1 : G1/8 2 : G1/4 3 : G3/8 2 Design No. *2 Can only be installed on C-type piping system.
G thread plug (with air bleed function) *3
JZG 0 1 0 1
2
1 G thread size
1: G1/8 2 : G1/4 3 : G3/8 2 Design No. *3 Shipped assembled on C-type piping system.
KOSM EK LTD .
Single-action link clamp Performance Curve Non-usable range
Clamp force (kN)
25
5
2 33 5 13 5 15 40 20 1
50 30
Non-usable range
3
2
0
3
4
0 3 5 0 4 5 80 5 5 100 5
3
0
35 5
Non-usable range
4
42 1 5
50 24 5
2
0 34 5 80 54 5
1
100 4 5 120 4 5
0
5
LM0650
2
3
4
LM0750 Non-usable range
5
Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)
40 5
8
5
3
Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)
40 10
35
Non-usable range
5
50 2 5
5
Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)
LM0550
30
40 1 5
1
30 4 5
4
3 5 14
0 40 0 50 80 0 100 80
05
50 15
50
5 0 1 5
Non-usable range
12
50 20
3
0 30
2
80 50 100 0 120 0
0
2
3
4
5
4
80 45
3
100 120 140 1 0
2
0
100 50 120 0 140 1 0 180 200
4
0 10
0 110 130 150
5 25
10
8
80 3 5
100 5 5 120 5 140 5 1 0 11 5
4
2
0
2
3
4
5
Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)
80 20
Non-usable range
28
1
8
5
32
5 2 5
12
4
LJ1052 0 20
Clamp force (kN)
Non-usable range
3
5 85 105 125
Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)
0 10
20
5
2
Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)
LJ0902
5 5 21 5
Clamp force (kN)
4
Clamp force (kN)
Clamp force (kN)
5
Clamp force (kN)
5 35
24 20
110 50
1 130 0 12
150 0 1 0 110
8
210 150 230 1 0
4
0
2
3
4
5
2
0
3
4
5
Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)
Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)
Remarks 1. This graph shoTws the relationship between supply pressure and clamp force. 2. If used outside the permitted range it could cause deformation, dragging or oil leaks. Notes
1. Clamp force is found by substituting lever length and hydraulic pressure in the formulas in the specifications column. (see page 8). 2. Cylinder thrust (L=0) cannot be found with the formula.
−How to read performance curve diagrams (How to find clamp force) E.g.)
Type
Type : LM0480 LM0480 Supplied hydraulic 4 pressure : 5.0 MPa Lever length : L=42 mm Clamp force :approximately 1.94 kN L
Clamp force (kN)
Performance Curve
2 5
LM0480
25 2 5
Clamp force (kN)
LM0400
22 5 2 5
3
Clamp force (kN)
LM0360
Non-usable range 30 4 5 35
3
42 1
0 34 5 80 54 5 100 4 5 120 4 5
1
2
3
4
5
Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)
h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p
35
5
5
50 24 5
2
0
7MPa
5
Standard lever dimensions 42 1
5
Lever length L 50 24 5 Clearance between lever and flange S
Standard type
model
LM/LJ
Allowable eccentricity graph LM0400
50
LM0480
50
3.5MPa
30
5.0MPa 20
6.0MPa 10
30
5.0MPa 20
6.0MPa 10
7.0MPa
7.0MPa 0 20
30
40
50
0
0
80
0
0 20
100
30
Lever length L (mm)
40
50
0
0
80
0
30
20
6.0MPa 10
7.0MPa 0
100
5.0MPa
20
40
Lever length L (mm)
0
80
100
120
Lever length L (mm)
LM0650
LM0550 0
3.5MPa
40
Eccentricity H (mm)
40
Eccentricity H (mm)
Eccentricity H (mm)
40
50
3.5MPa
LM0750 80
3.5MPa
3.5MPa
80
3.5MPa 0
40
5.0MPa
30
20
6.0MPa
10
0 30
7.0MPa
0
5.0MPa 40
6.0MPa 20
7.0MPa 0
40
50
0
0
80
0
100
110
120
30
50
Lever length L (mm)
0
0
110
130
Lever length L (mm)
LJ0902
120
50
5.0MPa
40 30
6.0MPa
20
7.0MPa
10 0 30
50
0
0
110
130
150
Lever length L (mm)
3.5MPa
3.5MPa 100
Eccentricity H (mm)
80
Eccentricity H (mm)
0
LJ1052
100
0
5.0MPa 40
6.0MPa 20
7.0MPa 0 50
150
Eccentricity H (mm)
Eccentricity H (mm)
Eccentricity H (mm)
50
80
5.0MPa 0
40
6.0MPa
20
7.0MPa
0 0
0
110
130
150
1 0
0
1 0
80
Lever length L (mm)
100
120
140
1 0
180
200
220
Lever length L (mm)
Remarks 1. These graphs show the relationship between allowable eccentricity and lever length with respect to hydraulic pressure. 2. Use under eccentricity that exceeds the allowable amount can lead to deformation, scraping, oil leaks or other problems.
−How to read allowable eccentricity graphs
Eccentricity
Supplied hydraulic pressure
Type
LM0480 50
3.5MPa
40
Eccentricity H (mm)
Type : LM0480 Supplied hydraulic pressure : 5.0 MPa Lever length : L=80 mm Allowable eccentricity :18.3 mm
Lever length L
E.g.)
30
5.0MPa
20
6.0MPa 10
7.0MPa 0
20
40
0
80
100
120
Lever length L (mm)
KOSM EK LTD .
Allowable eccentricity graph
LM0360
Single-action link clamp Exterior Dimensions
Machining dimensions for mounting portion
C : Gasket type (with G thread plug) This drawing shows the released position of LM/LJ-CC.
Trap valve
2-Chamfer 1 Link lever (Accessories)
Hydraulic pressure port P
(-C/-G Type) 4-CA thread Make sure there are no burrs G thread plug (-C type only) Hydraulic pressure port (G thread) Speed controller can only be installed on –C type
Counterbore
LM/LJ
Locking stroke Stroke allowance
Chamfer 2
Chamfer 2
Remarks 3 The CA thread depth for mounting bolts is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference. 4 The depth of diameter D for the mounting hole on the unit is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the F dimensions as a reference.
Piping methods G : Gasket type (with R thread plug) This drawing shows the released position of LJ-GC. There is no R thread plug (Rc thread) on LM036-075.
Hydraulic pressure port: O ring (supplied) (-C/-G Type)
R thread plug
S : Pipe type (Rc thread) This drawing shows the released position of LM/LJ-SC.
Remarks 1 The flange’ s angle of tilt is 12° on LM0650 only. 2 Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference.
7MPa
h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p
Hydraulic pressure port Rc thread
Standard type
model
LM/LJ
Specifications Model Locking cylinder area Clamping capacity (formula) 5 Full stroke 6 Locking stroke 6 Stroke allowance Cylinder volume Return spring force Maximum operating pressure Minimum operating pressure Pressure resistance Operating temperature Weight 7 Notes 5 F: Clamp force (kN); P: Hydraulic pressure (MPa); L: Distance (mm) from center of piston to clamp point 6 Shows the stroke of the piston rod. 7 Shows the weight of the clamp unit minus the link lever.
Exterior dimension chart and machining dimension chart for mounting portion
LM/LJ
Model
Chamfer 1 Chamfer 2
Hydraulic pressure port G thread plug (-C) (Recommended inner diameter of pipe) Hydraulic pressure port R thread plug (-G) (Recommended inner diameter of pipe) O ring Hydraulic pressure port (Rc thread) (-S) Remarks 1. The recommended inner pipe diameters in the chart are reference values. Make appropriate changes according to the number of clamps used and the distance from the piping.
KOSM EK LTD .
Single-action link clamp Link lever design dimensions
Compatible Models
Use as a reference when designing and manufacturing link levers.
Lever design dimensions
Remarks 1) Design and manufacture the link lever referring to the performance curve for the length. (see page 5). 2) If you manufacture a link lever with different dimensions than the chart above, it could lead to malfunctions, including poor clamp force not up to specification, deformation and scraping.
7MPa
ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p
Standard type
model
LM/LJ
Standard link lever : LZ-LJ1
Compatible Models
Nuts (3 types)
Quenching
HRC 50 or higher
Notes 1) Material S45C
Material link lever : LZ-LJ2 Model Compatible Models
Accessories
Notes 1) Material S45C 2) Perform additional machining on the end as necessary.
Manifold block : LZ-MS Model Compatible Models
ring
P face
O ring
Notes 1) Material S45C 2) Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the C dimensions as a reference. 3) If you need a different thickness (dimension C) than the block, perform additional machining on the P face. Alternatively, refer to this drawing to manufacture it on your own.
KOSM EK LTD .
1
Single-action link clamp Speed Control Valve (with air venting function) : BZL 1 BZL is the direct mount G thread speed control valve for piping method: C type. It is best used in the in the circuit where the flow governing valve cannot be mounted, or the synchronized and individual adjustment is necessary. Additionally, air can be vented at the component, improving stability of the hydraulic system. 1 It can only be installed on Piping Method C Type.
Specifications
Circuit Symbol
Model
meter-in
Maximum Use Pressure
Max. rated pressure
P1 port
Controlling Method
Hydraulic prssure supply side
G thread size Cracking pressure
P2 port Clamp side
meter-out
Maximum passage area
Tightening torque
Remarks 1. The maximum passage area when the controlling side is fully opened is the same as the maximum passage area shown in the table above.
P1 port Hydraulic prssure supply side
P2 port Clamp side
External Dimensions M thread
(Link clamp) Special packing
G thread
(Attached)
Corresponding Product Model
P2 port Clamping side
Closed
Open
Hexagonal K
max.H max.C
Hexagonal A
Accessories
P1 port Hydraulic supply side
Processing dimensions for the mounting area (Flat area)
Notes
U thread
(Lower hole Ă˜T flat bottom)
P2 Port Clamping side
Notes As the area is sealing part, pay attention not to damage it. As the area is the metal sealing part at the BZL side, pay attention not to damage it (Notes for deburring) Pay attention to have no cutting powder and burring at the tolerance part of the processing hole.
P1 Port Hydraulic supply side
As shown in the drawing, P1 port is used as the hydraulic supply side and P2 port as the clamping side. If the market available plug and connector with G screw specs are considered to be mounted, “ 1� in the specification list is 12.5. It is dangerous to have air venting operation under high pressure.It must be done under lower pressure. (For reference: the minimum operation pressure range of the product within the circuit)
11
7MPa
h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p
Speed Control Valve
model
BZL
Flow characteristics graph Hydraulic fluid meter-in
meter-in Control flow direction
Pressure loss
Pressure loss
Control flow direction
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
Control flow direction
meter-in
Pressure loss
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
Fully closed
Free flowing direction
Flow rate (L/min)
Fully closed
Fully opened
Flow rate (L/min)
Fully opened
Free flowing direction
Fully opened
Fully closed
Pressure loss
Pressure loss
Control flow direction
Control flow direction
Control flow direction
Pressure loss
Pressure loss
Flow rate (L/min)
Pressure loss
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
Free flowing direction
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
Pressure loss
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
Free flowing direction
Free flowing direction
Pressure loss (
Fully closed
Pressure loss
Fully opened
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
Free flowing direction
Fully opened
Fully opened
Fully closed
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
Accessories
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
Fully closed
Pressure loss
KOSM EK LTD .
12
Single-action link clamp Air venting valve : BZX
1
BZL is the direct mount G thread speed control valve for piping method: C type. As it is specially for air venting, it is easy to vent the air within the hydraulic circuit. 1 It can only be installed on Piping Method C Type.
Specifications
Circuit Symbol
Model Maximum use pressure Max rated pressure
G thread size Tightening torque (housing)
External Dimensions Housing Locking nut M6 (3 types)
(Link clamp)
Corresponding Product Model
Plug
O ring (attached) G thread
ring
Hexagonal hole 3
Hexagonal 10
Notes 1. Do not over loosen the plug during air venting. (Do not loosen for more than 2 turns from the fully closed status.) 2. It is dangerous to have air venting operation under high pressure. (For reference: the minimum operation pressure range of the product within the circuit) 3. Refer to the processing dimensions for BZL mounting area if it is otherwise mounted within the hydraulic circuit. (Refer to Page 11)
Hexagonal A
G thread plug (with air venting function) : JZG
2
JZG is the plug with air venting function which consists of the G thread plug and special packing.
Moreover, air is vented at the equipment end like BZL, improving the stability of the hydraulic system.
Accessories
2 It is assembled with Piping Method C Type for delivery.
Specifications Model Maximum use pressure
Max rated pressure
G thread size Tightening torque
External Dimensions Special packing
(Attached)
Model
Corresponding Product Model
Hexagonal hole D
G thread
1
7MPa
ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p
Notes 1. Refer to the processing dimensions for BZL mounting area if it is otherwise mounted within the hydraulic circuit. (Refer to Page 11)
Air venting valve/G screw type
model
BZX/JZG
Applications Example LM/LJ Link Clamp
Speed control valve
JZG G thread plug
Hydraulic pressure port
Accessories
Hydraulic pressure port
KOSM EK LTD .
1
Single-action link clamp Design-related Cautions 1) Check the specifications
5) When clamping a sloped surface on the workpiece
– The maximum hydraulic pressure is 7.0 MPa and the minimum 2.5 MPa.
– Make sure the clamp surface and the mounting surface
However, the maximum operating pressure and clamp force will vary
on the workpiece are parallel.
depending on the length of the link lever. If a load that exceeds the operating range is exerted it could lead to deformation, scraping, oil leaks, etc. Refer to the performance curve and use the appropriate pressure for the length of the swing lever used. (see page 5).
6) When using in a dry environment – The link pin can get burnt. Grease it periodically or use a special pin. Contact us for the specifications for special
2) Considerations when designing the circuit
pins.
– When designing the hydraulic pressure circuit, read "Hydraulic Pressure Cylinder Speed Control Circuit and Cautions," and design the circuit accordingly.
7) When using a speed control valve (BZL)
If the circuit design is flawed, the equipment could be damaged or malfunction. (see page 18).
– Do not attach used BZL valves to other clamps. The metal seal may not close all the way depending on the variation in the underside of the G thread on the clamp,
3) Cautions for link lever design – Make sure no force is applied to the piston rod outside the Uses like the one shown in the figure below will apply a large bending stress to the piston rod and must be avoided.
– If there is eccentricity on the link, use it within the allowable range on the allowable eccentricity graph. (see page 6). 4) When using it on a welding jig or other such equipment,
Cautions for Design
protect the sliding surface of the piston rod and link plate. – If spatter gets onto the sliding surface it could lead to malfunction and oil leaks. (see page 6).
7MPa
The speed control valve (BZL) can only be installed on C-type piping system. (see page 11).
axial direction.
1
thereby preventing adjustment of the flow rate.
h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p
Remarks
model
LM/LJ
Cautions for Mounting 1) Check the fluid to use – Make sure to use the Hydraulic Fluid List to choose the appropriate fluid.
(3) Shake the pipes left and right to loosen the pipes at the joint. Hydraulic fluids with air mixed in will come out.
2) Precautions for installing piping – Flush the pipes, joints and jig oil holes to make sure they are clean. – Chips and foreign material in the circuit will lead to leaks and malfunction. – There is no function provided with this product to prevent foreign materials and contaminants from getting into the hydraulic system and pipes. 3) Using the sealing tape – Leave 1 or 2 turns on the screw and wrap it. – Pieces of the sealing tape can lead to leaks and malfunction. – When installing the piping, do so in a clean working environment and follow directions faithfully so that foreign materials do not get into the equipment. 4) Mounting the Unit – For mounting on the main unit, put a bolt in each of the mounting bolt holes and tighten them according to the torque in the following chart. Tightening with greater torque than recommended can depress the seating surface or burn the bolt. Model
Mounting bolt nominal size
Tightening torque (N m)
(4)When no more air is mixed in tighten the box nut back. (5)Efficiency can be further improved by releasing air at the top of the hydraulic pressure circuit and near the terminal clamp. (When using a gasket-type, install an air release valve near the top of the hydraulic pressure circuit. 7) Speed adjustment – Adjust the speed so that the total time for operation is one second or more. If the clamp operates too fast the parts will wear out and become damaged more quickly leading to equipment failure. – Only adjust the speed after releasing the air from the circuit. If air is mixed in the circuit you will not be able to accurately adjust the speed. – Turn the speed control valve gradually from the low-speed side (small flow) to the high-speed side (large flow) to adjust the speed.
– It is recommended that you use hexagon socket head cap bolts (12.9 tensile strength). 5) Mounting and removing the link lever – When inserting the link pin, do not hit the pin directly with a hammer. When using a hammer to insert the pin, always use a cover plate with a smaller diameter than the snap ring groove on the pin.
8) Checking for looseness and additional tightening – After initially installing the equipment the tightening force of the bolts will drop due to initial breaking in. Check for looseness and tighten the bolt when necessary. ■Hydraulic Fluid List ISO viscosity grade: ISO-VG-32
(1) Set the hydraulic pressure circuit supply pressure to 2 MPa or less. (2)Loosen the box nut on the pipe joint nearest the link clamp by one turn.
Cautions for Mounting
6) Air release in the hydraulic pressure circuit – Using the hydraulic pressure circuit with a large amount of air still in it will cause operations to take an abnormally long time. After installing the piping or if air is fed into the hydraulic tank of the pump while it is empty, make sure to perform the following procedures to release the air.
Abrasion resisting hydraulic oil General purpose oil Manufacturer Tellus Oil 32 Tellus Oil C32 Showa Shell Sekiyu Super Multi 32 Idemitsu Kosan Daphne Super Hydraulic 32A Super Highland 32 Super Mulpus 32 Eneos Cosmo Hydro AW32 Cosmo New Mighty Super 32 Cosmo Oil Hydrax 32 Lathus 32 Japan Energy (JOMO) Nuto H32 Nuto 32 Esso Mobil DTE24 Mobil DTE24 Light ExxonMobil Unit Oil WR32 Unit Oil P32 Kygnus Fukkol Super Hydrol 32 Fukkol Hydrol DX32 Fuji Kosan Hydrol AW32 Matsumura Oil Sunvis 832 Sunvis 932 Sunoco Hi-Tech AW32 Hydrax 32 Mitsui Oil Hyspin AWS32 Castrol
Remark: Some of the products in the chart are difficult to obtain overseas, so if you are going to purchase them overseas contact the manufacturer.
KOSM EK LTD .
1
Single-action link clamp Cautions for Use 1) The product should be operated by persons with the necessary knowledge and experience. –Operation and maintenance of machines and systems which use hydraulic pressure equipment should be performed by persons with the necessary knowledge and experience. 2) Do not operate or remove equipment without first ensuring your safety.
(3)When removing equipment right after operation, the equipment may still be hot, so wait until it cools off. (4)When restarting the machine or system, make sure the bolts and parts are secure and in place first.
(1)Perform inspections and maintenance of the machines and systems after making sure no objects will fall and the equipment will not accidentally operate.
3) Do not touch the link clamp while it is being operated. Your hand could get stuck resulting in injury.
(2)When removing equipment, check to make sure the safety precautions mentioned above have been taken and then block the power source and the air to the hydraulic pressure source. Remove the equipment after making sure no pressure remains in the hydraulic pressure circuit.
4) Do not take the equipment apart or modify it. –If the equipment is taken apart or modified the warranty will be void, even within the warranty period.
Maintenance and inspection 1) Removing equipment and blocking pressure source –When removing the equipment, make sure measures have been taken to prevent the driven objects from falling and to prevent accidental operation, then block the power source and the air to the hydraulic pressure source. Finally, remove the equipment after making sure no pressure remains in the hydraulic pressure circuit.
3) When a coupler is used to disconnect the equipment, if it is used for long periods of time air will enter the circuit, so be sure to release the air periodically.
–When restarting the equipment, first make sure all the bolts and parts are secure and in place.
5) Check to make sure the hydraulic fluid has not degraded.
2) Clean around the piston rod periodically. –If the rod is used when the surface is dirty it could lead to damage to the packing and sealing, malfunctions or oil leaks.
4) Inspect the equipment periodically to make sure the pipes and mounting bolts/link pins are not loose.
6) Check to make sure operation is smooth without abnormal sounds. –In particular, if the equipment is not used for a long period of time, when it is used again for the first time make sure that it operates properly. 7) When storing the product, keep it out of direct sunlight in a cool location where it is protected from water. 8) For overhaul and repairs, please contact us.
Warranty
Cautions for Handling
1) Warranty period –The product warranty period is for 1.5 years after shipment from our plant or 1 year of use, whichever is shorter.
1
(3)The user did not use or handle the product properly. (including damages caused by a third party.) (4)The cause was due to some factor other than our product. (5)The product was modified or repaired by another company or was modified or repaired without our approval or confirmation. (6)The damage or defect was caused by natural disaster or accident through no fault of our own. (7)Parts and replacements necessary due to wear and tear (rubber, plastic, sealant, certain electrical components, etc.)
2) Warranty scope –If the product is damaged or malfunctions during the warranty period due to some fault of ours, we will replace or repair the defective part at our expense. However, defects or failures caused by the following are not covered. (1)Proper maintenance and inspections were not performed. (2)The product was used in an imperfect state at the discretion of the user.
7MPa
Damages caused by defects in our products are not covered.
ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p
Remarks
model
LM/LJ
Hydraulic Pressure Cylinder Speed Control Circuit and Cautions When controlling the operating speed of hydraulic cylinders, design the hydraulic pressure circuit taking the following points into consideration. If the circuit design is flawed, the equipment could be damaged or malfunction, so do a thorough review beforehand. Speed control circuit for single-action cylinder In a spring return type single-action cylinder, if the flow rate in the circuit is low at release the release operation can malfunction (sticking and stopping) or take a long time to complete. Use a flow regulating valve with check valve to control the flow rate during the locking operation. Also, as much as possible use a regulating valve on each cylinder to control cylinders with speed restrictions (swing clamps, workpiece supports, etc.).
However, design meter-out circuits taking the following points into consideration. (1)Generally speaking, in systems that use both double-action and single-action cylinders, the same circuit should not be used to control both. The single-action cylinder release operation can malfunction or take a long time to complete.
If there is concern that load may be placed on the cylinder in the direction of the release enough to break it during the release, use a flow regulating valve with check valve to control the flow rate on the release side as well. (the same applies with swing clamps where the weight of the lever is put on the cylinder during release).
If both a single-action and double-action cylinder are used, refer to the following circuit. –Separate the control circuits.
Flow control on release side
Speed control circuit for double-action cylinder When controlling the speed of double-action cylinders, use a meter-out circuit for both the lock and release sides. With meter-in circuits air can get into the hydraulic pressure circuit and prevent speed control.
–Ensure that the double-action cylinder control circuit is not affected by the other. However, depending on the tank line back pressure, the single-action cylinder may operate after the double-action cylinder.
(2)With a meter-out circuit, depending on the flow rate the pressure within the circuit may rise when the cylinder operates. By using a flow regulating valve to keep the flow rate to the cylinder low, you can prevent the pressure within the circuit from rising. In particular, in systems with sequence valves and pressure switches if the pressure rises above the setting pressure the system will cease to function properly, so attention is required. Meter-in Circuit
Sequence valve
Flow regulating valve (either possible)
KOSM EK LTD .
Hydraulic Pressure Cylinder Speed Control Circuit and Cautions
Meter-out Circuit
1
h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p
1441 Branding Avenue,Suite 110 Downers Grove,IL 60515 USA TEL.630-241-3465 FAX.630-241-3834 POLAND OFFICE: ul. Japońska 8 55-220 Jelcz-Laskowice, Poland TEL.48-71-303-5400 FAX.48-71-303-5401
CAT.NO.LM001-03-02 Printed in Japan
2007.03. First 1Ry 2009.01. Third 1Ry
7MPa New
Double Action Link Clamp
model
LKA
Double Action Link Clamp Sectional Structure & Features High power & compact clamp Increased force Every aspect has been optimized to increase clamping force which is now 33% higher than previous generation.
Flexible and large eccentricity tolerance High strength link plate (-H option) allows larger off-set loading.
Eccentricity
(Refer to Page 11)
Excellent coolant resistance Chemically resistant dust seal protects against high pressure coolant and is highly resistant to chlorate coolant.
Forged one-piece body The link support is integral to the forged body providing a compact structure with the highest strength
Direct mount speed control available Speed and synchronization are easily adjusted when equipped with direct mount speed controllers. Air venting is quick with speed controller or air vent valve. Availablefor use with manifold (C type) hydraulic supply.
Speed control valve (Model BZL)
Assembly diagram
Three clamp directions available
Air venting diagram
Three available orientations allow greater design flexibility
model BZL
Lever direction (viewed from the port side)
model JZG
Compact design
Air venting valve
Area under the flange has been reduced by almost 40% providing a compact design and reduced weight. model BZX
1
7MPa
(Refer to Page 25)
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m e k .c o .jp
L:Left C:Center R:Right
model
LKA
INDEX Model Indication
3
Performance Graph
5
Eccentricity
Eccentricity Tolerance Graph
Standard Type High strength link plate type (LKA-H)
9
(The external dimensions are the same as that for the standard type).
LKA Standard Type
LKA-D Dual rod type for dog application
Clamp with the link mechanism
13
The clamp movement can be confirmed via the switch detection.
15
LKA-M
17
Manifold type with air sensor The clamp movement can be confirmed via the air catch sensor.
LKA-N
19
Pipeline type with air sensor
Lever design dimensions/accessories
23
Notes
29
KOSM EK LTD.
2
Double Action Link Clamp Model Indication
Double Action Link Clamp
LKA 048 0 - C R D - H 1
2
3
4
5
6
1 Body Size External diameter (ØD) of body cylinder
φD 2 Design No.
C
3 Piping Method
G
S
C: Gasket type (with G thread plug) G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) S: Piping type (Rc thread port) Piping Type
Gasket Type
4 Lever Direction L: left C: center R: right
5 Confirmation Method (rod end style)
M: manifold type with air sensor ・・・P17 N: pipeline type with air sensor ・・・P19
6 Eccentric lever style (high strength link plate) No marking: standard ・・・P9
H: high strength link plate type ・・・P11
7MPa
With R plug
L
C
No marking
No marking: standard (no confirmation) ・・・P13 D: double-ended rod (threaded) ・・・P15
3
With G plug; can use speed control and air vent valve
ht t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .jp
D
Rc thread port only
R
M
N
Model Indication
model
LKA Model Indication
Speed Control Valve (with air venting function) *1
BZL 0 1 0 0 - B 1
2
3
1 G thread size
1:G1/8 2:G1/4 3:G3/8 2 Design No. 3 Controlling method
A:meter-in B:meter-out
BZL-A:meter-in
P1 port Hydraulic supply side
BZL-B:meter-out
P2 port Clamp side
P1 port Hydraulic supply side
P2 port Clamp side
*1.It can only be installed on Piping method C Type.
Air venting valve *2
BZX 0 1 0 1
2
1 G thread size
1:G1/8 2:G1/4 3:G3/8 2 Design No. *2.It can only be installed on Piping method C Type.
G thread plug (with air venting function) *3
JZG 0 1 0 1
2
1 G thread size
1:G1/8 2:G1/4 3:G3/8 2 Design No. *3.Equipped as standard item for Piping Method Type C components
KOSM EK LTD .
4
Double Action Link Clamp Performance Graph (detection method‌ No marking: standard) Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
Cylinder output (kN)
7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5
3.2 3.0 2.8 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.7 0.5 0.3
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
22.5
3.0 2.6 2.3 1.9 1.5 1.2 0.8 0.4 4.4
27.5
2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.7 0.5 0.3 5.8
33.5 2.2 2.1 1.9 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.2 7.0
40 1.7 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 7.0
50 1.2 1.1 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 7.0
60 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 7.0
Non-usable range
80 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 7.0
100 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 7.0
3.5
Minimum Lever Length
(L) (mm)
33.5 31 29 27 25 24 22 21 20 20 20 20 20 20
Non-usable range ( )
2.5 L=33.5(13.5)
2 1.5
L=50(30)
1 0.5 0
L=100(80) 0
1
Cylinder output (kN)
7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5
3.8 3.5 3.2 3.0 2.7 2.4 2.2 1.9 1.6 1.4 1.1 0.8 0.6 0.3
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
25
3.9 3.4 3.0 2.6 2.2 1.7 1.3 0.9 0.5 4.5
30
3.1 2.8 2.5 2.2 2.0 1.7 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.6 0.3 5.8
36.5 2.7 2.5 2.3 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 7.0
40 2.3 2.1 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.2 7.0
50 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 7.0
60 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 7.0
Non-usable range
3
4
5
6
7
80 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 7.0
100 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 7.0
4
Minimum Lever Length
(L) (mm)
36.5 34 32 29 27 26 24 23 23 23 23 23 23 23
L=0
L=25(2.5)
3.5
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
Non-usable range ( )
3 L=36.5(14)
2.5 2
L=50(27.5)
1.5 1
L=100(77.5)
0.5 0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
LKA0480 Cylinder output (kN)
7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5
5.0 4.6 4.3 3.9 3.6 3.2 2.9 2.5 2.2 1.8 1.5 1.1 0.8 0.4
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
30
4.7 4.1 3.6 3.1 2.6 2.1 1.6 1.1 0.6 4.8
35
4.0 3.6 3.3 2.9 2.5 2.2 1.8 1.5 1.1 0.8 0.4 5.9
42 3.6 3.3 3.1 2.8 2.6 2.3 2.1 1.8 1.6 1.3 1.1 0.8 0.6 0.3 7.0
50 2.7 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 7.0
60 2.0 1.9 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.3 0.2 7.0
80 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 7.0
Non-usable range
100 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.1 7.0
120 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 7.0
Minimum Lever Length
5
(L) (mm)
42 39 36 34 32 30 28 26 26 26 26 26 26 26
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
L=0
L=30(4.5)
Non-usable range ( )
4 L=42(16.5) 3 2
L=60(34.5)
1 0
L=120(94.5)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
LKA0550 Cylinder output (kN)
7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5
6.8 6.3 5.8 5.3 4.9 4.4 3.9 3.4 2.9 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
35
5.9 5.2 4.6 3.9 3.3 2.6 2.0 1.3 0.7 4.8
40
5.3 4.8 4.4 3.9 3.4 2.9 2.4 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 5.7
50 4.4 4.1 3.8 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.6 2.2 1.9 1.6 1.3 1.0 0.7 0.4 7.0
60 3.3 3.1 2.8 2.6 2.4 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.7 0.5 0.3 7.0
70 2.6 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 7.0
80 2.2 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.2 7.0
Non-usable range
100 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 7.0
120 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 7.0
7
Minimum Lever Length
(L) (mm)
50 46 43 39 37 34 32 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
L=0
6
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
L=35(5)
Non-usable range ( )
5 L=50(20)
4 3
L=70(40)
2
L=120(90)
1 0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
Notes
1. The tables and graphs show the relationship between the clamping force and the hydraulic supply pressure. 2. The clamping force F can be calculated by inputting the lever length and hydraulic supply pressure in the formula in the specification column. 3. The cylinder thrust force (when L=0) is calculated according to the formula in the specification column. 4. Operation in the non-usable range can damage the clamp and lead to fluid leakage. 5. The tables and graphs are only for reference. The exact results should be calculated based on the formula in the specification column.
7MPa
2
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
LKA0400
5
L=0
L=22.5(2.5)
3
Clamping force (kN)
Performance Graph
LKA0360
ht t p : / / w ww. k o s m e k .c o .jp
7
Performance Graph
model
LKA0650 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5
11.2 10.4 9.6 8.8 8.0 7.2 6.4 5.6 4.8 4.0 3.2 2.4 1.6 0.8
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
40
10.2 9.1 8.0 6.8 5.7 4.6 3.4 2.3 1.2 4.8
50 8.3 7.6 6.9 6.2 5.5 4.9 4.2 3.5 2.8 2.1 1.4 0.7 6.3
56.5 7.7 7.2 6.6 6.1 5.5 5.0 4.4 3.9 3.3 2.8 2.2 1.7 1.1 0.6 7.0
80 4.5 4.2 3.8 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.6 2.3 1.9 1.6 1.3 1.0 0.7 0.4 7.0
100 3.3 3.1 2.8 2.6 2.4 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.7 0.5 0.3 7.0
120 2.6 2.4 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 7.0
Non-usable range
140 2.2 2.0 1.9 1.7 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.2 7.0
12
Minimum Lever Length
L=0
(L) (mm)
160 1.9 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.2 7.0
56.5 52 48 45 42 39 37 35 35 35 35 35 35 35
L=40(5)
10
Non-usable rangen ( )
8
L=56.5(21.5)
6 4 L=100(65) 2
L=160(125)
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Performance Graph
Cylinder output (kN)
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
LKA
7
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
LKA0750 Cylinder output (kN)
7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5
16.7 15.5 14.3 13.1 11.9 10.7 9.6 8.4 7.2 6.0 4.8 3.6 2.4 1.2
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
50
16.1 14.5 12.9 11.3 9.7 8.1 6.5 4.9 3.3 1.7 5.0
60 12.9 11.8 10.7 9.7 8.6 7.5 6.5 5.4 4.3 3.3 2.2 1.1 6.3
67.5 12.0 11.2 10.3 9.5 8.6 7.7 6.9 6.0 5.2 4.3 3.5 2.6 1.8 0.9 7.0
80 9.0 8.4 7.7 7.1 6.5 5.8 5.2 4.5 3.9 3.3 2.6 2.0 1.3 0.7 7.0
100 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.1 4.6 4.2 3.7 3.3 2.8 2.3 1.9 1.4 1.0 0.5 7.0
120 5.0 4.7 4.3 4.0 3.6 3.3 2.9 2.5 2.2 1.8 1.5 1.1 0.8 0.4 7.0
Non-usable range
140 4.1 3.8 3.5 3.3 3.0 2.7 2.4 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.2 0.9 0.6 0.3 7.0
18
Minimum Lever Length
160 3.5 3.3 3.0 2.8 2.5 2.3 2.0 1.8 1.5 1.3 1.0 0.8 0.5 0.3 7.0
L=0
(L) (mm)
16
67.5 63 58 54 51 48 45 43 43 43 43 43 43 43
14
Non-usable rangen ( )
12
L=67.5(25)
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
L=50(7.5)
10 8 L=100(57.5)
6 4
L=160(117.5)
2 0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
LKA0900 Cylinder output (kN)
7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5
25.5 23.7 21.8 20.0 18.2 16.4 14.6 12.8 10.9 9.1 7.3 5.5 3.7 1.9
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
60
24.6 22.1 19.7 17.2 14.8 12.3 9.9 7.4 5.0 2.5 5.2
70 20.8 19.1 17.4 15.6 13.9 12.2 10.4 8.7 7.0 5.2 3.5 1.8 6.4
77.5 19.9 18.5 17.1 15.6 14.2 12.8 11.4 10.0 8.6 7.1 5.7 4.3 2.9 1.5 7.0
100 12.9 12.0 11.1 10.2 9.2 8.3 7.4 6.5 5.6 4.6 3.7 2.8 1.9 1.0 7.0
120 9.9 9.2 8.5 7.8 7.1 6.4 5.7 5.0 4.3 3.6 2.9 2.2 1.5 0.8 7.0
140 8.0 7.4 6.8 6.3 5.7 5.1 4.6 4.0 3.4 2.9 2.3 1.7 1.2 0.6 7.0
Non-usable range
160 6.7 6.2 5.7 5.3 4.8 4.3 3.8 3.4 2.9 2.4 1.9 1.5 1.0 0.5 7.0
Minimum Lever Length
200 5.1 4.7 4.4 4.0 3.6 3.3 2.9 2.6 2.2 1.8 1.5 1.1 0.8 0.4 7.0
L=0
24
(L) (mm)
77.5 72 67 63 59 56 53 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Non-usable rangen ( )
L=60(10)
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
20
L=77.5(27.5)
16 12 L=120(70) 8 L=200(150)
4 0
1
0
2
3
4
5
6
7
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
LKA1050 Cylinder output (kN)
7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5
35.2 32.7 30.2 27.7 25.2 22.7 20.2 17.6 15.1 12.6 10.1 7.6 5.1 2.6
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
70
34.5 30.7 26.8 23.0 19.2 15.4 11.5 7.7 3.9 4.8
80
30.5 27.7 24.9 22.2 19.4 16.6 13.9 11.1 8.3 5.6 2.8 5.9
95 27.4 25.4 23.5 21.5 19.6 17.6 15.7 13.7 11.8 9.8 7.9 5.9 4.0 2.0 7.0
110 21.2 19.7 18.1 16.6 15.1 13.6 12.1 10.6 9.1 7.6 6.1 4.6 3.1 1.6 7.0
130 16.3 15.1 13.9 12.8 11.6 10.5 9.3 8.2 7.0 5.8 4.7 3.5 2.4 1.2 7.0
150 13.2 12.3 11.3 10.4 9.4 8.5 7.6 6.6 5.7 4.7 3.8 2.9 1.9 1.0 7.0
Non-usable range
170 11.1 10.3 9.5 8.7 7.9 7.2 6.4 5.6 4.8 4.0 3.2 2.4 1.6 0.8 7.0
Minimum Lever Length
230 7.5 7.0 6.5 5.9 5.4 4.9 4.3 3.8 3.3 2.7 2.2 1.7 1.1 0.6 7.0
36
(L) (mm)
L=0 L=70(10)
32
95 89 83 77 73 68 65 61 60 60 60 60 60 60
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
28
L=95(35)
24 20 L=130(70)
16 12 8
L=230(170)
4 0
1 2
2
3
4
5
7
Non-usable range ( ) L(s) is shown on the left graph
L=42(16.5)
L=60(34.5)
and hydraulic supply pressure P in the formula in the specification column.
1
L=120(94.5)
The cylinder thrust force (when L=0) is calculated according to the
0
formula in the specification column.
6
L=0
L=30(4.5)
4 3 2.6 2
The clamping force F can be calculated by inputting the lever length L
5
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
Clamping force (kN)
s
(Example) When LKA0480 is used Conditions: hydraulic supply pressure 5.0MPa Lever length L=42mm The clamping force is about 2.6kN Notes
1
0
How to read the Performance Graph L
Non-usable rangen ( )
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
7
KOSM EK LTD .
6
Double Action Link Clamp Performance Graph (detection method‌ D: double-ended rod) Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
Cylinder output (kN)
7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5
2.9 2.7 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.3
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
22.5
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
3.0 2.7 2.3 2.0 1.7 1.4 1.0 0.7 0.4 4.9
27.5 2.7 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.3 6.6
33.5 2.0 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.3 0.2 7.0
40 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 7.0
50 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.1 7.0
60 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 7.0
Non-usable range
80 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 7.0
100 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 7.0
3.5
Minimum Lever Length
(L) (mm)
29 28 26 25 23 22 21 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5
3.0 2.8 2.6 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.3
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
2
L=33.5(13.5)
1.5 1
L=50(30)
0.5
L=100(80) 0
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
25
3.7 3.4 3.1 2.7 2.4 2.1 1.7 1.4 1.1 0.7 0.4 5.8
30 3.1 2.8 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.3 7.0
36.5 2.2 2.0 1.9 1.7 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.2 7.0
40 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.2 7.0
50 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 7.0
60 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.1 7.0
Non-usable range
80 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 7.0
100 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 7.0
(L) (mm)
7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5
3.9 3.6 3.4 3.1 2.8 2.5 2.3 2.0 1.7 1.4 1.2 0.9 0.6 0.3
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
29 27 26 25 24 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23
7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5
5.7 5.3 4.9 4.5 4.1 3.7 3.3 2.9 2.5 2.1 1.7 1.3 0.9 0.5
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
4
7
L=25(2.5)
3
L=0
2.5 L=36.5(14)
2 1.5
L=50(27.5) 1 L=100(77.5) 0
1
2
3
4
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
30 4.8 4.4 4.0 3.6 3.2 2.8 2.4 2.0 1.6 1.2 0.8 0.4 6.2
35 4.0 3.7 3.4 3.1 2.8 2.6 2.3 2.0 1.7 1.4 1.2 0.9 0.6 0.3 7.0
42 2.8 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 7.0
50 2.1 1.9 1.8 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.3 0.2 7.0
60 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 7.0
80 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.1 7.0
Non-usable range
100 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 7.0
120 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 7.0
Minimum Lever Length
5
6
7
Non-usable range ( )
5
(L) (mm)
33 31 30 29 27 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26
L=30(4.5)
4
L=0
3
L=42(16.5)
2 L=60(34.5) 1 L=120(94.5) 0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
35
6.0 5.5 5.0 4.4 3.9 3.3 2.8 2.2 1.7 1.1 0.6 5.8
40 5.3 4.9 4.5 4.1 3.7 3.3 2.9 2.5 2.1 1.7 1.3 0.9 0.5 6.9
50 3.7 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.7 2.4 2.2 1.9 1.6 1.4 1.1 0.8 0.6 0.3 7.0
60 2.8 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 7.0
70 2.2 2.1 1.9 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.2 7.0
80 1.9 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.2 7.0
Non-usable range
100 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 7.0
120 1.1 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 7.0
7
Minimum Lever Length
(L) (mm)
41 39 37 35 33 31 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Non-usable range ( )
6
L=35(5)
L=0
5 4
L=50(20)
3 2
L=70(40)
1
L=120(90)
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
1. The graphs show the relationship between the clamping force and the hydraulic supply pressure. 2. The clamping force F can be calculated by inputting the lever length and hydraulic supply pressure in the formula in the specification column. 3. The cylinder thrust force (when L=0) is calculated according to the formula in the specification column. 4. Operation in the non-usable range can damage the clamp and lead to fluid leakage. 5. The tables and graphs are only for reference. The exact results should be calculated based on the formula in the specification column.
7MPa
6
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
Notes
7
5
Non-usable range ( )
0
Clamping force (kN)
Cylinder output (kN)
3
0.5
LKA0550-D/M/N Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
2
3.5
Clamping force (kN)
Cylinder output (kN)
1
4
Minimum Lever Length
LKA0480-D/M/N Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
L=0
2.5
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
Clamping force (kN)
Cylinder output (kN)
L=22.5(2.5)
0
LKA0400-D/M/N Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
Non-usable range ( )
3
Clamping force (kN)
Performance Graph
LKA0360-D/M/N
ht t p : / / w ww. k o s m e k .c o .jp
7
Performance Graph
LKA
model
LKA0650-D/M/N 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5
10.1 9.4 8.7 8.0 7.2 6.5 5.8 5.1 4.4 3.6 2.9 2.2 1.5 0.8
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
40
10.3 9.2 8.2 7.2 6.2 5.2 4.1 3.1 2.1 1.1 5.3
50 8.7 8.1 7.5 6.9 6.3 5.6 5.0 4.4 3.8 3.2 2.5 1.9 1.3 0.7 7.0
56.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 4.5 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 7.0
80 4.0 3.8 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.6 2.3 2.0 1.8 1.5 1.2 0.9 0.6 0.3 7.0
100 3.0 2.8 2.6 2.4 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.3 7.0
120 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.2 7.0
Non-usable range
140 2.0 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.3 0.2 7.0
12
Minimum Lever Length
(L) (mm)
160 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 7.0
50 47 44 42 39 37 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35
7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5
14.9 13.8 12.8 11.7 10.7 9.6 8.5 7.5 6.4 5.4 4.3 3.2 2.2 1.1
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
L=56.5(21.5) 6 4 L=100(65) 2 0
L=160(125) 0
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
50
15.8 14.4 12.9 11.5 10.1 8.6 7.2 5.8 4.3 2.9 1.5 5.7
60 13.4 12.5 11.5 10.5 9.6 8.6 7.7 6.7 5.8 4.8 3.9 2.9 2.0 1.0 7.0
67.5 10.7 10.0 9.2 8.4 7.7 6.9 6.2 5.4 4.6 3.9 3.1 2.3 1.6 0.8 7.0
80 8.1 7.5 6.9 6.3 5.8 5.2 4.6 4.1 3.5 2.9 2.3 1.8 1.2 0.6 7.0
100 5.8 5.4 5.0 4.5 4.1 3.7 3.3 2.9 2.5 2.1 1.7 1.3 0.9 0.5 7.0
120 4.5 4.2 3.9 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.6 2.3 2.0 1.6 1.3 1.0 0.7 0.4 7.0
Non-usable range
7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5
23.7 22.0 20.3 18.6 16.9 15.2 13.6 11.9 10.2 8.5 6.8 5.1 3.4 1.7
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
140 3.7 3.4 3.2 2.9 2.7 2.4 2.1 1.9 1.6 1.4 1.1 0.8 0.6 0.3 7.0
160 3.1 2.9 2.7 2.5 2.3 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.3 7.0
(L) (mm)
16
60 56 53 50 47 45 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43
14
33.5 31.1 28.7 26.3 23.9 21.5 19.1 16.8 14.4 12.0 9.6 7.2 4.8 2.4
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
6
7
L=50(7.5)
L=0
L=67.5(25)
8 6
L=100(57.5)
4
L=160(117.5)
2 0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
60
25.1 22.8 20.6 18.3 16.0 13.7 11.4 9.2 6.9 4.6 2.3 5.6
70 21.0 19.4 17.8 16.1 14.5 12.9 11.3 9.7 8.1 6.5 4.9 3.3 1.7 6.9
77.5 100 18.5 12.0 17.2 11.2 15.9 10.3 14.6 9.5 13.2 8.6 11.9 7.7 10.6 6.9 9.3 6.0 8.0 5.2 6.6 4.3 5.3 3.5 4.0 2.6 2.7 1.8 1.4 0.9 7.0 7.0
120 9.2 8.5 7.9 7.2 6.6 5.9 5.3 4.6 4.0 3.3 2.7 2.0 1.4 0.7 7.0
140 7.4 6.9 6.4 5.8 5.3 4.8 4.3 3.7 3.2 2.7 2.2 1.6 1.1 0.6 7.0
Non-usable range
160 6.2 5.8 5.3 4.9 4.5 4.0 3.6 3.1 2.7 2.3 1.8 1.4 0.9 0.5 7.0
Minimum Lever Length
200 4.7 4.4 4.1 3.7 3.4 3.1 2.7 2.4 2.1 1.7 1.4 1.1 0.7 0.4 7.0
Non-usable range ( )
24
(L) (mm)
72 67 63 60 57 54 51 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
L=0
L=60(10) 20
L=77.5(27.5) 16 12 L=120(70)
8
L=200(150)
4 0
1
0
2
3
4
5
6
7
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
70
36.4 32.8 29.1 25.5 21.9 18.2 14.6 11.0 7.3 3.7 5.1
80 31.5 28.9 26.3 23.7 21.0 18.4 15.8 13.2 10.5 7.9 5.3 2.7 6.2
95 26.0 24.1 22.3 20.4 18.6 16.7 14.9 13.0 11.2 9.3 7.5 5.6 3.8 1.9 7.0
110 20.1 18.7 17.2 15.8 14.4 12.9 11.5 10.1 8.6 7.2 5.8 4.3 2.9 1.5 7.0
130 15.4 14.3 13.2 12.1 11.0 9.9 8.8 7.7 6.6 5.5 4.4 3.3 2.2 1.1 7.0
150 12.5 11.6 10.7 9.9 9.0 8.1 7.2 6.3 5.4 4.5 3.6 2.7 1.8 0.9 7.0
Non-usable range
170 10.5 9.8 9.0 8.3 7.5 6.8 6.0 5.3 4.5 3.8 3.0 2.3 1.5 0.8 7.0
Minimum Lever Length
230 7.2 6.7 6.1 5.6 5.1 4.6 4.1 3.6 3.1 2.6 2.1 1.6 1.1 0.6 7.0
1
The clamping force F can be calculated by inputting the lever length L and hydraulic supply pressure P in the formula in the specification column.
2
The cylinder thrust force (when L=0) is calculated according to the formula in the specification column.
L=0
L=70(10)
32
90 84 79 74 70 66 63 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
(Example) When LKA0480 is used Conditions: hydraulic supply pressure 5.0MPa Lever length L=42mm The clamping force is about 2.0kN Notes
Non-usable range ( )
36
(L) (mm)
28
L=95(35)
24 20 16
L=130(70)
12 8
L=230(170)
4 0
1
0
2
3
4
5
6
7
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) Non-usable range (
5 Clamping force (kN)
s
5
10
How to read the Performance Graph L
4
12
Clamping force (kN)
7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5
Cylinder output (kN)
3
Non-usable range ( )
LKA1050-D/M/N Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
2
18
Minimum Lever Length
Clamping force (kN)
Cylinder output (kN)
1
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
LKA0900-D/M/N Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
L=0
8
Clamping force (kN)
Cylinder output (kN)
L=40(5)
10
LKA0750-D/M/N Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
Non-usable range ( )
Performance Graph
Cylinder output (kN)
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
)
L=30(4.5)
4
L=0
3
L=42(16.5)
L(s) is shown on the left graph
2 L=60(34.5)
1 0
L=120(94.5)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
7
KOSM EK LTD .
8
Double Action Link Clamp Eccentricity tolerance graph (eccentric lever method‌ No marking: standard type) LKA0360 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1
Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)
22.5
2 3 3 4 5 8 12
27.5
33.5
2 3 3 4 4 5 7 9 12 19
3 3 4 4 5 6 8 10 13 18 28
40 3 3 4 4 5 6 7 9 11 13 17 24 38
50 4 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 15 19 24 34 53
60 5 6 7 8 9 11 13 15 19 24 31 43 68
80 7 8 10 11 13 15 18 22 27 34 45 63 98
100 9 11 12 15 17 20 24 29 36 45 59 82 128
1MPa
50
Non-usable range
Eccentricity H (mm)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
2MPa
40 3MPa 30 4MPa 20
5MPa 6MPa 7MPa
10 0
0
20
40
60
80
100
LKA0400 Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1
Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)
25
3 3 4 5 7 10 15
30
36.5
3 3 4 4 5 6 8 11 15 23
3 3 4 5 5 6 8 9 12 16 22 34
40 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 9 11 14 18 26 40
50 4 5 5 6 8 9 11 13 16 20 26 36 57
60 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 17 20 26 34 47 73
80 8 9 10 12 14 17 20 24 30 37 49 68 106
100 10 12 14 16 19 22 26 32 39 49 64 89 140
1MPa
60
Non-usable range
Eccentricity H (mm)
Eccentricity Tolerance
Lever length L (mm) 2MPa
50 40
3MPa
30
4MPa
20
5MPa 6MPa 7MPa
10 0
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
Lever length L (mm)
LKA0480 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1
Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)
30
3 3 4 5 7 9 14
35
42
2 3 3 4 5 6 7 10 13 21
2 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 14 19 30
50 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 9 11 14 18 25 40
60 4 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 15 18 24 33 52
80 6 6 8 9 10 12 15 18 22 27 36 50 77
100 7 9 10 12 14 16 19 23 29 36 47 66 103
120 9 11 12 15 17 20 24 29 36 45 59 82 128
1MPa
60
Non-usable range
Eccentricity H (mm)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
2MPa
50 40 3MPa 30 4MPa 20
5MPa 6MPa 7MPa
10 0
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
Lever length L (mm)
LKA0550 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1
Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)
35
4 5 6 8 11 15 23
40
50
4 5 6 7 9 11 14 20 31
4 5 5 6 8 9 11 13 17 22 31 48
60 5 5 6 7 9 10 12 15 18 23 30 41 65
70 6 7 8 9 11 13 15 18 23 28 37 52 81
80 7 8 10 11 13 15 18 22 27 34 45 62 98
100 9 11 13 15 17 21 25 30 36 46 60 84 131
120 12 14 16 19 22 26 31 37 46 57 75 105 164
1MPa
80
Non-usable range
2MPa 70
Eccentricity H (mm)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
60 50
3MPa
40 30
4MPa
20
5MPa 6MPa 7MPa
10 0
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
Lever length L (mm) Notes 1. The tables and graphs show the relationship between the lever length and the eccentricity tolerance corresponding to the hydraulic supply pressure. 2. Operation in the non-usable range can damage the clamp and lead to fluid leakage. 3. The tables and graphs are only for reference. The design should be carried out with allowance fully taken into consideration.
9
7MPa
ht t p : / / w ww. k o s m e k .c o .jp
140
Eccentricity tolerance graph
LKA
model
LKA0650 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1
1MPa Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)
40
3 4 5 6 7 10 13 21
50
56.5
4 5 5 7 8 10 12 16 22 35
4 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 15 20 28 44
80 5 6 7 9 10 12 14 17 21 26 35 48 76
100 7 9 10 12 14 16 19 23 29 36 47 66 103
120 9 11 13 15 17 20 24 29 36 46 60 83 130
Non-usable range
140 11 13 15 18 21 25 30 36 44 55 72 101 157
90
160 13 15 18 21 25 29 35 42 51 65 85 118 185
2MPa
80
Eccentricity H (mm)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
70 60
3MPa
50 40
4MPa
30 20
5MPa 6MPa
10
7MPa
0
25
0
50
75
100
125
150
175
LKA0750 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1
1MPa Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)
50
4 5 5 7 8 10 13 18 29
60
67.5
4 5 6 7 8 10 12 15 20 28 43
5 5 6 7 9 10 12 15 19 25 35 54
80 5 6 7 8 10 11 14 16 20 25 33 46 72
100 7 8 10 11 13 16 19 23 28 35 46 65 101
120 9 11 13 15 17 20 24 29 36 45 60 83 130
Non-usable range
100 140 11 13 15 18 21 25 30 36 44 56 73 101 159
160 13 16 18 21 25 30 35 42 52 66 86 120 188
Eccentricity H (mm)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
2MPa 80 60
3MPa
40
4MPa
20
5MPa 6MPa 7MPa
0
Eccentricity Tolerance
Lever length L (mm)
25
0
50
75
100
125
150
175
Lever length L (mm)
LKA0900 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1
Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)
60
16 18 21 24 29 37 49 73
70
77.5
19 21 23 26 30 35 41 52 69 104
19 21 23 25 28 32 36 42 51 63 84 126
100 28 30 33 35 39 43 49 56 65 78 98 130 195
120 37 39 43 47 51 57 64 73 85 102 128 171 256
140 45 49 53 58 63 70 79 91 106 127 158 211 317
160 54 58 63 69 76 84 94 108 126 151 189 252 378
1MPa
160
Non-usable range
2MPa
3MPa
140
200 71 77 83 91 100 111 125 143 167 200 250 333 500
Eccentricity H (mm)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
4MPa
120 100
5MPa
80
6MPa 7MPa
60 40 20 0
0
25
50
75 100 125 150 175 200 225
Lever length L (mm)
LKA1050 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1
Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)
70
21 24 28 33 41 55 83
80
95
23 25 29 33 38 46 57 76 114
25 27 29 32 36 41 46 54 65 81 108 162
110 30 32 35 38 42 47 52 60 70 84 105 140 210
130 39 42 46 50 55 61 68 78 91 109 137 182 273
150 48 52 56 61 67 75 84 96 112 135 168 225 337
170 57 62 67 73 80 89 100 114 133 160 200 267 400
1MPa
160
Non-usable range
2MPa
3MPa 4MPa
140
230 84 91 99 107 118 131 148 169 197 236 296 394 591
Eccentricity H (mm)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
120
5MPa
100
6MPa 7MPa
80 60 40 20 0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250
Lever length L (mm)
How to read the Eccentricity Tolerance Graph (Example) When LKA0480 is used Conditions: hydraulic supply pressure 5.0MPa Lever length L=80mm The eccentricity tolerance is about 10mm
1MPa
60 Eccentricity H (mm)
L
H
2MPa
50 40
3MPa
30 4MPa 5MPa 6MPa 7MPa
20 10 0 0
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Lever length L (mm)
KOSM EK LTD .
10
Double Action Link Clamp Eccentricity tolerance graph (eccentric lever method‌ H: high strength link plate type) LKA0360-H 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1
Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)
22.5
9 10 12 14 18 24 36
27.5
33.5
11 12 13 15 17 19 23 29 39 58
13 14 16 17 19 21 24 28 34 43 57 85
40 16 18 19 21 23 25 29 33 38 46 57 76 114
50 23 25 27 29 32 35 40 46 53 64 80 106 159
60 29 31 34 37 41 45 51 58 68 82 102 136 204
80 42 45 49 53 59 65 73 84 98 118 147 196 294
100 55 59 64 70 77 85 96 110 128 153 192 256 384
1MPa 2MPa 3MPa 4MPa 5MPa 6MPa 7MPa
50
Non-usable range
Eccentricity H (mm)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
40 30 20 10 0
0
20
40
60
80
100
LKA0400-H Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1
Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)
25
11 13 15 18 22 30 45
30
36.5
13 14 16 17 20 23 28 35 47 70
16 17 19 20 23 26 29 34 41 51 68 102
40 17 18 20 22 24 27 30 34 40 48 60 80 120
50 24 26 28 31 34 38 42 48 57 68 85 113 170
60 31 34 37 40 44 49 55 63 73 88 110 146 220
80 46 49 53 58 64 71 80 91 106 128 160 213 319
100 60 64 70 76 84 93 105 120 140 168 210 279 419
1MPa 2MPa 3MPa 4MPa 5MPa 6MPa 7MPa
60
Non-usable range
Eccentricity H (mm)
Eccentricity Tolerance
Lever length L (mm)
50 40 30 20 10 0
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
Lever length L (mm)
LKA0480-H 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1
Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)
30
11 12 14 17 22 29 43
35
42
11 12 14 16 18 21 25 31 42 62
14 15 16 18 20 22 25 30 36 44 59 89
50 17 18 20 22 24 26 30 34 40 48 60 79 119
60 22 24 26 29 31 35 39 45 52 63 78 105 157
80 33 36 39 42 46 52 58 66 77 93 116 155 232
100 44 47 51 56 62 68 77 88 103 123 154 205 308
120 55 59 64 70 77 85 96 110 128 153 192 256 384
1MPa 2MPa 3MPa 4MPa 5MPa 6MPa
60
Non-usable range
7MPa
Eccentricity H (mm)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
50 40 30 20 10 0
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
Lever length L (mm)
LKA0550-H 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1
Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)
35
17 20 23 28 35 46 70
40
50
19 21 24 27 31 38 47 63 94
22 24 26 29 32 36 41 48 58 72 96 144
60 28 30 32 35 39 43 48 55 65 78 97 129 194
70 35 37 41 44 49 54 61 70 81 97 122 162 244
80 42 45 49 53 59 65 73 84 98 117 147 196 293
100 56 60 65 71 79 87 98 112 131 157 196 262 393
120 70 76 82 89 98 109 123 141 164 197 246 328 492
1MPa 2MPa 3MPa 4MPa 5MPa 6MPa
80
Non-usable range
7MPa
70
Eccentricity H (mm)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
60 50 40 30 20 10 0
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
Lever length L (mm)
140
Notes 1. The graphs show the relationship between the lever length and the eccentricity tolerance corresponding to the hydraulic supply pressure. 2. Operation in the non-usable range can damage the clamp and lead to fluid leakage. 3. The tables and graphs are only for reference. The design should be carried out with allowance taken into consideration. 4. LKA0900 and LKA1050 are of eccentric lever method No Marking: the same as the standard type. (Refer to Page 10)
11
7MPa
ht t p : / / w ww. k o s m e k .c o .jp
Eccentricity tolerance graph
model
LKA0650-H 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1
1MPa Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)
40
14 16 18 21 25 32 42 63
50
56.5
19 21 23 26 30 35 42 52 70 104
20 22 24 26 29 33 37 44 52 65 87 131
80 32 35 38 41 45 50 57 65 76 91 113 151 227
100 44 47 51 56 62 69 77 88 103 123 154 206 309
120 56 60 65 71 78 87 98 112 130 156 195 260 390
Non-usable range
140 67 73 79 86 94 105 118 135 157 189 236 315 472
2MPa
3MPa 4MPa
5MPa
90
160 79 85 92 101 111 123 139 158 185 222 277 369 554
6MPa
80
Eccentricity H (mm)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
LKA-H
7MPa
70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
25
0
50
75
100
125
150
175
LKA0750-H 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1
1MPa Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)
50
17 19 22 25 29 35 43 58 87
60
67.5
22 24 26 29 32 37 43 52 65 87 130
25 27 30 32 36 41 46 54 65 81 108 162
80 31 33 36 39 43 48 54 62 72 87 108 144 216
100 43 47 51 55 61 67 76 87 101 121 152 202 303
120 56 60 65 71 78 87 97 111 130 156 195 260 390
2MPa
3MPa
4MPa
5MPa
Non-usable range
100 140 68 73 79 87 95 106 119 136 159 190 238 317 476
160 80 87 94 102 113 125 141 161 188 225 281 375 563
Eccentricity H (mm)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
6MPa 80
7MPa
Eccentricity Tolerance
Lever length L (mm)
60 40 20 0
25
0
50
75
100
125
150
175
Lever length L (mm)
How to read the Eccentricity Tolerance Graph (Example) When LKA0480-H is used Conditions: hydraulic supply pressure 5.0MPa Lever length L=80mm The eccentricity tolerance is about 46mm
1MPa
60 Eccentricity H (mm)
L
H
2MPa
3MPa
4MPa
5MPa
6MPa 7MPa
50 46 40 30 20 10 0
0 20
40 60 80 100 120 140 Lever length L (mm)
KOSM EK LTD .
12
Double Action Link Clamp External dimensions
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
The graph shows the locking status of LKA-CC. Release port: G thread
JA
B
(The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)
H
J L A- L Release port (-C/-G type)
Nx
P *5
2-chamfer 1
Z
C K
JB
Ny Ny
Link lever
φ
L
Lock port P *5 (-C/-G type)
4-CA thread
4-φR
G thread plug
Spot facing
Q
L A-
Lock port: G thread
6.3S *5
C0.6
*4
2-chamfer 2
1-φA
AB
AC
+0.3 0
AG°
Y
φ
2-φA
15°
*1
E
M
S*2
G
W±0.1
T V
Lock stroke Stroke allowance
AA
A
φ
de-burr *5
(The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)
LKA
K
*3
Notes *3. CA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *4. The D depth of the body mounting hole should be decided from dimension F. *5. This process indicates -C/-G:Gasket Type.
F
Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) The graph shows the locked status of LKA-GC.
φ
-0.1 -0.2
max.2mm R thread plug
Ny Ny
Lock port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
S: Piping type (Rc thread) The graph shows the locked status of LKA-SC.
Release port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
Release port Rc thread
Notes *1. Flange inclination angle is 12° only for LKA0650. *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". Lock port Rc thread
13
7MPa
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
Standard Type
model
LKA
Specifications Model Locking cylinder area cm2 Clamping force *6 (calculation formula) Full stroke mm mm Lock stroke Stroke allowance mm Cylinder capacity at locked cm3 at released Max. operating pressure MPa Minimum operation pressure *7 MPa Max. rated pressure MPa Use temperature Mass *8
LKA0360 4.52 F=
5.90×P L-14.5 18.5 16 2.5 8.4 6.9
LKA0400 5.31 F=
7.64×P L-16 20.5 17.5 3 10.9 8.6
LKA0480 7.07 F=
11.76×P L-18.5 23.5 20.5 3 16.6 13.0
LKA0550 9.62 F=
LKA0650 15.9
18.18×P
F=
L-21 26 23 3 25.0 19.8
LKA0750 23.8
35.06×P
F=
L-24.5 29.5 26.5 3 46.9 37.7
64.14×P L-30
LKA0900 36.3 F=
117.66×P L-36
LKA1050 50.3 F=
199.05×P L-44
35 32 3 83.2 69.8
41 38 3 148.9 123.7
49 46 3 246.3 197.8
4.3
7.1
11.5
7 0.5 10.5 70 0.6
0.7
1.1
1.6
2.7
L
Remarks: *6. F: clamping force (kN), P: hydraulic supply pressure, L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *7. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. *8. Mass means that of the individual clamp with the link lever excluded.
F
Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W X Y Z Chamfer 1 Chamfer 2
AA AB AC AD AE AG CA JA JB Lock/release port
R thread plug
-C type -S type -G type
O ring (-C/-G type)
LKA0360 78.5 49 40 36 48 23 25 29 20 31.4 66 11 23.5 8 3 7.5 4.5 15.5 27 10 22.5 30 20 11 19 C2 C2.5 14.5 74.3 47.3 5 +0.012 0 5 +0.012 0 19.6 M4×0.7 3.5 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LKA0400 87.5 54 45 40 54 29 25 31.5 22.5 34 72 11 26 9 3 9 5.5 15 30.5 12 25 30.5 22 13 21 C3 C3 16 77.7 50.2 6 +0.012 0 6 +0.012 0 20.2 M5×0.8 3.5 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LKA0480 99 61 51 48 60 32 28 35.5 25.5 40 81 12 30 11 3 9 5.5 16 35 14 29 34.5 26 13 24 C3 C3 18.5 92.4 61.2 6 +0.012 0 6 +0.012 0 18.9 M5×0.8 3.5 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LKA0550 110.5 69 60 55 65 37 28 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 13.5 37.5 16 31.5 35.5 30 16 28 C3 C3 21 101.9 71.7 6 +0.012 0 8 +0.015 0 19.9 M6 3.5 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LKA0650 127.5 81 70 65 73.5 43.5 30 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 11 6.8 16 45 20 37 39 35.5 19 37 C4 C5 24.5 111.4 78.7 8 +0.015 0 10 +0.015 0 20.5 M6 4.5 19 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7
LKA0750 151 94.5 85 75 84 47 37 52 42.5 63 116 16 45 16 5 14 9 17.5 55 22 45 48 43.5 25 40 C10 C5 30 130.8 90.8 10 +0.015 0 12 +0.018 0 21.4 M8 4.5 19 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7
LKA0900 180 109.5 100 90 101 61 40 59.5 50 75 136 16 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 17 64.5 28 52 52.5 52.5 28 49 C11 C6 36 146.5 104.6 12 +0.018 0 15 +0.018 0 22.4 M10 4.5 22 G3/8 Rc3/8 R3/8 1BP7
LKA1050 209 127 120 105 115 65 50 67 60 88 152 19 60 22.5 5 20 14 23 77 35.5 62 64 64 32 64 φ152 C6 44 173.6 122.5 15 +0.018 0 18 +0.018 0 23.1 M12 4.5 22 G3/8 Rc3/8 R3/8 1BP7
KOSM EK LT D .
LKA
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area
14
Double Action Link Clamp External dimensions
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
The graph shows the locking status of LKA-CCD.
JA
Release port: G thread
B
(The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)
H
J L A- L Release port (-C/-G type)
P *4
Nx
2-chamfer 1
Z
C K
JB
Ny Ny
Link lever
L φ
Lock port P *4 (-C/-G type)
K
4-CA thread *3
4-φR
G thread plug
Spot facing
Q
L A-
Lock port: G thread
φ
de-burr *4
(The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)
6.3S *4
AA
+0.3 0
C0.6
AB
Y
2-φA
E
M
S*2
G
15°
Notes *3. CA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *4. This process indicates -C/-G:Gasket Type.
W±0.1
AC
Lock stroke Stroke allowance
2-chamfer 2
1-φA
φ
*1
A
LKA-D
T V
AG°
Piping Method
F
φ -0.1 -0.2 φ A
G: Gasket type (with R thread plug)
DB
The graph shows the locked status of LKA-GCD.
Lock stroke
max.2mm R thread plug
Nx
DD thread
Lock port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
S: Piping type (Rc thread) Ny Ny
The graph shows the locked status of LKA-SCD. Release port
Rc thread Release port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
DC
Notes *1. Flange inclination angle is 12° only for LKA0650. *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S".
15
7MPa
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
Lock port
Rc thread
Dual rod type for dog application
model
LKA-D
Specifications Model Locking cylinder area cm2 Clamping force *5 (calculation formula) Full stroke mm mm Lock stroke mm Stroke allowance Cylinder capacity at locked cm3 at released Max. operating pressure MPa *6 Minimum operation pressure MPa Max. rated pressure MPa
LKA0360-D 4.02 F=
5.24×P L-14.5 18.5 16 2.5 7.4 6.9
LKA0400-D 4.18 F=
6.02×P L-16 20.5 17.5 3 8.6 8.6
LKA0480-D 5.53 F=
9.20×P L-18.5 23.5 20.5 3 13.0 13.0
LKA0550-D 8.08 F=
15.27×P L-21
F=
26 23 3 21.0 19.8
LKA0750-D 21.2
31.67×P L-24.5
F=
29.5 26.5 3 42.3 37.7
57.27×P L-30
LKA0900-D 33.8 F=
109.42×P L-36
LKA1050-D 47.7 F=
188.97×P L-44
35 32 3 74.2 69.8
41 38 3 138.5 123.7
49 46 3 233.8 197.8
4.4
7.2
11.6
7 0.5 10.5 70
Use temperature
0.6
Mass *7
LKA0650-D 14.4
0.7
1.1
1.6
2.8
L
Remarks: *5. F: clamping force (kN), P: hydraulic supply pressure, L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *6. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. *7. Mass means that of the individual clamp with the link lever excluded.
F
Model
A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W X Y Z Chamfer 1 Chamfer 2
AA AB AC AD AE AG CA JA JB DA DB DC DD (Nominal designation×depth) -C type Lock/release port -S type R thread plug -G type O ring (-C/-G type)
LKA0360-D 89 49 40 36 48 23 25 29 20 31.4 66 11 23.5 8 3 7.5 4.5 15.5 27 10 22.5 30 20 11 19 C2 C2.5 14.5 74.3 47.3 5 +0.012 0 5 +0.012 0 19.6 M4×0.7 3.5 14 8 10.5 6 M4×0.7×10 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LKA0400-D 100.5 54 45 40 54 29 25 31.5 22.5 34 72 11 26 9 3 9 5.5 15 30.5 12 25 30.5 22 13 21 C3 C3 16 77.7 50.2 6 +0.012 0 6 +0.012 0 20.2 M5×0.8 3.5 14 12 13 10 M6×15 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LKA0480-D 112 61 51 48 60 32 28 35.5 25.5 40 81 12 30 11 3 9 5.5 16 35 14 29 34.5 26 13 24 C3 C3 18.5 92.4 61.2 6 +0.012 0 6 +0.012 0 18.9 M5×0.8 3.5 14 14 13 12 M8×18 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LKA0550-D 123.5 69 60 55 65 37 28 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 13.5 37.5 16 31.5 35.5 30 16 28 C3 C3 21 101.9 71.7 6 +0.012 0 8 +0.015 0 19.9 M6 3.5 14 14 13 12 M8×18 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LKA0650-D 140.5 81 70 65 73.5 43.5 30 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 11 6.8 16 45 20 37 39 35.5 19 37 C4 C5 24.5 111.4 78.7 8 +0.015 0 10 +0.015 0 20.5 M6 4.5 19 14 13 12 M8×18 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7
LKA0750-D 164 94.5 85 75 84 47 37 52 42.5 63 116 16 45 16 5 14 9 17.5 55 22 45 48 43.5 25 40 C10 C5 30 130.8 90.8 10 +0.015 0 12 +0.018 0 21.4 M8 4.5 19 18 13 16 M10×21 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7
LKA0900-D 193 109.5 100 90 101 61 40 59.5 50 75 136 16 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 17 64.5 28 52 52.5 52.5 28 49 C11 C6 36 146.5 104.6 12 +0.018 0 15 +0.018 0 22.4 M10 4.5 22 18 13 16 M10×21 G3/8 Rc3/8 R3/8 1BP7
LKA1050-D 222 127 120 105 115 65 50 67 60 88 152 19 60 22.5 5 20 14 23 77 35.5 62 64 64 32 64 φ152 C6 44 173.6 122.5 15 +0.018 0 18 +0.018 0 23.1 M12 4.5 22 18 13 16 M10×21 G3/8 Rc3/8 R3/8 1BP7
KOSM EK LT D .
LKA-D
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area
16
Double Action Link Clamp Processing dimensions for the mounting area
External dimensions The graph shows the locking status of LKA-CCM.
JA
Release port: G thread
Release port (-C/-G type)
B
(The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)
H
Nx
P *6
J Ny Ny
L A- L
2- chamfer 1 Link lever
JB
Lock port P *6 (-C/-G type)
K
Z
C K
4-CA thread *4
φ
L
de-burr *6
6.3S *6 G thread plug
Spot facing φ
*5
FM
-0.1 -0.2
(air) 3-O ring (attached)
Air venting port *3
Port for confirming the releasing
*3. The air venting port must be open to the atmosphere and kept free of coolant, chips or other debris. *4. CA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *5. The dimensions indicate those under the flange. *6. This process indicates -C/-G:Gasket Type.
Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) The graph shows the locked status of LKA-GCM.
φ Af8
Air venting port *3
R thread plug
max.2mm
Nx Lock port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
Ny Ny
S: Piping type (Rc thread) The graph shows the locked status of LKA-SCM. Release port Rc thread
Release port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type) Notes *1. Flange inclination angle is 12° only for LKA0650. *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S".
7MPa
ME
MD ±0.4
φ
S*2
M E
φ
(air)
17
±0.4
*5
6 .3 S
1.5
MF ±0.2 *5
Above MK
AB
AC
Lock stroke Stroke allowance
30°
There should be no returning
Notes
Port for confirming the locking
MB
2-φ4
W±0.1
2-φA
15°
G
A
Y
φ
φ AH8
30°
S 6.3
*1
2-chamfer 2
1-φA
30°
6.3 S
T V
AG°
MH MJ MH MG
AA
S 6.3
Above ML
(The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)
+0.3 0
*5
φ
L A-
Lock port: G thread
LKA-M
C0.6
4-φR
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
Lock port Rc thread
Manifold type with air sensor
model
LKA-M
Specifications Model Locking cylinder area cm2
LKA0360-M 4.02
Clamping force *7 (calculation formula)
F=
Full stroke mm Lock stroke mm Stroke allowance mm Cylinder capacity at locked cm3 at released Max. operating pressure MPa Minimum operation pressure *8 MPa Max. rated pressure MPa
5.24×P L-14.5 18.5 16 2.5 7.4 6.9
LKA0400-M 4.18 F=
6.02×P L-16 20.5 17.5 3 8.6 8.6
LKA0480-M 5.53 F=
9.20×P L-18.5 23.5 20.5 3 13.0 13.0
Use temperature Recommended used air pressure *9 Recommended air catch sensor *9
MPa MPa
0.7
Mass *10
0.9
1.4
LKA0550-M 8.08 F=
15.27×P L-21 26 23 3 21.0 19.8
LKA0650-M 14.4 F=
LKA0750-M 21.2
31.67×P L-24.5
F=
29.5 26.5 3 42.4 37.7
7 0.5 10.5 70 0.2 ISA1,ISA2-H (Made by SMC) 1.9 3.1
Remarks: *7. F: clamping force (kN), P: hydraulic supply pressure, L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *8. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. *9. The number of connected clamps should be below 4 for one air catch sensor. *10. Mass means that of the individual clamp with the link lever excluded.
57.27×P L-30
LKA0900-M 33.8 F=
109.42×P L-36
LKA1050-M 47.7 F=
188.97×P L-44
35 32 3 74.2 69.8
41 38 3 138.5 123.7
49 46 3 233.8 197.8
4.9
7.8
12.8
L
F
Model A B C D E FM G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W X Y Z Chamfer 1 Chamfer 2
AA AB AC AD AE AG CA JA JB MAf8 MAH8 MB MC MD ME MF MG MH MJ MK ML -C type -S type R thread plug -G type O ring (-C/-G type)
Lock/release port
LKA0360-M 78.5 49 40 36 48 23 25 29 20 31.4 66 11 23.5 8 3 7.5 4.5 15.5 27 10 22.5 30 20 11 19 C2 C2.5 14.5 74.3 47.3 5 +0.012 0 5 +0.012 0 19.6 M4×0.7 3.5 14 34.5 -0.025 -0.064 34.5 +0.039 0 31 35.7 32.5 45.5 23.5 4.5 9 4 6 56 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LKA0400-M 88.5 54 45 40 55 30 25 31.5 22.5 34 72 11 26 9 3 9 5.5 15 30.5 12 25 30.5 22 13 21 C3 C3 16 77.7 50.2 6+0.012 0 6+0.012 0 20.2 M5×0.8 3.5 14 38 -0.025 -0.064 38 +0.039 0 36 39.2 40 56.5 30.5 5 9 7.5 7 68 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LKA0480-M 100 61 51 48 61 33 28 35.5 25.5 40 81 12 30 11 3 9 5.5 16 35 14 29 34.5 26 13 24 C3 C3 18.5 92.4 61.2 6+0.012 0 6+0.012 0 18.9 M5×0.8 3.5 14 45 -0.025 -0.064 45 +0.039 0 40 46.2 43 63.5 33.5 5 9 11.5 7 75 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LKA0550-M 114 69 60 55 68.5 40.5 28 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 13.5 37.5 16 31.5 35.5 30 16 28 C3 C3 21 101.9 71.7 6 +0.012 0 8 +0.015 0 19.9 M6 3.5 14 45 -0.025 -0.064 45 +0.039 0 40 46.2 50.5 71 41 5 9 11.5 7 82.5 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LKA0650-M 134.5 81 70 65 80.5 50.5 30 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 11 6.8 16 45 20 37 39 35.5 19 37 C4 C5 24.5 111.4 78.7 8+0.015 0 10+0.015 0 20.5 M6 4.5 19 45 -0.025 -0.064 45 +0.039 0 40 46.2 60.5 81 51 5 9 11.5 7 92.5 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7
LKA0750-M 153 94.5 85 75 86 49 37 52 42.5 63 116 16 45 16 5 14 9 17.5 55 22 45 48 43.5 25 40 C10 C5 30 130.8 90.8 10 +0.015 0 12 +0.018 0 21.4 M8 4.5 19 53 -0.030 -0.076 53 +0.046 0 59.5 54.2 61 93.5 49.5 5.5 12 20.5 11 110.5 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7
LKA0900-M 186 109.5 100 90 107 67 40 59.5 50 75 136 16 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 17 64.5 28 52 52.5 52.5 28 49 C11 C6 36 146.5 104.6 12+0.018 0 15 +0.018 0 22.4 M10 4.5 22 53 -0.030 -0.076 53 +0.046 0 59.5 54.2 79 111.5 67.5 5.5 12 20.5 11 128.5 G3/8 Rc3/8 R3/8 1BP7
LKA1050-M 223 127 120 105 129 79 50 67 60 88 152 19 60 22.5 5 20 14 23 77 35.5 62 64 64 32 64 φ152 C6 44 173.6 122.5 15+0.018 0 18+0.018 0 23.1 M12 4.5 22 53 -0.030 -0.076 53 +0.046 0 59.5 54.2 91 123.5 79.5 5.5 12 20.5 11 140.5 G3/8 Rc3/8 R3/8 1BP7
KOSM EK LT D .
LKA-M
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area
18
Double Action Link Clamp External dimensions
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
The graph shows the locking status of LKA-CCN.
JA
B
Release port: G thread
H
J L A- L
Release port (-C/-G type)
2- chamfer 1
Z
C K
JB
Link lever
P *5
Nx
Ny Ny
(The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)
L φ Lock port P *5 (-C/-G type)
4-φR
G thread plug
L A-
AG°
6.3S *5
+0.3 0
C0.6
2-chamfer 2
1-φA
Y
φ
AB
AC
Lock stroke Stroke allowance
T V
φ
de-burr *5
AA
2-φA
15°
*1
Notes *4. CA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *5. This process indicates -C/-G:Gasket Type.
E
M
S*2
G
W±0.1
Lock port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)
A
K
4-CA thread *4
Spot facing φ
-0.1 -0.2
F
φ
Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug)
Port for confirming the locking
The graph shows the locked status of LKA-GCN.
LKA-N
NE
NB
R thread plug
Rc1/8 (air)
NE
Air venting port *3
φ2
φ A
NF
Lock port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
only for LKA0360
2-NH thread *3
NG
Ny Ny
NF
2-NHthread *3
max.2mm
Port for confirming the releasing
NC
ND
Rc1/8 (air)
NG Release port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
S: Piping type (Rc thread) The graph shows the locked status of LKA-SCN. Release port Rc thread
Nx
Notes *1. Flange inclination angle is 12° only for LKA0650. *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". *3. The air venting port must be open to the atmosphere and kept free of coolant, chips or other debris. If the port might be exposed to coolant or debris a filter mechanism should be attached using tapped holes NG. Be sure not to block the air vent port.
19
7MPa
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
Lock port Rc thread
Pipeline type with air sensor
model
LKA-N
Specifications Model Locking cylinder area cm2 Clamping force *6 (calculation formula) Full stroke mm Lock stroke mm Stroke allowance mm Cylinder capacity at locked cm3 at released Max. operating pressure MPa Minimum operation pressure *7 MPa Max. rated pressure MPa
LKA0360-N 4.02 F=
5.24×P L-14.5 18.5 16 2.5 7.4 6.9
LKA0400-N 4.18 F=
6.02×P L-16 20.5 17.5 3 8.6 8.6
LKA0480-N 5.53 F=
9.20×P L-18.5 23.5 20.5 3 13.0 13.0
LKA0550-N 8.08 F=
15.27×P L-21 26 23 3 21.0 19.8
LKA0650-N 14.4 F=
31.67×P L-24.5
LKA0750-N 21.2 F=
29.5 26.5 3 42.4 37.7
7 0.5 10.5 70 Use temperature *8 0.2 MPa Recommended used air pressure ISA1,ISA2-H (Made by SMC) Recommended air catch sensor *8 MPa Mass *9 0.7 0.9 1.4 1.9 3.1 Remarks: *6. F: clamping force (kN), P: hydraulic supply pressure, L: distance between the L piston center and the clamping point (mm). *7. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. *8. The number of connected clamps should be no more than 4 for one air catch sensor. F *9. Mass means that of the individual clamp with the link lever excluded.
57.27×P L-30
LKA0900-N 33.8 F=
109.42×P L-36
LKA1050-N 47.7 F=
188.97×P L-44
35 32 3 74.2 69.8
41 38 3 138.5 123.7
49 46 3 233.8 197.8
4.9
7.8
12.8
Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W X Y Z Chamfer 1 Chamfer 2
AA AB AC AD AE AG CA JA JB NA NB NC ND NE NF NG NH (Nominal designation× depth) -C type Lock/release port -S type R thread plug -G type O ring (-C/-G type)
LKA0360-N 78.5 49 40 36 48 23 25 29 20 31.4 66 11 23.5 8 3 7.5 4.5 15.5 27 10 22.5 30 20 11 19 C2 C2.5 14.5 74.3 47.3 0 5+0.012 0 5+0.012 19.6 M4×0.7 3.5 14 35.5 31 9 12.5 17 25 M3×0.5×6 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LKA0400-N 88.5 54 45 40 55 30 25 31.5 22.5 34 72 11 26 9 3 9 5.5 15 30.5 12 25 30.5 22 13 21 C3 C3 16 77.7 50.2 0 6 +0.012 0 6 +0.012 20.2 M5×0.8 3.5 14 39.5 36 8.5 17.5 1 18.5 29 M3×0.5×6 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LKA0480-N 100 61 51 48 61 33 28 35.5 25.5 40 81 12 30 11 3 9 5.5 16 35 14 29 34.5 26 13 24 C3 C3 18.5 92.4 61.2 0 6 +0.012 0 6 +0.012 18.9 M5×0.8 3.5 14 45 40 12 18 2 20 29 M3×0.5×6 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LKA0550-N 114 69 60 55 68.5 40.5 28 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 13.5 37.5 16 31.5 35.5 30 16 28 C3 C3 21 101.9 71.7 0 6 +0.012 0 8 +0.015 19.9 M6 3.5 14 45 40 12 18 2 20 29 M3×0.5×6 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5
LKA0650-N 134.5 81 70 65 80.5 50.5 30 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 11 6.8 16 45 20 37 39 35.5 19 37 C4 C5 24.5 111.4 78.7 0 8 +0.015 0 10 +0.015 20.5 M6 4.5 19 45 40 12 18 2 20 29 M3×0.5×6 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7
LKA0750-N 153 94.5 85 75 86 49 37 52 42.5 63 116 16 45 16 5 14 9 17.5 55 22 45 48 43.5 25 40 C10 C5 30 130.8 90.8 0 10 +0.015 0 12 +0.018 21.4 M8 4.5 19 53 59.5 20 29.5 3 24 38 M4×0.7×7 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7
LKA0900-N 186 109.5 100 90 107 67 40 59.5 50 75 136 16 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 17 64.5 28 52 52.5 52.5 28 49 C11 C6 36 146.5 104.6 0 12+0.018 0 15 +0.018 22.4 M10 4.5 22 53 59.5 20 29.5 3 24 38 M4×0.7×7 G3/8 Rc3/8 R3/8 1BP7
LKA1050-N 223 127 120 105 129 79 50 67 60 88 152 19 60 22.5 5 20 14 23 77 35.5 62 64 64 32 64 φ152 C6 44 173.6 122.5 0 15 +0.018 0 18 +0.018 23.1 M12 4.5 22 53 59.5 20 29.5 3 24 38 M4×0.7×7 G3/8 Rc3/8 R3/8 1BP7
KOSM EK LT D .
LKA-N
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area
20
Double Action Link Clamp
(Supplied air pressure) 0.2
Air sensor pressure setting (ON)
0
Remarks.*1
Lock detection air pressure (MPa)
Number directly connected to clamp: 1
Pressure when detection nozzle completely closed
Lock detection air pressure (MPa)
Release → Lock
Pressure when detection nozzle completely open
Detected pressure difference
Air sensing chart
Number directly connected to clamp: 4 (for reference) (Supplied air pressure) 0.2
0
5.5±0.5
(Supplied air pressure) 0.2
Air sensor pressure setting (ON)
0
Remarks.*1
Release detection air pressure (MPa)
Number directly connected to clamp: 1
Pressure when detection nozzle completely closed
Release detection air pressure (MPa)
Lock → Release
Pressure when detection nozzle completely open
Detected pressure difference
Release end
Lock end
Full stroke
Number directly connected to clamp: 4 (for reference) (Supplied air pressure) 0.2
0
Lock end
Full stroke Release end
LKA-M/N
0.5±0.5
Remarks 1. The graph shows the relationship between the clamping stroke and detection circuit pressure. 2. The position where the air sensor has ON signal output varies as per the sensor setting. 3. The detection pressure varies as per the number of clamps connected per circuit. (Maximum number of clamps connected: 4) 4. The features may vary as per the air circuit structure. For details, please do not hesitate to contact us. *1. There is certain tolerance with regard to the position where the pressure for fully closing the detection nozzle is reached as per the clamp structure. (Refer to the graph)
21
7MPa
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
Air sensing chart
model
LKA-M/N
When the air catch sensor type (-M/N) is used The air catch sensor is necessary to confirm the clamp action. Please use the air catch sensor with the air consumption above 22~25L/min (at 0.2MPa). ecommended air catch sensor ame odel anufacturer
Air catch sensor I A1 I A2-H C
Contact confirmation switch G 2-07-15 C D
In order to carry out stabilized detection, the number of clamps connected per one air catch sensor should be no more than 4.The air pressure to the air catch sensor should be 0.2MPa.
Refer to the drawing below for the pneumatic circuit composition.
Air sensor
Lock confirmation
Release confirmation
5
m
0.2MPa (recommended)
The air venting port must be open to the atmosphere and no coolant and kept free of coolant and debris. The air catch sensor can malfunction if the air vent port is blocked
LKA-M/N
Notes on manifold type (-M) with air sensor and pipeline type (-N) with air sensor. When the lever is mounted, match the marks on the rod and cylinder. Detection is not possible if it is mounted reversely by 180째.
Piston Cylinder ark
Notes on manifold type (-M) with air sensor. Grease the O-ring before assembly to fixture. If installed without lubricant, the O-ring may twist or be damaged. If excessive grease is applied, the grease may overflow to block the detection port, resulting in malfunctioning of the air catch sensor.
KOSM EK LT D .
22
Double Action Link Clamp Link Lever Design Dimension Refer to it for designing the link lever.
N
φ
H7
L
J
B
M±0.02
A±0.02
φ
K
H7
C
F +00.1
G
H
Calculation List of Link Lever Design Dimension Corresponding Product Model
LKA0360
LKA0400
LKA0480
LKA0550
LKA0650
LKA0750
LKA0900
A
14.5
16
18.5
21
24.5
30
36
44
B
12.5
14
16
20
25
32
38
45
0 12 -0.3
0 12 -0.3
0 16 -0.3
0 19 -0.3
0 22 -0.3
0 25 -0.3
0 32 -0.4
5 +0.012 0 5+0.012 0
6+0.012 0 6+0.012 0
6+0.012 0 6+0.012 0
6+0.012 0 8+0.015 0
5 8 +0.01 0 5 10+0.01 0
5 10 +0.01 0 8 12 +0.01 0
8 12 +0.01 0 8 15 +0.01 0
15+0.018 0
F
5
6
6
8
10
11
13
16
G
10
11.5
13
12.5
16
20
24
28
H
R2.5
R3
R3
R4
R5
R5.5
R6.5
R8
J
10
12
13
13
17.5
22
26
30.5
K
R4.5
R5.5
R6
R6
R8
R10
R11
R13
L
4.5
5.5
6
6
8
10
11
13
M
2.5
2.5
3.5
6
7.5
9.5
13
16
N
4.5
5.5
6
6
8
10
11
13
Lever Dimensions Accessory
C
23
0 10 -0.2
LKA1050
Notes 1. Design the link lever length by taking into consideration of the performance graph. 2. If the link lever is not in accordance with the dimension shown above, performance may be degraded and damage can occur.
7MPa
ht t p : / / w ww. k o s m e k .c o .jp
18+0.018 0
Lever Dimensions/Accessory
model
LKA
Accessory Link lever blank: LZK-L +0.1 0
B
Model Corresponding Product Model
F
A B C
A φ
H7
F G H J K L M N
K L ±0.02
H7
C G
φ
H J ±0.02
LZK0360 LZK0400 LZK0480 LZK0550 LZK0650 LZK0750 LZK0900 LZK1050 -L -L -L -L -L -L -L -L LKA0360 LKA0400 LKA0480 LKA0550 LKA0650 LKA0750 LKA0900 LKA1050 65 75 85 90 105 110 160 220 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 -0.2 12 -0.3 12 -0.3 16 -0.3 19 -0.3 22 -0.3 25 -0.3 32 -0.4 12.5 14 16 20 25 32 38 45 5 6 6 8 10 11 13 16 12.5 14.5 16 16.5 21 25.5 30.5 36 2.5 3 3 4 5 5.5 6.5 8 10 12 13 13 17.5 22 26 30.5 4.5 5.5 6 6 8 10 11 13 14.5 16 18.5 21 24.5 30 36 44 4.5 5.5 6 6 8 10 11 13 2.5 2.5 3.5 6 7.5 9.5 13 16 5+0.012 6 +0.012 6+0.012 6+0.012 8+0.015 10+0.015 12+0.018 15+0.018 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +0.012 +0.012 +0.012 +0.015 +0.015 +0.018 +0.018 50 60 60 80 10 0 12 0 15 0 18+0.018 0
Notes 1.Material S45C 2. If necessary, the front end should be additionally processed.
Manifold block: LZ C ±0.1
Model
6.3S
4-φ
J
Corresponding Product Model
G H
φ
A
+0.3 0
F
A B C
C0.6
L side
C0.6
2 – O-ring
F G H J K O-ring
LZY0360 LZY0400 LZY0480 LZY0550 LZY0650 LZY0750 LZY0900 LZY1050 LKA0360 LKA0400 LKA0480 LKA0550 LKA0650 LKA0750 LKA0901 LKA1051 49 54 61 69 81 92 107 122 40 45 51 60 70 80 95 110 20 20 27 30 32 37 45 50 36 40 48 55 65 75 90 105 29 31.5 35.5 39 46 52 59.5 67 20 22.5 25.5 30 35 40 47.5 55 23.5 26 30 33.5 39.5 45 52.5 60 16 18 22 24 30 32 37 45 31.4 34 40 47 55 63 75 88 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.8 6.8 9 11 14 1BP5 1BP5 1BP5 1BP5 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7
Notes 1.Material S45C 2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "C". 3. L side should be additionally processed for use if it is necessary to have the area beyond the block thickness (C dimension). Moreover, refer to this drawing for fabrication.
Lever Dimensions Accessory
B
KOSM EK LTD .
24
Double Acting Link Clamp Speed Control Valve (with air venting function): BZL *1 BZL is the direct mount G thread speed control valve for piping method: C type. It is best used in the circuit where the flow governing valve cannot be mounted, or the synchronized and individual adjustment is necessary. Additionally, air can be vented at the component, improving stability of the hydraulic system. *1.It can only be installed on Piping Method C Type.
Specifications Model Maximum Use Pressure
Max. rated pressure
MPa MPa
Controlling Method G thread size Cracking pressure Maximum passage area
Tightening torque
MPa mm2 N・m
Circuit Symbols
BZL0100-A BZL0200-A BZL0300-A BZL0100-B BZL0200-B BZL0300-B 7 10.5 Meter-in Meter-out G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 0.04 0.12 2.6 5.0 11.6 2.6 5.0 10.2 10 25 35 10 25 35
BZL-A:meter-in
P1 port
BZL-B:meter-out
Remarks 1.The minimum passage area at full opening of the control side is similar to that for free flow.
External Dimensions
Model
M thread
(Link clamp) Special packing
G thread
BZL0 00 -
φB close
open
J max.H
Hexagonal K Hexagonal A
P2 port Clamping side
E D max.C
F P1 port Hydraulic supply side
Processing dimensions for the mounting area Notes
0.1 Z
U thread (Lower hole
Z
0 N -0.10 min.P
T flat bottom)
P2 port
0.2
0.4
φ
Q
P2 port Clamping side
BZL 1
-
BZL 2
-
BZL 3
-
Corresponding Product Model
LKA0650 LKA0750
LKA0900 LKA1050
A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R (flat area) S T U V W
14 15.5 15 12 8.5 (11.6) G1/8 3 3.5 10 3 M6×0.75 11.5 8.5 9 16 10 8.7 G1/8 2 3 2.5 5
18 20 16 13 9.5 (15.1) G1/4 3 3.5 10 3 M6×0.75 15 *1 11 11.5 20.5 13.5 11.5 G1/4 3 4 3.5 7
22 24 19 16 11 (17.6) G3/8 3 5 13 4 M8×0.75 17.5 13 13 24.5 17 15 G3/8 4 5 4.5 9
Notes 1 As the area is sealing part, pay attention not to damage it. 2 As the area is the metal sealing part at the BZL side, pay attention not to damage it (Notes for deburring) 3 Pay attention to have no cutting powder and burring at the tolerance part of the processing hole.
φW
45°
Accessory
min.φR max.φS φT
Clamping side
P1 port Hydraulic supply side
LKA0360 LKA0400 LKA0480 LKA0550
(Attached)
Hexagonal Lhole
P2 port Clamping side
Hydraulic supply side
P1 port Hydraulic supply side
4 As shown in the drawing, P1 port is used as the hydraulic supply side and P2 port as the clamping side. 5 If the market available plug and connector with G screw specs are considered to be mounted, ”*1” in the specification list is 12.5. 6 It is dangerous to have air venting operation under high pressure.It must be done under lower pressure. (For reference: the minimum operation pressure range of the product within the circuit)
25
7MPa
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
Speed Control Valve
model Flow characteristic graph (hydraulic fluids ISO-VG32 25 BZL0200-A:meter-in
Control flow direction
4 Pressure loss 1MPa
2 0
1
2
3
30
20
5MPa
15 3MPa
10 5 0
4
35
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
1MPa
0
1
Free flowing direction
3
4 Fully closed
2 1
2
3
4
5
10 Fully closed
5 0
1
2
3
4
5
4 Pressure loss 1MPa
2 3
4
15 3MPa
10 5 0
1
3
6 4 Fully closed
2 3
4
Pressure loss (MPa)
5
6
4
5
6
5MPa
3MPa
15 10 5 1MPa
0
1
2
3
4
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
Free flowing direction 35 30
Fully opened
20 15 10
Fully closed
5 0
3
20
0
4
Flow rate (L/min)
Fully opened
2
25
Free flowing direction
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
2
25
2
1
30 5MPa
Free flowing direction
1
0
Control flow direction
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
10
0
10
35
20
0
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
0
Fully closed
15
BZL0300-B:meter-out
1MPa
8
20
Pressure loss (MPa)
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
Pressure loss 3MPa
4
Fully opened
Control flow direction
6
3
25
0
6
25 Pressure loss 5MPa
2
5
BZL0200-B:meter-out
2
1
30
15
Control flow direction
1
1MPa
0
Pressure loss (MPa)
10
0
5
Free flowing direction
Fully opened
20
0
6
BZL0100-B:meter-out
0
10
35
Pressure loss (MPa)
8
3MPa
15
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
Flow rate (L/min)
6
0
20
Free flowing direction
Fully opened
8
5MPa
25
0
4
25 Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
2
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
10
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
Pressure loss 5MPa
Pressure loss 3MPa
0
Control flow direction
25
6
0
BZL0300-A:meter-in
Control flow direction
10 8
35 )
Accessory
BZL0100-A:meter-in
BZL
0
1
2
3
4
Pressure loss (MPa)
5
6
Fully opened
25 20 15
Fully closed
10 5 0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Pressure loss (MPa)
KOSM EK LTD .
26
Double Action Link Clamp Air venting valve: BZX *1 BZL is the direct mount G thread speed control valve for piping method: C type. As it is specially for air venting, it is easy to vent the air within the hydraulic circuit. *1.It can only be installed on Piping Method C Type.
Specifications
Circuit Symbols
Model
BZX010
BZX020 25 37.5 G1/4 25
MPa MPa
Maximum use pressure Max rated pressure
G1/8 10
G thread size Tightening torque (housing)
N・m
BZX030
G3/8 35
External Dimensions Housing Locking nut M6 (3 types)
(Link clamp)
Model
BZX010
BZX020
BZX030
Corresponding Product Model
LKA0360 LKA0400 LKA0480 LKA0550
LKA0650 LKA0750
LKA0900 LKA1050
A B C D E G
14 15.5 19.8 9.3 5.5 G1/8
18 20 20.6 10.1 6.3 G1/4
22 24 20.6 10.1 6.3 G3/8
Plug
M6x1
Special packing(Attached)
φB
G thread
3.6 3.8
Hexagonal hole 3
E D
Hexagonal 10
Notes 1. Do not over loosen the plug during air venting. (Do not loosen for more than 2 turns from the fully closed status.) 2. It is dangerous to have air venting operation under high pressure. (For reference: the minimum operation pressure range of the product within the circuit)
Hexagonal A
10.5 C
3. Refer to the processing dimensions for BZL mounting area if it is otherwise mounted within the hydraulic circuit. (Refer to Page 25)
G thread Plug (with air venting function): JZG *2 JZG is the plug with air venting function which consists of the G thread plug and special packing. Moreover, air is vented at the equipment end like BZL, improving the stability of the hydraulic system. *2.It is assembled with Piping Method C Type for delivery.
Specifications Model
JZG010
Maximum use pressure Max rated pressure
MPa MPa
G thread size
N・m
G1/8 10
JZG030
G3/8 35
External Dimensions Special packing
(Attached)
φA
Accessory
Tightening torque
JZG020 35 42 G1/4 25
Hexagonal hole D
G thread
B
27
7MPa
C
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
Model
JZG010
JZG020
JZG030
Corresponding Product Model
LKA0360 LKA0400 LKA0480 LKA0550
LKA0650 LKA0750
LKA0900 LKA1050
A B C D G
14 3.5 8 5 G1/8
19 4.5 9 6 G1/4
22 4.5 10 8 G3/8
Notes 1. Refer to the processing dimensions for BZL mounting area if it is otherwise mounted within the hydraulic circuit. (Refer to Page 25)
Air venting valve/G screw type
model
BZX/JZG
Application Example LKA Link clamp
BZL0 00-B Speed Control Valve
JZG G thread plug
Lock port
Release port
Lock port
Accessory
Release port
KOSM EK LTD .
28
Double Action Link Clamp Notes for design 1) Specification confirmation The maximum use hydraulic pressure is 7.0MPa and minimum at 0.5MPa. However, the maximum use pressure and clamping force vary as per the link lever length. If load is excessive damage may occur and cause oil leaks. Use the appropriate pressure based on the length of the used lever by referring to Performance Graph. (Refer to Page 5~8)
6) When it is used in dry environment If the link pins are heated or otherwise lose lubrication, they should be greased regularly or special pins should be used. Please contact us regarding special usage. 7) When the speed control valve (BZL) is used Used BZL should not be re-mounted on other clamps as the metal seal may not re-seal and flow adjustment would be degraded. Moreover, the speed control valve (BZL) can be mounted only on the Piping Method C type. (Refer to Page 25)
2) Consideration for circuit design When designing the hydraulic circuit, refer to Oil Cylinder Speed Control Circuit and Notes. Improper design can lead to malfunction and damage. (Refer to Page 33) Do not supply pressure simultaneously to Lock and Release ports. 3) Notes on link lever design Do not apply force other than the axial force on the piston rod. Never operate it in the way as shown in the drawing below as the piston rod suffers from large bending stress.
If eccentric load is applied on the link part, do not exceed the tolerance range of Eccentricity Tolerance Graph. (Refer to Page 9~12) 4) When the welding fixture is used, the exposed area of piston rod and link lever should be protected. If the exposed becomes contaminated with spatter, it may lead to defective operation and fluid leakage.
Notes
5) When the workpiece inclined side is clamped The clamping side and clamp mounting side should be made parallel.
29
7MPa
ht t p : / / w w w . k o s m ek .c o .jp
Notes
model
LKA
Notes on installation 1) Used fluid confirmation Please use the appropriate fluid by referring to the Hydraulic Fluid List. 2) Treatment before the piping The pipeline, piping connector and fixture fluid hole should be cleaned by thorough flushing. The dust and cutting powder in the circuit may lead to fluid leakage and malfunctioning.
Reduce hydraulic supply pressure to less than 2MPa. Loosen the cap nut of the pipeline connector which is closest to the link clamp by one turn. Shake the pipeline left and right, and loosen the mating surfaces of the pipeline connector. The hydraulic fluid mixed with air comes out.
This product is not equipped with protective function to prevent dust and impurity going into the hydraulic system and pipeline. 3) Applying seal tape Wind tape 1~2 turns. Wrapping in the wrong direction will cause leaks and malfunction. In order to prevent foreign substance going into the product during the piping work, it should be carefully cleaned before the work is started. 4) Mounting the body All the mounting bolt holes should be used to assemble the body with tightening torque shown in the table below. If the tightening torque is more than that recommended, the counter-bore or the bolt may be damaged. Model LKA0360 LKA0400 LKA0480 LKA0550 LKA0650 LKA0750 LKA0900 LKA1050
Nominal designation of mounting bolt
Tightening torque (N·m)
M4×0.7
4.0
M5×0.8
8.0
M5×0.8
8.0
M6
14.0
M6
14.0
M8
33.0
M10
65.0
M12
114.0
As for the bolt used, it is recommended to use socket head cap screws (class 12.9) 5) Assembling and removal of link lever When inserting the link pin, do not strike directly. Use a smaller diameter drift to protect the ring grooves.
Tighten the cap nut after bleeding. It is more effective to carry out air venting at the highest point of the hydraulic circuit or close to the clamp at the terminal end. (When the gasket type is used, mount the air venting valve at the place near the highest part of the hydraulic circuit.
7) Speed adjustment Adjust the speed so that the full action time is at least 1s. Excessive clamp speed will accelerate wear and lead to component damage. The speed adjustment should not be carried out unless circuit air venting is completed. If air is mixed in the circuit, action will be erratic. Adjust the speed control valve slowly from the low speed side (low flow) to high speed side (large flow). 8) Checking looseness and retightening At the beginning of the equipment installation, the bolt may be tightened lightly. Check torque and re-tighten if required. 9) Notes on dog sensing dual rod type (-D) When installing dog or cam onto rod end, secure the dog or cam and prevent any rotation or torque on the piston rod. Torque values for the mounting screw are shown in the table below.
Notes
6) Air venting in the hydraulic circuit If the hydraulic circuit has excessive air, the action time may become abnormally long. After making hydraulic connections, or if air enters the circuit at any other time, air bleeding must be carried out according to the procedure below.
KOSM EK LTD .
30
Double Action Link Clamp Notes on installation Hydraulic Fluid List ISO viscosity grade ISO-VG-32 Multi purpose universal fluid
Manufacturer name Wear resistant hydraulic fluid
Tellus Oil C32 TELLUS OIL C32 Showa Shell Sekiyu DAPHNE SUPER HYDRO 32A SUPERMULTI 32 Idemitsu Kosan SUPER HYRANDO 32 SUPER MULPUS 32 Nippon Oil Corp COSMO NEW MIGHTY SUPER 32 COSMO HYDRO AW32 Cosmo Oil LATHUS 32 HYDLUX 32 Japan Energy (JOMO) NUTO 32 NUTO H32 Esso Sekiyu MOBIL DTE24 LIGHT MOBIL DTE24 ExxonMobil UNIT OIL P32 UNIT OIL WR32 Kygnus FUKKOL SUPER HYDROL 32 FUKKOL HYDROL DX32 Fujikosan Oil HYDROL AW32 Matsumura Oil SUNVIS 832 SUNVIS 932 Japan Sun Oil HYDIC AW32 HYDIC 32 Mitsui Oil HYSPIN AWS32 Castrol
Notes
Note: as it may be difficult to purchase the products as shown in the table from overseas, please contact the respective manufacturer.
31
7MPa
ht t p : / / w w w . k o s m ek .c o .jp
Notes
model
LKA
Notes on handling 1) It should be handled by qualified personnel with sufficient knowledge.
1
The hydraulic machine/air compressor should be handled and maintained by qualified personnel with sufficient experience and knowledge. 2
Do not handle or remove the machine unless the safety is ensured. The machine and equipment can only be inspected or prepared when it is confirmed that the preventive devices against falling of driven articles and reckless operation preventive device are in place.
Maintenance/Inspection Removal of the machine and shutoff of pressure source Before the machine is removed, make sure that the preventive devices against falling of driven articles and reckless operation preventive device are in place, shut off the air of hydraulic source and power and make sure that no pressure exists in in the hydraulic circuit. Make sure there is no abnormality in the bolts and respective parts before restarting.
2
Regularly clean the area around the piston rod. If it is used when the surface is contaminated with dirt, it may lead to packing seal damage, malfunctioning and fluid leakage.
3
If disconnection is carried out with coupler, air is mixed inside the circuit after a long period of use, air venting should be carried out on the regular basis.
4
Check whether the pipeline, mounting bolt and stopper for link pin are loosened or not. If so, retighten it.
5
Make sure the hydraulic fluid has not deteriorated.
6
Make sure that the action is smooth and there is no abnormal noise. Especially when it is restarted after left unused for a long period, make sure it can be operated correctly.
7
The products should be stored in the cold and dark place without direct sunshine and moisture.
8
Please contact us for overhaul and repair.
Before the machine is removed, make sure that the above-mentioned safety measures are in place, shut off the air of hydraulic source and power and make sure that no pressure exists in the hydraulic circuit. After stopping the machine, do not remove it until its temperature cools down.
3
4
Do not touch the lamp when the link clamp is in operation. Otherwise,your hands may be injured due to clinching. Do not disassemble or modify it. If it is disassembled or modified, the warranty will become invalid even if it is still within the warranty period.
Notes
Make sure there is no abnormality in the bolts and respective parts before restarting the machine/equipment.
KOSM EK LTD .
32
Double Action Link Clamp 取付施工上 Speed control注意 circuit of hydraulic cylinder & notes If the hydraulic cylinder speed is controlled, the circuit should be designed with the following points taken into consideration. Carry out sufficient advance review as the wrong circuit design may lead to machine malfunctioning and damage. Speed control circuit for single acting cylinder For spring return type single acting cylinders, restricting flow during release can slow or prevent release action. The preferred method is to control the flow during the lock action and use a valve that has free-flow in the release direction. Also, it is preferred to provide a speed control at each actuator to be regulated.
If the release action is accelerated by some load (or gravity) the clamp may sustain damage. In this case add speed control to release flow. Flow control at the release side
In the case of meter-out circuit, however, the hydraulic circuit should be designed with the following points taken into consideration. Single acting components should not use the same speed control as the double acting components. The release action of the single acting cylinders may become erratic or very slow.
Refer to the following circuit when both the single acting cylinder and double acting cylinder are used together. Separate the control circuit.
W
Speed control circuit for double acting cylinder For double acting cylinder speed control, both the locking side and release side should have meter-out circuits. Meter-in controls can be adversely affected by any air in the system
Back pressure in a shared tank line can delay the release of single acting components.
Meter-out circuit
In the case of meter-out circuit, the inner circuit pressure may increase during the cylinder action because of the fluid supply. The increase of the inner circuit pressure can be prevented by reducing the supplied
Meter-in circuit
fluid beforehand via the flow governing valve. Especially, as for systems with sequence valve and pressure switch for action confirmation, if the inner circuit pressure is over the setting pressure, the system may
Notes
break down, which should be taken into full consideration.
33
Sequence valve
7MPa
Flow governing valve for fluid supply (ok with each location)
ht t p : / / w w w . k o s m ek .c o .jp
Notes
model
LKA
Warranty
2
Warranty Warranty Period The product warranty period is 18 months from shipment from our factory or 12 months from initial use, whichever is earlier. Warranty Scope If the product is damaged or malfunctions during the warranty period due to faulty design, materials or workmanship, we will replace or repair the defective part at our expense. Defects or failures caused by the following are not covered. If the stipulated maintenance and inspection are not carried out. If the product is used while it is not suitable for use based on the operator’s judgement, resulting in defect. If it is used or handled in inappropriate way by the operator. (including damage caused by the misconduct of the third party.) If the defect is caused by reasons other than our responsibility. If it is caused by reform or repair other than carried out by us, or without our approval and confirmation. Other caused by natural disasters or calamities not attributable to our company. Parts expenses or replacement expenses due to parts consumption and deterioration. (such as gum, plastic, seal material and some electric components). Moreover, the damages in connection with or resulting from the product defect shall be excluded from the warranty.
Notes
1
KOSM EK LTD .
34
h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p
1441 Branding Avenue,Suite 110 Downers Grove,IL 60515 USA TEL.630-241-3465 FAX.630-241-3834 POLAND OFFICE: ul. Japońska 8 55-220 Jelcz-Laskowice, Poland TEL.48-71-303-5400 FAX.48-71-303-5401
JQA-QMA10823 KOSMEK HEAD OFFICE
CAT.NO.LKA001-03-02 Printed in Japan
2008.12. First 2011.01. 3th
1Yc 1Ry
1MPa AIR LINK CLAMP
Air Link Clamp Cross-sectional Structure Specially designed dust seal to prevent entrance of dust and coolant
OQFGN
9 % #
- Chemical resistant material.
Convenient speed adjustment - Compact direct mounting flow controller
Three different pivoting directions to choose from - Makes jig design simple.
Piston
Operating Instructions 1. Release position (unclamped) Release is operated by air pressure supply to release port.
1MPa
http:/ / www. kosme k .c o.j p
2. Locking operation (clamped) When air pressure is supplied to the lock port, the lever operates with the piston. Clamp produces a powerful locking function through a unique linking mechanism.
&QWDNG CEVKQP 5VCPFCTF V[RG
OQFGN 9%#
Features
Symbol
-By making the bottom of the flange more compact, the machining area on the fixture is maximized. -Coolant-resistant dust seal provides smooth operation with high durability.
OQFGN
9 % #
-Highly durable link mechanism ensures long life of the clamp.
Applications
K OSMEK LT D .
Air Link Clamp Specifications /QFGN Cylinder inner diameter mm Locking cylinder area
cm2
Clamping capacity (formula)㧖1
F=
OQFGN
9 % #
kN
WCA0321
WCA0401
WCA0501
WCA0631
32
40
50
63
8.04
12.57
19.63
31.17
14.11Ă—P L-19.5
F=
23.76Ă—P L-21
F=
44.17Ă—P L-25
F=
84.16Ă—P L-30
Full stroke
mm
23
24.5
28.5
34
Locking stroke㧖2
mm
20
21.5
25.5
31
Stroke allowance㧖2
mm
3
3
3
3
18.5
30.8
56.0
106.0
15.0
25.9
48.7
93.1
0.8
1.2
Cylinder volume At lock cm3 Released Max operating pressure MPa
1.0
Min operating pressure MPa
0.2
Pressure resistance
1.5
MPa
Operating temperature Í Weight㧖3
kgf
0㨪70 0.4
0.5
Remarks㧖1. The clamp force (formula) codes are as follows: F stands for clamping force (kN), P stands for supplied air pressure (MPa) and L stands for the distance (mm) from the center of the piston to the clamping point. 㧖2. Shows the stroke of the piston rod. 㧖3. Shows the weight of the clamp unit minus the link lever.
Model Code
9 % # ) 4
Cylinder inner diameter Design No.
Piping methods
A
G
S
A: Gasket type (with ports for speed controller) G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) S: Pipe type (Rc thread) Gasket type With ports for With thread plug speed controller (order separately)
Lever direction L: Left C: Center R: Right
1MPa
http:/ / www. kosm ek .c o.j p
L
C
Pipe type Rc thread
R
&QWDNG CEVKQP 5VCPFCTF V[RG
OQFGN 9%#
Performance Curve WCA0321
WCA0401 L=30(5)
1.0
L=33(5) L=35(7)
Non-usable range
0.9
Non-usable range
1.4
L=35(10)
Cylinder output Cylinder output
L=45(20) 0.5 L=50(25) 0.4
1.0 L=50(22)
0.8
0.6
L=60(32)
0.4
L=80(52)
9 % #
0.6
L=42(14)
L=60(35) 0.3 L=80(55)
0.2
L=100(72)
L=100(75)
OQFGN
L=39(14)
0.7
1.2
Clamping force (kN)
Clamping force (kN)
0.8
L=120(92)
0.2
0.1 0
0 0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
0
Supplied air pressure (MPa)
0.2
0.4
0.6
1.0
Supplied air pressure (MPa)
WCA0501
WCA0631 L=38(5)
L=45(6)
4.0
Non-usable range
2.4 2.2 2.0
L=45(12)
L=50(11)
Non-usable range
3.5
Cylinder output
1.8
L=50(17)
1.6 1.4 L=60(27) 1.2 1.0
Clamping force (kN)
Clamping force (kN)
0.8
3.0 L=60(21) 2.5
2.0 L=80(41) 1.5
L=80(47)
0.8
L=100(67)
0.6
L=100(61) L=120(81)
1.0
L=140(101) L=160(121)
L=120(87) 0.4
L=140(107)
0.5
0.2 0
0 0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
0
Supplied air pressure (MPa)
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
Supplied air pressure (MPa)
Notes 1. This graph shows the relationship between the clamping force and the supplied air pressure. 2. If used outside the permitted range it could cause deformation, dragging or air leaks. 3. Clamping force is found by substituting lever length and supplied air pressure with the specifications on P3 in the formulas. 4. Cylinder thrust (L=0) cannot be found with the formula. ฤฌModel
S
ใชฃใช ใช ใช ใฉฟใช ใช
: WCA0501 : 0.6MPa : 50mm : 1.06kN
ใช ใช ใช
Non-usable range
ใช ใช ใช
ใชฃใช ใช ใช ใฉฟใช ใช ใช
ใช ใช ใช
Clamping force (kN)
(E.g.) ใฝฒ Model ิ Supply pressure ิ Lever length ิ clamp force
L
Non-usable range ( part)
9%#
ลจHow to read performance curve diagram
Cylinder output
ใช ใช ใช
ใชฃใช ใช ใช ใฉฟใช ใช ใช
ฤฎ
ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใชฃใช ใช ใช ใฉฟใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช
ฤฏใช ใช ใช ใชฃใช ใช ใช ใฉฟใช ใช ใช
ใช ใช ใช
ใชฃใช ใช ใช ใช ใฉฟใช ใช ใช
ใช ใช ใช
ใชฃใช ใช ใช ใช ใฉฟใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช
ใชฃใช ใช ใช ใช ใฉฟใช ใช ใช ใช
ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใฉท
ใช ใช ใช ใฉท
ใช ใช ใช ใฉท
ใช ใช ใช ใฉท
ใช ใช ใช ใฉท
ใช
ฤญ Supplied air pressure (MPa)
K OSMEK LT D .
Air Link Clamp Outline dimensions
Machining dimensions for mounting
This drawing shows the locked position of WCA-AC.
B
㍄㪸ăŤ?ăŞ…ăŠˇăŞˆăŞŽ H
J
(WCA-AL)
Rc1/8 thread㧖1
2-ZA
for speed controller)
Release port
K Ny
Z
C
ÇžP Ny
ăą˘ăŞˆăŞŒăŞ…ăŞŒ
Link lever (supplied by customer)
‍غ‏K
9 % # #
L Çž Lock port
ÇžP R1/8 thread plug
4-ÇžR Counter bore ÇžQ
(WCA-AR)
Locking stroke Stroke allowance
AG°
AC
C0.6
6.3S
Chamfer
1-ÇžADH7
Chamfer
2 ÇžU
X
Y
2-ÇžAEH7
ăŞœ
㪤
S
㪞
12° ăŞ˜
ÇžD+0.3 0
Remove burrs
AB
ăŞ
㪍
AA
K
4-CA thread
W Âą0.4
OQFGN
Nx
[Cautions] 1) The CA thread depth for mounting bolts is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference.
�
2 The depth of diameter D for the mounting hole on the unit is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the F dimensions as a reference.
ÇžD -0.1 -0.2 Lock port O-ring (Attached)
Nx
Link lever design dimensions BN
BB BL
BJ
㪼�
㪼�
BAÂą0.02
BMÂą0.02
Use as a reference when designing and manufacturing link levers.
BK Release port O-ring (Attached)
ÇžBDH7
BC
BF+0.1 0
BG
[Cautions] 1) Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference.
1 Optional. Please order separately (see P11).
1MPa
ÇžBEH7
BH
http:/ / www. kosm ek .c o.j p
&QWDNG CEVKQP 5VCPFCTF V[RG
OQFGN 9%# # WCA0321-A
WCA0401-A
WCA0501-A
WCA0631-A
A B
99 60
106 66
129 76
148.5 87
C D E
50 46 64
56 54 66
66 64 81
78 77 89
F G
39 25
41 25
51 30
59 30
H J K
35 25 39
38 28 45
43 33 53
48 39 65
L M
79 11
88 11
98 11
113 11
Nx Ny P
28 10 max. 5
31 13 max. 5
36 15 max. 5
41 20 max. 5
Q R
9.5 5.5
9.5 5.5
11 6.8
11 6.8
S T U
14 31.5 14
13.5 36 16
16 40 18
15 50.5 22
V W
27 31
30 32.5
34 37.5
42.5 40.5
X Y Z
23.5 11 19
26 13 21
32.5 16 28
39.5 18 37
Chamfer AA
C2.5 19.5
C3 21
C3 25
C5 30
AB AC AD
72 46.9 5 +0.012 0
76.5 50.9 6 +0.012 0
92.2 62.7 6 +0.012 0
105.7 74.7 8 +0.015 0
AE AG
5 +0.012 0 26.5
6 +0.012 0 26.4
8 +0.015 0 26.1
10 +0.015 0 25.2
CA ZA O-ring
M5Ă—0.8 R5 1BP7
M5Ă—0.8 R5 1BP7
M6 R6 1BP7
M6 R6 1BP7
Locking stroke Stroke allowance
20 3
21.5 3
25.5 3
31 3
Full stroke
23
24.5
28.5
34
WCA0501-A
WCA0631-A
OQFGN
Model
9 % # #
Outline dimensions and machining dimension chart for mounting
Link lever design dimensions Model BA BB BC BD BE
WCA0321-A 19.5 12.5 0 10 -0.2 5 +0.012 0 5 +0.012 0
BF BG BH BJ BK
5 10 R2.5 10 R4.5
BL BM BN
WCA0401-A 21 16 0 12 -0.3
25 20 0 16-0.3
30 25 0 19-0.3
6 +0.012 0 6 +0.012 0
6 +0.012 0 8 +0.015 0
8 +0.015 0 10+0.015 0
6 13 R3 13 R6
8 13 R4 13 R6
10 17 R5 17.5 R8
4.5
6
6
8
2.5
3.5
6
7.5
4.5
6
6
8
[Cautions] 1) Design and manufacture the link lever with the appropriate length according to the performance curve on P4. 2) If you manufacture a link lever with different dimensions than the chart above, it could lead to malfunctions, including low clamp force, deforming, and scraping.
K OSMEK LT D .
Air Link Clamp Outline dimensions
Machining dimensions for mounting
This drawing shows the locked position of WCA-GC.
B
JA 1 H
J
(WCA-GL)
Nx
R1/8 thread plug 2-ZA
Release port
K
Ny
ÇžP
Ny
Z
C
‍غ‏K Ny Ny
9 % # )
Link lever (supplied by customer)
L Çž Lock port
(WCA-GR)
AG°
C0.6
6.3S
1-ÇžADH7
Chamfer
2 X
Y
AB
ÇžU
2-ÇžAEH7
G
12°
E
S
A
ÇžD+0.3 0
Remove burrs
Chamfer
AC
V Locking stroke Stroke allowance
T
AA
K
4-CA thread
W Âą0.4
OQFGN
ÇžP 4-ÇžR Counter bore ÇžQ
[Cautions] 1) The CA thread depth for mounting bolts is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference.
F
2 The depth of diameter D for the mounting hole on the unit is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the F dimensions as a reference.
ÇžD -0.1 -0.2 Lock port O-ring (Attached)
Nx
Link lever design dimensions BN
BB BL
BJ
Ny
Ny
BAÂą0.02
BMÂą0.02
Use as a reference when designing and manufacturing link levers.
BK Release port O-ring (Attached)
ÇžBDH7
BC
BF+0.1 0
BG
[Cautions] 1) Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference.
1 The amount the R-thread plug protrudes varies between 0 and 1.5 mm.
1MPa
ÇžBEH7
BH
http:/ / www. kosm ek .c o.j p
&QWDNG CEVKQP 5VCPFCTF V[RG
OQFGN 9%# ) A B C D E F G H J K L Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W X Y Z Chamfer AA AB
WCA0321-G 99
WCA0401-G 106
WCA0501-G 129
WCA0631-G 148.5
60 50 46
66 56 54
76 66 64
87 78 77
64 39
66 41
81 51
89 59
25 35 25
25 38 28
30 43 33
30 48 39
39 79
45 88
53 98
65 113
28 10 max. 5
31 13 max. 5
36 15 max. 5
41 20 max. 5
9.5 5.5
9.5 5.5
11 6.8
11 6.8
14 31.5 14
13.5 36 16
16 40 18
15 50.5 22
27 31
30 32.5
34 37.5
42.5 40.5
23.5 11 19
26 13 21
32.5 16 28
39.5 18 37
C2.5 19.5
C3 21
C3 25
C5 30
72 46.9 5 +0.012 0
76.5 50.9 6 +0.012 0
92.2 62.7 6 +0.012 0
105.7 74.7 8 +0.015 0
5+0.012 0 26.5
6+0.012 0 26.4
8+0.015 0 26.1
10+0.015 0 25.2
JA*1 ZA
M5Ă—0.8 max. 1.5 R5
M5Ă—0.8 max. 1.5 R5
M6 max. 1.5 R6
M6 max. 1.5 R6
O-ring Locking stroke
1BP7 20
1BP7 21.5
1BP7 25.5
1BP7 31
Stroke allowance Full stroke
3 23
3 24.5
3 28.5
3 34
AC AD AE AG CA
OQFGN
Model
9 % # )
Outline dimensions and machining dimension chart for mounting
Link lever design dimensions Model
WCA0321-G
WCA0401-G
WCA0501-G
WCA0631-G
BA BB
19.5 12.5
21 16
25 20
30 25
0 12 -0.3 +0.012 6 0 6 +0.012 0
0 16-0.3 +0.012 6 0 8 +0.015 0
0 19-0.3 +0.015 8 0 10+0.015 0
BC BD BE
0 10 -0.2 +0.012 5 0 5 +0.012 0
BF BG BH
5 10 R2.5
6 13 R3
8 13 R4
10 17 R5
BJ BK
10 R4.5
13 R6
13 R6
17.5 R8
BL BM BN
4.5 2.5 4.5
6 3.5 6
6 6 6
8 7.5 8
[Cautions] 1) Design and manufacture the link lever with the appropriate length according to the performance curve on P4. 2) If you manufacture a link lever with different dimensions than the chart above, it could lead to malfunctions, including low clamp force, deforming, and scraping.
K OSMEK LT D .
Air Link Clamp Outline dimensions
Machining dimensions for mounting
This drawing shows the locked position of WCA-SC.
B H
J
(WCA-SL)
Release port Rc1/8 thread
2-ZA
(WCA-SR)
K
ÇžD+0.3 0
AG° C0.6
Chamfer
AC
1-ÇžADH7
Chamfer
1 ÇžU
Y
X
Stroke allowance
V Locking stroke
T
4-CA thread
Counter boreÇžQ
AA
2-ÇžAEH7
E
M
S
G
12° A
K
Z 4-ÇžR
AB
C
‍غ‏K Ny Ny
Lock port Rc1/8 thread
L Çž
W Âą0.4
OQFGN
9 % # 5
Link lever (supplied by customer)
[Cautions] 1) The CA thread depth for mounting bolts is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference.
F
1 The depth of diameter D for the mounting hole on the unit is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the F dimensions as a reference.
ÇžD-0.1 -0.2
Link lever design dimensions
Use as a reference when designing and manufacturing link levers.
BN
BL
BJ
BB
BAÂą0.02
BMÂą0.02
[Cautions] 1) Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference.
BK
ÇžBDH7
ÇžBEH7
1MPa
BC
BF+0.1 0
BG
BH
http:/ / www. kosm ek .c o.j p
&QWDNG CEVKQP 5VCPFCTF V[RG
OQFGN 9%# 5 WCA0321-S
WCA0401-S
WCA0501-S
WCA0631-S
A B
99 60
106 66
129 76
148.5 87
C D E
50 46 64
56 54 66
66 64 81
78 77 89
F G
39 25
41 25
51 30
59 30
H J K
35 25 39
38 28 45
43 33 53
48 39 65
L M
79 11
88 11
98 11
113 11
Ny Q R
10 9.5 5.5
13 9.5 5.5
15 11 6.8
20 11 6.8
S T
14 31.5
13.5 36
16 40
15 50.5
U V W
14 27 31
16 30 32.5
18 34 37.5
22 42.5 40.5
X Y
23.5 11
26 13
32.5 16
39.5 18
Z Chamfer AA
19 ไ ญไ ญไ ญไ ญไ ญไ ญไ ญไ ญไ ญC2.5 19.5
21
28
37
C3 21
C3 25
C5 30
AB AC
72 46.9
76.5 50.9
92.2 62.7
105.7 74.7
AD AE AG
5 ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช 5ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช 26.5
6 ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช 6ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช 26.4
6 ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช 8ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช 26.1
8 ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช 10ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช 25.2
CA ZA
M5ร 0.8 R5
M5ร 0.8 R5
M6 R6
M6 R6
Locking stroke Stroke allowance Full stroke
20 3 23
21.5 3 24.5
25.5 3 28.5
31 3 34
OQFGN
Model
9 % # 5
Outline dimensions and machining dimension chart for mounting
Link lever design dimensions Model
WCA0321-S
WCA0401-S
WCA0501-S
WCA0631-S
BA BB
19.5
21
25
30
16 ใช 12 ใช ใช ใช ใช
20 ใช 16ใช ใช ใช ใช
25 ใช 19ใช ใช ใช ใช
6 ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช 6 ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช
6 ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช 8 ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช
8 ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช 10ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช
BC BD BE BF BG BH BJ BK BL BM BN
ไ ญไ ญไ ญไ ญไ ญไ ญไ ญไ ญใฉทใฉท12.5 ใช 10 ใช ใช ใช ใช 5 ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช 5 ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช 5 10 R2.5 10 R4.5
6 13 R3 13 R6
8 13 R4 13 R6
10 17 R5 17.5 R8
4.5
6
6
8
2.5
3.5
6
7.5
4.5
6
6
8
[Cautions] 1) Design and manufacture the link lever with the appropriate length according to the performance curve on P4. 2) If you manufacture a link lever with different dimensions than the chart above, it could lead to malfunctions, including low clamp force, deforming, and scraping.
K OSMEK LT D .
Air Link Clamp Accessories This is a material link lever with a predrilled mounting hole. Perform additional machining on the end as necessary.
Material link lever:WCZų -L2 Dimensions
B
D+0.1 0
F
Model
WCZ0320-L2
WCZ0400-L2
WCZ0500-L2
WCZ0630-L2
Compatible Models
WCA0321
WCA0401
WCA0501
WCA0631
A
90
100
115
140
B
0 10 -0.2
E
N
16 -0.3
0
19 -0.3
12.5
16
20
25
D
5
6
8
10
A
E
12.5
16
17
22
ǾUH7
F
R2.5
R3
R4
R5
G
10
13
13
17.5
N
4.5
6
6
8
P
19.5
21
25
30
R
4.5
6
6
8
S
2.5
3.5
6
7.5
T
5
6
6
8
U
5
6
8
10
P
Notes 1. Material: S45C.
Speed control valve:BZW0100-B㧖1
#EEGUUQTKGU
BZW is an Rc threaded speed control valve that can be directly mounted to type A ported clamps. It is ideal when external speed controllers can’t be used or individual adjustment at each clamp is desired.
Specifications Model
㧔Air clamp㧕 Adjustable screw
Lock nut
Oring㧔Attached㧕
Meter-out
(Rc1/8)
Operating pressure
0.1 ~ 1.0 MPa
Ǿ8
Ǿ11
Ǿ15.5
BZW0100-B
Control Method
P2 㪢㪦㪪㪤㪜㪢
Design Pressure
1.5 MPa
Number of turns (full open to full close)
10
Tightening torque
5~7Nm
Packing
Close
Application
Open
Hex.14
4
3.5
11.5㨪17
P1
Notes 㧖1Applies only to type A ported clamps.
1MPa
0
C
R S
G
C
ǾTH7
0 12 -0.3
http:/ / www. kosm ek .c o.j p
P1 supply
P2 actuator
&QWDNG CEVKQP 5VCPFCTF V[RG
OQFGN 9%#
Cautions for Design 1) Check the specifications - The maximum operating air pressure is 1.0 MPa, and the minimum is 0.2 MPa. However, the maximum operating pressure and clamp pressure will vary depending on the length of the link lever. If a load that exceeds the operating range is exerted it could lead to deformation, scraping, air leaks, etc. Refer to the performance curve on P4 and use the appropriate pressure for the length of the swing lever used.
7) Speed adjustment - If the clamp operates too fast, the parts will wear out and become damaged more quickly leading to equipment failure. Generally air supply should be adjusted to obtain 1 second clamping action. To adjust the speed, install a speed controller (meter-in) and gradually raise it to the designated speed from the low speed side (small flow). If the adjustment is made from the high speed side (large flow) the devices and equipment could break due to excess load on the clamp. Meter-out Release Lock Meter-in
2) Considerations when designing the circuit - Do not use where there is a possibility of air pressure being supplied to the lock and release sides at the same time. If the circuit design is flawed, the equipment could be damaged or malfunction.
Recommended circuit
When multiple clamps are used simultaneously, put a speed controller (meter-out) on each clamp.
3) Cautions for link lever design - Make sure no force is applied to the piston rod outside the axial direction.Uses like the one shown in the figure below will apply a large bending stress to the piston rod and must be avoided.
4) When using it on a welding jig or other such equipment, protect the sliding surface of the piston rod and link plate - If spatter gets onto the sliding surface it could lead to malfunction and air leaks.
%CWVKQPU HQT &GUKIJ
5) When clamping a sloped surface on the workpiece - Make sure the clamp surface and the mounting surface on the workpiece are parallel.
6) When using in a dry environment - The link pin can get burnt. Grease it periodically or use a special pin. Contact us for the specifications for special pins.
K OSMEK LT D .
Air Link Clamp Cautions for Mounting 1) Check the air - Be sure to use clean air run through an air filter. Lubrication with a lubricator or otherwise is unnecessary.
8) Checking for looseness and additional tightening - After initially installing the equipment the tightening force of the bolts will drop due to initial breaking in. Check for looseness and tighten the bolts when necessary.
2) Precautions for installing piping - Flush the pipes, joints and jig fluid holes to make sure they are clean. - Chips and foreign material in the circuit will lead to air leaks and malfunction. - There is no filter provided with this product to prevent foreign materials and contaminants from getting into the air circuit. 3) Using the sealing tape - Leave 1 or 2 turns on the thread and wrap it. - Pieces of the sealing tape can lead to air leaks and malfunction. - When installing the piping, do so in a clean working environment and follow directions faithfully so that foreign materials do not get into the equipment. 4) Mounting the Unit - When mounting the unit use four hexagon socket bolts (with tensile strength of 12.9) and tighten them with the torque shown in the chart below. Tightening with greater torque than recommended can depress the seating surface or break the bolt. Model WCA0321 WCA0401 WCA0501 WCA0631
Thread size
Tightening torque (N.m)
M5×0.8
6.3
M5×0.8
6.3
M6
10.0
M6
10.0
5) Installing Speed Control Valve - Torque to 5 – 7Nm.
%CWVKQKPU
6) Mounting and removing the link lever - When inserting the link pin, do not hit the pin directly with a hammer. When using a hammer to insert the pin, always use a cover plate with a smaller diameter than the snap ring groove on the pin.
7) Speed adjustment - Generally air supply should be adjusted to obtain 1 second clamping action. If the clamp operates too fast the parts will wear out and become damaged more quickly leading to equipment failure. - Turn the speed control valve gradually from the low-speed side (small flow) to the high-speed side (large flow) to adjust the speed.
1MPa
http:/ / www. kosm ek .c o.j p
&QWDNG CEVKQP 5VCPFCTF V[RG
OQFGN 9%#
Cautions for Use 1) The product should be operated by trained personnel. - Operation and maintenance of machines and systems which use pneumatic pressure should be performed by persons with the necessary knowledge and experience. 2) Do not operate or remove equipment without first ensuring your safety. (1) Perform inspections and maintenance of the machines and systems after making sure no objects will fall and the equipment will not accidentally operate. (2) When removing equipment, check to make sure the safety precautions mentioned above have been taken and then block the power source and air pressure source. Remove the equipment after making sure no pressure remains in the air pressure circuit.
(3) When removing equipment right after operation, the equipment may still be hot, so wait until it cools off. (4) When restarting the machine or system, make sure the bolts and parts are secure and in place first. 3) Do not touch the link clamp while it is being operated. Your hand could be injured. 4) Do not take the equipment apart or modify it. - If the equipment is taken apart or modified the warranty will be void, even within the warranty period.
Maintenance and inspection 1) Removing equipment and blocking pressure source. - When removing the equipment, make sure measures have been taken to prevent the driven objects from falling and to prevent accidental operation, then block the power source and the air pressure source. Finally, remove the equipment after making sure no pressure remains in the air pressure circuit. - When restarting the equipment, first make sure all the bolts and parts are secure and in place. 2) Clean around the piston rod periodically. - If the rod is used when the surface is dirty it could lead to damage to the packing and sealing, malfunctions or air leaks.
3) Inspect the equipment periodically to make sure the pipes, mounting bolts and fastening bolts are not loose. 4) Make sure the air supplied is clean. 5) Check to make sure operation is smooth without abnormal sounds. - In particular, if the equipment is not used for a long period of time, when it is used again for the first time make sure that it operates properly. 6) When storing the product, keep it out of direct sunlight in a cool location where it is protected from water. 7) For overhaul and repairs, please contact us.
1) Warranty period - The product warranty period is for 1.5 years after shipment from our plant or 1 year of use, whichever is shorter. 2) Warranty scope - If the product is damaged or malfunctions during the warranty period due to our fault, we will replace or repair the defective part at our expense.However, defects or failures caused by the following are not covered: (1) Proper maintenance and inspections were not performed (2) The product application was not properly designed by user or user’ s agent.
(3) The user did not use or handle the product properly (including damages caused by a third party (4) The cause was due to some factor other than our product (5) The product was modified or repaired by another company or was modified or repaired without our approval or confirmation (6) The damage or defect was caused by natural disaster or accident through no fault of our own (7) Parts and replacements necessary due to wear and tear (rubber, plastic, sealant, certain electrical equipment, etc.)
%CWVKQKPU
Warranty
Damages caused by defects in our products are not covered.
K OSMEK LT D .
h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p
IL 60515 USA TEL.630-241-3465 FAX.630-241-3834
CAT A .NO.WCA001-02-02 Printed in Japan
2007.11 First 2Ry 2008.07 Second 2Ry
35MPa LINK CLAMP
model
TMA
Link Clamp Select the appropriate model from the list below based on the purpose of use. Model
Function/Type
Single-action Standard type
Double-action Standard type
Eccentricity
Eccentricity tolerance graph
Lever design dimensions accessories
Cautions
1
Clamp Performance Range (kN)
2 2 2
1 1 1
1
1 1 1
2 12
1 1 1
12
1 1 1
1 1 1
1
1 1 1
1 1 1
1
2 2 2
1 1 1
2
1 1 1
2
2 2 2
1
2 2 2
2 2 2
1
2 2 2
2 12
2 2 2
12
1 1 1
2 2 2
1
1 1 1
2 2 2
1
2 2 2
2 2 2
2
2 2 2
2
2 2 2
1
1
1
2
2
Applications
P
2
2
1
1
1
2
Link Clamp Cross-sectional Structure Proprietary dust seal prevents entrance of coolant and foreign materials
Lever (supplied by customer)
- Chemical resistant material used
Release spring
Piston
Select from three different directions for the pivot - Left - Center - Right
Internal oil emersion (with use of oil bath) - Prevents entrance of coolant and foreign materials
Operating Instructions 1. Release position (unclamped) When the hydraulic pressure is released the spring force releases the clamp smoothly and securely.
2. Locking operation (clamped) When hydraulic pressure is supplied the lever operates the piston. The locking function is accomplished through a unique linking mechanism.
Features
Symbol
-By making the bottom of the flange more compact, the available machining area of fixture is maximized. -Long life has been achieved by strengthening the link mechanism. -Coolant-resistnat low friction dust seal provides smooth operation and high durability.
Model CodeďźˆSingle-action Link Clamp
TMA 040 0 - 1 B C 1
2
3
4
1 Body size
2 Design No.
B
C
Pipe type
Gasket type
G thread
with G thread plug (JZG)
3 Piping methods
B : Pipe type (G thread) C : Gasket type (with G thread plug(JZG))
4 Lever direction
(looking from direction of pipe) L : Left C : Center R : Right
L
C
R
Link Clamp Performance Graph TMA0250-1 Cylinder output (kN)
35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5
2.6 2.4 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.3 0.2
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
25 3.6 3.3 2.9 2.6 2.3 2.0 1.7 1.4 1.1 0.8 0.4 0.2 31.7
30 2.7 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.3 0.2 35
36.5 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.3 0.2 0.1 35
40 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 35
50 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.1 35
60 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.0 35
Non-usable range
80 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.0 35
100 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.0 35
4
Non-usable range ( )
Minimum Lever Length
(L) (mm)
27 25.5 24.5 23.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5
L=25(2.5)
3.5
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
3 L=0
2.5 2
L=36.5(14)
1.5 L=50(27.5)
1 0.5 0
L=100(77.5) 0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
TMA0400-1 Cylinder output (kN)
35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5
3.8 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.6 2.4 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.2 0.9 0.7 0.4 0.2
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
30 5.0 4.6 4.2 3.8 3.4 3.0 2.6 2.2 1.8 1.4 1.0 0.5 0.3 34.9
35 3.8 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.7 2.4 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.2 0.9 0.7 0.4 0.2 35
42 2.7 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.3 0.1 35
50 2.0 1.8 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.3 0.2 0.1 35
60 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 35
80 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.1 35
Non-usable range
100 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.0 35
120 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.0 35
Non-usable range ( )
6 Minimum Lever Length
(L) (mm)
30.5 29 27.5 26.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5
L=30(4.5) 5
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
4
L=0
3
L=42(16.5)
2 L=60(34.5) 1 L=120(94.5) 0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
TMA0600-1 Cylinder output (kN)
35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5
6.8 6.3 5.8 5.3 4.8 4.3 3.8 3.3 2.8 2.3 1.8 1.3 0.8 0.5
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
35 7.9 7.2 6.5 5.8 5.1 4.5 3.8 3.1 2.4 1.7 1.1 0.7 32.1
40 6.8 6.3 5.8 5.3 4.8 4.3 3.8 3.3 2.8 2.3 1.8 1.3 0.8 0.5 35
50 4.4 4.1 3.8 3.5 3.1 2.8 2.5 2.2 1.8 1.5 1.2 0.8 0.5 0.3 35
60 3.3 3.1 2.8 2.6 2.3 2.1 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.6 0.4 0.2 35
70 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.3 0.2 35
80 2.2 2.0 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.2 35
Non-usable range
100 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 35
120 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 35
9 Minimum Lever Length
(L) (mm)
8
37.5 35.5 33.5 32 30.5 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
7
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
L=35(5)
Non-usable range ( )
L=0
6 5
L=50(20)
4 3
L=70(40)
2 L=120(90)
1 0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
TMA1000-1 Cylinder output (kN)
35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5
10.7 9.9 9.1 8.4 7.6 6.8 6.0 5.2 4.4 3.6 2.9 2.1 1.3 0.8
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
40 13.0 11.9 10.8 9.7 8.5 7.4 6.3 5.2 4.1 2.9 1.8 1.2 30.4
50 9.3 8.6 7.9 7.2 6.5 5.9 5.2 4.5 3.8 3.1 2.5 1.8 1.1 0.7 35
56.5 7.4 6.8 6.3 5.8 5.2 4.7 4.1 3.6 3.1 2.5 2.0 1.4 0.9 0.6 35
80 4.3 3.9 3.6 3.3 3.0 2.7 2.4 2.1 1.8 1.4 1.1 0.8 0.5 0.3 35
100 3.1 2.9 2.7 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 35
120 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.5 0.3 0.2 35
Non-usable range
140 2.0 1.9 1.7 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.2 0.2 35
160 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.3 0.2 0.1 35
14
Minimum Lever Length
45 42 39.5 38 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5
Non-usable range ( )
L=40(3.5)
(L) (mm)
12
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
L=0 10 8
L=56.5(20)
6 L=80(43.5)
4 2 0
L=160(123.5) 0
5
10
15
20
25
30
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
35
TMA1600-1 Cylinder output (kN)
35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5
16.7 15.4 14.2 13.0 11.8 10.5 9.3 8.1 6.9 5.6 4.4 3.2 1.9 1.2
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
50
60 15.0 20.9 13.9 19.2 12.8 17.6 11.7 15.9 10.6 14.2 9.5 12.6 8.4 10.9 7.3 9.3 6.2 7.6 5.1 6.0 4.0 4.3 2.9 2.6 1.8 1.7 1.1 33.1 35
67.5 12.0 11.1 10.2 9.4 8.5 7.6 6.7 5.8 4.9 4.1 3.2 2.3 1.4 0.9 35
80 9.0 8.3 7.7 7.0 6.4 5.7 5.0 4.4 3.7 3.0 2.4 1.7 1.1 0.7 35
100 6.4 6.0 5.5 5.0 4.5 4.1 3.6 3.1 2.6 2.2 1.7 1.2 0.8 0.5 35
120 5.0 4.6 4.3 3.9 3.5 3.2 2.8 2.4 2.1 1.7 1.3 1.0 0.6 0.4 35
Non-usable range
140 4.1 3.8 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.6 2.3 2.0 1.7 1.4 1.1 0.8 0.5 0.3 35
160 3.5 3.2 3.0 2.7 2.4 2.2 1.9 1.7 1.4 1.2 0.9 0.7 0.4 0.3 35
24
Non-usable range ( )
Minimum Lever Length
(L) (mm)
20
52.5 49.5 47 45 43 42.5 42.5 42.5 42.5 42.5 42.5 42.5 42.5 42.5
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
L=50(7.5) L=0
16
L=67.5(25)
12 8
L=100(57.5) 4 0
L=160(117.5) 0
5
10
15
20
25
30
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
35 L=60
TMA2500-1 Cylinder output (kN)
35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5
20.9 19.4 17.8 16.3 14.8 13.2 11.7 10.1 8.6 7.1 5.5 4.0 2.4 1.5
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
60 28.3 26.2 24.1 22.0 20.0 17.9 15.8 13.7 11.6 9.6 7.5 5.4 3.3 2.1 35
70 20.0 18.5 17.0 15.5 14.1 12.6 11.1 9.7 8.2 6.7 5.3 3.8 2.3 1.5 35
77.5 100 16.3 10.6 15.1 9.8 13.9 9.0 12.7 8.3 11.5 7.5 10.3 6.7 9.1 5.9 7.9 5.1 6.7 4.4 5.5 3.6 4.3 2.8 3.1 2.0 1.9 1.2 1.2 0.8 35 35
120 8.1 7.5 6.9 6.3 5.7 5.1 4.5 3.9 3.3 2.7 2.1 1.5 1.0 0.6 35
140 6.5 6.0 5.6 5.1 4.6 4.1 3.6 3.2 2.7 2.2 1.7 1.2 0.8 0.5 35
Non-usable range
160 5.5 5.1 4.7 4.3 3.9 3.5 3.1 2.7 2.3 1.9 1.4 1.0 0.6 0.4 35
200 4.1 3.8 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.6 2.3 2.0 1.7 1.4 1.1 0.8 0.5 0.3 35
L=60(10)
28
Minimum Lever Length
(L) (mm)
24
59.5 56.5 54 52 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
L=0
20
L=77.5(27.5)
16 12
L=100(50)
8 L=200(150)
4 0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
TMA3200-1 Cylinder output (kN)
35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5
27.4 25.4 23.4 21.4 19.4 17.4 15.4 13.4 11.4 9.3 7.3 5.3 3.3 2.1
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
70 41.8 38.7 35.7 32.6 29.5 26.5 23.4 20.4 17.3 14.2 11.2 8.1 5.0 3.2 35
80 30.2 28.0 25.8 23.5 21.3 19.1 16.9 14.7 12.5 10.3 8.1 5.9 3.6 2.3 35
95 21.3 19.7 18.2 16.6 15.1 13.5 11.9 10.4 8.8 7.3 5.7 4.1 2.6 1.6 35
100 19.4 18.0 16.6 15.1 13.7 12.3 10.9 9.4 8.0 6.6 5.2 3.8 2.3 1.5 35
130 12.6 11.7 10.8 9.9 8.9 8.0 7.1 6.2 5.2 4.3 3.4 2.4 1.5 1.0 35
160 9.4 8.7 8.0 7.3 6.6 5.9 5.2 4.6 3.9 3.2 2.5 1.8 1.1 0.7 35
Non-usable range
200 7.0 6.5 5.9 5.4 4.9 4.4 3.9 3.4 2.9 2.4 1.9 1.4 0.8 0.5 35
230 5.8 5.4 5.0 4.6 4.1 3.7 3.3 2.8 2.4 2.0 1.6 1.1 0.7 0.4 35
45 Minimum Lever Length
(L) (mm)
40
69.5 66.5 64 61.5 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
35
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
L=70(10)
30
L=0
25 L=95(35)
20 15
L=130(70)
10 L=230(170)
5 0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) Notes 1. The tables and graphs show the relationship between the clamping force and the hydraulic supply pressure. 2. The clamping force F can be calculated by inputting the lever length and hydraulic supply pressure in the formula in the specification column. 3. The cylinder thrust force (when L=0) is calculated according to the formula in the specification column. 4. Operation in the non-usable range can damage the clamp and lead to fluid leakage. 5. The tables and graphs are only for reference. The exact results should be calculated based on the formula in the specification column.
How to read the Performance Graph
s
(Example) When TMA1000-1 is used Conditions: hydraulic supply pressure 30MPa Lever length L=56.5mm The clamping force is about 6.3kN Notes 1
The clamping force F can be calculated by inputting the lever length L and hydraulic supply pressure P in the formula in the specification column.
2
The cylinder thrust force (when L=0) is calculated according to the formula in the specification column.
Clamping force (kN)
14
L
12 10
Non-usable range ( )
L=40(3.5) L=0
8 6.3
L=56.5(20)
4
L=80(43.5)
2
L=160(123.5)
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
L(s) is shown on the left graph
Link Clamp Outline dimensions
Machining dimensions for mounting
C:Gasket type(with G thread) * This drawing shows the locked position of TMA-1CC.
Nx A
B H
J Ny
(TMA-1CL)
2-Chamfer Link lever (supplied by customer)
Lock portφP *5 - t e
K
Z
C K φJB Ny
4-CA thread *3
φ
L
6.3S *5 G thread plug Lock port (G thread) G thread plug - t e
(TMA-1CR)
T V Lock stroke Stroke allowance
+0.3 0
C0.6
4-φ Counter bore φ
*4 AA
AG°
ZA
H7
X AB
1-φA
φ
2-φAEH7
*3. The CA thread depth for mounting bolts is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference. *4. The depth of diameter D for the mounting hole on the unit is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the F dimensions as a reference. *5. These machinings are for C type (gasket type)
Piping Method B:Piping type(G thread) This drawing shows the locked position of TMA-1BC.
F
E
M
S *2
G
15°
W ±0.4
C
[Cautions]
*1
A
φ
Remove burrs *5
φD-0.1 -0.2 Nx
Ny
Lock port O ring (Attached) - t e
[Cautions] *1. Flange inclination angle is 12° only for TMA1000. *2. Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference.
Lock port G t re
Specifications Mo e Lo in in er re m in or e u tion ormu ) *6 u tro e *7 Lo tro e *7 tro e o n e *7 in er it eturn rin or e A o er tin re ure o er tin re ure *8 e tem er ture ei t *9
A 25 -1 0.785
m2 kN mm mm mm m3 kN P P kg
F=
1 13 P-1 71 L-1
20.5 17.5 3 1.6 0.04 13
0.7
A 4 -1 1.131 F=
1 88 P-3 13 L-18 5 23.5 20.5 3 2.7 5 21
0.9
A -1 2.011 F=
38
P-4 4 L-21 26 23 3 5.2
9
23
1.4
A1 -1 3.142 F=
93 P- 35 L-24 5 29.5 26.5 3 9.3 14 31 35 3.5 7 2.2
A1 -1 4.909 F=
13 25 P-13 2 L-3
A25 -1 6.158 F=
35 32 3 17.2 23 52
3.6
Remarks *6. F: clamping force (kN), P: hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *7. Shows the stroke of the piston rod. *8. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. *9. Shows the weight of the clamp unit minus the link lever.
A32 -1 8.042
19 95 P-19 93 31 85 P-28 24 F= L-44 L-3 41 38 3 25.2 27
49 46 3 39.4 33 74
4
5.6
9.2 L
F
Outline dimensions and machining dimension chart for mounting o e A B C E F G H J K L M Nx P
S T U V W Y Z ZA m er AA AB A A A AG A A JB G t re O rin - t e
A 25 -1 94 54 45 33 60.5 34.5 26 31.5 22.5 34 68 11 26 5 3 9 5.5 15.5 30.5 10 25 31.5 22 13 21 75 3 16 78.7 50.2 0 6 +0.012 0 6 +0.012 20.2 M5×0.8 3 14 G1/8 1BP5
A 4 -1 107.5 61 51 36 68.5 40.5 28 35.5 25.5 40 73 12 30 0 3 9 5.5 16.5 35 12 29 34.5 26 13 21 75 3 18.5 92.4 61.2 0 6 +0.012 0 6 +0.012 18.9 M5×0.8 3 14 G1/8 1BP5
A -1 121 69 60 43 75.5 45.5 30 39 30 47 80 13 33.5 0 3 11 6.8 16 37.5 16 31.5 37.5 30 16 28 1 φ8 21 103.9 71.7 0 6 +0.012 0 8 +0.015 19.9 M6 3 14 G1/8 1BP5
A1 -1 140.5 82.5 73 48 86.5 53.5 33 46 36.5 57 97 14 40 0 3 14 9 17.5 45 20 37 42 35.5 19 37 12 φ97 24.5 118.4 83 0 8 +0.015 0 10 +0.015 20.5 M8 3 14 G1/8 1BP5
A1 -1 173 94.5 85 60 106 68 38 52 42.5 65 112 16 45 0 5 17.5 11 17.5 55 25 45 49 43.5 25 40 15 φ112 30 131.8 90.8 0 10 +0.015 0 12 +0.018 21.5 M10 3.5 19 G1/4 1BP7
A25 -1 202 109.5 100 70 123 81 42 59.5 50 75 129 17 52.5 0 5 20 14 18 64.5 28 52 54.5 52.5 28 49 1 φ129 36 148.5 104.6 0 12 +0.018 0 15 +0.018 22.4 M12 3.5 19 G1/4 1BP7
A32 -1 233 127 120 85 139 89 50 67 60 88 147 19 60 0 5 20 14 24 77 32 62 64 64 32 64 18 φ147 44 173.6 122.5 0 15 +0.018 0 18 +0.018 23.1 M12 3.5 19 G1/4 1BP7
Link Clamp Cross-sectional Structure Proprietary dust seal prevents entrance of coolant and foreign materials
Lever (supplied by customer)
Select from three different directions for the pivot - Left - Center - Right
- Chemical resistant material used
World’ s smallest level (flanged bottom) - Less machines of fixtutre plate to place clamp - Thinner fixture plates are required Piston
Operating Instructions 1. Release position (unclamped) Release is operated smoothly by hydraulic pressure supply to release port.
2. Locking operation (clamped) When hydraulic pressure is supplied to the lock port, the lever operates the pistion producing a powerful lock using our link mechanism.
Features
Symbol
-By making the bottom of the flange more compact, the available machining area of fixture is maximized. -Long life has been achieved by strengthening the link mechanism. -Coolant-resistnat low friction dust seal provides smooth operation and high durability.
Model CodeďźˆDouble-action Link Clamp
TMA 040 0 - 2 B C 1
2
3
4
1 Body size
2 Design No.
B
C
Pipe type
Gasket type
G thread
with G thread plug (JZG)
3 Piping methods
B : Pipe type (G thread) C : Gasket type (with G thread plug(JZG))
4 Lever direction
(looking from direction of pipe)
L
C
R
L : Left C : Center R : Right
1
Link Clamp Performance Graph TMA0250-2 Cylinder output (kN)
35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5
3.6 3.4 3.1 2.9 2.6 2.3 2.1 1.8 1.6 1.3 1.0 0.8 0.5 0.4
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
25
3.8 3.3 2.9 2.5 2.1 1.7 1.3 0.8 0.6 22.8
30
2.9 2.7 2.4 2.1 1.9 1.6 1.3 1.1 0.8 0.5 0.4 29.3
36.5 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.3 35
40 2.2 2.0 1.9 1.7 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.3 0.2 35
50 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2 35
60 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.1 35
Non-usable range
80 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 35
100 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 35
4
Non-usable range ( )
Minimum Lever Length
(L) (mm)
36.5 33.5 31 28.5 26.5 25 23.5 23.5 23.5 23.5 23.5 23.5 23.5 23.5
L=25(2.5)
3.5
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
L=0
3 L=36.5(14)
2.5 2
L=50(27.5)
1.5 1
L=100(77.5)
0.5 0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
TMA0400-2 Cylinder output (kN)
35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5
5.4 5.0 4.6 4.2 3.8 3.5 3.1 2.7 2.3 1.9 1.5 1.2 0.8 0.5
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
30
5.0 4.5 3.9 3.3 2.8 2.2 1.7 1.1 0.8 24.4
35
4.3 3.9 3.5 3.1 2.7 2.3 1.9 1.6 1.2 0.8 0.5 29.7
42 3.8 3.5 3.3 3.0 2.7 2.5 2.2 1.9 1.6 1.4 1.1 0.8 0.5 0.4 35
50 2.8 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.3 35
60 2.2 2.0 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.3 0.2 35
80 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 35
Non-usable range
100 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 35
120 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.1 35
Non-usable range ( )
6 Minimum Lever Length
(L) (mm)
42 38.5 35.5 33 30.5 29 27 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5
L=0
L=30(4.5) 5
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
4
L=42(16.5)
3 L=60(34.5)
2 1 0
L=120(94.5) 0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
TMA0600-2 Cylinder output (kN)
35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5
8.9 8.3 7.6 7.0 6.4 5.7 5.1 4.5 3.8 3.2 2.5 1.9 1.3 0.9
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
35
7.7 6.9 6.0 5.2 4.3 3.4 2.6 1.7 1.2 24.5
40
7.0 6.3 5.7 5.1 4.4 3.8 3.2 2.5 1.9 1.3 0.9 28.9
50 5.8 5.4 5.0 4.6 4.1 3.7 3.3 2.9 2.5 2.1 1.7 1.2 0.8 0.6 35
60 4.3 4.0 3.7 3.4 3.1 2.8 2.5 2.2 1.9 1.5 1.2 0.9 0.6 0.4 35
70 3.4 3.2 2.9 2.7 2.5 2.2 2.0 1.7 1.5 1.2 1.0 0.7 0.5 0.3 35
80 2.9 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.3 35
Non-usable range
100 2.1 2.0 1.8 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.3 0.2 35
120 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.2 0.2 35
9
L=0
Minimum Lever Length
(L) (mm)
8
50 45.5 41.5 38.5 35.5 33.5 31.5 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
7
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
L=35(5) Non-usable range ( )
6
L=50(20)
5 4 L=70(40)
3 2
L=120(90)
1 0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
TMA1000-2 Cylinder output (kN)
35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5
13.3 12.4 11.4 10.5 9.5 8.6 7.6 6.7 5.7 4.8 3.8 2.9 1.9 1.3
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
40
50
12.2 10.8 9.5 8.1 6.8 5.4 4.1 2.7 1.9 24.4
9.9 9.0 8.2 7.4 6.6 5.8 4.9 4.1 3.3 2.5 1.6 1.2 31.7
56.5 9.2 8.5 7.9 7.2 6.5 5.9 5.2 4.6 3.9 3.3 2.6 2.0 1.3 0.9 35
80 5.3 4.9 4.5 4.2 3.8 3.4 3.0 2.6 2.3 1.9 1.5 1.1 0.8 0.5 35
100 3.9 3.6 3.3 3.1 2.8 2.5 2.2 1.9 1.7 1.4 1.1 0.8 0.6 0.4 35
120 3.1 2.9 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.4 0.3 35
Non-usable range
140 2.5 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.3 35
160 2.2 2.0 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.3 0.2 35
14
Minimum Lever Length
56.5 51.5 47.5 44 41 38.5 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5
L=0
L=40(3.5)
(L) (mm)
12
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
Non-usable range ( )
10
L=56.5(20)
8 6
L=80(43.5)
4 L=160(123.5)
2 0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
11
35
TMA1600-2 Cylinder output (kN)
35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5
21.6 20.0 18.5 16.9 15.4 13.9 12.3 10.8 9.2 7.7 6.2 4.6 3.1 2.2
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
50
60
67.5 80 15.5 11.6 14.4 10.8 16.6 13.3 10.0 15.2 12.2 9.1 20.8 13.9 11.1 8.3 18.7 12.5 10.0 7.5 16.6 11.1 8.9 6.7 14.6 9.7 7.8 5.8 12.5 8.3 6.7 5.0 10.4 6.9 5.5 4.2 8.3 5.5 4.4 3.3 6.2 4.2 3.3 2.5 4.2 2.8 2.2 1.7 2.9 1.9 1.6 1.2 25.6 31.6 35 35
100 8.3 7.7 7.1 6.5 5.9 5.3 4.8 4.2 3.6 3.0 2.4 1.8 1.2 0.8 35
120 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.1 4.6 4.2 3.7 3.2 2.8 2.3 1.8 1.4 0.9 0.6 35
Non-usable range
140 5.3 4.9 4.5 4.2 3.8 3.4 3.0 2.6 2.3 1.9 1.5 1.1 0.8 0.5 35
160 4.5 4.2 3.8 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.6 2.2 1.9 1.6 1.3 1.0 0.6 0.4 35
24
Non-usable range ( )
Minimum Lever Length
(L) (mm)
L=0
L=50(7.5) 20
67.5 62 57 53 49.5 46.5 43.5 42.5 42.5 42.5 42.5 42.5 42.5 42.5
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
16
L=67.5(25)
12 8
L=100(57.5)
4
L=160(117.5)
0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
TMA2500-2 Cylinder output (kN)
35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5
28.1 26.1 24.1 22.1 20.1 18.1 16.1 14.1 12.1 10.1 8.0 6.0 4.0 2.8
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
60
70
77.5 22.0 20.4 23.0 18.8 21.1 17.3 27.1 19.2 15.7 24.4 17.2 14.1 21.7 15.3 12.6 19.0 13.4 11.0 16.3 11.5 9.4 13.6 9.6 7.8 10.9 7.7 6.3 8.1 5.7 4.7 5.4 3.8 3.1 3.8 2.7 2.2 26.5 31.9 35
100 14.3 13.2 12.2 11.2 10.2 9.2 8.1 7.1 6.1 5.1 4.1 3.1 2.0 1.4 35
120 10.9 10.1 9.3 8.5 7.8 7.0 6.2 5.4 4.7 3.9 3.1 2.3 1.6 1.1 35
140 8.8 8.1 7.5 6.9 6.3 5.6 5.0 4.4 3.8 3.1 2.5 1.9 1.3 0.9 35
Non-usable range
160 7.4 6.8 6.3 5.8 5.3 4.7 4.2 3.7 3.2 2.6 2.1 1.6 1.1 0.7 35
200 5.6 5.2 4.8 4.4 4.0 3.6 3.2 2.8 2.4 2.0 1.6 1.2 0.8 0.6 35
L=0
28
Minimum Lever Length
(L) (mm)
L=60(10)
Non-usable range ( )
24
77.5 71.5 66.5 62 58 54.5 51.5 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
L=77.5(27.5) 20 16 L=100(50) 12 8 L=200(150)
4 0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
TMA3200-2 Cylinder output (kN)
35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5
39.7 36.9 34.0 31.2 28.4 25.5 22.7 19.8 17.0 14.2 11.3 8.5 5.7 4.0
Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)
Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)
70
80
95 30.8 28.6 26.4 34.3 24.2 31.2 22.0 38.9 28.1 19.8 34.5 25.0 17.6 30.2 21.8 15.4 25.9 18.7 13.2 21.6 15.6 11.0 17.3 12.5 8.8 13.0 9.4 6.6 8.6 6.2 4.4 6.0 4.4 3.1 24.6 29.6 35
100 28.1 26.1 24.1 22.1 20.0 18.0 16.0 14.0 12.0 10.0 8.0 6.0 4.0 2.8 35
130 18.3 17.0 15.7 14.4 13.1 11.7 10.4 9.1 7.8 6.5 5.2 3.9 2.6 1.8 35
160 13.6 12.6 11.6 10.6 9.7 8.7 7.7 6.8 5.8 4.8 3.9 2.9 1.9 1.4 35
Non-usable range
200 10.1 9.4 8.6 7.9 7.2 6.5 5.8 5.0 4.3 3.6 2.9 2.2 1.4 1.0 35
230 8.5 7.8 7.2 6.6 6.0 5.4 4.8 4.2 3.6 3.0 2.4 1.8 1.2 0.8 35
45
Non-usable range ( )
Minimum Lever Length
(L) (mm)
40
95 87.5 81 75.5 71 67 63 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
35
Clamping force (kN)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
L=70(10)
L=0 L=95(35)
30 25 20
L=130(70)
15 10
L=230(170)
5 0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) Notes 1. The tables and graphs show the relationship between the clamping force and the hydraulic supply pressure. 2. The clamping force F can be calculated by inputting the lever length and hydraulic supply pressure in the formula in the specification column. 3. The cylinder thrust force (when L=0) is calculated according to the formula in the specification column. 4. Operation in the non-usable range can damage the clamp and lead to fluid leakage. 5. The tables and graphs are only for reference. The exact results should be calculated based on the formula in the specification column.
How to read the Performance Graph
s
(Example) When TMA1000-2 is used Conditions: hydraulic supply pressure 30MPa Lever length L=56.5mm The clamping force is about 7.9kN Notes 1
The clamping force F can be calculated by inputting the lever length L and hydraulic supply pressure P in the formula in the specification column.
2
The cylinder thrust force (when L=0) is calculated according to the formula in the specification column.
Clamping force (kN)
14
L
L=40(3.5)
12 10
L=0 Non-usable range ( ) L=56.5(20)
L(s) is shown on the left graph
7.9 6
L=80(43.5)
4 2 0
L=160(123.5) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
12
Link Clamp Outline dimensions
Machining dimensions for mounting
C:Gasket type(with G thread) * This drawing shows the locked position of TMA-2CC.
JA
Release portφP *5 - t e
B J (
A-2 L
Ny Ny
H
Nx
Release port (G thread) G thread plug - t e 2-Chamfer
C K Ny Ny φ B
Link lever (supplied by customer)
Lock portφP *5 - t e
Z
L
φ
6.3S *5
C0.6
A-2
*4
1-φA
AG°
ZA
H7
X AB
AC
V Lock stroke Stroke allowance
AA
φ
2-φA
15°
H7
[Cautions] *3. The CA thread depth for mounting bolts is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference. *4. The depth of diameter D for the mounting hole on the unit is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the F dimensions as a reference. *5. These machinings are for C type (gasket type)
Piping Method B:Piping type(G thread) This drawing shows the locked position of TMA-2BC.
E
M
S *2
G
*1
W ±0.4
T
+0.3 0
4-φR Counter bore φQ
Lock port (G thread) G thread plug - t e
A
φ
Remove burrs *5
G thread plug
F
Release port G thread
φ
-0.1 -0.2
Nx
Ny
Ny
Lock port O ring (Attached) - t e
Release port O ring (Attached) - t e [Cautions] *1. Flange inclination angle is 12° only for TMA1000. *2. Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference.
1
K
4-CA thread *3
Lock port G thread
Specifications Model Lo in in er re m in or e u tion ormu *6 u tro e *7 Lo tro e *7 tro e o n e *7 in er it t o e t re e e A o er tin re ure o er tin re ure *8 e tem er ture ei t *9
m2
TMA0250-2 1.039 F=
mm mm mm m3 m3 MPa MPa
1.50×P L-1
TMA0400-2 1.539 F=
2.56×P L-18 5
TMA0600-2 2.545 F=
4.81×P L-21
20.5 17.5 3 2.1 0.5
23.5 20.5 3 3.6 1.0
26 23 3 6.6 2.6
0.7
0.9
1.3
TMA1000-2 3.801 F=
8.38×P L-24 5 29.5 26.5 3 11.2 3.7 35 3.5 7 2.0
TMA1600-2 6.158 F=
16.63×P L-3
TMA2500-2 8.042 F=
26.06×P L-3
35 32 3 21.6 8.2
41 38 3 33.0 7.7
3.3
5.1
Remarks *6. F: clamping force (kN), P: hydraulic supply pressure(MPa), L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *7. Shows the stroke of the piston rod. *8. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. *9. Shows the weight of the clamp unit minus the link lever.
TMA3200-2 11.341 F=
44.91×P L-44 49 46 3 55.6 16.2
8.3 L
F
Outline dimensions and machining dimension chart for mounting Model A B C E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W X Y Z ZA m er AA AB AC A AE AG CA JA JB G thread O rin - t e
TMA0250-2 87 54 45 33 53.5 27.5 26 31.5 22.5 34 73 11 26 9 3 9 5.5 15.5 30.5 10 25 31.5 22 13 21 R7.5 3 16 78.7 50.2 0 6 +0.012 0 6 +0.012 20.2 M5×0.8 3 14 G1/8 1BP5
TMA0400-2 97.5 61 51 36 58.5 30.5 28 35.5 25.5 40 81 12 30 10 3 9 5.5 16.5 35 12 29 34.5 26 13 21 R7.5 3 18.5 92.4 61.2 0 6 +0.012 0 6 +0.012 18.9 M5×0.8 3 14 G1/8 1BP5
TMA0600-2 108.5 69 60 43 63 33 30 39 30 47 88 13 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 16 37.5 14 31.5 37.5 30 16 28 R10 3 21 103.9 71.7 0 6 +0.012 0 8 +0.015 19.9 M6 3 14 G1/8 1BP5
TMA1000-2 122.5 82.5 73 48 68.5 35.5 33 46 36.5 57 103 14 40 15 3 14 9 17.5 45 18 37 42 35.5 19 37 R12 4 24.5 118.4 83 0 8 +0.015 0 10 +0.015 20.5 M8 3 14 G1/8 1BP5
TMA1600-2 151 94.5 85 60 84 46 38 52 42.5 65 116 16 45 16 5 17.5 11 17.5 55 22 45 49 43.5 25 40 R15 5 30 131.8 90.8 0 10 +0.015 0 12 +0.018 21.5 M10 3.5 19 G1/4 1BP7
TMA2500-2 175.5 109.5 100 70 96.5 54.5 42 59.5 50 75 136 17 52.5 18.5 5 20 14 18 64.5 28 52 54.5 52.5 28 49 R16 8 36 148.5 104.6 0 12 +0.018 0 15 +0.018 22.4 M12 3.5 19 G1/4 1BP7
TMA3200-2 205 127 120 85 111 61 50 67 60 88 147 19 60 20 5 20 14 24 77 32 62 64 64 32 64 R18 φ147 44 173.6 122.5 0 15 +0.018 0 18 +0.018 23.1 M12 3.5 19 G1/4 1BP7
1
Link Clamp Eccentricity tolerance graph TMA0250 35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10
Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)
25
8 10 12 13 15 17
30
6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
36.5 2 2 5 7 10 12 15 17 19 22 24
40 2 3 5 8 11 13 16 19 21 24 27
50 3 3 7 10 13 17 20 23 27 30 33
60 3 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40
70
Non-usable range
80 4 5 11 16 21 27 32 37 42 48 53
100 5 7 13 20 27 33 40 46 53 60 66
10MPa
60
Eccentricity H (mm)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
15MPa
50 40
20MPa
30
25MPa
20 30MPa
10
35MPa 0
0
20
40
60
80
100
Lever length L (mm)
TMA0400 35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10
Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)
30
9 10 12 14 15 17
35
6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
42 2 2 5 7 10 12 14 17 19 22 24
50 2 3 6 9 11 14 17 20 23 26 29
60 3 3 7 10 14 17 21 24 28 31 34
80 4 5 9 14 18 23 28 32 37 41 46
70
Non-usable range
100 5 6 11 17 23 29 34 40 46 52 57
120 5 7 14 21 28 34 41 48 55 62 69
10MPa
60
Eccentricity H (mm)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
15MPa
50
20MPa
40 30
25MPa
20 30MPa
10
35MPa 0
20
40
60
80
100
120
Lever length L (mm)
TMA0600 35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10
Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)
35
9 12 14 16 19 21 24
40
8 11 13 16 19 22 24 27
50 3 3 7 10 13 17 20 24 27 30 34
60 4 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40
70 4 5 9 14 19 24 28 33 38 42 47
80 5 5 11 16 22 27 32 38 43 48 54
90
Non-usable range
100 6 7 13 20 27 34 40 47 54 61 67
120 7 8 16 24 32 40 48 57 65 73 81
10MPa
80
Eccentricity H (mm)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
70
15MPa
60 50
20MPa
40 25MPa
30 20
30MPa
10 0
35MPa
20
40
60
80
100
120
Lever length L (mm)
TMA1000 35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10
Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)
40
15 18 21 24 26 29
50 7 11 15 18 22 26 29 33 37
56.5 3 4 8 12 17 21 25 29 33 37 42
80 4 6 12 18 24 29 35 41 47 53 59
100 5 7 15 22 29 37 44 51 59 66 73
120 6 9 18 26 35 44 53 62 71 79 88
120
Non-usable range
140 7 10 20 31 41 51 62 72 82 93 103
160 9 12 23 35 47 59 71 82 94 106 118
Eccentricity H (mm)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
10MPa
100
15MPa
80 20MPa 60 25MPa
40
30MPa
20
35MPa 0
20
40
60
80
100
120 140
Lever length L (mm)
1
160
TMA1600 35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10
Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)
50
60
17 20 23 27 30 33
8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40
67.5 4 4 9 13 18 22 27 31 36 40 45
80 5 5 11 16 21 27 32 37 43 48 53
100 6 7 13 20 27 33 40 47 53 60 66
120 7 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80
120
Non-usable range
10MPa 140 9 9 19 28 37 47 56 65 74 84 93
160 10 11 21 32 43 53 64 74 85 96 106
Eccentricity H (mm)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
100 15MPa
80
20MPa
60 40
25MPa
20
30MPa 35MPa
0
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
Lever length L (mm)
TMA2500 35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10
Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)
60
70 9 14 18 23 28 32 37 42 46
20 24 28 32 36 40
77.5 4 5 10 15 20 26 31 36 41 46 51
100 6 7 13 20 26 33 40 46 53 59 66
120 7 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 63 71 79
140 8 9 19 28 37 46 56 65 74 83 93
140
Non-usable range
160 9 11 21 32 42 53 63 74 85 95 106
10MPa
120
200 11 13 26 40 53 66 79 93 106 119 132
Eccentricity H (mm)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
100
15MPa
80
20MPa
60
25MPa
40 30MPa
20
35MPa 0
40
80
120
160
200
Lever length L (mm)
TMA3200 35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10
Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)
70
80
17 22 28 34 39 45 50 56
25 29 34 39 44 49
95 6 7 13 20 27 33 40 47 53 60 67
100 6 7 14 21 28 35 42 49 56 63 70
130 8 9 18 27 36 46 55 64 73 82 91
160 10 11 22 34 45 56 67 79 90 101 112
160
Non-usable range
200 13 14 28 42 56 70 84 98 112 126 140
10MPa
140
230 14 16 32 48 65 81 97 113 129 145 161
Eccentricity H (mm)
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
15MPa
120 100
20MPa
80 25MPa
60 40
30MPa
20 0
35MPa
50
80
110
140
170
200
230
Lever length L (mm) Notes 1. The tables and graphs show the relationship between the lever length and the eccentricity tolerance corresponding to the hydraulic supply pressure. 2. Operation in the non-usable range can damage the clamp and lead to fluid leakage. 3. The tables and graphs are only for reference. The design should be carried out with allowance fully taken into consideration.
How to read the Eccentricity Tolerance Graph (Example) When TMA1600 is used Conditions: hydraulic supply pressure 30.0MPa Lever length L=140mm The eccentricity tolerance is about 20mm
120 Eccentricity H (mm)
L
H
10MPa
100
15MPa
80 20MPa 60 25MPa
40
30MPa
20
35MPa 0
20 40
60
80
100 120 140 160
Lever length L (mm)
1
Link Clamp Link lever design dimensions * Use as a reference when designing and manufacturing link levers.
φ
A±0.02
H7
L
J
B
M±0.02
N
φ
K
H7
F
C
0
1
G
H
Model A B C D
TMA0250 16 14
TMA0400 18.5 16
TMA0600 21 20
TMA1000 24.5 25
0 12 -0.3 6 0 12
0 12 -0.3 6 0 12
0 16 -0.3 6 0 12
0 19-0.3 8 0 15
12
60 6 13
12
80 8 12.5
15
10 10 16
15
TMA1600 30 32
TMA2500 36 38
0 22 -0.3 10 0 15 18
H J
R3 12
R3 13
R4 13
R5 17.5
R5.5 22
R6.5 26
R8 30.5
K L
R5.5 5.5
R6 6
R6 6
R8 8
R10 10
R11 11
R13 13
M N
2.5 5.5
3.5 6
6 6
7.5 8
9.5 10
13 11
16 13
[Cautions] 1. Design the link lever length by taking into consideration of the performance graph. 2. If the link lever is not in accordance with the dimension shown above, performance may be degraded and damage can occur.
1
18
60 6 11.5
0
15 13 24
0 32 -0.4 15 0 18
E F G
0
12 11 20
0 25-0.3 12 0 18
TMA3200 44 45
0
18 16 28
0
18
Accessory Expands range of mounting methods. Use it to simplify machining on the mounting side and reduce the number of parts to machine.
Material link lever : LZ-LJ2
Model
B +0.1 D0
Compatible Models F
E A φTH7
G
C
R S±0.02
φUH7
N
P±0.02
LZ0400-LJ2 LZ0480-LJ2 LZ0550-LJ2 LZ0650-LJ2 LZ0750-LJ2 LZ0900-LJ2 LZ1050-LJ2 TMA0250-1 TMA0400-1 TMA0600-1 TMA1000-1 TMA1600-1 TMA2500-1 TMA3200-1 TMA0250-2 TMA0400-2 TMA0600-2 TMA1000-2 TMA1600-2 TMA2500-2 TMA3200-2
A
75
B
12 -0.3
85 12 -0.3
16 -0.3
19 -0.3
22 -0.3
25 -0.3
32 -0.4
C
14
16
20
25
32
38
45
D
6
6
8
10
11
13
16
E
14.5
16
16.5
21
25.5
30.5
36
F
R3
R3
R4
R5
R5.5
R6.5
R8
G
12
13
13
17.5
22
26
30.5
N
5.5
6
6
8
10
11
13
P
16
18.5
21
24.5
30
36
44
R
5.5
6
6
8
10
11
13
S
2.5
3.5
6
7.5
9.5
13
T
6
0
U
6
0
0
90 0
105 0
12
60
12
60
12
12
60
12
8
15
0
110 0
15
80 10
00
15 15
160 0
10
0
12
00
220 0
0
16
15
12
00
18 18
15
00
18 18
15
00
18 18
18
00
18 18 18 18
[Cautions] 1. Material: S45C. 2. Perform additional machining on the end as necessary.
Single-action manifold : TMZ
-1MB
Model
TMZ0250-1MB TMZ0400-1MB TMZ0600-1MB TMZ1000-1MB TMZ1600-1MB TMZ2500-1MB TMZ3200-1MB
Compatible Models TMA0250-1 TMA0400-1 TMA0600-1 TMA1000-1 TMA1600-1 TMA2500-1 TMA3200-1
4-φR
A±0.1 6.3S
C K
Nx Ny
C0.6
C0.6
H
φL
K
B φD+0.3 0
J
Chamfer
O ring
P face
A
18
21
24
28
35
42
46
B
56.5
62
69
83
95
110
122
C
45
51
60
73
85
100
110
D
33
36
43
48
60
70
85
H
34
36.5
39
46.5
52.5
60
67
J
22.5
25.5
30
36.5
42.5
50
55
K
34
40
47
57
65
75
88
L
68
73
80
97
112
129
147 60
Nx
26
30
33.5
40
45
52.5
Ny
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
5.5
5.5
6.8
9
11
14
14
φ8
φ97
φ112
φ129
φ147
1BP5
1BP5
1BP7
1BP7
1BP7
Chamfer
3
3
O ring
1BP5
1BP5
[Cautions] 1. Material: S45C. 2. Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the A dimensions as a reference. 3. If a thickness other than A is required, perform additional machining on face P. Alternatively, you may manufacture them according to this drawing.
Double-action manifold : TMZ
-2MB
Model
TMZ0250-2MB TMZ0400-2MB TMZ0600-2MB TMZ1000-2MB TMZ1600-2MB TMZ2500-2MB TMZ3200-2MB
Compatible Models TMA0250-2 TMA0400-2 TMA0600-2 TMA1000-2 TMA1600-2 TMA2500-2 TMA3200-2
4-φR
A±0.1 6.3S
C K
Nx Ny Ny
H
φ
L
K
B φD+0.3 0
J
Chamfer
C0.6
C0.6
P face
2-O ring
A
15
16
18
20
24
28
32
B
54
61
69
82.5
94.5
109.5
122
C
45
51
60
73
85
100
110
D
33
36
43
48
60
70
85
H
31.5
35.5
39
46
52
59.5
67
J
22.5
25.5
30
36.5
42.5
50
55
K
34
40
47
57
65
75
88
L
68
75
83
100
113
133
147
Nx
26
30
33.5
40
45
52.5
60
Ny
9
10
12
15
16
18.5
20
R
5.5
5.5
6.8
9
11
14
14
Chamfer
3
3
3
4
5
8
(φ147
O ring
1BP5
1BP5
1BP5
1BP5
1BP7
1BP7
1BP7
[Cautions] 1. Material: S45C. 2. Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the A dimensions as a reference. 3. If a thickness other than A is required, perform additional machining on face P. Alternatively, you may manufacture them according to this drawing.
1
Link Clamp Cautions for Design 1) Check the specifications - The maximum hydraulic pressure is 35 MPa and the minimum 3.5 MPa. However, the maximum operating pressure and clamp pressure will vary depending on the length of the link lever. If a load that exceeds the operating range is exerted it could lead to deformation, scraping, hydraulic leaks, etc. Refer to the performance curve on P5 or P11 and use the appropriate pressure for the length of the link lever used.
2) Considerations when designing the circuit - Insure there is no possibility of supplying hydraulic pressure to the lock and release ports simultaneously (TMA-2 only). - Speed control circuit for single-action cylinder If flow is restricted during release, action may be slow or erratic. Flow controls for locking should free-flow during release. Also, each component (clamps, work supports, etc.) should have dedicated flow controllers when possible.
3) Cautions for link lever design - Make sure no force is applied to the piston rod outside the axial direction. Uses like the one shown in the figure below will apply a large bending stress to the piston rod and must be avoided.
4) When using a link clamp on a welding jig or other such equipment, protect the sliding surface of the piston rod and link plate. - If spatter gets onto the sliding surface it could lead to malfunction and oil leaks. 5) When clamping on a sloped suface on the workpiece - Make sure the clamp surface and the mounting surface on the workpiece are parallel.
6) When using in a dry environment - The link pin can dry out. Grease it periodically or use a special pin. Contact us for the specifications for special pins. - Speed control circuit for double-action cylinder Use meter-in flow controls for lock and release of double-action cylinders. Meter-out controls can cause abnormally high pressure leading to oil leakage or malfunction. [meter-in circuit]
[meter-out circuit]
1
Cautions for Use 1) Check the fluid to use - Make sure to use the Hydraulic Fluid List to choose the appropriate fluid. 2) Precautions for installing piping - Flush the pipes, joints and jig oil holes to make sure they are clean. - Chips and foreign material in the circuit will lead to leaks and malfunction. - There is no function provided with this product to prevent foreign materials and contaminants from getting into the hydraulic system and pipes. 3) Using the sealing tape - Leave 1 or 2 turns on the screw and wrap it. - Pieces of the sealing tape can lead to leaks and malfunction. - When installing the piping, do so in a clean working environment and follow directions faithfully so that foreign materials do not get into the equipment. 4) Mounting the Unit - For mounting the main unit, put a bolt in each of the mounting bolt holes and tighten them according to the torque in the following chart. Tightening with greater torque than recommended can depress the seating surface or break the bolt. Model TMA0250 TMA0400 TMA0600 TMA1000 TMA1600 TMA2500 TMA3200
Thread size M5Ă—0.8
Tightening torque (N.m)
(3) Shake the pipes left and right to loosen the pipes at the joint. Hydraulic fluids with air mixed in will come out.
(4) When no more air is mixed in tighten the box nut back. (5) Efficiency can be further improved by releasing air at the top of the hydraulic pressure circuit and near the terminal clamp. (When using a gasket-type, install an air release valve near the top of the hydraulic pressure circuit.)
(6) In case of G-thread gasket (-C type). Air can be vented with JZG plug.
6.9
M5Ă—0.8
6.9
M6
11.8
M8
25
M10
58.8
M12
98
M12
98
- It is recommended that you use hexagon socket head cap bolts (12.9 tensile strength). 5) Mounting and removing the link lever - When inserting the link pin, do not hit the pin directly with a hammer. When using a hammer to insert the pin, always use a cover plate with a smaller diameter than the snap ring groove on the pin.
JZG plug
7) Speed adjustment - Adjust the speed so that the total time for operation is one second or more. If the clamp operates too fast the parts will wear out and become damaged more quickly leading to equipment failure. - Only adjust the speed after releasing the air from the circuit. If air is mixed in the circuit you will not be able to accurately adjust the speed. - Turn the speed control valve gradually from the low-speed side (small flow) to the high-speed side (large flow) to adjust the speed. 8) Checking for looseness and additional tightening - After initially installing the equipment the tightening force of the bolts will drop due to initial breaking in. Check for looseness and tighten the bolts when necessary. -Hydraulic Fluid List
6) Air release in the hydraulic pressure circuit - Using the hydraulic pressure circuit with a large amount of air, it will cause operations to take an abnormally long time. After installing the piping or if air enters the hydraulic tank of the pump while it is empty, make sure to perform the following procedures to release the air. (1) Use low pressure for the hydraulic pressure supplied to the hydraulic circuit. (2) Loosen the box nut on the pipe joint nearest the link clamp by one turn.
ISO viscosity grade: ISO-VG-32 Abrasion resisting hydraulic oil General purpose oil Manufacturer Tellus Oil 32 Tellus Oil C32 Showa Shell Sekiyu Super Multi 32 Idemitsu Kosan Daphne Super Hydraulic 32A Super Highland 32 Super Mulpus 32 Eneos Cosmo Hydro AW32 Cosmo New Mighty Super 32 Cosmo Oil Hydrax 32 Lathus 32 JOMO Nuto H32 Nuto 32 Esso Mobil DTE24 Mobil DTE24 Light Mobil Unit Oil WR32 Unit Oil P32 Kygnus Fukkol Super Hydrol 32 Fukkol Hydrol DX32 Fuji Kosan Hydrol AW32 Matsumura Oil Sunvis 932 Sunvis 832 Sunoco Hydrax 32 Hi-Tech AW32 Mitsui Oil Hyspin AWS32 Castrol Cautions: Some of the products in the chart are difficult to obtain overseas, so if you are going to purchase them overseas contact the manufacturer.
2
Link Clamp Cautions for Use 1) The product should be operated by trained personnel. - Operation and maintenance of machines and systems which use hydraulic pressure equipment should be performed by persons with the necessary knowledge and experience. 2) Do not operate or remove equipment without first ensuring your safety. (1) Perform inspections and maintenance of the machines and systems after making sure no objects will fall and the equipment will not accidentally operate. (2) When removing equipment, check to make sure the Safety Notes mentioned above have been taken and then shut off the power source and the air to the hydraulic pressure source. Remove the equipment only after making sure no pressure remains in the hydraulic pressure circuit.
(3) When removing equipment right after operation, the equipment may still be hot, so wait until it cools off. (4) When restarting the machine or system, make sure the bolts and parts are secure and in place first. 3) Do not touch the link clamp while it is being operated. Your hand could get stuck resulting in injury. 4) Do not take the equipment apart or modify it. - If the equipment is taken apart or modified the warranty will be void, even within the warranty period.
Maintenance and inspection 1) Removing equipment and blocking pressure source. - When removing the equipment, make sure measures have been taken to prevent the clamped objects from falling and to prevent accidental operation, then lock the power source and the air to the hydraulic pressure source. Finally, remove the equipment after making sure no pressure remains in the hydraulic pressure circuit. - When restarting the equipment, first make sure all the bolts and parts are secure and in place. 2) Clean around the piston rod periodically. - If the rod is used when the surface is dirty it could lead to damage to the packing and sealing, malfunctions or oil leaks.
3) When a coupler is used to disconnect the equipment, and is sued for long periods of time air will enter the circuit, so be sure to release the air periodically. 4) Inspect the equipment periodically to make sure the pipes, mounting bolts and fastening nuts are not loose. 5) Check to make sure the hydraulic fluid has not degraded. 6) Check to make sure operation is smooth without abnormal sounds. - In particular, if the equipment is not used for a long period of time, when it is used again for the first time make sure that it operates properly. 7) When storing the clamps, keep it out of direct sunlight in a cool location where it is protected from water. 8) For overhaul and repairs, please contact us.
Warranty 1) Warranty period - The product warranty period is for 1.5 years after shipment from our plant or 1 year of use, whichever is shorter.
(3) The user did not use or handle the product properly (including damages caused by a third party (4) The cause was due to some factor other than our product
2) Warranty scope - If the product is damaged or malfunctions during the warranty period due to some fault of ours, we will replace or repair the defective part at our expense.However, defects or failures caused by the following are not covered:
(5) The product was modified or repaired by another company or was modified or repaired without our approval or confirmation (6) The damage or defect was caused by natural disaster or accident through no fault of our own
(1) Proper maintenance and inspections were not performed (2) The product was not properly designed by user or user’ s agent.
(7) Parts and replacements necessary due to normal wear and tear (rubber, plastic, sealant, certain electrical equipment, etc.) Damages caused by defects in our products are not covered.
21
22
h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p
1441 Branding Avenue,Suite 110 Downers Grove,IL 60515 USA TEL.630-241-3465 FAX.630-241-3834 POLAND OFFICE: ul. Japońska 8 55-220 Jelcz-Laskowice, Poland TEL.48-71-303-5400 FAX.48-71-303-5401
CAT.NO.TMA001-02-02 Printed in Japan
2007.10.First 1Ry 2009. 8.Second 1Ry
7MPa Work support
New
model
LC model
LD-S
Work support Sectional Structure & Features It adopts the collet structure, the first in the world, ensuring powerful support and smooth action. KOSMEK was the first to develop the collet method in 1996. Compared with the traditional sleeve method, it ensures powerful gripping force via a wedge effect. Moreover, a larger gap between collet *1and plunger is designed to prevent sticking and allow smoother action.
Excellent coolant related countermeasures
Concrete workpiece touch PAT.
The special dust seal used features low friction and high sealing capabilities. It is very resilient as well as highly resistant to chloric coolants ensuring the reliability of the components.
As the collet *2 gripping the plunger is always pressed downwards, it helps prevent tilting when locked and the clearance with the workpiece.
Elastic spacer to press the collect *2
Large clearance between the collet *1 and plunger
Speed control valve which can be direct-mounted The speed control valve with air venting function can be directly mounted on the gasket type.
model
Concrete sequent action
BZL
As it is equipped with a powerful sequence spring, the action sequences, that is, plunger going up→ workpiece touching→ locking, are carried out via one hydraulic circuit system.
In addition, the air venting valve is prepared especially for air venting. (Piping method: only applicable to type C) (Refer to Page 19)
Air purging function
Air sensor related type (option) PAT.
Workpiece Work piece
Air supply
Sensing OFF
1
Sensing ON (Refer to Page 23).Please contact us for details.
model
LC/LD
INDEX Sectional Structure & Action Description
3
Model Code
5
Performance Graph
7
LC Hydraulic advance type
LC-D Rodless hollow type
LC-E Spring advance type
The plunger is lifted up via hydraulic pressure to support the workpiece
9
Possible to adjust the contacting force between the rodless lock and workpiece
11
The plunger is pressed to support the workpiece
13
The plunger is lifted up via hydraulic pressure to support the workpiece
15
The plunger is pressed to support the workpiece
17
LD
Hydraulic advance type
LD-S Hydraulic advance short type
LD-E
Spring advance type
LD-ES
Spring advance short type
Accessory Plunger spring design dimensions Air purging function / air sensor related type
19
Cautions
25
2
Work support Action Description Hydraulic advance type model LC/model LD Sectional structure diagram (when released)
1. Plunger extends
This diagram shows LC.
Contact bolt Plunger
Plunger spring
Hydraulic port
Vent port
Piston
Steel ball
Collet
Plunger piston
Collet
Plunger Section of collet
Rodless hollow type model LC-D Sectional structure diagram
1. Released status
This diagram shows LC-D. Rod (Prepared by the client)
Hydraulic port
Vent port
Piston
Steel ball
Collet
Spring advance type model LD-E/model LC-E Sectional structure diagram This diagram shows LC-E.
Contact bolt
Plunger spring Plunger
Steel ball
Piston
Collet
3
Hydraulic port
Vent port
1. Released status
Sectional Structure & Action Description
2. When the plunger piston is completely extended (in contact with the workpiece)
LC/LD
3. Locked status â‘ The piston starts to press down via hydraulic pressure. â‘ĄThe tapering action between the piston and collet affects the steel ball so that the collect can grip the plunger with even and strong power to generate the supporting force.
Piston
Sectional Structure Action Description
model
Plunger
Collet
2. Locked status
Load direction The load acts towards the arrow direction as shown in the graph.
2. Workpiece set (plunger is pushed down)
3. Locked hydraulicly in place
4
Work support Upper flange work support
Thread embedded work support
LC 055 2 - C L - E
LD 026 2 - L - ES
1
1
2
3
1
5
4
1
Body size
2
3
4
Body size External thread size of the body cylinder part.
It means the external diameter (φD) of the body cylinder part.
External thread
φ
2
Design No. (KOSMEK internal reference)
2
Design No. (KOSMEK internal reference)
3
Piping Method
3
Plunger spring force
C: Gasket type (G thread plug with air venting function) G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) S: Piping Type (Rc thread, no manifold)
L: Low spring force H: High spring force
4
G
Variation Blank: Hydraulic advance type ・・・P15 S*1 : Hydraulic advance short type ・・・P15 E : Spring advance type ・・・P17 ES*1: Spring advance short type ・・・P17
Piping type
Gasket type Speed control with G thread plug mountable
4
With R thread plug
Rc thread Without gasket port
Notes *1. -S/-ES type applies to the body size 026 only.
No marking
E
S
ES
Plunger spring force L: Low spring force H: High spring force
5
Variation Blank: Hydraulic advance type ・・・P9 D: Rodless hollow type (The rod is prepared by the customer) ・・・P11 E: Spring advance type ・・・P13 Blank
5
D
E
Model Code
model
LC/LD
Speed Control valve (with air venting function) *2
BZL 0 1 0 0 - A 1
G thread size 1 2
2
3
Model Code
1
2
G1/8 G1/4
Design No. (KOSMEK internal reference) BZL-A meter-in
3
Controlling Method A : Meter-in
P1 port: hydraulic supply side
P2 port: clamping side
*2. It can only be installed on Piping Type C
Air venting valve *3
BZX 0 1 0 1 1
G thread size 1 2
2
2
G1/8 G1/4
Design No. (KOSMEK internal reference)
*3. It can only be installed on Piping Type C
G thread plug (with air venting function) *4
JZG 0 1 0 1
1
G thread size 1 2
2
2
G1/8 G1/4
Design No. (KOSMEK internal reference)
*4. It is assembled with Piping Type C for delivery.
6
Work support Support force graph (this graph shows the support force under static load condition) LC hydraulic advance type / LC-E spring advance type 70 LC0902
LC0402
LC0482
LC0552
LC0652
LC0752
LC0902
5.5
10.0
15.5
25.0
40.0
65.0
6.5
5.0
9.1
14.1
22.8
36.5
59.3
6
4.5
8.2
12.8
20.6
33.0
53.6
5.5
4.0
7.3
11.4
18.4
29.5
47.9
5
3.6
6.5
10.1
16.3
26.0
42.2
4.5
3.1
5.6
8.7
14.1
22.5
36.5
4
2.6
4.7
7.3
11.9
19.0
30.8
LC0552
3.5
2.1
3.8
6.0
9.7
15.5
25.1
LC0482 LC0402
3
1.6
3.0
4.6
7.5
11.9
19.4
2.5
1.2
2.1
3.3
5.3
8.4
13.7
Support force (kN)
50 LC0752
30 LC0652 20 10 0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Support force (kN)
7
60
40
Hydraulic supply pressure(MPa)
7
Supply pressure (MPa)
LC-D rodlless hollow type 50
Support force (kN)
Hydraulic supply pressure(MPa) 40
LC0902-D
30 LC0752-D 20 LC0652-D 10
0
LC0552-D LC0482-D LC0402-D 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Support force (kN) LC0402-D LC0482-D LC0552-D LC0652-D LC0752-D LC0902-D
7
3.5
6.3
10.0
16.0
25.0
40.0
6.5
3.2
5.8
9.2
14.7
22.9
36.7
6
2.9
5.3
8.4
13.4
20.9
33.4
5.5
2.6
4.7
7.5
12.0
18.8
30.0
5
2.3
4.2
6.7
10.7
16.7
26.7
4.5
2.0
3.7
5.8
9.3
14.6
23.3
4
1.7
3.2
5.0
8.0
12.5
20.0
3.5
1.5
2.6
4.2
6.7
10.4
16.7
3
1.2
2.1
3.3
5.3
8.3
13.3
2.5
0.9
1.6
2.5
4.0
6.3
10.0
7
Supply pressure (MPa)
LD hydraulic advance type / LD-E spring advance type
Support force (kN)
10
LD0452
LD0262
LD0302
LD0362
7
1.0
3.0
4.0
5.5
10.0
6.5
0.9
2.8
3.6
5.0
9.1
6
0.8
2.5
3.3
4.5
8.2
5.5
0.7
2.2
2.9
4.0
7.3
5
0.7
2.0
2.6
3.6
6.5
LD0302
4.5
0.6
1.7
2.2
3.1
5.6
LD0262
4
0.5
1.4
1.9
2.6
4.7
3.5
0.4
1.2
1.5
2.1
3.8
3
0.3
0.9
1.2
1.6
3.0
2.5
0.2
0.6
0.8
1.2
2.1
6 LD0362
2 LD0262-S 0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Supply pressure (MPa)
7
7
Support force (kN) LD0262-S
8
4
Hydraulic supply pressure(MPa)
LD0452
Performance graph
model
LC/LD
Load / displacement graph (this graph shows the static load displacement at 7MPa hydraulic pressure.) LC hydraulic advance type / LC-E spring advance type 40
100 LC
LC
07
35
25
LC0652
20
LC0752
15
LC0902
60
40
Load
10
When locked (without load)
When the static load is added
20 5 0
0
2.5
5
7.5
10
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Performance graph
LC0552
LC 06 52
80 30
LC04 02 LC 048 2 LC 05 52
Displacement (µm)
02
09
52
LC0482
Displacement
LC0402
Load (kN)
Load (kN)
LC-D rodless hollow type LC0552-D
60
LC0652-D
50
20
LC0752-D
40
15
LC0902-D
30
10
02
Displacement
LC
09
D LC 06 LC 52-D 07 52 -D
-D
482D LC 055 2-
LC0482-D
Load
LC0
LC0402-D
25
LC0402
When locked (without load)
20
h
Displacement (µm)
-D
30
5
10
0
0
φ
When the static load is added
Measurement conditions:
0
2.5
5
7.5
10
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
φ
40
Load (kN)
Load (kN)
LD hydraulic advance type / LD-E spring advance type 40
62
LD0262
03 LD 2
30
62 LD 03 0
LD0362
LD 02
Displacement (µm)
LD0302
15
2
45
0 LD
Displacement
20
Load
10
20 LD0262-S
LD0452
5
0
When the static load is added
10
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
0
Load (kN) Notes LD0262-S type is the chart when the load is up to 1kN.
When locked (without load)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Load (kN)
8
Work support External Dimensions
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
C: Gasket type (with G thread plug) This drawing shows the released position of LC-C (before the plunger is lifted).
A
B
Vent port Rc thread (with plug)
Vent port *4φP*5 (-C/-G type)
2-Z
B
Hydraulic port φP*5 (-C/-G type)
φ B
φL X thread
G thread plug (only –C type)
4-φ Spot face φQ
Hydraulic port G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type).
3
*5
φ φBA
*3 Plunger stroke
Contact bolt
φ
Remove all burrs *5
3
φAB
A
BB
Air vent (attached) (only –S type is assembled for delivery)
4- A Thread *2
A
*1
G
15
φ
- 1 - 2
4
Notes *2. The CA thread depth of the mounting bolt should be decided based on the mounting height with reference to S size. *3. The φD depth of the body mounting hole should be decided based on the mounting height with reference to F size. *4. The vent port needs to be processed in the atmosphere without intrusion of coolants. (Refer to Page 25: Appropriate Position of Vent Port for reference.) *5. This process indicates -C/-G: Gasket Type.
Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug)
Hydraulic port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
This drawing shows LC-G. Vent port Rc thread (with plug)
max.1.5mm
Vent port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
R thread plug Notes *1. The mounting bolts are not provided. They are prepared based on the mounting height with reference to S size.
S: Piping type (Rc thread) This drawing shows LC-S.
Design dimensions of contact bolt
G
9
Vent port Rc thread (with air vent)
φ min φ
φ B
O ring
EX thread
Hydraulic port Rc thread
Hydraulic advance type
model
LC
Specifications L
4 2 55 9 P-1 25 8 12 4.7 7.8 6.2 11.0
Model Support force (at 7MPa) kN Support force (formula) * kN Plunger stroke mm Cylinder capacity cm 3 *7 Plunger spring Low spring N force High spring
L
482 1 1 75 P-2 28 1 2 5.8 9.7 7.9 13.6
LC0552 15 5 2 72 P-3 54 12 3.3 8.3 14.6 10.1 21.9
L
52 25 4 39 P-5 7 14 48 9.8 14.6 15.8 22.0
L
752 4 7 2 P-9 12 1 89 12.4 18.8 18.7 31.9
L
9 2 5 11 4 P-14 8 2 13 1 14. 21 21.4 34 2
7 25 1 5 0 70
Max. operating pressure MPa Min. operating pressure MPa Pressure resistance MPa Operating temperature Weight kg
9
1.4
22
3
Remarks: *6. P in the formula for support force indicates the hydraulic pressure (MPa). *7. The plunger spring force figure indicates the spring design force. It may vary due to moving resistance of the plunger and the spring. Please us it as reference for the workpiece contacting force.
L
Model A B
G
L
P
L
13 M10×11 25 8 1 12 5 12 5 4 11 5 8 35 14 G1/8 R 1/8 1/8 1BP5 1/8
X Nominal designation × depth
Z (Chamfer)
AB A BA BB B A A B Hydraulic port
4 2 7 54 45 4 5 31 25 31 5 22 5 34 8 11 2 5 3 95 55 14 5 11 15
-C type -S type
R thread plug -G type O ring (-C/-G type) Vent port
482 75 1 51 48 4 39 25 35 5 25 5 4 73 11 3
L
L
3 95 55 13 5 11 1
3 11 8 11 5 15 2 8 17 M12×13 31 13 4 12 35 1 5
5 11 8 14 5 1 22 9 19 M12×13 37 14 47 12 2 1 5
14
14
35 14 G1/8 R 1/8 1/8 1BP5 1/8
35 14 G1/8 R 1/8 1/8 1BP7 1/8
13 M10×11 28 11 3 12 4 12 5 4 11 5 8 35 14 G1/8 R 1/8 1/8 1BP5 1/8
G O ring
8
4 2 82 12 5 1 7 2 1 e
L
8
52 1 1 81 7 5 85 5 29 4 35 55 94 11 39 5
L
752 12 92 8 75 1 7 72 35 52 4 3 1 13 45
L
9 2 149 1 7 95 9 128 88 4 59 5 47 5 75 12 13 52 5
5 14 9 17 19 25 9 22 M16×20 42 5 15 53 12 15 21 5 9 19 8 45 19 G1/4 R 1/4 1/4 1BP7 1/8
5 17 5 11 18 21 3 1 5 24 1 2 5 15 3 12 21 5 9 19 1 45 19 G1/4 R 1/4 1/4 1BP7 1/8
L
L
Refer to it for designing the contact bolt.
482 82 12 5 1 7 2 1 e
L
55 7 45 25 39 3 47 8 11 33 5
Design dimensions of contact bolt Corresponding Product Model B
552 85 9
LC
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area
L
1
552 1 1 5 75 12 8 3 12 e
L
1
52 1 1 5 75 12 8 3 12 e
752 13 5 21 5 1 5 1 11 4 1 A 5 8- 14 7 °
9 2 13 5 21 5 1 5 1 11 4 1 A 5 8- 14 7 °
10
Work support (locking cylinder) External Dimensions
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
C: Gasket type (with G thread plug) This drawing shows LC-C-D.
A
B
φ B
Vent port Rc thread (with plug)
Vent port * φP*7 (-C/-G type)
2-Z
Hydraulic portφP *7 (-C/-G type)
φL
4-CA Thread *5
G thread plug (only –C type)
4-φ
Remove all burrs *7
Spot face φQ
Hydraulic port G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type).
Load
3
φ
+0.3 0
*7
*1
φAB
Rod *2 (Prepared by the client)
A
Air vent (attached) (only –S type is assembled for delivery)
1.6S
φ Dimensions tolerance f8
*3
G
15
Dust seal *4
φ
- 1 - 2
Notes *5 The CA thread depth of the mounting bolt should be decided based on the mounting height with reference to S size. * The vent port needs to be processed in the atmosphere without intrusion of coolants.(Refer to Page 25: Appropriate Position of Vent Port for reference.) *7 This process indicates -C/-G: Gasket type.
Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) This drawing shows LC-G-D.
Hydraulic port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
Vent port Rc thread (with plug)
max.1.5mm
R thread plug Vent port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
S: Piping type (Rc thread) Notes *1 The load acts towards the arrow direction as shown in the drawing. In case it acts reversely, the internal parts are likely to be damaged. *2 The surface hardness of the rod (prepared by the client) should be above HRC60. (The hard Cr plated metal is acceptable.) *3 The mounting bolts are not provided. They are prepared based on the mounting height with reference to S size. *4 Deburr the rod end, and pay attention not to damage the dust seal when the rod is inserted into the body (upper and lower parts).
This drawing shows LC-S-D. Vent port Rc thread (with air vent)
Hydraulic port Rc thread
11
Rodless hollow type
model
LC-D
Specifications Model Support force (at 7MPa) kN Support force (formula) *8 kN Cylinder capacity m3
L
4 235 58 P- 58
4823 1 5 P-1 5 13
L
55210 1 7 P-1 7 2
L
521 2 7 P-2 7 33
L
75225 4 17 P-4 17 57
L
9 24 7 P- 7 91
7 25 1 5 0 70
Max. operating pressure P Min. operating pressure P Pressure resistance P Operating temperature Weight Remarks:
L
5
8
1.2
2
32
54
*8. P in the formula for support force indicates the hydraulic pressure (MPa).
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area
G
L
P
Z (Chamfer)
AB A A A B Hydraulic port
-C type -S type
R thread plug -G type O ring (-C/-G type) Vent port Rc thread
4 254 45 4 5 31 25 31 5 22 5 34 8 11 2 5 3 95 55 14 5 15 -25 8 1 12 5 5 8 35 14 G1/8 1/8 1/8 1BP5 1/8
L
1 43
4821 51 48 4 39 25 35 5 25 5 4 73 11 3 3 95 55 13 5 1 -28 11 3 12 4 5 8 35 14 G1/8 1/8 1/8 1BP5 1/8
L
1 43
5529 55 7 45 25 39 3 47 8 11 33 5
5281 7 5 85 5 29 4 35 55 94 11 39 5
3 11 8 11 5 2 31 13 4 12 35
5 11 8 14 5 22 37 14 47 12 2
-
35 14 G1/8 1/8 1/8 1BP5 1/8
L
2 53
-
35 14 G1/8 1/8 1/8 1BP7 1/8
L
2 53
75292 8 75 1 7 72 35 52 4 3 1 13 45 5 14 9 17 25 -42 5 15 53 12 15 8 45 19 G1/4 1/4 1/4 1BP7 1/8
L
2 53
9 21 7 95 9 128 88 4 59 5 47 5 75 12 13 52 5 5 17 5 11 18 3 5 15 3 12
-
LC-D
L
Model B
2 53
1 45 19 G1/4 1/4 1/4 1BP7 1/8
12
Work support Processing dimensions for the mounting area
External Dimensions C: Gasket type (with G thread plug) This drawing shows the released position of LC-E.
A
B
Vent port Rc thread (with plug)
Vent port *4 φP *5 (-C/-G type)
2-Z
B
Hydraulic port φP *5 (-C/-G type)
φ B
φL X thread
G thread plug (only –C type) Hydraulic port G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type).
4-φ
4- A Thread
*2
φ
Remove all burrs *5
3
Spot face φQ
3
*3
4
A
BB
Contact bolt Plunger stroke
φ φBA
φAB
Air vent (attached) (only –S type is assembled for delivery)
*5
A
*1
G
15
φ
- 1 - 2
Notes *2. The CA thread depth of the mounting bolt should be decided based on the mounting height with reference to S size. *3. The φD depth of the body mounting hole should be decided based on the mounting height with reference to F size. *4. The vent port needs to be processed in the atmosphere without intrusion of coolants. (Refer to Page 25: Appropriate Position of Vent Port for reference.) *5. This process indicates -C/-G: Gasket type.
Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug)
Hydraulic port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
This drawing shows LC-G-E. Vent port Rc thread (with plug)
max.1.5mm
Vent port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)
R thread plug Notes *1. The mounting bolts are not provided. They are prepared based on the mounting height with reference to S size.
S: Piping type (Rc thread) This drawing shows LC-S-E.
Design dimensions of contact bolt
G
13
EX thread
φ min φ
φ B
O ring
Vent port Rc thread (with air vent)
Hydraulic port Rc thread
Spring advance type
model
LC-E
Specifications Model Support force (at 7MPa) kN Support force (formula) * kN Plunger stroke mm Cylinder capacity cm 3 *7 Plunger spring Low spring N force High spring
LC0402-E 55 0.96×P-1.25 8 4.7 6.2
7.8 11.0
LC0482-E 1 1.75×P-2.28 1 13 5.8 9.7 7.9 13.6
LC0552-E 15.5 2.72×P-3.54 12 2.0 8.3 14.6 10.1 21.9
LC0652-E 25 4.39×P-5.70 14 33 9.8 14.6 15.8 22.0
LC0752-E 4 7.02×P-9.12 1 57 12.4 18.8 18.7 31.9
L
9 25 11 4 P-14 8 2 91 14. 21 21.4 34 2
7 25 1 5 0 70
Max. operating pressure MPa Min. operating pressure MPa Pressure resistance MPa Operating temperature Weight kg
9
1.4
22
3
Remarks: *6. P in the formula for support force indicates the hydraulic pressure (MPa). *7. The plunger spring force figure indicates the spring design force. It may vary due to moving resistance of the plunger and the spring. Please us it as reference for the workpiece contacting force.
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area
G
L
P
omin
e i n tion
et
Z (Chamfer)
AB A BA BB B A A B - t e - t e t re u -G t e rin - /-G t e ent ort r ui
ort
LC0402-E 75 54 45 4 5 31 25 31 5 22 5 34 8 11 2 5 3 95 55 14 5 19 15
LC0482-E 85 1 51 48 4 39 25 35 5 25 5 4 73 11 3
LC0552-E 97 9
3 95 55 13 5 21 1
13 M10×11 25 8 1 12 5 12 5 4 11 5 8 35 14 G1/8 1/8 R 1/8 1BP5 1/8
13 M10×11 28 11 3 12 4 12 5 4 11 5 8 35 14 G1/8 1/8 R 1/8 1BP5 1/8
Design dimensions of contact bolt B
LC0402-E 82 12 5
LC0482-E 82 12 5
G
1 7 2 1 e
1 7 2 1 e
Corresponding Product Model
O ring
8
8
55 7 45 25 39 3 47 8 11 33 5
LC0652-E 115 81 7 5 85 5 29 4 35 55 94 11 39 5
LC0752-E 142 92 8 75 1 7 72 35 52 4 3 1 13 45
3 11 8 11 5 27 2 8 17 M12×13 31 13 4 12 35 1 5
5 11 8 14 5 3 22 9 19 M12×13 37 14 47 12 2 1 5
14
14
35 14 G1/8 1/8 R 1/8 1BP5 1/8
35 14 G1/8 1/8 R 1/8 1BP7 1/8
5 14 9 17 35 25 9 22 M16×20 42 5 15 53 12 15 21 5 9 19 8 45 19 G1/4 1/4 R 1/4 1BP7 1/8
L
9 21 9 1 7 95 9 128 88 4 59 5 47 5 75 12 13 52 5 5 17 5 11 18 41 3 1 5 24 1 2 5 15 3 12
LC-E
Model A B
21 5 9 19 1 45 19 G1/4 1/4 R 1/4 1BP7 1/8
Refer to it for designing the contact bolt.
LC0552-E 1 1 5 75 12 8 3 12 1 e
LC0652-E 1 1 5 75 12 8 3 12 1 e
LC0752-E 13 5 21 5 1 5 1 11 4 1 A 5 8- 14 7 °
L
9 213 5 21 5 1 5 1 11 4 1 A 5 8- 14 7 °
14
Work support External Dimensions This drawing shows the released position of LD (before the plunger is lifted).
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
V
T
BB
Notes *1.The vent port needs to be processed in the atmosphere without intrusion of coolants.
H
15°
G
A
D thread
F
+0.1 0
O ring (attached) B
O ring (attached) A Hydraulic port
Vent port
φ G
φ
Design dimensions of contact bolt
G
15
EX thread
φ D min φ
φ B
O ring
6.3S
Plunger stroke
R0.4
CC
Contact bolt
Above CD
C1 Dthread Lower holeφ B
φ φ φBA
*1
φ G
CF
X thread
φ
Vent port
φ
Hexagon B
BC W
Hydraulic port
(Refer to Page 25: Appropriate Position of Vent Port for reference.)
Hydraulic advance type
model
LD
Specifications Model Support force (at 7MPa) kN Support force (formula) *2 kN mm Plunger stroke Cylinder capacity cm 3 *3 Plunger spring Low spring N force High spring Max. operating pressure MPa Min. operating pressure MPa Pressure resistance MPa Operating temperature kg Weight
LD0262-S 1.0 19 - 3 5 0.3 2.8 4.2 3.1 5.9
LD0262 3.0 0.53×P-0.68 6.5 0.6 2.8 4.1 3.8 5.9
0.1
0.2
LD0302 4.0 0.70×P-0.91 8 0.9 3. 5.7 4.9 8.0 7.0 2.5 10.5 70 0.25
LD0362 5.5 0.96×P-1.25 8 1.3 4.7 7.8 6.2 11.0
LD0452 10 1.75×P-2.28 10 2 5.8 9.7 7.9 13.6
0.35
0.75
Remarks: *2. P in the formula for support force indicates the hydraulic pressure (MPa). *3. The plunger spring force figure indicates the spring design force. It may vary due to moving resistance of the plunger and the spring. Please us it as reference for the workpiece contacting force.
Model A B C D (Nominal designation X pitch)
F G H T V W X (Nominal designation × depth)
BA BB B B CC CD CF G A B Recommended torque for the body *4
LD0262-S 48.5 24 26 M26×1.5 39.5 7.4 25.8 6.3 24.2 9 10 5 8 M6×9 9 3 8 24.5 1 32 CC-7 max. 8 p.c.d. 19 max. 2.5 A 5 8- 13 9 A 5 8- 2 9 31 5 m
LD0262 66 24 26 M26×1.5 57 7.4 40.8 8.8 24.2 9 10 5 8 M6×9 9 3 8 24.5 1 47 CC-7 max. 8 p.c.d. 19 max. 2.5 A 5 8- 13 9 A 5 8- 2 9 31 5 m
LD0302 73 27 30 M30×1.5 62 9.4 42.3 10.3 28.2 11 12 6 10 M8×12 11.5 4 10 28.5 17 50 CC-9 max. 10 p.c.d. 22 max. 3 A 5 8- 14 9 A 5 8- 22 9 5 m
LD0362 69 32 36 M36×1.5 58 8.4 41.3 8.3 34.2 11 15 6 13 M10×11 12.5 4 11 34.5 18 48 CC-8 max. 10 p.c.d. 26 max. 5 A 5 8- 15 9 A 5 8- 2 9 3 m
LD0452 82 41 45 M45×1.5 71 9 50.2 11.8 43.2 11 16 6 13 M10×11 12.5 4 11 43.5 21 58 CC-8.5 max. 12 p.c.d. 30 max. 6 A 5 8- 1 9 A 5 8- 3 9 8 m
LD
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area
Notes *4. The table above shows the torque recommended for mounting of the body. If the recommended torque is exceeded, abnormal action may be incurred due to deformation of the body. Moreover, if the torque is much lower than the recommended one, the O ring may be damaged due to loosening, resulting in oil leakage
Design dimensions of contact bolt orre on in Pro u t o e B
G rin
LD0262-S 4.5 8.5 3.5 8 6 1.5 M6 5 e
LD0262 4.5 8.5 3.5 8 6 1.5 5
e
Refer to it for designing the contact bolt.
LD0302 6 10 5 10 7 2 M8 e
8
LD0362 8.2 12.5 6 10 7 2 M10 e
8
LD0452 8.2 12.5 6 10 7 2 M10 e
16
Work support External Dimensions
Processing dimensions for the mounting area Vent port
φ
CF
X thread
C1
Contact bolt
Lower holeφ B
D thread Plunger stroke
φ φ
R0.4
A
H
15°
G E
D thread
+0.1 0
F
φ
O ring (attached) A
O ring (attached) DB
Hydraulic port
Vent port
φ G
φ
Design dimensions of contact bolt O ring
EX thread
φED min φ
φEB EG
17
6.3S
T
V
BB
φBA
*1
φ G
CC
Hexagon B
BC W
Hydraulic port
Above CD
This drawing shows the released position of LD-E.
EF EE
Notes *1.The vent port needs to be processed in the atmosphere without intrusion of coolants. (Refer to Page 25: Appropriate Position of Vent Port for reference.)
Spring advance type
model
LD-E
Specifications Model Support force (at 7MPa) kN Support force (formula) *2 kN mm Plunger stroke Cylinder capacity cm 3 *3 Plunger spring Low spring N force High spring
LD0262-ES 1.0 19 - 3 5 0.1 2.8 4.2 3.1 5.9
LD0262-E 3.0 0.53×P-0.68 6.5 0.3 2.8 4.1 3.8 5.9
Max. operating pressure MPa Min. operating pressure MPa Pressure resistance MPa Operating temperature Weight kg
0.1
0.2
LD0302-E 4.0 0.70×P-0.91 8 0.5 3. 5.7 4.9 8.0 7.0 2.5 10.5 70 0.25
LD0362-E 5.5 0.98×P-1.25 8 0.6 4.7 7.8 6.2 11.0
LD0452-E 10 1.75×P-2.28 10 1.3 5.8 9.7 7.9 13.6
0.35
0.75
Remarks: *2. P in the formula for support force indicates the hydraulic pressure (MPa). *3. The plunger spring force figure indicates the spring design force. It may vary due to moving resistance of the plunger and the spring. Please us it as reference for the workpiece contacting force.
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area Model A B C omin e i n tion E F G H
it
T V W omin e i n tion e t BA BB BC CB CC CD CE CF CG A DB e ommen e tor ue or t e o *4
LD0262-ES 53.5 24 26 M26×1.5 39.5 7.4 25.8 6.3 24.2 14 10 5 8 M6×9 9 3 8 24.5 1 32 CC-7 max. 8 p.c.d. 19 max. 2.5 A 5 8- 13 9 A 5 8- 2 9 31 5 m
LD0262-E 72.5 24 26 M26×1.5 57 7.4 40.8 8.8 24.2 15.5 10 5 8 M6×9 9 3 8 24.5 1 47 CC-7 max. 8 p.c.d. 19 max. 2.5 A 5 8- 13 9 A 5 8- 2 9 31 5 m
LD0302-E 81 27 30 M30×1.5 62 9.4 42.3 10.3 28.2 19 12 6 10 M8×12 11.5 4 10 28.5 17 50 CC-9 max. 10 p.c.d. 22 max. 3 A 5 8- 14 9 A 5 8- 22 9 5 m
LD0362-E 77 32 36 M36×1.5 58 8.4 41.3 8.3 34.2 19 15 6 13 M10×11 12.5 4 11 34.5 18 48 CC-8 max. 10 p.c.d. 26 max. 5 A 5 8- 15 9 A 5 8- 2 9 3 m
LD0452-E 92 41 45 M45×1.5 71 9 50.2 11.8 43.2 21 16 6 13 M10×11 12.5 4 11 43.5 21 58 CC-8.5 max. 12 p.c.d. 30 max. 6 A 5 8- 1 9 A 5 8- 3 9 8 m
Design dimensions of contact bolt orre on in Pro u t o e EB EC ED EE EF EG EX O ring
LD0262-ES 4.5 8.5 3.5 8 6 1.5 M6 5 e
LD0262-E 4.5 8.5 3.5 8 6 1.5 M6 5 e
LD-E
Notes *4. The table above shows the torque recommended for mounting of the body. If the recommended torque is exceeded, abnormal action may be incurred due to deformation of the body. Moreover, if the torque is much lower than the recommended one, the O ring may be damaged due to loosening, resulting in oil leakage
Refer to it for designing the contact bolt.
LD0302-E 6 10 5 10 7 2 M8 e
LD0362-E 8.2 12.5 6 10 7 2 M10 8 e
LD0452-E 8.2 12.5 6 10 7 2 M10 8 e
18
Speed control valve / air venting valve Speed control valve (with air venting function) : BZL*1 BZL is the G thread specific speed control valve where direct mounting is allowed for the piping method: type C. It is best used in the circuit where the flow governing valve cannot be mounted, or the synchronized and individual adjustment is necessary. Moreover, air is vented at the equipment end, upgrading the stability of the hydraulic system. *1. It can only be installed on Piping type C.
Specifications Model Max. operating pressure MPa Pressure resistant MPa Control Method G thread size Cracking pressure MPa Max. passage area mm2 Recommended mounting torgue N m
BZL0100-A
BZL0200-A
7 10.5 meter-in
Circuit Symbols BZL-A:meter-in
G1/8
G1/4 0.04
2.6 10
5.0 25
P1 port Hydraulic supply side
P2 port Clamping side
Remarks: 1. The minimum passage area when the controlling side is fully opened is the same as the maximum passage area shown in the table above. Notes 1. Use the recommended torque for mounting the body. As the end face of the speed control valve is of metallic seal structure, flow adjustment may not be realized if the mounting torque is insufficient. 2. The used BZL should not be re-mounted on other clamp. With variation of G thread bottom depth of the clamp, the metal seal may become incomplete and the flow adjustment may not be realized.
External Dimensions
Model Work support
M thread
φB
BZL0 00 -A
Special packing G thread
Hex. hole L
J
Close Open
max.H
Hex. K Hex. A
P2 port Clamping side
E D max.C
F P1 port Hydralic supply side
Processing dimensions for the mounting area Notes 0
Z 0.1 Z U thread
N -0.10 min.P P2 port Clamping side
φW
0.2
45°
min.φR max.φS φT
(Lower hole φT flat bottom)
0.4
φ
Q
19
P1 port Hydraulic supply side
Corresponding Product Model A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R (flat area) S T U V W
BZL0100-A
BZL0200-A
LC0402 LC0482 LC0552 LC0652
LC0752 LC0902
14 15.5 15 12 8.5 (11.6) G1/8 3 3.5 10 3 M6×0.75 11.5 8.5 9 16 10 8.7 G1/8 2 3 2.5 5
18 20 16 13 9.5 (15.1) G1/4 3 3.5 10 3 M6×0.75 15 11 *2 11.5 20.5 13.5 11.5 G1/4 3 4 3.5 7
Notes 1 As the area is the sealing part, pay attention not to damage it. area is the metal sealing part at the BZL side, pay attention 2 As the not to damage it (Notes for deburring) 3. Pay attention to have no cutting powder and burring at the tolerance part of the processing hole. 4. As shown in the drawing, P1 port is used as the hydraulic supply side and P2 port as the clamping side. 5. If the market available plug and connector with G thread specs are considered to be mounted, “*2” in the specification list is 12.5mm. 6. It is dangerous to have air venting operation under high pressure. It must be done under lower pressure. (For reference: the minimum operation pressure range of the product within the circuit)
Speed control valve / air venting valve
model BZL flow characteristic graph (hydraulic fluids ISO-VG32 (25 BZL0100-A: Meter-in Control flow direction
Control flow direction
Pressure loss 5MPa
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
25
8 6
Pressure loss 3MPa
4 2
20
5Mpa
15 3Mpa
10 5
Pressure loss 1MPa
0
1
2
3
0
4
1Mpa
0
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting thread Opened→
1
Free flowing direction
3
4
Free flowing direction 25 Fully opened
Fully opened
8
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
2
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting thread Opened→
10
6 4
Fully closed
2 0
35 )
BZL0200-A: Meter-in
10
0
BZL/BZX
0
1
2
3
4
5
20 15 10 Fully closed
5 0
6
0
Pressure loss (MPa)
1
2
3
4
5
6
Pressure loss (MPa)
Air venting valve: BZX*3 BZX is the G thread specific air venting valve where direct mounting is allowed for the piping method: C type. As it is specially for air venting, it is easy to vent the air within the hydraulic circuit. *3. It can only be installed on Piping type C.
Circuit Symbols
Specifications Model Max. operating pressure MPa Pressure resistant MPa G thread size Recommended mounting torgue m
BZX010
BZX020 25 37.5 G1/4 25
External Dimensions
Model
BZX010
BZX020
Corresponding Product Model
LC0402 LC0482 LC0552 LC0652
LC0752 LC0902
A B C D E G
14 15.5 19.8 9.3 5.5 G1/8
18 20 20.6 10.1 6.3 G1/4
(Work support) Plug M6x1
Special packing G thread
φB
Locking nut M6 (3 types)
Hex. hole 3
Hex. 10 Hex. A
3.6 3.8
E D
10.5 C
Notes 1. Do not over loosen the plug during air venting. (Do not loosen for more than 2 turns from the fully closed status.) 2. It is dangerous to have air venting operation under high pressure. It must be done under lower pressure. (For reference: the minimum operation pressure range of the product within the circuit) 3. Refer to the processing dimensions for BZL mounting area if it is otherwise mounted within the hydraulic circuit. (Refer to Page 19)
Accessory
G1/8 10
20
Work support DZ-C: flange shaped nut DZ0260-C
DZ0300-C
DZ0360-C
DZ0450-C
LD0262
LD0302
LD0362
LD0452
A
35
38
45
55
B
26
29
35
42
C
14
15
16
18
D
5.5
5.5
6.8
9
M (Nominal designation X pitch)
M26×1.5
M30×1.5
M36×1.5
M45×1.5
R
45.5
49.6
59.6
72.4
M thread
φR
B A
4-φ
Notes 1. The mounting bolts are not provided. They are prepared based on the mounting height with reference to C size.
C
DZ-R: piping block
G
Hydraulic port Rc thread Model DZ0260-R Corresponding Product Model LD0262 A 35
φF +00.1
φR
B A
Model Corresponding Product Model
E
4-φ
Vent port Rc thread
C
DZ0300-R
DZ0360-R
DZ0450-R
LD0302
LD0362
LD0452
38
45
55
B
26
29
35
42
C
19
22
22
25
D
5.5
5.5
6.8
9
E
9.5
11
11
12.5 43.5
F
24.5
28.5
34.5
G
2.5
2.5
2.5
3.5
Rc
Rc1/8
Rc1/8
Rc1/8
Rc1/4
R
45.5
49.6
59.6
72.4
Notes 1. The mounting bolts are not provided. They are prepared based on the mounting height with reference to C size.
LZ-MP: manifold block C K
LZ0400-MP LZ0480-MP LZ0550-MP LZ0650-MP LZ0750-MP LZ0900-MP Model Corresponding Product Model LC0402 LC0482 LC0552 LC0652 LC0752 LC0902
±0.1
4-φ
H
Nx
Yx
Yy
Ny
φD +00.3
B
K
J
A
C0.6
C0.6
2- O ring
P Side
A
20
27
30
32
37
45
B
56.5
62
70
82
93
107
C
45
51
60
70
80
95
D
40
48
55
65
75
90
H
34
36.5
40
47
53
59.5 47.5
J
22.5
25.5
30
35
40
K
34
40
47
55
63
75
Nx
26
30
33.5
39.5
45
52.5
Ny
5
0
0
0
0
0
R
5.5
5.5
6.8
6.8
9
11 50
Yx
25
28
31
37
42.5
Yy
8
11
13
14
15
15
O ring
1BP5
1BP5
1BP5
1BP7
1BP7
1BP7
Notes 1. The mounting bolts are not provided. They are prepared based on the mounting height with reference to A size. 2. P side should be additionally processed for use if it is necessary to have the area beyond the block thickness (A dimension). In addition, refer to this graph for designing.
Application Example
It is easy to set the height difference from the support surface.
LZ-MP×3 The client needs to process the ▼ side additionally for one of the three LZ-MPs.
LZ0400-MP×1
Standard mounting
It is mountable with only processing of the tab with a small diameter. As there is no need for processing of large diameter nuts, manifolding becomes easy.
Difference
Difference
LD
The fixture side can be made with thin steel plate.
LC-C
Attachment
Fixture base
Fixture base
21
Accessory / plunger spring design dimensions
model
LC/LD
G thread Plug (with air venting function): JZG *1 JZG is the plug with air venting function which consists of the G thread plug and special packing. Moreover, air is vented at the equipment end like BZL, upgrading the stability of the hydraulic system. *1. It is assembled with Piping type C for delivery.
Specifications JZG010
Model
JZG020 35 42
Max. operating pressure MPa Pressure resistant
MPa
G1/8 10
G thread size
Recommended mounting torgue N m
G1/4 25 Model
JZG010
JZG020
Corresponding Product Model
LC0402 LC0482 LC0552 LC0652
LC0752 LC0902
A B C D G
14 3.5 8 5 G1/8
19 4.5 9 6 G1/4
External Dimensions
φA
Special packing
Hex. hole D
G thread
B
Notes 1. Refer to the processing dimensions for BZL mounting area if it is otherwise mounted within the hydraulic circuit. (Refer to Page 19)
C
Plunger spring design dimensions Refer to it for designing the spring. This diagram shows the released status.
Plunger spring
φFB φFA
Contact bolt
Small piston
Corresponding Product Model FA FB FC FC(LC-E type) FD FD(LC-E type) FE FF Stroke
LC0402 6 8.5 8.5 14.1 8.1 2.5 1 17.6 8
Corresponding Product Model FA FB FC FC(LD-E type) FD FD(LD-E type) FE FF Stroke
LD0262-S 3.5 5.1 8.5 8.5 1 1 0.5 10 5
LC0482 6 8.5 10.5 16.1 8.1 2.5 1 19.6 10
LC0552 7.5 10.3 12.5 18.6 9.1 3 1 22.6 12
LC0652 7.5 10.3 24.5 30.6 9.1 3 1 34.6 14
LC0752 10.5 14 20.7 29.8 12.6 3.5 1 34.3 16
LC0902 10.5 14 32.7 41.8 12.6 3.5 1 46.3 20
FE
FC
FD FF
LD0262 3.5 5.1 14.9 14.9 0.5 0.5 0.5 15.9 6.5
LD0302 5 6.8 19.7 19.7 3.9 3.9 1 24.6 8
LD0362 6 8.5 8.5 14.1 8.1 2.5 1 17.6 8
LD0452 6 8.5 10.5 16.1 8.1 2.5 1 19.6 10
Accessory
Stroke Plunger
22
Work support Air purging specifications (applicable to the standard type) This product adopts the special dust seal featuring excellent tribological and sealing properties. When it is used under hostile conditions, air purging is possible if the circuit is processed on the vent port as shown in the graph below.
Structure diagram φU
When the plunger is being lowered and released
Plunger spring
Dust seal
Vent port
Hydraulic port
5
e ommen e
neum ti
m
re ure 2
When the plunger is being lifted and locked Calculation formula for the workpiece contact force (Plunger spring force) +
2
/4 Ă— Air supply pressure
Workpiece
Remarks: 1. If the workpiece is thin or light, prepare the stopper for the workpiece if necessary.
5
e ommen e re ure 2
m
neum ti 4 P
Notes 1. When the plunger is lowered, shut off the air supply. The plunger cannot return if air is supplied all the time. 2. If the plunger goes up too fast, it may spring back to be locked when it reaches the workpiece, resulting in clearance with the workpiece and possible damage to the internal parts with shocking force. Set the plunger action time at 0.5-1S to adjust the air supply with the flow governing valve with check valve (meter-in), and make sure that there is no clearance with the workpiece for operation. 3. Air cannot be vented is the air supply pressure is too low as the cracking pressure at the dust seal lip is about 0.1MPa.
23
4 P
Air sensor specifications
model
LC/LD
Air sensor related type (option) Prepare the circuit in the vent port as shown in the diagram below, detect the differential pressure between P1 and P2 with air catch sensor, and confirm the plunger action for the workpiece support. ・ As the workpiece surface is not directly checked, action can be correctly detected even if the workpiece has casting surface, mill scale or uneven surface. ・ Compared to switch detection with dog, this process features higher accuracy. ・ This structure can prevent coolant invasion from the sensing area.
Structure diagram Contact bolt for air sensor
When released (air sensor OFF)
Workpiece φU When sensing is opened (air sensor OFF) Plunger spring
Hydraulic port
2 Plunger for air sensor
Vent port Recommended air catch sensor Made by SMC: ISA2-G
5 m
e ommen e neum ti P1 3 15 P
Plunger going up / in contact with workpiece(air sensor ON)
re ure
Calculation formula for the workpiece contact force (Plunger spring force) +
2
/4 × (P1)
Remarks: 1. If the workpiece is thin or light, prepare the stopper for the workpiece if necessary.
When sensing is closed (air sensor ON)
5 m e ommen e neum ti re ure P1 3 15 P Notes 1. This specification is designed for confirming the plunger action of the workpiece support (lifting). If it is used for confirming the close contact with the workpiece, other clamping (force) is necessary. 2. If the plunger goes up too fast, it may spring back to be locked when it reaches the workpiece, resulting in clearance with the workpiece and possible damage to the internal parts with shocking force. Set the plunger action time at 0.5-1S to adjust the air supply with the flow governing valve with check valve (meter-in), and make sure that there is no clearance with the workpiece for operation. 3. If it is used in conditions where cutting fluids or cutting powder may invade, the vent port needs to have air supply all the time. If it used when the air supply is shut off, cutting fluids or cutting powder may invade from the sensing area, leading to malfunctioning of the workpiece support and air sensor damage. 4. Only when the contact bolt, a standard part of the workpiece support, is used for air sensor, should the air sensor specifications not be used. The internal part (plunger) also needs to be changed for the air sensor.
Option
Recommended air catch sensor Made by SMC: ISA2-G
24
Work support Cautions for Design 1) Specification confirmation The maximum use hydraulic pressure is 7.0MPa and minimum at 2.5MPa. If the workpiece support and clamp are used in reverse direction, the support force needs to be 1.5 times of the clamping force. Clamping force = 1.0
Support force
clamping force X 1.5
2) Consideration for circuit design In the event of hydraulic circuit design, read carefully Oil Cylinder Speed Control Circuit & Notes, and design the appropriate circuit. If the circuit is wrongly designed, it may lead to product malfunctioning and damage. (Refer to Page 28) 3) Set the stopper for workpiece if necessary If multiple supports are used for a light workpiece, the plunger spring force may exceed the workpiece weight, pressing up the workpiece. 4) Meter-in is necessary for the plunger. The attachment MUST be mounted for use. The plunger will not go up with the plunger spring not fixed. Set the O-ring on the attachment. Immersion of cutting fluids may lead to malfunctioning.
5) When the welding fixture is used, the plunger surface should be protected If sputter is attached on the plunger, it may lead to defective friction, so that normal support function cannot be acquired. 6) Adjust the plunger action time with hydraulic flow The standard is about 0.5-1S with full stroke. As for single acting cylinder, use the flow governing valve with check valve (meter-in) when low speed during releasing is considered. If the action speed is too fast, it may spring back greatly because of shocking with the workpiece, resulting in locking due to clearance with the workpiece. Use the flow governing valve with check valve with its cracking pressure below 0.1MPa. If the cracking pressure is high, the plunger may not act when released.
7) Appropriate measures for the vent port The workpiece support can vent like single acting cylinder, though slightly. Pay attention to the operation environment and try to prevent cutting fluids or foreign substances from invasion. Use it only in the environment where the cutting fluids cannot invade when the attached air vent undergoes dry cutting process. Invasion of cutting fluids may result in action failure. If a vent hole is not designed, it may also result in action failure.
Application Example Use the attached air vent. As shown in the right diagram, this mounting method can prevent coolant fluids from directly invading.
Air Air vent (attached)
Ground
Use a hexagonal hole plug. Put the vent hole through the fixture in the form of manifold pipe, and make sure venting is not affected by cutting fluids or coolant fluids.
Process the piping outside. If the manifold pipe is not possible as in the previous Clause 2 while there may be coolant fluid influence, move the vent hole to the place with no influence from the piping.
Plug with hexagonal hole
(attached)
Piping (Prepared by the client)
8) Pay attention to mass when designing the attachment. The attachment mass needs to be below 30% of the plunger spring force.
m
m
m
The loading ratio needs to be below 30% when the plunger action direction is horizontal or vertical.
Example) In the case of LC0402-L, the maximum mass of contact bolt = 4.7Ă—0.3/9.807=0.14kg when the plunger spring force is between 4.7-7.8N. It is recommended to use extreme low mass due to variation from tribological resistance of the plunger and spring properties. The dimensions of the installing thread area needs to be processed as per the design dimensions for contact bolts as shown on respective product pages. If the plunger spring is fixed, different dimensions at the thread area may lead to spring force fluctuation and damage, resulting in malfunctioning.
25
Cautions
model
LC/LD
Cautions for Mounting 1) Used fluid confirmation Please use the appropriate fluid by referring to the Hydraulic Fluid List. 2) Treatment before the assembly The pipeline, piping connector and fixture circuits should be cleaned by thorough flushing. The dust and cutting powder in the circuit may lead to fluid leakage land malfunctioning. This product is not equipped with protective function to prevent dust and impurity going into the hydraulic system and pipeline. 3) Applying seal tape Wind it around the thread end by 1-2 turns. The breaking side of the seal tape may be the reason for fluid leakage and malfunctioning. In order to prevent foreign substance going into the product during the piping work, it should be carefully cleaned before the work is started.
6) Air venting in the hydraulic circuit If the hydraulic circuit has excessive air, the action time may become abnormally long. After the pipeline connection, or when air is blown inside when the pump oil tank becomes empty, air venting must carried out according to the following procedures. The supply pressure within the hydraulic circuit should be below 2MPa. Loosen the cap nut of the piping connector which is closest to the workpiece support by one turn. Shake the piping left and right, and loosen the meshing part of the piping connector. The hydraulic fluid mixed with air comes out.
4) Mounting the body All the mounting bolt holes should be used for the plunger type with tightening torque shown in the table below. Model L 4 2 L 482 L 552 L 52 L 752 L 9 2
Nominal designation of mounting bolt
5
8
5
8
Tightening torque
m
3
It is more effective to carry out air venting at the highest point of the hydraulic circuit or close to the cylinder at the terminal end. (When the gasket type is used, mount the air venting valve at the place near the highest part of the hydraulic circuit.
1 1 8
25
1
Tighten the cap nut when the mixed air is eliminated.
3
5
As for the bolt used, it is recommended to use those with hexagonal holes (strength division 12.9). For the threading type, make sure that there is no damage to the O-ring used for the bottom seal and tighten it with the torque shown in the table below. thread size
Tightening torque
2
15
31 5
3
15
5
3
15
45
15
m
3 8
Hydraulic Fluid List
Apply an appropriate amount of grease to the O-ring.
ISO viscosity grade ISO-VG-32
If it is mounted under dry state, the O-ring may have twisting or defect. If it is tightened with higher torque, it may lead to malfunctioning.
5) Replacement of attachment Do not lose the plunger spring when the attachment (contact bolt) is removed. When the attachment is removed, stop the plunger with a spanner at its front end and tighten it with torque as shown in the table below. Model L 4 2 L 482 L 552 L 52 L 752 L 9 2
Front thread size
Model L 2 2 L 3 2 L 3 2 L 452
Front thread size
Tightening torque
1
1
1
1
12
4
12
4
1
8
1
8 Tightening torque
m
Manufacturer name
Wear resistant hydraulic fluid
Multi purpose universal fluid
Tellus Oil C32 TELLUS OIL C32 Showa Shell Sekiyu DAPHNE SUPER HYDRO 32A SUPERMULTI 32 Idemitsu Kosan SUPER HYRANDO 32 SUPER MULPUS 32 Nippon Oil Corp COSMO NEW MIGHTY SUPER 32 COSMO HYDRO AW32 Cosmo Oil LATHUS 32 HYDLUX 32 Japan Energy (JOMO) NUTO 32 NUTO H32 Esso Sekiyu MOBIL DTE24 LIGHT MOBIL DTE24 ExxonMobil UNIT OIL P32 UNIT OIL WR32 Kygnus FUKKOL SUPER HYDROL 32 FUKKOL HYDROL DX32 Fujikosan Oil HYDROL AW32 Matsumura Oil SUNVIS 832 SUNVIS 932 Japan Sun Oil HYDIC AW32 HYDIC 32 Mitsui Oil HYSPIN AWS32 Castrol Note: as it may be difficult to purchase the products as shown in the table from overseas, please contact the respective manufacturer.
m
5 8
1
1
1
1
1
Cautions
Model L 2 2 L 3 2 L 3 2 L 452
26
Work support Cautions for Use 1) It should be handled by qualified personnel with sufficient knowledge. The hydraulic machine/air compressor should be handled and maintained by qualified personnel with sufficient experience and knowledge.
1
2) Do not handle or disassemble the items unless the safety is ensured. The machine and equipment can only be inspected or prepared after it is confirmed that the preventive devices against falling of driven articles and reckless operation preventive device are in place.
Maintenance/Inspection Removal of the clamp and shutoff of pressure source Before the machine is removed, make sure that the preventive devices against falling of driven articles and reckless operation preventive device are in place, shut off the air of hydraulic source and power and make sure that no pressure exists in the hydraulic circuit. Make sure there is no abnormality in the bolts and respective parts before restarting.
2
Regularly clean the area around the plunger. If it is used with dirty surface, the friction resistance may increase so that the normal support position cannot be acquired.
3) Do not touch the plunger when the workpiece support is in action. Otherwise, your hands may be injured due to clinching.
3
If disconnection is carried out with coupler, air is mixed inside the circuit after a long period of use, air venting should be carried out on the regular basis.
4) Do not disassemble or modify it. If it is disassembled or modified, the warranty will become invalid even if it is still within the warranty period.
4
Check whether the pipeline, mounting bolt and nut for fixing the lever are loosened or not. Retighten it on the regular basis.
5
Make sure the hydraulic fluid has not deteriorated.
6
Make sure that the action is smooth and there is no abnormal noise.
Before the machine is disassembled, make sure that the above-mentioned safety measures are in place, shut off the air of hydraulic source and power and make sure that no pressure exists in the hydraulic circuit. After stopping the machine, do not disassemble it until its temperature cools down. Make sure there is no abnormality in the bolts and respective parts before restarting the machine/equipment.
Warranty Warranty Period The product warranty period is 18 months from shipment from our factory or 12 months from initial use, whichever is earlier. 2 Warranty Scope If the product is damaged or malfunctions during the warranty period due to faulty design, materials or workmanship, we will replace or repair the defective part at our expense. Defects or failures caused by the following are not covered. If the stipulated maintenance and inspection are not carried out; 1
If the product is used while it is not suitable for use based on the operator’s judgement, resulting in defect. If it is used or handled in inappropriate way by the operator (including damage caused by the misconduct of the third party.) If the defect is caused by reasons other than our responsibility. If it is caused by reform or repair other than carried out by us, or without our approval and confirmation. Other caused by natural disasters or calamities not attributable to our company. Parts expenses or replacement expenses due to parts consumption and deterioration (such as gum, plastic, seal material and some electric components). Moreover, the damages in connection with or resulting from the product defect shall be excluded from the warranty.
27
Especially when it is restarted after left unused for a long period, make sure it can be operated correctly. 7
The products should be stored in the cold and dark place without direct sunshine and moisture.
8
Please contact us for overhaul and repair.
Cautions
model
LC/LD
Speed control circuit of hydraulic cylinder & cautions If the hydraulic cylinder speed is controlled, the circuit should be designed with the following points taken into consideratio. Carry out sufficient advance review as the wrong circuit design may lead to machine malfunctioning and damage. Speed control circuit for single acting cylinder For spring return type single acting cylinders, restricting flow during release can slow or prevent release action. The preferred method is to control the flow during the lock action and use a valve that has free-flow in the release direction. Moreover, as for cylinders with action speed restriction (such as swinging clamp and linear cylinder), mount a governing valve per cylinder if possible.
If the release action is accelerated by some load (or gravity) the clamp may sustain damage. In this case add speed control to release flow.
In the case of meter-out circuit, however, the hydraulic circuit should be designed with the following points taken into consideration. Single acting components should not use the same speed control as the double acting components. The release action of the single acting cylinders may become erratic or very slow.
Refer to the following circuit when both the single acting cylinder and double acting cylinder are used together. Separate the control circuit.
The release of the lateral flow control
W
Speed control circuit for double acting cylinde For double acting cylinder speed control, both the locking side and release side should have meter-out circuits. Meter-in controls can be adversely affected by any air in the system.
Back pressure in a shared tank line can delay the release of single acting components. However, due to back pressure of the tank line, the single acting cylinder may act after action of the double acting cylinder.
Meter-out circuit
Sequence valve
Cautions
Meter-in circuit
In the case of meter-out circuit, the inner circuit pressure may increase during the cylinder action because of the fluid supply. The increase of the inner circuit pressure can be prevented by reducing the supplied fluid beforehand via the flow governing valve. Especially, as for systems with sequence valve and pressure switch for action confirmation, if the inner circuit pressure is over the setting pressure, the system may break down, which should be taken into full consideration.
Flow governing valve for fluid supply (ok with each location)
28
h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p
1441 Branding Avenue,Suite 110 Downers Grove,IL 60515 USA TEL.630-241-3465 FAX.630-241-3834 POLAND OFFICE: ul. Japońska 8 55-220 Jelcz-Laskowice, Poland TEL.48-71-303-5400 FAX.48-71-303-5401
Certification acquisition of ISO
JQA-QMA10823
HEAD OFFICE / KANSAI OFFICE / OVERSEAS OFFICE KANTO OFFICE / CHUBU OFFICE
CAT.NO.LC001-04-02 Printed in Japan
2006.10. First 0.5Ry 2010. 3. 4th 1Ry
1MPa AIR WORK SUPPORT
Air Work Support Select the appropriate model from the list below based on the purpose of use. Model
Function/Type
Threaded type Air Advance
Spring Advance
Options
Cautions
1
1MPa
h t t p : / / w w w . k o s m e k .c o .jp
model WD Clamp Performance Range (kN)
Applications
2 2 2 2 2
P
3 1
2
2 2 2 2 2
7 1
2
15
16
KOSM EK LTD .
2
Air Work Support Cross-sectional Structure Contact force can be adjusted according to use
Contact bolt
Perfect for supporting light parts
- Spring can be selected (strong/weak). - Spring can be replaced easily by removing contact bolt.
- Contact force as low as 1.8N. - Low friction sliding type specially developed for high pressure coolant with a highly durable scraper.
Plunger spring Plunger Steel ball
“Smooth operation” and “stable performance”
Piston
- Features world's first collet system. - Primary parts constructed from corrosion resistant material.
Collet Plunger piston
Air port
Vent port
Operating Instructions 1. Release position (initial position) Plunger lowered by spring force
Work
1MPa
h t t p : / / w w w . k o s m e k .c o .jp
2. Plunger rises (contact with workpiece) Plunger piston rises first when air pressure supplied. Plunger rises via spring force to the workpiece with this action.
model WD Features
Symbol
-The world's first collet type work support locking at pressures as low as 0.4 MPa. -Small size (four types:M26-M45), smooth operation and stable support force. -Can be installed in small areas without changes to the size of the base of the jig.
Applications
3. Plunger piston rises Plunger piston rises to the upper limit even after contact bolt makes contact with workpiece.
4. Workpiece support operation complete After the plunger piston reaches the upper limit, the piston begins to fall with hydraulic pressure. The taper action of the piston, collet, and steel balls clamp the plunger with a strong and constant locking force.
KOSM EK LTD .
Air Work Support Specifications WD0262
WD0302
WD0362
WD0452
Support force (at 0.5 MPa) kN
0.27
0.5
0.73
1.33
Support force (at 1 MPa)
kN
0.8
1.5
2.2
4.0
Support force (formula)
kN
1.07×P-0.27
2×P-0.50
2.93×P-0.73
5.33×P-1.33
Plunger stroke
mm
6.5
6.5
8
8
3
1.2
1.8
2.7
4.8
model
Cylinder volume
cm L
Plunger spring force
H
N
1.8
2.9
2.1
2.9
2.3
2.9
3.6
4.3
2.1
4.3
3.0
4.4
3.2
4.4
4.9
6.1
MAX operating pressure
MPa
1.0
MIN operating pressure
MPa
0.4
Design Pressure
MPa
1.5
Operating temperature Weight
0 kg
0.15
70
0.25
0.40
0.75
Remarks1. The symbol "P" for support force (formula) represents the supplied air pressure (MPa). 2. The value for plunger spring force shows the design value. It will differ according to the sliding resistance of the plunger and the characteristics of the spring, so use it as a reference value for the workpiece contact force.
Performance Curve Support Performance Curve (This graph shows the support force under static load conditions.) 4.0
1.5
Support force (kN)
Support force (kN)
2.0
WD0302
1.0
0.5
3.0
WD0452
2.0
1.0
WD0362
WD0262 0
0 0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
0
1.0
Supplied air pressure (MPa)
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
Supplied air pressure (MPa)
Load/Displacement Diagram (This graph shows the static load displacement at air pressure of 1MPa.) 25
WD0452
Strain (µm)
20
WD0302
WD0362
15
Load
10
When static load applied condition Displacement
5 0
0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
Load (kN)
1MPa
When locking
(no- load applied condition)
WD0262
h t t p : / / w w w . k o s m e k .c o .jp
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
model WD Model Code
030 2 - L 1
2
3
4
1 Body size Shows the diameter of the threaded body Peripheral screw
2 Design No.
3 Plunger rising force L Weak spring H Strong spring 4 Variation No code : Air advance E: Spring advance - See p. 9-14
No code
E
KOSM EK LTD .
Air Work Support Outline dimensions
Machining dimensions for mounting
* This drawing shows the work support in retracted positions (before the plunger rises).
Air port
Vent port
CG
BC
Hexagon B
CE CF
X thread
V
T
BB
Plunger stroke
D thread (Prepared hole CB) 6.3S
J +0.1 0
O-ring (Attached)
G E F
D thread
A
H
15°
R0.4
CC
Contact bolt
Higher than CD
C1
C U BA
O-ring (Attached)
DA
DB Air port
CE
Vent port
CG
WD0262 WD0302 WD0362 WD0452 model 62 69 73 87 A 24 27 32 41 B 26 30 36 45 C M26×1.5 M30×1.5 M36×1.5 M45×1.5 D(Nom.×Pitch) 53 60 64 76 E 7.4 9.4 9.4 9 F 36.8 40.3 44.3 53.2 G 8.8 10.3 10.3 13.8 H 24.2 28.2 34.2 43.2 J 9 9 9 11 T 9 9 10 12 U 5 5 5 6 V M6×9 M6×9 M6×9 M8×12 X(Nom.×Depth) 9 9 9 11.5 BA 3 3 3 4 BB 8 8 8 10 BC 24.5 28.5 34.5 43.5 CB 16 43 17 48 18 52 CC 21 61 CC-7 CC-9 CC-9 CC-8.5 CD max. 3 max. 3 max. 3 max. 5 CE p.c.d. 18 p.c.d. 22 p.c.d. 26 p.c.d. 30 CF max. 3 max. 3 max. 3 max. 5 CG AS568-012(90°) AS568-012(90°) AS568-012(90°) AS568-014(90°) DA DB
Plunger stroke Recommended mounting torque
AS568-020(90°) AS568-022(90°) AS568-026(90°) AS568-030(90°) 6.5 6.5 8 8 16 N m
25 N m
40 N m
63 N m
[Cautions] 1) Use the recommended mounting torque in the chart above when mounting to the unit. If the torque exceeds the recommended amount, the body can become deformed leading to malfunction. If the torque is too small it could produce looseness resulting in damage to the O-ring leading to oil leaks.
1MPa
ht t p : / / w w w . k o s m e k .c o .jp
model WD Contact bolt design dimensions * Use as a reference when designing and manufacturing contact bolts. O-ring
EX thread
Compatible Modes
WD0262
WD0302
WD0362
EB EC ED EE EF EG E O ring
4.5
4.5
4.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
8
8
8
6
6
6
1.5
1.5
1.5
M6
M6
M6
S5(NOK)
S5(NOK)
S5(NOK)
WD0452 6 10 5 10 7 2 M8 S6(NOK)
[Cautions] 1) Design and manufacture considering the contact's bolt weight and the plunger's spring force. 2) If contact bolts are designed and manufactured with different specs than the above chart, the plunger spring force will differ from the catalog and could result in damage to the plunger spring and cause it to malfunction.
Plunger spring housing dimensions * Use as a reference when designing and manufacturing springs. Plunger spring
FB
FA
Contact bolt
Small piston
Compatible Modes
WD0262
WD0302
WD0362
FA FB FC FD FE FF Stroke
3.5
3.5
3.5 5.1
5.1
5.1
10.1
12
16
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
11.1
13
17
6.5
6.5
8
WD0452 5 6.8 19.7 3.9 1 24.6 8
[Cautions] 1) The minimum FF dimensions when the plunger spring is compressed are (FF-stroke). 2) When making separate contact bolts it is recommended that you manufacture them according to the contact bolt design dimensions. Plunger
Stroke
FE
FC FF
FD
KOSM EK LTD .
Air Work Support Cross-sectional Structure Contact bolt
Contact force can be adjusted according to use Perfect for supporting light parts
- Spring can be selected (strong/weak). - Spring can be replaced easily by removing contact bolt.
- Contact force as low as 1.8N. - Low friction sliding type specially developed for high pressure coolant with a highly durable scraper.
Plunger spring Plunger Steel ball Piston
Strong gripping force can handle even large cutting loads
Collet
Air port
Vent port
- Features world's first collet system. - Primary parts constructed from corrosion resistant material.
Operating Instructions 1. Release position (initial position) Plunger lowered by spring force
Work
1MPa
h t t p : / / w w w . k o s m e k .c o .jp
2. Plunger lowers (contact with workpiece) When the workpiece is lowered the plunger will lower along with it after it makes contact.
model WD-E Features
Symbol
-The world's first collet type work support locking at pressures as low as 0.4 MPa. -Small size (four types:M26-M45) and stable support force. -Can be installed in small areas without changes to the size of the base of the jig.
Applications
3. Workpiece seating surface datum plane The workpiece is lowered to the seating surface datum plane installed on the exterior.
4. Workpiece support position Air is supplied to the workpiece support after the workpiece reaches the seating surface datum plane. The taper action of the piston and collet uses a steel ball, and the collet clamps the plunger with a strong and even force producing a supporting force.
KOSM EK LTD .
1
Air Work Support Specifications WD0262-E
WD0302-E
WD0362-E
WD0452-E
Support force (air 0.5MPa) kN
0.27
0.5
0.73
1.33
Support force (air 1MPa) kN
0.8
1.5
2.2
4.0
1.07×P-0.27
2×P-0.50
2.93×P-0.73
5.33×P-1.33
model
Support force (formula)
kN
Plunger stroke
mm
6.5
6.5
8
8
3
0.8
1.4
2.2
3.9
Cylinder volume
cm L
Plunger spring force
H
N
1.8
2.9
2.1
2.9
2.3
2.9
3.6
4.3
2.1
4.3
3.0
4.4
3.2
4.4
4.9
6.1
MAX operating pressure
MPa
1.0
MIN operating pressure
MPa
0.4
Design Pressure
MPa
1.5
Operating temperature Weight
0 kg
0.15
70
0.25
0.40
0.75
Remarks1. The symbol "P" for support force (formula) represents the supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa). 2. The value for plunger spring force shows the design value. It will differ according to the sliding resistance of the plunger and the characteristics of the spring, so use it as a reference value for the workpiece contact force.
Performance Curve Support Performance Curve (This graph shows the support force under static load conditions.) 4.0
1.5
Support force (kN)
Support force (kN)
2.0
WD0302-E
1.0
0.5
3.0
WD0452-E
2.0
1.0
WD0362-E
WD0262-E 0
0 0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
0
1.0
Supplied air pressure (MPa)
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
Supplied air pressure (MPa)
Load/Displacement Diagram (This graph shows the static load displacement at air pressure of 1 MPa.) 25
WD0452-E
Strain (µm)
20
WD0362-E
WD0302-E 15
Load
WD0262-E
(no- load applied condition)
10
When static load applied condition
5 0
Displacement
0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
Load (kN)
11
1MPa
When locking
h t t p : / / w w w . k o s m e k .c o .jp
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
model WD-E Model Code
030 2 - L 1
2
3
4
1 Body size Shows the diameter of the threaded body Peripheral screw
2 Design No.
3 Plunger rising force L Weak spring H Strong spring 4 Variation No code: Air Advance – see p. 3-8 E: Spring Advance
No code
E
KOSM EK LTD .
12
Air Work Support Outline dimensions
Machining dimensions for mounting
* This drawing shows the work support in extended positions (when the plunger rises).
Air port CE Hexagon B
BC Plunger stroke
R0.4
CC
D thread (Prepared hole CB)
Contact bolt
Higher than CD
C1
6.3S
T
V
BB
CG CF
X thread
C U BA
Vent port
H
15°
J +0.1 0
O-ring (Attached)
F
D thread
G E
A
WD0262-E WD0302-E WD0362-E WD0452-E model 68.5 75.5 81 95 A 24 27 32 41 B 26 30 36 45 C M26×1.5 M30×1.5 M36×1.5 M45×1.5 D(Nom.×Pitch) 53 60 64 76 E 7.4 9.4 9.4 9 F 36.8 40.3 44.3 53.2 G 8.8 10.3 10.3 13.8 H 24.2 28.2 34.2 43.2 J 15.5 15.5 17 19 T 9 9 10 12 U 5 5 5 6 V M6×9 M6×9 M6×9 M8×12 X(Nom.×Depth) 9 9 9 11.5 BA 3 3 3 4 BB 8 8 8 10 BC 24.5 28.5 34.5 43.5 CB 16 43 17 48 18 52 CC 21 61 CC-7 CC-9 CC-9 CC-8.5 CD max. 3 max. 3 max. 3 max. 5 CE p.c.d. 18 p.c.d. 22 p.c.d. 26 p.c.d. 30 CF max. 3 max. 3 max. 3 max. 5 CG AS568-012(90°) AS568-012(90°) AS568-012(90°) AS568-014(90°) DA
O-ring (Attached)
DA
DB Air port
CE
Vent port
CG
DB
Plunger stroke Recommended mounting torque
AS568-020(90°) AS568-022(90°) AS568-026(90°) AS568-030(90°) 6.5 6.5 8 8 16 N m
25 N m
40 N m
63 N m
[Cautions] 1) Use the recommended mounting torque in the chart above when mounting to the unit. If the torque exceeds the recommended amount, the body can become deformed leading to malfunction. If the torque is too small it could produce looseness resulting in damage to the O-ring leading to air leaks.
1
1MPa
ht t p : / / w w w . k o s m e k .c o .jp
model WD-E Contact bolt design dimensions * Use as a reference when designing and manufacturing contact bolts. O-ring
EB
ED min.EC
EX thread
Compatible Modes
WD0262-E
WD0302-E
WD0362-E
EB EC ED EE EF EG E O ring
4.5
4.5
4.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
8
8
8
6
6
6
1.5
1.5
1.5
M6
M6
M6
S5(NOK)
S5(NOK)
S5(NOK)
WD0452-E 6 10 5 10 7 2 M8 S6(NOK)
[Cautions]
EG
1) Design and manufacture considering the contact's bolt weight and the plunger's spring force. 2) If contact bolts are designed and manufactured with different specs than the above chart, the plunger spring force will differ from the catalog and could result in damage to the plunger spring and cause it to malfunction.
EF EE
Plunger spring housing dimensions * Use as a reference when designing and manufacturing springs. Plunger spring
FB
FA
Contact bolt
Small piston
Compatible Modes
WD0262-E
WD0302-E
WD0362-E
FA FB FC FD FE FF
3.5
3.5
3.5 5.1
Stroke
5.1
5.1
10.1
12
16
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
11.1
13
17
6.5
6.5
8
WD0452-E 5 6.8 19.7 3.9 1 24.6 8
[Cautions] 1) The minimum FF dimensions when the plunger spring is compressed are (FF-stroke). 2) When making separate contact bolts it is recommended that you manufacture them according to the contact bolt design dimensions. Plunger
Stroke
FE
FC FF
FD
KOSM EK LTD .
1
model DZ
Air Work Support Options Expands range of mounting methods. Use it to simplify machining on the mounting side and reduce the number of parts to machine.
DZ-C
Flanged nut model
M screw
Compatible Modes
R
DZ0260-C DZ0300-C DZ0360-C DZ0450-C WD0262
WD0302
WD0362
WD0452
WD0262-E WD0302-E WD0362-E WD0452-E
A
35
38
45
55
B
26
29
35
42
C
14
15
16
18
D
5.5
5.5
6.8
9
M(Nom.×Pitch)
M26×1.5
M30×1.5
M36×1.5
M45×1.5
R
45.5
49.6
59.6
72.4
[Cautions]
B
4-
D
C
1) Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the C dimensions as a reference.
A
DZ-R
Piping block
G
Air port Rc screw
model
+0.1 0
Compatible Modes
F
R
B
4-
D
E Vent port Rc screw
A
C
[Cautions] 1) Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the C dimensions as a reference.
Applications Mounting is possible by simply machining a small diameter tap. No more need for machining large diameter screws.
WD
Easily converted to manifold.
Manufacturing is made possible with just a thin steel plate on the
WD DZ-C
jig side. WD
DZ-R DZ-C
Plate
1
1MPa
ht t p : / / w w w . k o s m ek .c o .jp
Plate
Plate
DZ-R
model WD Cautions for Design 1) Check the specifications - The maximum operating air pressure is 1.0 MPa, and the minimum is 0.4 MPa. - When using a work support opposite a clamp, set the support force at more than 1.5 times the clamping force.
6) Appropriate measures for the vent port - The work support, being a single acting fluid power component, requires a breathing/vent port. The vent/breather should be located to ensure no coollant or foreign objects may be ingested in the system. - If it is used without a vent port it may not function properly.
Clamping force = 1.0
Support force
1.5
2) Install temporary stopper for workpiece if necessary - When multiple work supports are used for a light workpiece, the plunger spring force may be higher than the weight of the workpiece causing it to lift the workpiece. 3) Contact bolt or attachment required for the plunger - Always use contact bolt or attachment with the plunger. - With contact bolt or attachment removed, cutting fluid or other foreign material will get in easily, causing malfunction.
7) Keep the right weight when designing and manufacturing attachments - Make sure the weight of attachments is 30% or less of the plunger spring force.
Plunger direction of movement Whether vertical or horizontal 30% or less of the load ratio
4) When using it on a welding jig or other such equipment, protect the plunger surface - If spattered substances get on the plunger it will affect the sliding and prevent proper support. 5) Adjust plunger operation time with air flow rate - A rough guideline for the full stroke is between 0.5 and 1 second. - As with single-action cylinders, use a flow regulating valve with a check valve (meter-in) in consideration of the decreasing speed at release. - Use a meter-in speed controller.
- Example) The plunger spring force for WD0262-L is 1.8-2.9 N. Therefore, the maximum weight of the contact bolt is 1.8 x 0.3 / 9.807 = 0.06 kg. However, this may vary according to the sliding resistance of the plunger and the characteristics of the spring, so it is recommended that you use the lightest weight possible. - Manufacture the mounting screws according to the contact bolt design dimensions listed on page 8 or 14. - The threads also serve to fasten the plunger spring, so if different dimensions are used altered spring force or other damage could lead to malfunction.
1
Air Work Support Cautions for Mounting 1) Check the fluid to use - Be sure to use clean, dry air run through an air filter. 2) Cautions for installing piping - Flush the pipes, joints and jig oil holes to make sure they are clean. - Chips and foreign material in the circuit will lead to air leaks and malfunction. - There is no function provided with this product to prevent foreign materials and contaminants from getting into the air circuit. 3) Using the sealing tape - Leave 1 or 2 turns on the joint thread and wrap it. - Pieces of the sealing tape can lead to air leaks and malfunction. - When installing the piping, do so in a clean working environment and follow directions faithfully so that foreign materials do not get into the equipment. 4) Mounting the Unit - For the threaded type, be careful not to scratch or damage the O-ring used to seal the bottom and tighten according to the torque shown in the following chart. model WD0262 WD0302 WD0362 WD0452
Thread size
Tightening torque (N.m)
M26×1.5
16
M30×1.5
25
M36×1.5
40
M45×1.5
63
- Apply an adequate amount of grease to the O-ring. - If the O-ring is installed without grease it is likely to be deformed or damaged. - If more than the prescribed amount of torque is used it will lead to malfunction. 5) Mounting Attachments - Use a wrench to hold the end of the plunger and tighten it according to the torque in the following chart. model WD0262 WD0302 WD0362 WD0452
1
1MPa
Thread size M6 M8
Tightening torque (N.m)
K O S M E K 5L T D. 10
ht t p : / / w w w . k o s m e k .c o .jp
model WD Cautions for Use 1) The product should be operated by trained personnel. - Operation and maintenance of machines and systems which use hydraulic pressure equipment should be performed by persons with the necessary knowledge and experience. 2) Do not operate or remove equipment without first ensuring your safety. (1) Perform inspections and maintenance of the machines and systems after making sure no objects will fall and the equipment will not accidentally operate. (2) When removing equipment, check to make sure the Safety Notes mentioned above have been taken and then shut off the power source and air pressure source. Remove the equipment only after making sure no pressure remains in the air pressure circuit.
(3) When removing equipment right after operation, the equipment may still be hot, so wait until it cools off. (4) When restarting the machine or system, make sure the bolts and parts are secure and in place first. 3) Do not touch the plunger while the work support is operating.Your hand could get stuck resulting in injury. 4) Do not take the equipment apart or modify it. - If the equipment is taken apart or modified the warranty will be void, even within the warranty period.
Maintenance and inspection 1) Removing equipment and shutting off pumps. - When removing the equipment, make sure measures have been taken to prevent the driven objects from falling and to prevent accidental operation, then shut off the power source and the air to the air pressure source. Finally, remove the equipment after making sure no pressure remains in the air pressure circuit. - When restarting the equipment, first make sure the main unit and parts are secure and in place. 2) Clean around the plunger periodically. - If used while the surface is dirty, sliding resistance will increase and prevent the workpiece from being supported in the proper place.
3) Inspect the equipment periodically to make sure the pipes, contact bolts and the main unit itself are not loose. 4) Make sure the air supplied is clean. 5) Check to make sure operation is smooth without abnormal sounds. - In particular, if the equipment is not used for a long period of time, when it is used again for the first time make sure that it operates properly. 6) When storing the product, keep it out of direct sunlight in a cool location where it is protected from water. 7) For overhaul and repairs, please contact us.
Warranty 1) Warranty period - The product warranty period is for 1.5 years after shipment from our plant or 1 year of use, whichever is shorter. 2) Warranty scope - If the product is damaged or malfunctions during the warranty period due to some fault of ours, we will replace or repair the defective part at our expense.However, defects or failures caused by the following are not covered: (1) Proper maintenance and inspections were not performed (2) The product was not properly designed by user or user’ s agent.
(3) The user did not use or handle the product properly (including damages caused by a third party (4) The cause was due to some factor other than our product (5) The product was modified or repaired by another company or was modified or repaired without our approval or confirmation (6) The damage or defect was caused by natural disaster or accident through no fault of our own (7) Parts and replacements necessary due to wear and tear (rubber, plastic, sealant, certain electrical equipment, etc.) Damages caused by defects in our products are not covered.
KOSM EK LTD .
1
h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p
CAT.NO.WD001-01-02 Printed in Japan
2007.9. First 2Ry
35MPa WORK SUPPORT
Work Support Cross-sectional Structure Contact force can be adjusted according to use
Contact bolt
- Choose between a strong or weak plunger spring. - Contact bolt can be easily removed for changing spring.
Highly durable for use with high pressure coolant systems - Low friction sliding type independently developed for high pressure coolant with a highly durable.
Plunger spring Plunger Steel ball Piston Collet Plunger piston
Strong gripping force can handle even large cutting loads - Features world's first collet system. <since 1996> - Primary parts constructed from corrosion resistant material
Operating Instructions 1. Release position (initial position) Plunger lowered by spring force
Work
1
35 MPa
h t t p : / / w w w . k o s me k .c o .jp
2. Plunger rises (contact with workpiece) Plunger piston rises first when hydraulic pressure supplied. Plunger rises via spring force to the workpiece with this action.
model Features
TNC
Symbol
-Smooth operation and stable support force achieved with collet locking. -Powerful support force prevents workpiece chatter caused by cutting load and vibration. -The small body (four models from M26 to M45) allows for installation in narrow spaces.
Applications
3. Plunger piston rises Plunger piston rises to the upper limit even after contact bolt makes contact with workpiece.
4. Workpiece support operation complete After the plunger piston reaches the upper limit, the piston begins to fall with hydraulic pressure. The taper action of the piston, collet, and steel balls clamp the plunger with a strong and constant locking force.
2
Work Support Specifications model
TNC0400
TNC0600
TNC1000
TNC1600
4.4
7.1
11.7
16.3
0.147×P-0.733
0.237×P-1.183
0.390×P-1.950
0.543×P-2.717
Support force (at 35 MPa) kN Support force (formula)
kN
Plunger stroke
mm
6.5
8
10
12
3
0.3
0.6
1.1
1.8
Cylinder volume
cm L
Plunger spring force
H
N
4.0
5.8
4.7
7.8
5.8
9.7
8.3
14.6
5.6
8.0
6.2
11.0
7.8
13.5
10.1
22.0
MAX operating pressure MPa
35
MIN operating pressure
7
MPa
Operating temperature Weight
0 0.15
kg
70
0.2
0.3
0.75
Remarks1. The symbol "P" for support force (formula) represents the supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa). 2. The value for plunger spring force shows the design value. It will differ according to the sliding resistance of the plunger and the characteristics of the spring, so use it as a reference value for the workpiece contact force.
Performance Curve Support Performance Curve (This graph shows the support force under static load conditions.) 20
8
Support force (kN)
Support force (kN)
10
TNC0600 6
TNC0400
4
2
0
0
10
20
TNC1600 15
TNC1000 10
5
0
30
Hydraulic pressure (MPa)
0
10
20
30
Hydraulic pressure (MPa)
Load/Displacement Diagram (This graph shows the static load displacement at hydraulic pressure of 35 MPa.) 50
TNC0600 TNC0400
Strain (µm)
40
TNC1600
30
Load
When locking
(no- load applied condition) 20
When static load applied condition
10
Displacement
0
35 MPa
TNC1000
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
Load (kN)
h t t p : / / w w w . k o s me k .c o .jp
14
16
18
20
model
TNC
Model Code
T C 040 0 - L 1
2
3
1 Support force
2 Design No.
3 Plunger spring force L Weak spring H Strong spring
KOSM EK LTD .
Work Support Outline dimensions
Machining dimensions for mounting
* This drawing shows the system in release position (when hydraulic pressure is lowered).
Hydraulic port
Vent port
CG
Hexagon B
BC W
CE CF
X thread
E
A
15°
G
D thread
F
+0.1 0
O-ring (Attached)
O-ring (Attached)
DA
DB
Hydraulic port
Vent port
CE
6.3S
CC
0.4
T
V BB
Plunger stroke
D thread (Prepared hole CB)
Higher than CD
C1
C U BA
CG
TNC0400 TNC0600 TNC1000 TNC1600 model 60 65 76.5 88 A 24 27 32 41 B 26 30 36 45 C M26×1.5 M30×1.5 M36×1.5 D(Nom.×Pitch) M45×1.5 48.5 53.5 64.5 71.5 E 5 5 5 6 F 27.5 31.5 51.2 55.2 G 16 17 8.3 H 10.3 24.2 28.2 34.2 J 43.2 11.5 11.5 12 T 16.5 12 15 18 U 22 6 6 6.5 V 9 10 13 14 W 19 M8×12 M10×11 M10×11 X(Nom.×Depth) M12×13 11.5 12.5 12.5 16.5 BA 4 4 4 6 BB 10 11 11 14 BC 24.5 28.5 34.5 CB 43.5 13 32 13 36 15 55 CC 18 60 CC-4.5 CC-4.5 CC-4.5 CD CC-5.5 max. 8 max. 10 max. 10 CE max. 12 p.c.d. 19 p.c.d. 22 p.c.d. 26 CF p.c.d. 30 max. 2.5 max. 3 max. 5 CG max. 6 AS568-013(90°) AS568-014(90°) AS568-015(90°) AS568-017(90°) DA DB
Plunger stroke Recommended mounting torque
AS568-020(90°) AS568-022(90°) AS568-026(90°) AS568-030(90°) 6.5 8 10 12 31.5 N m
50 N m
63 N m
80 N m
[Cautions] 1) Use the recommended mounting torque in the chart above when mounting to the unit. If the torque exceeds the recommended amount, the body can become deformed leading to malfunction. If the torque is too small it could produce looseness resulting in damage to the O-ring leading to oil leaks.
Contact bolt design dimensions * Use as a reference when designing and manufacturing contact bolts.
EX thread
EB
ED min.EC
O-ring
Compatible Modes
TNC0400
TNC0600
TNC1000
EB EC ED EE EF EG E O ring
5.4
7.4
7.4
10
12.5
12.5
5
6
6
10
10
10
7.3
7.3
7.3
1.7
1.7
1.7
M8
M10
M10
TNC1600 9.4 16.5 7.5 12 8.7 2.3 M12
AS568-009(70°) AS568-010(70°) AS568-010(70°) AS568-012(70°)
[Cautions]
EG
35 MPa
EF EE
1) Design and manufacture in consideration of the contact bolt's weight and the plunger's spring force. 2) If contact bolts are designed and manufactured with different specs than the above chart, the plunger spring force will differ from the catalog and could result in damage to the plunger spring and cause it to malfunction.
h t t p : / / w w w . k o s me k .c o .jp
TNC
model Options
Expands range of mounting methods. Use it to simplify machining on the mounting side and reduce the number of parts to machine.
Piping block: TNZ-S 4- D
17.5
Vent port
G1/8 thread
M thread
0.5
Chamfer
model
TNZ0400-S
TNZ0600-S
TNZ1000-S
TNZ1600-S
Compatible Models
TNC0400
TNC0600
TNC1000
TNC1600
A
35
38
45
55
B
26
29
35
42
C
32.5
33.5
34.5
37.5
D
5.5
5.5
6.8
9
E
16
17
18
21
M(Nom.×Pitch)
M26×1.5
M30×1.5
M36×1.5
M45×1.5
Chamfer
C3
C3
C3
C4
[Cautions]
B A
E C
9.5 Hydraulic port G1/8 thread
1) Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the C dimensions as a reference.
Applications Bottom flange-type
Low type
Mounting is possible by machining a small diameter tapped hole. Can be used as a bottom flange pipe type.
TNC
Protrusion of workpiece support itself can be kept to a minimum because it is fastened in place at the bottom of the plate.
TNC Plate
TNZ-S
TNZ-S
Plate
KOSM EK LTD .
Work Support Cautions for Design 1) Check the specifications - The maximum hydraulic pressure is 35 MPa and the minimum 7 MPa. - When using a work support opposite a clamp, set the support force at more than 1.5 times the clamping force. Clamping force = 1.0
Support force
7) Appropriate measures for the vent port - The work support, although only slightly, breathes like a single-action cylinder.Take the environment where it is used into consideration to avoid taking in cutting fluid or other foreign materials. - If it is used without a vent port it may not function properly.
1.5
2) Considerations when designing the circuit - When designing the hydraulic pressure circuit, read "Hydraulic Pressure Cylinder Speed Control Circuit and Notes," and design the circuit accordingly.If the circuit design is flawed, the equipment could be damaged or malfunction.(See page 10) 3) Install temporary stopper for workpiece if necessary - When multiple work supports are used for a light workpiece, the plunger spring force may be higher than the weight of the workpiece causing it to lift the workpiece.
8) Keep the right weight when designing and manufacturing attachments - Make sure the weight of attachments is 30% or less of the plunger spring force. m
4) Contact bolt or attachment required for the plunger - Always use contact bolt or attachment with the plunger. - With contact bolt or attachment removed, cutting fluid or other foreign material will get in easily, causing malfunction.
5) When using it on a welding jig or other such equipment, protect the plunger surface - If spattered substances get on the plunger it will affect the sliding and prevent proper support.
m
Plunger direction of movement Whether vertical or horizontal 30% or less of the load ratio
- Example) The plunger spring force for TNC0400-L is 4.0-5.8 N. Therefore, the maximum weight of the contact bolt is 4.0 x 0.3 / 9.807 = 0.12 kg. However, this may vary according to the sliding resistance of the plunger and the characteristics of the spring, so it is recommended that you use the lightest weight possible. - Manufacture the mounting screws according to the contact bolt design dimensions listed on each product page. - The threads also serve to fasten the plunger spring, so if different dimensions are used altered spring force or other damage could lead to malfunction.
6) Adjust plunger operation time with flow rate -A rough guideline for the full stroke is between 0.5 and 1 second. -As with single-action cylinders, use a flow regulating valve with a check valve (meter-in) in consideration of the decreasing speed at release. - Use a flow regulating valve with check valve that has 0.1 MPa or less of cracking pressure. If the cracking pressure is too high the plunger will not move at the time of release.
35 MPa
m
h t t p : / / w w w . k o s me k .c o .jp
model
TNC
Cautions for Mounting 1) Check the fluid to use - Make sure to use the Hydraulic Fluid List to choose the appropriate fluid. 2) Cautions for installing piping - Flush the pipes, joints and jig oil holes to make sure they are clean. - Chips and foreign material in the circuit will lead to leaks and malfunction. - There is no function provided with this product to prevent foreign materials and contaminants from getting into the hydraulic system and pipes. 3) Using the sealing tape - Leave 1 or 2 turns on the joint thread and wrap it. - Pieces of the sealing tape can lead to leaks and malfunction. - When installing the piping, do so in a clean working environment and follow directions faithfully so that foreign materials do not get into the equipment.
-Hydraulic Fluid List ISO viscosity grade: ISO-VG-32 Abrasion resisting hydraulic oil General purpose oil Manufacturer Tellus Oil 32 Tellus Oil C32 Showa Shell Sekiyu Super Multi 32 Idemitsu Kosan Daphne Super Hydraulic 32A Super Highland 32 Super Mulpus 32 Eneos Cosmo Hydro AW32 Cosmo New Mighty Super 32 Cosmo Oil Hydrax 32 Lathus 32 JOMO Nuto H32 Nuto 32 Esso Mobil DTE24 Mobil DTE24 Light Mobil Unit Oil WR32 Unit Oil P32 Kygnus Fukkol Super Hydrol 32 Fukkol Hydrol DX32 Fuji Kosan Hydrol AW32 Matsumura Oil Sunvis 832 Sunvis 932 Sunoco Hi-Tech AW32 Hydrax 32 Mitsui Oil Hyspin AWS32 Castrol Cautions: Some of the products in the chart are difficult to obtain overseas, so if you are going to purchase them overseas contact the manufacturer.
4) Mounting the Unit - Be careful not to scratch or damage the O-ring used to seal the bottom and tighten according to the torque shown in the following chart. model TNC0400 TNC0600 TNC1000 TNC1600
Thread size
Tightening torque (Nm)
M26×1.5
31.5
M30×1.5
50.0
M36×1.5
63.0
M45×1.5
80.0
- Apply an adequate amount of grease to the O-ring. - If the O-ring is installed without grease it is likely to be deformed or damaged. - If more than the prescribed amount of torque is used it will lead to malfunction. 5) Mounting Attachments - Use a wrench to hold the end of the plunger and tighten it according to the torque in the following chart. model TNC0400 TNC0600 TNC1000 TNC1600
Front end thread size
Tightening torque (Nm)
M8
10
M10
16
M10
16
M12
40
6) Air bleeder in the hydraulic pressure circuit - Using the hydraulic pressure circuit with a large amount of air still in it will cause operations to take an abnormally long time. After installing the piping or if air is fed into the hydraulic tank of the pump while it is empty, make sure to perform the following procedures to bleed the air.
KOSM EK LTD .
Work Support Cautions for Use 1) The product should be operated by trained personnel. - Operation and maintenance of machines and systems which use hydraulic pressure equipment should be performed by persons with the necessary knowledge and experience. 2) Do not operate or remove equipment without first ensuring your safety. (1) Perform inspections and maintenance of the machines and systems after making sure no objects will fall and the equipment will not accidentally operate. (2) When removing equipment, check to make sure the Safety Notes mentioned above have been taken and then shut off the power source and the air to the hydraulic pressure source. Remove the equipment only after making sure no pressure remains in the hydraulic pressure circuit.
(3) When removing equipment right after operation, the equipment may still be hot, so wait until it cools off. (4) When restarting the machine or system, make sure the bolts and parts are secure and in place first. 3) Do not touch the plunger while the work support is operating.Your hand could get stuck resulting in injury. 4) Do not take the equipment apart or modify it. - If the equipment is taken apart or modified the warranty will be void, even within the warranty period.
Maintenance and inspection 1) Removing equipment and shutting off pumps. - When removing the equipment, make sure measures have been taken to prevent the driven objects from falling and to prevent accidental operation, then shut off the power source and the air to the hydraulic pressure source, and finally make sure no pressure remains in the hydraulic pressure circuit. - When restarting the equipment, first make sure all the bolts and parts are secure and in place. 2) Clean around the plunger periodically. - If used while the surface is dirty, sliding resistance will increase and prevent the workpiece from being supported in the proper place.
3) When a coupler is used to disconnect the equipment, if it is used for long periods of time air will enter the circuit, so be sure to release the air periodically. 4) Inspect the equipment periodically to make sure the pipes and mounting bolts are not loose. 5) Check to make sure the hydraulic fluid has not degraded. 6) Check to make sure operation is smooth without abnormal sounds. - In particular, if the equipment is not used for a long period of time, when it is used again for the first time make sure that it operates properly. 7) When storing the product, keep it out of direct sunlight in a cool location where it is protected from water. 8) For overhaul and repairs, please contact us.
Warranty 1) Warranty period - The product warranty period is for 1.5 years after shipment from our plant or 1 year of use, whichever is shorter. 2) Warranty scope - If the product is damaged or malfunctions during the warranty period due to some fault of ours, we will replace or repair the defective part at our expense.However, defects or failures caused by the following are not covered: (1) Proper maintenance and inspections were not performed (2) The product was not properly designed by user or userâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; s agent.
(3) The user did not use or handle the product properly (including damages caused by a third party (4) The cause was due to some factor other than our product (5) The product was modified or repaired by another company or was modified or repaired without our approval or confirmation (6) The damage or defect was caused by natural disaster or accident through no fault of our own (7) Parts and replacements necessary due to wear and tear (rubber, plastic, sealant, certain electrical equipment, etc.) Damages caused by defects in our products are not covered.
35 MPa
h t t p : / / w w w . k o s me k .c o .jp
model
TNC
Hydraulic Pressure Cylinder Speed Control Circuit and Cautions When controlling the operating speed of hydraulic cylinders, design the hydraulic pressure circuit taking the following points into consideration. If the circuit design is flawed, the equipment could be damaged or malfunction, so do a thorough review beforehand. - Speed control circuit for single-action cylinder In a spring return type single-action cylinder, if the flow rate in the circuit is low at release the release operation can malfunction (sticking and stopping) or take a long time to complete.Use a flow regulating valve with check valve to control the flow rate during the locking operation.Also, as much as possible use a regulating valve on each cylinder to control cylinders with speed restrictions (swing clamps, work supports, etc.).
If there is concern that load may be placed on the cylinder in the direction of the release enough to break it during the release, use a flow regulating valve with check valve to control the flow rate on the release side as well(the same applies with swing clamps where the weight of the lever is put on the cylinder during release).
However, design meter-out circuits taking the following points into consideration. (1) Generally speaking, in systems that use both double-action and single-action cylinders, the same circuit should not be used to control both. The single-action cylinder release operation can malfunction or take a long time to complete.
If both a single-action and double-action cylinder are used, refer to the following circuit. - Separate the control circuits.
Flow control on release side
- Speed control circuit for double-action cylinder When controlling the speed of double-action cylinders, use a meter-out circuit for both the lock and release sides. With meter-in circuits air can get into the hydraulic pressure circuit and prevent speed control.
- Ensure that the double-action cylinder control circuit is not affected by the other. However, depending on the tank line back pressure, the single-action cylinder may operate after the double-action cylinder.
[meter-out circuit]
[meter-in circuit]
(2) With a meter-out circuit, depending on the flow rate the pressure within the circuit may rise when the cylinder operates.By using a flow regulating valve to keep the flow rate to the cylinder low, you can prevent the pressure within the circuit from rising.In particular, in systems with sequence valves and pressure switches if the pressure rises above the setting pressure the system will cease to function properly, so attention is required.
Sequence valve
Flow regulating valve (either possible)
KOSM EK LTD .
1
h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p
1441 Branding Avenue,Suite 110 Downers Grove,IL 60515 USA TEL.630-241-3465 FAX.630-241-3834
CAT.NO.TNC001-02-02 Printed in Japan
2007. 7 . First 1 Ry 2008. 10 . Second 1 Ry
7MPa/25MPa Compact thread type single action cylinder
Compact thread type single action cylinder Select the appropriate model from the list below based on the purpose of use. Model
Function/Type
Push Cylinder
DP Pull Cylinder
DR DS Hollow Cylinder
DT Options Cautions 1
7MPa/25MPa
h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp
model DP/DR/DS/DT Cylinder output range (kN)
Applications
1 221 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
P
3 1
2
221 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
7 1
2
221 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
11 1
2
1 1 1 1 1
15 1
2
19
KOSM EK LTD .
2
Compact thread type single action cylinder Cross-sectional Structure Complete freedom for selecting workpiece
Piston
- Configuration is selectable. (4 models)
Smaller jig perfect for narrow spaces
Spring
- Exterior thread type.
Simple hydraulic circuit
High durability (oil bath)
- Single-action cylinder.
- Prevents entrance of coolant and foreign materials.
Operating Instructions 1. Release position (initial position) Piston moves to release position by spring force. (Piston retracted)
7MPa/25MPa
2. Locked position When hydraulic pressure is supplied the piston is operated by the force of the hydraulic pressure. (Piston extended)
h t t p : / /www.ko s me k .c o .jp
model DP Features
Symbol
-This is a versatile cylinder that comes with a variety of piston shapes. It is a single-action cylinder with 3 strokes and a total of 102 different types to choose from. -The spring compartment, which used to be considered a weak point of single-action cylinders, uses an oil bath mechanism to protect the cylinder from coolant and other foreign materials. -It can be used in small spaces due to its cartridge style design. -The range of use can be expanded by adding special accessories.
Applications
KOSM EK LTD .
Compact thread type single action cylinder Specifications DP0160
model Stroke code Stroke
S 6
mm
Cylinder area Cylinder volume Release spring force Supply pressure:25 Cylinder Supply pressure:7 Output Supply pressure:3.5 kN Calculation formula
cm 2
Maximum operating pressure Minimum operating pressure Pressure resistance Operating temperature Weight
MPa MPa MPa
M 10
DP0221 L 16
0.5 0.5 0.8 12.4 23.6 1.23 0.32 0.15 F=(0.05×P)-0.024 0.3
3
cm N MPa MPa MPa
kg
0.03
0.04
0.05
S 6
M 10
DP0241 L 16
S 8
1.1 1.1 1.8 25.7 41.2 2.78 0.75 0.35 F=(0.113×P)-0.041
0.08
DP0301 L 20
1.5 1.8 3.1 32.6 59.7 3.78 1.01 0.47 F=(0.154×P)-0.060
0.7
0.06
M 12
1.2
25 0.8 37.5 0 70 0.1 0.08
0.1
0.15
S 8
M 12
L 20
2.5 3.1 5.1 50.1 99.1 6.24 1.66 0.77 F=(0.254×P)-0.099 2.0
0.15
0.2
0.3
Remarks: 1 F: Clamp force (kN), P: Supply pressure (MPa)
Performance Curve Cylinder performance
2
DP0160 1
0
0
5
10
15
20
25
Supply pressure (MPa)
7MPa/25MPa
DP0361
8 6
DP0301
4
DP0241
2 0
0
5
10
15
20
60
Cylinder output (kN)
10
DP0221
Cylinder output (kN)
Cylinder output (kN)
3
25
Supply pressure (MPa)
h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp
DP0801
40
DP0651 DP0551
20
DP0451 0
0
5
10
15
20
25
Supply pressure (MPa)
model DP DP0451
DP0361 S 10
M 16
S 10
L 25
M 16
DP0551 L 25
7.1 11.3 17.7 157 319 17.3 4.60 2.13 F=(0.707×P)-0.319
3.9 6.3 9.9 79.4 150 9.69 2.59 1.21 F=(0.394×P)-0.150
7.1
3.9
S 12
M 20
9.9 19.8 31.7 236 452 24.3 6.44 2.98 F=(0.990×P)-0.452 25 0.8 37.5 11.9
0 0.3
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.8
DP0651 L 32
0.8
70 1.0
1.3
S 16
M 25
DP0801 L 40
15.9 39.8 63.6 353 657 39.1 10.4 4.86 F=(1.59×P)-0.657
25.4
1.4
1.7
2.2
S 16
M 25
L 40
23.8 38.0 59.4 95.0 564 1040 58.3 15.5 7.20 F=(2.38×P)-1.04
2.2
2.7
3.6
Model Code
DP
022 1
1 2
A M 3
4
1 Body size (see specifications) External thread: M16x1.5
External thread
External thread: M80x2 2 Design No. 3 Shape of piston tip 1 A : Female thread type R : Round type P : Oscillating pad type Q : Oscillating pad type with female thread
*1:The size of P and Q types is 022
A
Female thread type
R
P
Round type
Q
Oscillating pad type Oscillating pad type with female thread
4 Stroke code S : Short stroke M : Standard stroke L : Long stroke
KOSM EK LTD .
Compact thread type single action cylinder Outline Dimensions
C U
D thread
DP-A
E
T1 B
A1
Stroke
Dimensions Model
DP0160-A
Stroke code
S
A1
35
B
DP0221-A
DP0241-A
DP0301-A
M
L
S
S
S
41
50
35
14
DP0361-A
M
L
L
S
43
56 39.5 47 63.5 43.5 52.5 72
51
19
M
L
22
M
27
DP0451-A
DP0551-A
DP0651-A
DP0801-A
M
L
S
S
S
S
64
85
59
32
M
L
M
L
72 94.5 64 79.5 102 41
M
78
L
M
94 123.5 88
50
L
106 137
60
-
C
15.5
21.2
24.5
30
35.5
45
55
66
80
D
M16 x 1.5
M22 x 1.5
M24 x 1.5
M30 x 1.5
M36 x 1.5
M45 x 1.5
M55 x 2
M65 x 2
M80 x 2
E
29.5 35.5 44.5 28
36
49 32.5 40 56.5 35
44 63.5 41.5 54.5 75.5 47
60 82.5 51 66.5 89
62
78 107.5 69
87 118
T1
5.5
7
7
8.5
9.5
12
13
16
19
U
8
12
14
18
22.4
30
35.5
45
55
Remarks 1. See p. 1-2 of dimension chart DP00A-**-02 for detailed dimensions of each part and machining dimensions for the mounting part. 2. The B part on DP0801 is a hook wrench type design, so refer to the separate dimension chart, DP00A-01-02.
C U
D thread
DP-R
E A2
T2 B
Stroke
Dimensions Model
DP0160-R
DP0221-R
DP0241-R
DP0301-R
DP0361-R
DP0451-R
DP0551-R
DP0651-R
DP0801-R
Stroke code
S
S
S
S
S
L
S
S
M
L
A2
31
64 86.5 56 71.5 94
68
84 113.5 76
94
125
B
M
L
L
S
37
46 30.5 38.5 51.5 35 42.5 59
38
14
M
L
19
M
22
M
L
M
L
S
47 66.5 45
58
79
51
27
32
M
L
41
M
M
50
L
60
-
C
15.5
21.2
24.5
30
35.5
45
55
66
80
D
M16 x 1.5
M22 x 1.5
M24 x 1.5
M30 x 1.5
M36 x 1.5
M45 x 1.5
M55 x 2
M65 x 2
M80 x 2
36
49 32.5 40 56.5 35
44 63.5 41.5 54.5 75.5 47
60 82.5 51 66.5 89
78 107.5 69
87 118
T2
E
29.5 35.5 44.5 28 1.5
2.5
2.5
3
3.5
4
5
62
6
7
U
8
12
14
18
22.4
30
35.5
45
55
Remarks 1. See p. 3-4 of dimension chart DP00A-**-02 for detailed dimensions of each part and machining dimensions for the mounting part. 2. The B part on DP0801 is a hook wrench type design, so refer to the separate dimension chart, DP00A-01-02.
7MPa/25MPa
h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp
model DP DP-P 10째
C U
D thread
10째
E
T3 B
A3
Stroke
Dimensions Model
DP0221-P
DP0241-P
DP0301-P
DP0361-P
Stroke code
S
M
L
S
S
S
M
A3
32
40
53 38.5 46 62.5 42
51 70.5 51
64
M
L
M
L
DP0451-P
DP0551-P
L
S
M
S
85
60
73 95.5 67 82.5 105
L
M
L
DP0651-P
DP0801-P
S
M
S
82
98 127.5 92
L
M
B
19
22
27
32
41
50
60
-
C
21.2
24.5
30
35.5
45
55
66
80
M24 x 1.5
M30 x 1.5
M36 x 1.5
M45 x 1.5
M55 x 2
M65 x 2
M80 x 2
D E
M22 x 1.5 28
36
49 32.5 40 56.5 35
44 63.5 41.5 54.5 75.5 47
60 82.5 51 66.5 89
62
L
110 141
78 107.5 69
87 118
T3
4
6
7
9.5
13
16
20
23
U
12
14
18
22.4
30
35.5
45
55
Remarks 1. See p. 5-6 of dimension chart DP00A-**-02 for detailed dimensions of each part and machining dimensions for the mounting part. 2. The B part on DP0801 is a hook wrench type design, so refer to the separate dimension chart, DP00A-01-02.
DP-Q 10째
C U
D thread
10째
E
T3 B
A3
Stroke
Dimensions Model
DP0221-Q
DP0241-Q
DP0301-Q
DP0361-Q
Stroke code
S
S
S
S
A3
32
B
M
L
M
L
40
53 38.5 46 62.5 42
19
22
DP0451-Q
DP0551-Q
DP0651-Q
DP0801-Q
M
L
S
S
S
S
51 70.5 51
64
85
60
27
32
M
L
M
L
M
L
73 95.5 67 82.5 105 41
M
82
50
L
M
98 127.5 92 60
110 141 -
C
21.2
24.5
30
35.5
45
55
66
80
D
M22 x 1.5
M24 x 1.5
M30 x 1.5
M36 x 1.5
M45 x 1.5
M55 x 2
M65 x 2
M80 x 2
E
28
62
L
36
49 32.5 40 56.5 35
44 63.5 41.5 54.5 75.5 47
60 82.5 51 66.5 89
78 107.5 69
87 118
T3
4
6
7
9.5
13
16
20
23
U
12
14
18
22.4
30
35.5
45
55
Remarks 1. See p. 5-6 of dimension chart DP00A-**-02 for detailed dimensions of each part and machining dimensions for the mounting part. 2. The B part on DP0801 is a hook wrench type design, so refer to the separate dimension chart, DP00A-01-02.
KOSM EK LTD .
Compact thread type single action cylinder Cross-sectional Structure Piston
Complete flexibility in workpiece selection (female threaded end) - Easy design of attachments.
Smaller jig Spring
- Threaded type perfect for smaller workpieces.
Simple hydraulic circuit
Easy piping design
- Single-action cylinder
- Hydraulic pressure can be supplied directly from jig unit.
Operating Instructions 1. Release position (initial position) 1 Piston moves to release position by spring force. (Piston extended)
7MPa/25MPa
2. Locked position When hydraulic pressure is supplied the piston is operated by the force of the hydraulic pressure. (Piston retracted)
h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp
model DR Features
Symbol
-This is a versatile cylinder. It is a single-action pull cylinder with 3 strokes and a total of 24 different types to choose from. -It can be used in small spaces due to its cartridge style design. -The range of use can be expanded by adding special accessories.
Applications
KOSM EK LTD .
1
Compact thread type single action cylinder Specifications DR0221
model Stroke code Stroke
S 4
mm
Cylinder area Cylinder volume Release spring force Supply pressure:25 Cylinder Supply pressure:7 Output Supply pressure:3.5 kN Calculation formula
cm 2
Maximum operating pressure Minimum operating pressure Pressure resistance Operating temperature Weight
MPa MPa MPa
M 6
DR0241 L 10
0.7 0.3 0.4 0.7 30.2 50.8 1.75 0.45 0.20
3
cm N MPa MPa MPa
F=(0.072×P)-0.051
kg
0.07
0.08
0.1
S 5
DR0301
M 8
L 12
S 6
M 10
DR0361 L 16
1.3 0.6 1.0 1.5 38.8 67.2 3.07 0.81 0.37 F=(0.126×P)-0.067
0.1
0.1
2.2 1.3 2.2 3.5 56.5 107 5.30 1.40 0.64 F=(0.217×P)-0.107 25 1.0 37.5 0 70 0.15 0.2 0.2 0.3
S 6
M 10
L 16
4.1 2.5 4.1 6.6 92 158 10.1 2.68 1.24 F=(0.412×P)-0.158
0.3
0.3
0.4
Remarks: 1 F: Clamp force (kN), P: Supply pressure (MPa)
Performance Curve Cylinder performance DR0241
3
2
DR0221 1
0
0
5
10
15
20
25
Supply pressure (MPa)
DR0451
Cylinder output (kN)
Cylinder output (kN)
Cylinder output (kN)
14
12
DR0361 8
DR0301 4
0
0
5
10
15
20
40
Supply pressure (MPa)
DR0651
20
DR0551 0
25
DR0801
60
0
5
Model Code
DR
022 1
1 -
M
2
3
1 Body size (see specifications) External thread: M22x1.5
External thread: M80x2
External thread
2 Design No. 3 Stroke code S : Short stroke M : Standard stroke L : Long stroke
11
7MPa/25MPa
10
15
20
25
Supply pressure (MPa)
h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp
model DR DR0551
DR0451 S 8
M 12
6.3 5.0 7.5 12.6 141 313 15.4 4.06 1.86 F=(0.628×P)-0.313
0.5
S 8
M 12
7.9
9.9 11.9
L 20
0.6
L 20 19.9
S 10
M 16
15.5
15.5 24.9
DR0801 L 25 38.9
S 10
M 16
L 25
25.3
25.3 40.5
63.3
213 471 24.3
327 726 38.1
513 1076 62.1
6.44 2.97 F=(0.993×P)-0.471
10.1 4.66 F=(1.55×P)-0.726
16.5 7.65 F=(2.53×P)-1.08
0.8
0.7
DR0651
25 1.0 37.5 0 70 1.0 1.3
0.9
1.5
1.8
2.2
2.5
3.0
Outline Dimensions
C U
D thread
Stroke
T
E
B
A
Dimensions Model Stroke code A
DR0221 S
M
DR0241 L
S
M
DR0301 L
S
M
DR0361 L
S
M
DR0451 L
DR0551
DR0651
S
M
L
S
M
L
S
48.5 53.5 65.5 51.5 59.5 71.5 59.5 71.5 88.5 63 74.5 91.5 72
83
103
79
91
112
93
M
DR0801 L
S
M
L
109 135 103 119 145
B
17
19
24
30
36
46
55
-
C
19
21.2
26.5
33
40
50
60
75
D
M22 x 1.5
M24 x 1.5
M30 x 1.5
M36 x 1.5
M45 x 1.5
M55 x 2
M65 x 2
M80 x 2
E T U
39.5 42.5 50.5 41.5 46.5 54.5 47.5 55.5 66.5 50 57.5 68.5 57 9
11
15
10
10
13 10
17
12
16 12
22
13
17 14
23
15
64
76
61
69
82
72
82
99
80
90 107
19
27
18
22
30
21
27
36
23
29
16
20
25
38
30
Remarks 1. See p. 7-8 of dimension chart DP00A-**-02 for detailed dimensions of each part and machining dimensions for the mounting part. 2. The B part on DR0801 is a hook wrench type design, so refer to the separate dimension chart, DP00A-01-02.
KOSM EK LTD .
12
Compact thread type single action cylinder Cross-sectional Structure
Complete flexibility in workpiece selection (female threaded end)
Rear mounting possible - Perfect for tilt tables.
- Easy design of attachments.
Piston
Easy piping design - Choose from two different connection methods.
Spring
Simple hydraulic circuit - Single-action cylinder
Operating Instructions 1. Release position (initial position) Piston moves to release position by spring force. (Piston extended)
1
7MPa/25MPa
2. Locked position When hydraulic pressure is supplied the piston is operated by the force of the hydraulic pressure. (Piston retracted)
h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp
model DS Features
Symbol
-This is a versatile cylinder. It is a single-action pull cylinder with 3 strokes and a total of 48 different types to choose from. -It can be used in small spaces due to its compact flange design. -The range of use can be expanded by adding special accessories.
Applications
KOSM EK LTD .
1
Compact thread type single action cylinder Specifications Model
DS0221
Stroke code Stroke
S 4
mm
Cylinder area Cylinder volume Release spring force Supply pressure:25 Cylinder Supply pressure:7 Output Supply pressure:3.5 kN Calculation formula
cm 2
Maximum operating pressure Minimum operating pressure Pressure resistance Operating temperature Weight
MPa MPa MPa
M 6
DS0241 L 10
S 5
M 8
DS0301 L 12
S 6
M 10
DS0361 L 16
S 6
M 10
L 16
1.2 0.5 0.7 1.2 30.2 50.8 3.01
1.8 0.9 1.4 2.1 38.8 67.2 4.32
2.7 1.6 2.7 4.3 56.5 107 6.55
4.6 2.8 4.6 7.4 92 158 11.3
0.80 0.37
1.16 0.54
1.75 0.81
3.04 1.42
F=(0.122×P)-0.051
F=(0.176×P)-0.067
F=(0.267×P)-0.107
F=(0.462×P)-0.158
3
cm N MPa MPa MPa
kg
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.2
25 1.0 37.5 0 70 0.2 0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
Remarks: 1 F: Clamp force (kN), P: Supply pressure (MPa)
Performance Curve Cylinder performance DS0241 4 3 2
DS0221
1 0
0
5
10
15
20
25
Supply pressure (MPa)
1
7MPa/25MPa
60
DS0451
16 12
DS0361
8 4
0
DS0301 0
5
10
15
20
25
Supply pressure (MPa)
h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp
Cylinder output (kN)
20
Cylinder output (kN)
Cylinder output (kN)
5
DS0801
50 40
DS0651 30 20
DS0551
10 0
0
5
10
15
20
25
Supply pressure (MPa)
model DS DS0551
DS0451 S 8
M 12
S 8
L 20
0.6
L 20
10.7 8.6 12.9 21.4 213 471 26.3 6.99 3.24 F=(1.07×P)-0.471
7.1 5.7 8.5 14.1 141 313 17.3 4.63 2.15 F=(0.707×P)-0.313
0.5
M 12
DS0651
0.9
0.7
1.0
S 10
M 16
DS0801 L 25
16.3 16.3 26.1 40.8 327 726 40.0 10.6 4.93 F=(1.63×P)-0.726
25 1.0 37.5 0 70 1.2 1.4
1.6
2.0
S 10
M 16
L 25
26.1 26.1 41.8 65.3 513 1076 64.1 17.1 7.92 F=(2.61×P)-1.076
2.2
2.5
3.0
Model Code
DS
022
1
- S M
1
2
3
4
1 Body size (see specifications) External thread: M22x1.5
External thread
External thread: M80x2 2 Design No. 3 Plumbing option G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) S: Pipe type (Rc thread) 4 Stroke code S : Short stroke M : Standard stroke L : Long stroke
G
S
Gasket type
Pipe type
With R thread plug
Rc thread
KOSM EK LTD .
1
Compact thread type single action cylinder Outline Dimensions DS0221
Stroke
DS0451
F
R D thread
U
B
V E
T C
A
Stroke
F
R
V
B
U
D thread
DS0551,DS0651
E
T C
A Stroke
U
B
RV
F
D thread
DS0801
T
E A
C
Dimensions Model Stroke code A
DS0221 S
L
S
L
S
L
S
L
DS0551
DS0651
M
L
S
M
L
S
103
79
91
112
93
37
M
DS0451
83
32
M
DS0361 S
31
M
DS0301
48.5 53.5 65.5 51.5 59.5 71.5 59.5 71.5 88.5 63 74.5 91.5 72
B
M
DS0241
40
50
M
60
DS0801 L
S
M
L
109 135 103 119 145 67
74
C
22
24
30
36
45
60
67
74
D
M22 x 1.5
M24 x 1.5
M30 x 1.5
M36 x 1.5
M45 x 1.5
M55 x 2
M65 x 2
M80 x 2
E
39.5 42.5 50.5 41.5 46.5 54.5 47.5 55.5 66.5 50 57.5 68.5 57
64
76
61
69
82
72
82
99
80
90 107
F
22.5 25.5 33.5 24.5 29.5 37.5 28.5 36.5 47.5 31 38.5 49.5 34
41
53
38
46
59
49
59
76
55
65
82
19
27
18
22
30
21
27
36
23
29
38
T
9
11
15
10
13
17
12
16
22
13
17
23
z5
U
10
10
12
14
16
20
25
30
V
21.5
21.5
23.4
23.5
29.5
32.5
38
38.5
Regards 1. See p. 9-12 of dimension chart DP00A-**-02 for detailed dimensions of each part and machining dimensions for the mounting part.
1
7MPa/25MPa
h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp
model DS
KOSM EK LTD .
1
Compact thread type single action cylinder Cross-sectional Structure Complete freedom for selecting workpieces (hollow rod)
Rear mounting possible
- Easy design of attachments. - Common cylinder for pushing and pulling.
- Perfect for tilt tables.
Piston
Easy piping design - Choose from two different connection methods
Spring
Simple hydraulic circuit - Single-action cylinder.
Operating Instructions 1. Release position (initial position) Piston moves to release position by spring force.
1
7MPa/25MPa
2. Locked position When hydraulic pressure is supplied the piston is locked by the force of the hydraulic pressure.
h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp
model DT Features
Symbol
-It is a versatile single-action hollow cylinder with 3 strokes and a total of 30 different types to choose from. -It can be used in small spaces due to its compact flange design. -The range of use can be expanded by adding special accessories.
Applications
KOSM EK LTD .
2
Compact thread type single action cylinder Specifications Model
DT0361
Stroke code Stroke
S 6
mm
Cylinder area Cylinder volume Plunger Supply pressure:25 Cylinder Supply pressure:7 Output Supply pressure:3.5 kN Calculation formula
M 10
DT0451 L 16
S 8
M 12
DT0551 L 20
S 8
cm 2
4.6 7.1 2.8 4.6 7.4 5.7 8.5 14.1 cm N 92 158 141 313 MPa 11.3 17.3 MPa 3.04 4.63 1.42 2.15 MPa F=(0.462×P)-0.158 F=(0.707×P)-0.313 Maximum operating pressure MPa Minimum operating pressure MPa Pressure resistance MPa Operating temperature kg Weight 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7
M 12
DT0651 L 20
Remarks: 1 F: Clamp force (kN), P: Supply pressure (MPa)
Performance Curve Cylinder performance 70
Cylinder output (kN)
Cylinder output (kN)
DT0551
25 20
DT0451 15 100
DT0361
10 0 0
10
15
20
25
Supply pressure (MPa)
21
DT0801
60 50 40
DT0651
30 20 10
5
7MPa/25MPa
0 0
5
10
M 16
L 25
S 10
M 16
L 25
10.7 16.3 26.1 8.6 12.9 21.4 16.3 26.1 40.8 26.1 41.8 65.3 213 471 327 726 513 1076 26.3 40.4 64.1 6.99 10.6 17.1 3.24 4.93 7.92 F=(1.07×P)-0.471 F=(1.63×P)-0.726 F=(2.61×P)-1.076 25 1.0 37.5 0 70 0.8 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.7
3
30
S 10
DT0801
15
20
25
Supply pressure (MPa)
h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp
model DT Model Code
DT
036 1
1 2
S M 3
4
1 Body size (see specifications) External thread: M36x1.5
External thread
External thread: M80x2 2 Design No. 3 Plumbing option G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) S: Pipe type (Rc thread) 4 Stroke code S : Short stroke M : Standard stroke L : Long stroke
G
S
Gasket type
Pipe type
With R thread plug
Rc thread
KOSM EK LTD .
22
Compact thread type single action cylinder Outline Dimensions F
Stroke
DT0361,DT0451 R
U2
B
U1
D thread
V E
T A
C
DT0551,DT0651
Stroke
U2
R
V
B
U1
D thread
F
T
E
C
A
Stroke
D thread
U1
B
RV
F
T
U2
DT0801
E A
C
Dimensions Model Stroke code
DT0361 S
DT0451
DT0551
DT0651
DT0801
M
L
S
M
L
S
M
L
S
M
L
S
A
57.5 69
86
66
77
97
70
82
103
83
99
125
90
M
L
106 132
B
40
50
60
67
74
C
36
45
60
67
74
D
M36 x 1.5
M45 x 1.5
M55 x 2
M65 x 2
M80 x 2
E
48.5 56
67
55
62
74
59
67
80
70
80
97
77
87 104
F
29.5 37
48
32
39
51
36
44
57
47
57
74
52
62
T
7.5 11.5 17.5 9.5 13.5 21.5 9.5 13.5 21.5 11.5 17.5 26.5 11.5 17.5 26.5
U1
14
U2
12.5
V
23.5
16
20
25
16
20
25
30
29.5
32.5
38
38.5
79
30
Regards 1. See p. 13-16 of dimension chart DP00A-**-02 for detailed dimensions of each part and machining dimensions for the mounting part.
2
7MPa/25MPa
h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp
model DT
KOSM EK LTD .
2
Compact thread type single action cylinder Model Code Expands range of mounting methods. Use it to simplify machining on the mounting side and reduce the number of parts to machine.
DZ
016 1
0 -
M S M
2
3
4
5
1 Body size (see specifications) External thread: M16x1.5
External thread: M80x2 2 Design No. 3 Configuration M: Manifold block B : Bulkhead nut C : Flanged nut P : DP pipe block R : DR pipe block 4 Plumbing option S : Pipe type G: Gasket type
1
5 Stroke code 1 S : Short stroke M : Standard stroke L : Long stroke
1 Displayed only when 3 Configuration is "M-type" for manifold block.
2
7MPa/25MPa
h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp
model DZ Applications DZ-M
DZ-B
DS-S
DT-S Jig plate
Jig plate
DZ-B
DZ-B
DP-A DZ-MGâ&#x2013;Ą
Jig plate
DZ-C DP-A DP-P
Jig plate
DZ-C DZ-P
DZ-C
DZ-C
Jig plate
Jig plate
DZ-P
DT-G
DP-R Jig plate
DZ-P
DZ-R
DR DR DZ-C DZ-R
Jig plate
DZ-C
Jig plate
KOSM EK LTD .
2
Compact thread type single action cylinder
C
max.1.5
Manifold block: DZ-M
B
A
Dimensions Model Cylinder model Stroke code
DZ0160-M
DP0160 S
A B C
DZ0220-M
M
DZ0240-M
DP0221 L
S
M
DZ0300-M
DP0241 L
S
M
L
DP0301 S
M
DZ0450-M
DZ0360-M
DP0451
DP0361 L
S
M
DZ0550-M
L
S
M
DZ0650-M
DP0551 L
S
M
DZ0800-M
DP0651 L
S
M
DP0801 L
S
M
32
38
45
50
60
75
90
105
120
22
28
32
38
42
52
62
72
88
L
34 40 49 32.5 38.5 51.5 35 42.5 59 38.5 45.5 65 43 56 77 50 63 85.5 56 69.5 92 65 79 108.5 70 88 119
Regards: 1. See p. 17-18 of dimension chart DP00A-**-02 for detailed dimensions of each part and machining dimensions for the mounting part.
A
Bulkhead nut (mounting nut): DZ-B
C
Dimensions Model Cylinder model
DZ0160-B
DZ0220-B
DZ0240-B
DZ0300-B
DZ0360-B
D
D
D
D
D
0160
0221
0241
0301
0361
DZ0450-B
D
0451
DZ0550-B
DZ0650-B
DZ0800-B
D
D
D
0551
0651
0801
A
25
32
38
45
52
65
75
85
105
C
5
6
7
7
8
10
11
12
15
Regards: See p. 19 of dimension chart DP00A-**-02 for detailed dimensions of each part and machining dimensions for the mounting part.
2
7MPa/25MPa
h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp
model DZ Flanged nut: DZ-C
Dimensions Model Cylinder model
DZ0160-C
DZ0220-C
DZ0240-C
DZ0300-C
DZ0360-C
D
D
D
D
D
0160
0221
0241
0301
DZ0450-C
0361
D
0451
DZ0550-C
DZ0650-C
DZ0800-C
D
D
D
0551
0651
0801
A
25
28
32
38
45
55
70
80
90
C
12
14
14
15
16
18
20
25
25
Regards: See p. 19 of dimension chart DP00A-**-02 for detailed dimensions of each part and machining dimensions for the mounting part.
DP pipe block: DZ-P
A
C
Dimensions Model
DZ0160-P
DZ0220-P
DZ0240-P
DZ0300-P
DZ0360-P
DZ0450-P
DZ0550-P
DZ0650-P
DZ0800-P
Cylinder model
DP0160
DP0221
DP0241
DP0301
DP0361
DP0451
DP0551
DP0651
DP0801
A
25
28
32
38
45
55
70
80
90
C
19
19
19
22
22
25
25
25
28
Regards: See p. 19 of dimension chart DP00A-**-02 for detailed dimensions of each part and machining dimensions for the mounting part.
DR piping block: DZ-R
A
C
Dimensions Model
DZ0220-R
DZ0240-R
DZ0300-R
DZ0360-R
DZ0450-R
DZ0550-R
DZ0650-R
DZ0800-R
Cylinder model
DR0221
DR0241
DR0301
DR0361
DR0451
DR0551
DR0651
DR0801
A
28
32
38
45
55
70
80
90
C
19
19
22
22
25
25
25
28
Regards: See p. 20 of dimension chart DP00A-**-02 for detailed dimensions of each part and machining dimensions for the mounting part.
KOSM EK LTD .
2
Compact thread type single action cylinder Cautions for Design 1) Check the specifications
5) Clamping inclined surface
- The hydraulic supply pressure is as follows:
- When clamping an inclined surface the design should
If loads exceeding the clamp's capabilities are applied
be such that when looking from the clamp side the
it could lead to deformation, dragging or oil leaks.
clamp area is level.Make sure the clamp surface and
Model
DP
DR DS DT
Max. operating pressure MPa
25
Min. operating pressure MPa
0.8
25 1.0
clamp mounting surface are parallel. Workpieces may move and piston rods may slip when clamps are used on inclined surfaces. (When the workpiece is a
2) Considerations when designing the circuit - When designing the hydraulic pressure circuit, read
casting, it is recommended that spiked attachments be used for clamps on draft angles.)
"Hydraulic Pressure Cylinder Speed Control Circuit and Cautions," and design the circuit accordingly. See dimension chart DP00A-01-02 (p. 22)
6) Considerations for load on piston rod - Make sure no force is applied to the piston rod outside the axial direction. Uses like the one
3) Considerations when designing the pipes - Whenever possible, it is recommended that you select large diameter pipes.The back pressure is
shown in the figure below will apply a large bending stress to the piston rod and must be avoided.
proportional to the pipe size, so if the pipes are small the release and lock times will be longer. In particular, single-action types are largely affected by the number of uses, pipe length and the inner diameter of pipes and hoses, so caution is necessary. Spherical washer
4) Protection of sliding surface - Clean the piston rod periodically. If the rod is used when the surface is dirty it could lead to damage to the packing and sealing, malfunctions or oil leaks. Also, when using a welding jig problems will arise if spatter gets on the jig, so the sliding surface must be protected.
7) DS and DT cylinders - When using DS and DT cylinders, install them so that no cutting oil will get into the air vent. - Use of the gasket type (for manifold pipes) is recommended for ease of jig maintenace, elimination of leaks and reducing the size of the jig.
8) Considerations for attachments - Whenever possible, use lightweight attachments. Using attachments that weigh more than the release spring force will result in release failures.
2
7MPa/25MPa
h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp
model DP/DR/DS/DT Cautions for Mounting 1) There is no function provided with this product to prevent foreign materials and contaminants from getting into the hydraulic system and pipes.
Cautions for Use 1) The product should be operated by persons with the necessary knowledge and experience. 2) Do not take the equipment apart or modify it. - If the equipment is taken apart or modified the warranty will be void, even within the warranty period.
Warranty 1) Warranty period - The product warranty period is for 1.5 years after shipment from our plant or 1 year of use, whichever is shorter.
(4) The cause was due to some factor other than our product. (5) The product was modified or repaired by another company or was modified or repaired without our approval or confirmation.
2) Warranty scope - Defects or failures caused by the following are not covered: (1) Proper maintenance and inspections were not performed
(6) The damage or defect was caused by natural disaster or accident through no fault of our own. (7) Parts and replacements necessary due to wear and tear. (rubber, plastic, sealant, certain electrical components, etc.)
(2) The product was used in an imperfect state at the decision of the user. (3) The user did not use or handle the product
Damages caused by defects in our products are not covered.
properly.(including damages caused by a third party.)
KOSM EK LTD.
h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p
CAT.NO.DP001-02-02 Printed in Japan
2007.01.First 0.5Ry
7MPa Linear Cylinder
New
model
model
model
LL
LLR
LLU
Linear Cylinder Maximum stroke is available with minimum space. Linear motion compact cylinder with 1 mm stroke increments and a variety of styles.
Mounting methods 3 options Multiple mounting options to optimize space restrictions. LL: bolt down mounting
LLR: bolt up mounting
LLU: bolt down top manifold mounting (minimum space)
Piping methods 2 options Direct mount speed control valve available (LL/LLR only) Manifold (LL/LLR/LLU)
Piping (only LL/LLR)
Shape of piston tips 4 options Female thread
Female thread with anti-rotation pinhole
Male thread
Pinhole
Confirmation methods 6 options ※ Air sensing options are available (LL only) Standard (no confirmation)
Cylinder force capacity 8 kinds Cylinder output (Push side) About 0.2 ∼ 35.2kN
Dual rod end
Manifold with air sensor
Piping with air sensor
Manifold with air sensor for release position
Stroke
Push side Pull side
Piping with air sensor for release position
Offset position
Offset size (1 50mm)
Enable to arrange offset position to 1 mm (up to 50 mm) ※ LLR/LLU only
Cylinder output (Pull side)
1
About 0.1 ∼ 24kN
Offset size:0mm Released status
Offset size: 50mm (every 1 mm available) Released status
model
LL/LLR/LLU
For lifters
For shifters
For clamps/presses
For link mechanism
For slide positioning pins
For pull cylinders
2
Linear Cylinder Allowable stroke Model
Mounting methods
Confirmation method rod end style
Standard
LL
Dual rod end
LL-D Bolt down mounting
Manifold with air sensor Piping with air sensor
LL-M LL-N Manifold with air sensor for release position Piping with air sensor for release position
LL-RM LL-RN
Standard
LLR LLU
LLR: bolt up mounting LLU: bolt down top manifold mounting (minimum space)
Dual rod end
LLR-D LLU-D
Allowable stroke (mm)
Body size 0360 0400 0480 0550 0650 0750 0900 1050 1 15
50
75
100
150
200mm
1 15
50
75
100
150
200mm
1 15
50
75
100
150
200mm
1 15
50
75
100
150
200mm
1 15
50
75
100
150
200mm
1 15
50
75
100
150
200mm
0360 0400 0480 0550 0650 0750 0900 1050
0360 0400 0480 0550 0650 0750 0900 1050
0360 0400 0480 0550 0650 0750 0900 1050
0360 0400 0480 0550 0650 0750 0900 1050
0360 0400 0480 0550 0650 0750 0900 1050
Allowable stroke / Index
model
LL/LLR/LLU
INDEX Allowable stroke Model Code Performance Graph
LL
Single end rod
1
The cylinder movement can be confirmed via the switch detection
1
Standard Type
LL-D Dual rod end for dog application
LL-M Manifold option with air sensor
LL-N
1 The cylinder movement can be confirmed via the air catch sensor
21
Piping option with air sensor
LL-RM Manifold option with air sensor for release position
LL-RN
2 Enable to detect full release position via air catch sensor
2
Piping option with air sensor for release position
LLR Standard Type
LLR-D Dual rod end for dog application
LLU
Single end rod
1
The cylinder movement can be confirmed via the air catch sensor
Single end rod
Standard Type
LLU-D Dual rod end for dog application
The cylinder movement can be confirmed via the air catch sensor
1
Air sensing chart Accessories Notes
1
Linear Cylinder Model Code Bolt down mounting
LL 048 0 - C P M3 - 050 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Bolt up mounting
LLR 048 0 - C P D - 050 - 20 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Bolt down top manifold mounting (minimum space)
LLU 048 0 - G P D - 050 - 20 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1 Mounting methods
LL
LLR
LLU
Bolt down mounting
Bolt up mounting
Bolt down top manifold mounting (minimum space)
LL
LLR
LLU
LL :Bolt down mounting LLR:Bolt up mounting LLU:Bolt down top manifold mounting (minimum space)
2 Body Size External diameter (φD) of body cylinder 036 : 36mm 065 : 65mm : 040 40mm 075 : 75mm 048 : 48mm 090 : 90mm 055 : 55mm 105 : 105mm
φ
φ
3 Design No. (KOSMEK internal reference) 4 Piping Method C : Manifold option (G thread port with plug) apply to LL/LLR S : Piping option (Rc thread port) apply to LL/LLR G : Manifold option (manifold port only) apply to LLU C (LL)
C (LLR)
Manifold option (LL/LLR) With G plug; can use speed control and air vent valve
S (LL)
S (LLR)
G (LLU)
Piping option (LL/LLR)
Manifold option (LLU)
Rc thread port only
Manifold port only
φ
Model code
model
5 Shape of piston tip
LL/LLR/LLU
A
B
T
P Model code
A : Female thread option B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole T : Male thread option P : Pinhole option
6 Confirmation Method (rod end style) Only for LL No marking: standard (no confirmation) LL : See page 13-16 LLR : See page 31-34 LLU : See page 37-40
M :Manifold option with air sensor ・・・See page 19-20,43-44 (for number in
N
:Piping option with air sensor ・・・See page 21-22,43-44 (for number in
D: Dual rod end (threaded) LL : See page 17-18 LLR : See page 35-36 LLU : See page 41-42
No marking
, see page 43)
, see page 43)
RM :Manifold option with air sensor for release position ・・・See page 23-26,45-46
RN :Piping option with air sensor for release position ・・・See page 27-30,45-46
M
N
RM
RN
7 Stroke Full stroke size
: Full stroke
End of push side
Full stroke
End of pull side
Full stroke can be arranged to 1 mm within allowance stroke range (see page 3) Example : Full stroke of 1 mm : 001 Full stroke of 53 mm : 053 Full stroke of 175 mm : 175
8 Offset position No marking
Offset size
Full stroke
: Offset of 1-50 mm
Offset size
Offset size
No marking : Offset of 0 mm
Full stroke
Only for LLR/LLU
Offset size can be arranged to 1 mm within 1-50 mm Example : Offset of 1 mm : 01 Offset of 35 mm : 35
Offset of 0 mm
Offset of 1-50 mm
Linear Cylinder Model code:Speed Control valve (with air venting function)
BZL 0 1 0 0 - B 1
2
3
1 G thread size 1 : G1/8 2 : G1/4 3 : G3/8
2 Design No. (KOSMEK internal reference) 3 Controlling Method
BZL-A meter-in
BZL-B meter-out
A : Meter-in B : Meter-out
P1 port: hydraulic supply side
Notes 1. It can only be installed on Piping method C type. (Not available for LLU
Model code:Air venting valve
BZX 0 1 0 1
2
1 G thread size 1 : G1/8 2 : G1/4 3 : G3/8
2 Design No. (KOSMEK internal reference) Notes 1. It can only be installed on Piping method C type. (Not available for LLU
P2 port: cylinder side
P1 port: hydraulic supply side
P2 port: cylinder side
Model code
model
LL/LLR/LLU
Model code:G thread plug (with air venting function)
1
2
1 G thread size 1 : G1/8 2 : G1/4 3 : G3/8
2 Design No. (KOSMEK internal reference) Notes 1. It is assembled with Piping method C type for delivery. (Not available for LLU
Model code
JZG 0 1 0
Linear Cylinder Performance Graph (Confirmation Method ・・・ No marking: standard (no confirmation) ) LL
LLR
LLU
Confirmation Method (rod end style) No marking: standard (no confirmation) Maximum operating pressure : 7MPa Minimum operating pressure : 0.5MPa
Cylinder inside diameter
Rod diameter
(mm)
(mm)
(cm2)
calculation formula (kN)
(cm2)
calculation formula (kN)
036
φ24
φ16
4.5
F = P × 0.45
2.5
F = P × 0.25
040
φ26
φ18
5.3
F = P × 0.53
2.8
F = P × 0.28
048
φ32
φ20
8.0
F = P × 0.80
4.9
F = P × 0.49
055
φ35
φ22
9.6
F = P × 0.96
5.8
F = P × 0.58
065
φ45
φ25
15.9
F = P × 1.59
11.0
F = P × 1.10
075
φ55
φ30
23.8
F = P × 2.38
16.7
F = P × 1.67
090
φ68
φ35.5
36.3
F = P × 3.63
26.4
F = P × 2.64
105
φ80
φ45
50.3
F = P × 5.03
34.4
F = P × 3.44
Body size
Cylinder area (Push side) Cylinder output (Push side) Cylinder area (Pull side) *1
Cylinder output (Push side) (kN)
Body size
Cylinder output (Pull side) (kN)
2MPa
3MPa
4MPa
5MPa
6MPa
7MPa
1MPa
2MPa
3MPa
4MPa
5MPa
6MPa
7MPa
036
0.4
0.9
1.3
1.8
2.2
2.7
3.1
0.2
0.5
0.7
1.0
1.2
1.5
1.7
040
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.1
2.6
3.1
3.7
0.2
0.5
0.8
1.1
1.4
1.6
1.9
048
0.8
1.6
2.4
3.2
4.0
4.8
5.6
0.4
0.9
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.9
3.4
055
0.9
1.9
2.8
3.8
4.8
5.7
6.7
0.5
1.1
1.7
2.3
2.9
3.4
4.0
065
1.5
3.1
4.7
6.3
7.9
9.5
11.1
1.1
2.2
3.3
4.4
5.5
6.6
7.7
075
2.3
4.7
7.1
9.5
11.9
14.2
16.6
1.6
3.3
5.0
6.6
8.3
10.0
11.6
090
3.6
7.2
10.8
14.5
18.1
21.7
25.4
2.6
5.2
7.9
10.5
13.2
15.8
18.4
105
5.0
10.0
15.0
20.1
25.1
30.1
35.2
3.4
6.8
10.3
13.7
17.2
20.6
24.0
40
Push
Pull
Cylinder output (Push side)
1050
35
30
Cylinder output (Pull side)
30
0900
25
20 0750 15
Cylinder output (Pull side) (kN)
Cylinder output (Push side) (kN)
*1
1MPa
40
35
Cylinder output (Pull side)
25 1050 20 0900 15 0750
0650 10
10 0550 0480 0400 0360
5
0
0 0.5 1
2
3
4
5
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
6
7
0650 5
0
0550 0480 0400 0360 0 0.5 1
2
3
4
5
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
Notes *1 Cylinder output F (kN) can be calculated by inputting hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) in the formula above. 1 The graphs show the relationship between the cylinder output and the hydraulic supply pressure. 2 Cylinder output F (kN) is the theoretical value. Actual output may decrease because of friction and pressure loss.
6
7
Performance Graph
model
LL/LLR/LLU
Performance Graph (Confirmation Method ・・・ D: Dual rod end (threaded) ) LL-D
LLR-D
LLU-D
Confirmation Method (rod end style) D: Dual rod end (threaded)
Cylinder inside diameter
Rod diameter
Sensing rod diameter
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(cm2)
calculation formula (kN)
(cm2)
calculation formula (kN)
036
φ24
φ16
φ10
3.7
F = P × 0.37
2.5
F = P × 0.25
040
φ26
φ18
φ12
4.2
F = P × 0.42
2.8
F = P × 0.28
048
φ32
φ20
φ14
6.5
F = P × 0.65
4.9
F = P × 0.49
055
φ35
φ22
φ14
8.1
F = P × 0.81
5.8
F = P × 0.58
065
φ45
φ25
φ14
14.4
F = P × 1.44
11.0
F = P × 1.10
075
φ55
φ30
φ18
21.2
F = P × 2.12
16.7
F = P × 1.67
090
φ68
φ35.5
φ18
33.8
F = P × 3.38
26.4
F = P × 2.64
105
φ80
φ45
φ18
47.7
F = P × 4.77
34.4
F = P × 3.44
Body size
Cylinder area (Push side) Cylinder output (Push side) Cylinder area (Pull side)
Cylinder output (Push side) (kN)
Body size
*1
Cylinder output (Pull side) (kN)
2MPa
3MPa
4MPa
5MPa
6MPa
7MPa
1MPa
2MPa
3MPa
4MPa
5MPa
6MPa
7MPa
036
0.3
0.7
1.1
1.4
1.8
2.2
2.5
0.2
0.5
0.7
1.0
1.2
1.5
1.7
040
0.4
0.8
1.2
1.6
2.1
2.5
2.9
0.2
0.5
0.8
1.1
1.4
1.6
1.9
048
0.6
1.3
1.9
2.6
3.2
3.9
4.5
0.4
0.9
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.9
3.4
055
0.8
1.6
2.4
3.2
4.0
4.8
5.6
0.5
1.1
1.7
2.3
2.9
3.4
4.0
065
1.4
2.8
4.3
5.7
7.2
8.6
10.0
1.1
2.2
3.3
4.4
5.5
6.6
7.7
075
2.1
4.2
6.3
8.4
10.6
12.7
14.8
1.6
3.3
5.0
6.6
8.3
10.0
11.6
090
3.3
6.7
10.1
13.5
16.9
20.2
23.6
2.6
5.2
7.9
10.5
13.2
15.8
18.4
105
4.7
9.5
14.3
19.0
23.8
28.6
33.3
3.4
6.8
10.3
13.7
17.2
20.6
24.0
40
Push
Pull
Cylinder output (Push side)
35 1050
30
Cylinder output (Pull side)
30
25
0900
20
15
0750
10
0650
Cylinder output (Pull side) (kN)
Cylinder output (Push side) (kN)
Cylinder output (Pull side)
1MPa
40
35
*1
Performance Graph
Maximum operating pressure : 7MPa Minimum operating pressure : 0.5MPa
25 1050 20 0900 15 0750 10 0650
0550 0480 0400 0360
5
0
0 0.5 1
2
3
4
5
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
6
7
5
0
0550 0480 0400 0360 0 0.5 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
Notes *1 Cylinder output F (kN) can be calculated by inputting hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) in the formula above. 1 The graphs show the relationship between the cylinder output and the hydraulic supply pressure. 2 Cylinder output F (kN) is the theoretical value. Actual output may decrease because of friction and pressure loss.
1
Linear Cylinder Performance Graph (Confirmation Method ・・・ M
: Manifold option with air sensor / N
Piping option with air sensor )
LL-M
LL-N
Confirmation Method (rod end style) M : Manifold option with air sensor N : Piping option with air sensor Maximum operating pressure : 7MPa Minimum operating pressure : 0.5MPa
Cylinder inside diameter
Rod diameter
Sensing rod diameter
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(cm2)
calculation formula (kN)
(cm2)
calculation formula (kN)
036
φ24
φ16
φ8
4.0
F = P × 0.40
2.5
F = P × 0.25
040
φ26
φ18
φ8
4.8
F = P × 0.48
2.8
F = P × 0.28
048
φ32
φ20
φ 10
7.3
F = P × 0.73
4.9
F = P × 0.49
055
φ35
φ22
φ 10
8.8
F = P × 0.88
5.8
F = P × 0.58
065
φ45
φ25
φ 10
15.1
F = P × 1.51
11.0
F = P × 1.10
075
φ55
φ30
φ 14
22.2
F = P × 2.22
16.7
F = P × 1.67
090
φ68
φ35.5
φ 14
34.8
F = P × 3.48
26.4
F = P × 2.64
105
φ80
φ45
φ 14
48.7
F = P × 4.87
34.4
F = P × 3.44
Body size
Cylinder area (Push side) Cylinder output (Push side) Cylinder area (Pull side)
Cylinder output (Push side) (kN)
Body size
*1
Cylinder output (Pull side) (kN)
2MPa
3MPa
4MPa
5MPa
6MPa
7MPa
1MPa
2MPa
3MPa
4MPa
5MPa
6MPa
7MPa
036
0.4
0.8
1.2
1.6
2.0
2.4
2.8
0.2
0.5
0.7
1.0
1.2
1.5
1.7
040
0.4
0.9
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.8
3.3
0.2
0.5
0.8
1.1
1.4
1.6
1.9
048
0.7
1.4
2.1
2.9
3.6
4.3
5.1
0.4
0.9
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.9
3.4
055
0.8
1.7
2.6
3.5
4.4
5.2
6.1
0.5
1.1
1.7
2.3
2.9
3.4
4.0
065
1.5
3.0
4.5
6.0
7.5
9.0
10.5
1.1
2.2
3.3
4.4
5.5
6.6
7.7
075
2.2
4.4
6.6
8.8
11.1
13.3
15.5
1.6
3.3
5.0
6.6
8.3
10.0
11.6
090
3.4
6.9
10.4
13.9
17.4
20.8
24.3
2.6
5.2
7.9
10.5
13.2
15.8
18.4
105
4.8
9.7
14.6
19.4
24.3
29.2
34.0
3.4
6.8
10.3
13.7
17.2
20.6
24.0
40
Push
Pull
Cylinder output (Push side)
35
1050
30
Cylinder output (Pull side)
30
25
0900
20
0750
15
0650
10
Cylinder output (Pull side) (kN)
Cylinder output (Push side) (kN)
Cylinder output (Pull side)
1MPa
40
35
*1
25 1050 20 0900 15 0750 10 0650
0550 0480 0400 0360
5
0
0 0.5 1
2
3
4
5
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
11
6
7
5
0
0550 0480 0400 0360 0 0.5 1
2
3
4
5
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
Notes *1 Cylinder output F (kN) can be calculated by inputting hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) in the formula above. 1 The graphs show the relationship between the cylinder output and the hydraulic supply pressure. 2 Cylinder output F (kN) is the theoretical value. Actual output may decrease because of friction and pressure loss.
6
7
Performance Graph
model
LL
Performance Graph (Confirmation Method ・・・ RM: Manifold option with air sensor for release position / RN : Piping option with air sensor for release position ) LL-RM
LL-RN
Confirmation Method (rod end style) RM : Manifold option with air sensor for release position RN : Piping option with air sensor for release position
Cylinder inside diameter
Rod diameter
(mm)
(mm)
(cm2)
calculation formula (kN)
(cm2)
calculation formula (kN)
036
φ24
φ16
4.5
F = P × 0.45
2.5
F = P × 0.25
040
φ26
φ18
5.3
F = P × 0.53
2.8
F = P × 0.28
048
φ32
φ20
8.0
F = P × 0.80
4.9
F = P × 0.49
055
φ35
φ22
9.6
F = P × 0.96
5.8
F = P × 0.58
065
φ45
φ25
15.9
F = P × 1.59
11.0
F = P × 1.10
075
φ55
φ30
23.8
F = P × 2.38
16.7
F = P × 1.67
090
φ68
φ35.5
36.3
F = P × 3.63
26.4
F = P × 2.64
105
φ80
φ45
50.3
F = P × 5.03
34.4
F = P × 3.44
Body size
Cylinder area (Push side) Cylinder output (Push side) Cylinder area (Pull side) *1
Cylinder output (Push side) (kN)
Body size
Cylinder output (Pull side) *1
Cylinder output (Pull side) (kN)
1MPa
2MPa
3MPa
4MPa
5MPa
6MPa
7MPa
1MPa
2MPa
3MPa
4MPa
5MPa
6MPa
7MPa
036
0.4
0.9
1.3
1.8
2.2
2.7
3.1
0.2
0.5
0.7
1.0
1.2
1.5
1.7
040
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.1
2.6
3.1
3.7
0.2
0.5
0.8
1.1
1.4
1.6
1.9
048
0.8
1.6
2.4
3.2
4.0
4.8
5.6
0.4
0.9
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.9
3.4
055
0.9
1.9
2.8
3.8
4.8
5.7
6.7
0.5
1.1
1.7
2.3
2.9
3.4
4.0
065
1.5
3.1
4.7
6.3
7.9
9.5
11.1
1.1
2.2
3.3
4.4
5.5
6.6
7.7
075
2.3
4.7
7.1
9.5
11.9
14.2
16.6
1.6
3.3
5.0
6.6
8.3
10.0
11.6
090
3.6
7.2
10.8
14.5
18.1
21.7
25.4
2.6
5.2
7.9
10.5
13.2
15.8
18.4
105
5.0
10.0
15.0
20.1
25.1
30.1
35.2
3.4
6.8
10.3
13.7
17.2
20.6
24.0
40
40
Push
Pull
Cylinder output (Push side)
35
1050
Cylinder output (Pull side)
35
30
30
0900
25
20 0750 15
Cylinder output (Pull side) (kN)
Cylinder output (Push side) (kN)
Performance Graph
Maximum operating pressure : 7MPa Minimum operating pressure : 1MPa
25 1050 20 0900 15 0750
0650 10
10 0550 0480 0400 0360
5
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
6
7
0650 5
0
0550 0480 0400 0360 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)
Notes *1 Cylinder output F (kN) can be calculated by inputting hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) in the formula above. 1 The graphs show the relationship between the cylinder output and the hydraulic supply pressure. 2 Cylinder output F (kN) is the theoretical value. Actual output may decrease because of friction and pressure loss.
12
Linear Cylinder External Dimensions
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
C: Manifold option (with G thread plug) P : Pinhole option B J 2-
Ny Ny
H
m er
i t
1
φ B
r u i re ure ort Pu i e φP *5 - t e
K
*3
4- A t re
U-
K
Ny Ny
C
ee ort Pu i e : G thread e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e
K
A Air
Nx
r u i re ure ort Pu i e φP *5 - t e
This drawing shows LL-CP.
L
φ
De-burr *5 3
*5
ot
in φ
5
Y
tro e
*4
ee ort Pu i e : G thread e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e
3
4-φ
K
Air
φ
4
SR A
T
V
u
φAB
φA
5 on 12
15
e er P in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione i e e o
A : Female thread option
o i meter
- 1 - 2
BC
φBB
AA
TA
A
F
φ
i t
M
S *1
G A
Shape of piston tip
7
UA
LL
A -A
B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole
Nx e
φ
B B
Ny Ny
r u i re ure ort Pu i e : rin tt - t e
ot
o i meter
*2
r u i re ure ort Pu i e : rin tt e - t e
UT
i t
T : Male thread option
Piping Method
φ B
S: Piping option (Rc thread port) r u i re ure ort i e t re
AT
Pu
T
TT
VT
This drawing shows LL-SP.
CC
o i meter
Pu
r u i re ure ort i e t re
Notes *1 *2 *3
1
*4 *5
ountin o t re not ro i e u tomer ou re re e on imen ion The num er n i e o ottom o t m r er i erent t e A t in e t ou e u te o t t mountin o t en e i ture t e t 15 o t i meter e φ e t o t e o mountin o e ou e e i e rom imen ion i ro e in i te - : ni o o tion
Standard (Bolt down mounting) 1/2 1 1
1
model
LL
Specifications Model
LL 4 :1 5 Full stroke Y mm 1 14 15 5 1 14 15 5 45 53 2 Push side Cylinder area m Pull side 25 28 Cylinder output Push side P 45 P 53 kN u tion ormu Pull side P 25 P 28 in er it 45 53 3 Push side m u tion ormu Pull side 25 28 in er in i e i meter mm φ24 φ2 o i meter mm φ1 φ18 imum o er tin re ure MPa inimum o er tin re ure MPa imum r te re ure MPa e tem er ture Mass 8 7 9 P:
LL 3 -
r ui
u
re ure
P
: u
LL 48 -
LL 55 -
LL 75 LL 9 LL1 5 : 1 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 8 9 15 9 23 8 3 3 5 3 49 58 11 1 7 2 4 34 4 P 8 P 9 P 1 59 P 2 38 P 3 3 P 5 3 P 49 P 58 P 11 P 1 7 P 2 4 P 3 44 8 9 1 59 2 38 3 3 5 3 49 58 11 1 7 2 4 3 44 φ32 φ35 φ45 φ55 φ 8 φ8 φ2 φ22 φ25 φ3 φ35 5 φ45 7 5 1 5 7 1 1 13 21 19 31 28 41 43 1 59 8
tro e mm
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area P : Pinhole option Model A B C D
LL 3 3 49 4 3 48 23 25 29 2 31 4
F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V
Air
ee r ui
12
LL 48 74 1 51 48 53 25 28 35 5 25 5 4 83 12 3 11 3 95 55 15 5 21 1 9 1 5 C3 17 8 9
e i n tion
B : em e t re
- A 42
9 12 75 14
A
12
e t
o tion it
Model VB
4 7 35 14 5 8 G1/8 1/8 1BP5
G1/8 1/8 1BP5
LL 4 - A 1 4 1 13 75 15 8 1
LL 48 - A 4 49 11 14 85 17 8 1
LL 55 - A 8 53 12 17 9 19 1 2
nti-rot tion in o e LL 3
B
55 38 1
15
- B
T
CB e i n tion
41 13 28 39 3 47 88 12 33 5 12 3 11 8 13 24 11 1 12 C3 19 15 1 1 4 5 8 35 14
5 - P 75 81 7 5 2 47 32 17 3 4 35 55 1 13 39 5 15 5 11 8 15 5 28 13 12 14 4 22 12 18 12 5 8 45 19 G1/4 1/4 1BP7
LL 5 - A 75 13 19 1 22 12 24
2 55
LL 48 - B 25
LL 3 - T 73 58 25 12 1 75 14 1 1 25
LL 4 - T 81 3 14 2 75 17 12 1 25
LL 48 - T 88 73 35 17 24 85 19 14 1 5
LL 55 - B 25 5
LL
e er P
Model AT TT UT VT
omin
5 28
LL 9
it
LL 75 1 1 92 8 75 8 31 37 52 4 3 11 1 45 1 5 14 9 17 5 33 1 14 17 5 27 14 14
P 8
53 1
18
45 19 8 G1/4 1/4 1BP7
re t e
me (mm)
LL 9 - P 114 99 1 7 95 9 77 2 37 22 4 59 5 47 5 75 13 1 52 5 18 5 5 17 5 11 1 5 37 19 1 19
LL1 5 - P 127 112 122 11 1 5 81 3 21 45 7 55 88 152 17
32 1 1 8
42 2 21 1
18
45 22 1 G3/8 3/8 1BP7
22 5 5 2 14 17 5 4 22 21 23
LL 75 - A 83 8 15 24 12 27 1 32
LL 55 - T 9 81 4 17 28 9 21 1 15
5 - B 3 7
LL 75 - B 4 85
LL 9 - A 93 78 1 3 13 33 2 4
LL 9
- B 5 9
LL 75 - T 118 1 3 5 24 35 12 29 24 1 5
LL 9 139
mm
LL1 5 - A 99 84 18 3 15 42 24 48 mm
LL1 5 - B 1 5
in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione
LL 5 - T 1 7 92 45 19 32 1 24 2 15
21
45 22 12 G3/8 3/8 1BP7
Refer P pinhole option / A female thread option, dimensions not mentioned size in the chart below.
LL 4 - B 25 5
: Male thread option
CC
LL 55 - P 8 5 9
imen ion 48 23 3 38
Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below.
LL 3 57
BB omin
5 3 5 35 14 4 7 G1/8 1/8 1BP5
P 59
en t e u tro e 1-14 mm t e e tern m e LL 3 - P- 1 1 A 3 LL 3 - P- 3 3 A 78
LL 4 - P 7 55 54 45 4 51 3 2 11 25 31 5 22 5 34 73 11 2 9 3 95 55 14 19 8 8 95 C3 15 8 15 8 4 4 7 35 14 5 8 G1/8 1/8 1BP5
o tion
Model AA TA UA BC
33 8
75 C2 12
- t e ort re ure ort - t e rin
A : em e t re
P 48
11 23 5 8 3 75 45 1 15
m er AB A A A A A DB A
LL 5 -
124 2
3 4 13 34 5 3 15
i e eo
mm
LL1 5 - T 153 138 72 3 54 15 42 3 15
1
Linear Cylinder External Dimensions
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
C: Manifold option (with G thread plug) P : Pinhole option B J 2-
Ny Ny
H
m er
0 U - 0.1
φ B
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) φP *5 - t e
Width
K
Ny Ny
C
ee ort Pu i e : G thread e ee ontro e n e installed only -C type)
K
DA Air
Nx
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) φP *5 - t e
This drawing shows LL-CP.
L
4-EA thread
K
*3
φ
De-burr *5
φ
6.3S *5 ot
in φ
*4
(Full stroke)
φAB
R0.4
SR AD
φA
LL0650 only 12°
15
H7
Shape of piston tip
W
T
V
Y + 0.5 0
ee ort Pu i e : G thread e ee ontro e n e installed only -C type)
C0.6
4-φ
K
Air
+ 0.3 0
A : Female thread option
Rod diameter
UA
Width
E
A
M
S *1
G
e er P in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione i e e o
- 0.1 - 0.2
BC
φBB WA
AA
TA
F
φ
A -A
ot
*2
B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole
Nx
φ
B
WB
Ny Ny
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) : O ring(attached) - t e
Rod diameter
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) : O ring(attached) - t e
UT
Width
T :Male thread option
Piping Method
φ B
S: Piping option (Rc thread port)
AT
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) Rc thread
WT
TT
VT
This drawing shows LL-SP.
CC
Rod diameter
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) Rc thread
Notes *1 *2 *3
1
*4. *5
ountin o t re not ro i e u tomer ou re re e on dimension "S". The num er n i e o ottom o t m r er i erent t e A t in e t ou e u te o t t mountin o t en e i ture t e t 15 o t i meter The φ e t o t e o mountin o e ou e e i e rom imen ion . i ro e in i te - : ni o o tion
Standard (Bolt down mounting)(2/2) 1 1
1 2
model
LL
Specifications Model
LL0360-
Full stroke Y
mm
Push side Pull side Cylinder output Push side kN u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder capacity 3 Push side cm u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder inside diameter mm Rod diameter mm Maximum operating pressure MPa Minimum operating pressure MPa Maximum rated pressure MPa Use temperature Mass kg Cylinder area
cm2
Y : 51 4.5 2.5 P×0.45 P×0.25 Y×0.45 Y×0.25 φ24 φ1
9
1.2
LL0400-
LL0480-
LL0550-
LL0650-
100
Y : 76
5.3 2.8 P×0.53 P×0.28 Y×0.53 Y×0.28 φ2 φ18
1
LL0750-
1.4
8.0 4.9 P×0.80 P×0.49 Y×0.80 Y×0.49 φ32 φ2
1.7
3.0
9.6 5.8 P×0.96 P×0.58 Y×0.96 Y×0.58 φ35 φ22
2.3
15.9 11.0 P×1.59 P×1.10 Y×1.59 Y×1.10 φ45 φ25
7.0 0.5 10.5 70 4.1 3.2
5.4
LL0900-
LL1050-
200 23.8 16.7 P×2.38 P×1.67 Y×2.38 Y×1.67 φ55 φ3
4.4
7.1
36.3 26.4 P×3.63 P×2.64 Y×3.63 Y×2.64 φ 8 φ35 5
6.5
10.1
50.3 34.4 P×5.03 P×3.44 Y×5.03 Y×3.44 φ8 φ45
9.0
13.0
P: Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), Y: Full stroke (mm)
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area P : Pinhole option
(mm)
Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W m er AB AC AD AE AF DA DB EA -C type Air ee ort Hydraulic pressure port -S type O ring
LL0360- P Y+63 49 40 36 Y+48 Y+23 25 29 20 31.4 66 11 23.5 8 3 7.5 4.5 16 15 6 6 7.5 C2 12 6 + 0.012 0 6 5 M3×0.5 3.5 14 M4×0.7 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5
LL0400- P Y+70 54 45 40 Y+51 Y+26 25 31.5 22.5 34 73 11 26 9 3 9.5 5.5 14 19 8 8 9.5 C3 15 8 + 0.015 0 8 4 M4×0.7 3.5 14 M5×0.8 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5
LL0480- P Y+76 61 51 48 Y+55 Y+27 28 35.5 25.5 40 83 12 30 11 3 9.5 5.5 15.5 21 10 9 10.5 C3 17 8 + 0.015 0 9 6 M4×0.7 3.5 14 M5×0.8 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5
LL0550- P Y+81 69 60 55 Y+57 Y+29 28 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 13 24 11 10 12 C3 19 10 + 0.015 0 10 4 M5×0.8 3.5 14 M6 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5
LL0360- A Y+57 9 12 7.5 14 M6×12
LL0400- A Y+61 10 13 7.5 15 M8×16
LL0480- A Y+66 11 14 8.5 17 M8×16
LL0550- A Y+69 12 17 9 19 M10×20
A : Female thread option Model AA TA UA WA BB BC
omin
e i n tion
B : em e t re
e t
o tion it
Model VB WB
e er P
nti-rot tion in o e
e er P
in o e o tion / A em e t re
LL0360- B 2 5.5
LL0400- B 2.5 5
LL0480- B 2.5 6
LL0550- B 2.5 6.5
LL0360- T Y+73 25 12 16 7.5 14 M10×1.25
LL0400- T Y+81 30 14 20 7.5 17 M12×1.25
LL0480- T Y+90 35 17 24 8.5 19 M14×1.5
LL0550- T Y+97 40 17 28 9 21 M16×1.5
: Male thread option
omin
e i n tion
it
LL0750- P Y+107 92 80 75 Y+74 Y+37 37 52 40 63 116 16 45 16 5 14 9 17.5 33 16 14 17 C5 27 14 + 0.018 0 14 6 M6 4.5 19 M8 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7
LL0900- P Y+121 107 95 90 Y+84 Y+44 40 59.5 47.5 75 136 16 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 16.5 37 19 16 19 C6 32 16 + 0.018 0 16 8 M6 4.5 22 M10 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7
in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione
LL0650- A Y+76 13 19 10 22 M12×24 o tion
LL0750- A Y+89 15 24 12 27 M16×32
imen ion not mentione
LL0650- B 3 7
e er P
Model AT TT UT VT WT CB CC
LL0650- P Y+91 81 70 65 Y+63 Y+33 30 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 11 6.8 15.5 28 13 12 14 C4 22 12 + 0.018 0 12 6 M5×0.8 4.5 19 M6 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7
LL0750- B 4 8.5
LL0900- A Y+100 16 30 13 33 M20×40 i e in t e
LL0900- B 5 9
in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione
LL0650- T Y+108 45 19 32 10 24 M20×1.5
LL0750- T Y+124 50 24 35 12 29 M24×1.5
LL0900- T Y+146 62 30 46 13 34.5 M30×1.5
LL1050- P Y+138 122 110 105 Y+92 Y+47 45 67 55 88 152 17 60 22.5 5 20 14 17.5 46 22 21 23 C6 42 20 + 0.021 0 21 10 M6 4.5 22 M12 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7 i e eo
(mm)
LL1050- A Y+110 18 36 15 42 M24×48 rt e o
(mm)
LL1050- B 6 10.5 i e eo
(mm)
LL1050- T Y+164 72 36 54 15 42 M36×1.5
1
Linear Cylinder External Dimensions
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
C: Manifold option (with G thread plug) P : Pinhole option This drawing shows LL-CPD.
H
J
0 U - 0.1
L
φ
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) φP *4 - t e
4-EA thread
4-φ
K
Air bleed port (Push side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)
K
*3
De-burr *4
Spot facing φ
φ
6.3S *4
(Full stroke)
φAB
+ 0.3 0
C0.6
SR AD
φA
LL0650 only 12°
15
H7
Shape of piston tip Refer P pinhole option dimension
W
T
V
Y + 0.5 0
Ny Ny
φ B
2-Chamfer
Width
K
Ny Ny
C
Air bleed port (Pull side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)
Nx
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) φP *4 - t e
B
K
DA
for not mentioned size below
A
UA
Width
E
M
S *1
G
Rod diameter
Female thread option
WA
AA AE-AF bolt φ A
Rod diameter
*2
B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole
8
Nx
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) : O ring(attached) - t e
B
Ny Ny
WB
φ
T
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) : O ring(attached) - t e
Male thread option
FC
UT
Width
(Full stroke)
10.5 Y + 0.5 0
BC
φBB
- 0.1 - 0.2
TA
F
A
φ
Width
FB
φ B
TT
VT
S: Piping option (Rc thread port) AT
This drawing shows LL-SPD. Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) Rc thread
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) Rc thread
1
CC
WT
Piping Method
Rod diameter Notes *1. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". *2 The number and size of bottom bolts may vary as per different type. *3. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *4. This process indicates -C: Manifold option.
Dual rod end(Bolt down mounting)
model
LL-D
Specifications LL0360-
D LL0400D LL0480D LL0550D LL0650D LL0750D LL0900D LL1050D Y : 1 50 Y : 1 75 mm Full stroke Y 1 14 15 5 1 14 15 5 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 3.7 4.2 6.5 8.1 14.4 21.2 33.8 47.7 2 Push side cm Cylinder area 2.5 2.8 4.9 5.8 11.0 16.7 26.4 34.4 Pull side Cylinder output P×0.37 P×0.42 P×0.65 P×0.81 P×1.44 P×2.12 P×3.38 P×4.77 Push side kN u tion ormu P×0.25 P×0.28 P×0.49 P×0.58 P×1.10 P×1.67 P×2.64 P×3.44 Pull side Cylinder capacity Y×0.37 Y×0.42 Y×0.65 Y×0.81 Y×1.44 Y×2.12 Y×3.38 Y×4.77 3 Push side cm u tion ormu Y×0.25 Y×0.28 Y×0.49 Y×0.58 Y×1.10 Y×1.67 Y×2.64 Y×3.44 Pull side mm Cylinder inside diameter φ24 φ2 φ32 φ35 φ45 φ55 φ 8 φ8 mm Rod diameter φ1 φ18 φ2 φ22 φ25 φ3 φ35 5 φ45 Maximum operating pressure MPa 7.0 Minimum operating pressure MPa 0.5 MPa Maximum rated pressure 10.5 Use temperature 70 kg Mass 0. 0.8 0.7 0.9 1. 1.7 1.3 2.2 2. 3.2 2.9 4.3 4.5 6.4 6.1 8.3 Model
P: Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), Y: Full stroke (mm)
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area P : Pinhole option Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W Chamfer AB AC AD AE AF DA DB EA FA FB FC omin e i n tion e t Air bleed port -C type Hydraulic pressure port -S type O ring
LL0360- PD LL0400- PD LL0480- PD LL0550- PD LL0650- PD LL0750- PD LL0900- PD LL1050- PD Y+73.5 2Y+58.5 Y+80.5 2Y+65.5 Y+84.5 2Y+69.5 Y+90.5 2Y+75.5 Y+100.5 2Y+85.5 Y+111.5 2Y+96.5 Y+124.5 2Y+109.5 Y+137.5 2Y+122.5 49 54 61 69 81 92 107 122 40 45 51 60 70 80 95 110 36 40 48 55 65 75 90 105 48 Y+33 51 Y+36 53 Y+38 56 Y+41 62 Y+47 68 Y+53 77 Y+62 81 Y+66 23 Y+8 26 Y+11 25 Y+10 28 Y+13 32 Y+17 31 Y+16 37 Y+22 36 Y+21 25 25 28 28 30 37 40 45 29 31.5 35.5 39 46 52 59.5 67 20 22.5 25.5 30 35 40 47.5 55 31.4 34 40 47 55 63 75 88 66 73 83 88 106 116 136 152 11 11 12 12 13 16 16 17 23.5 26 30 33.5 39.5 45 52.5 60 8 9 11 12 15 16 18.5 22.5 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 7.5 9.5 9.5 11 11 14 17.5 20 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.8 6.8 9 11 14 16 14 15.5 13 15.5 17.5 16.5 17.5 15 19 21 24 28 33 37 46 6 8 10 11 13 16 19 22 6 8 9 10 12 14 16 21 7.5 9.5 10.5 12 14 17 19 23 C2 C3 C3 C3 C4 C5 C6 C6 12 15 17 19 22 27 32 42 6 + 0.012 8 + 0.015 8 + 0.015 10 + 0.015 12 + 0.018 14 + 0.018 16 + 0.018 20 + 0.021 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 8 9 10 12 14 16 21 5 4 6 4 6 6 8 10 M3×0.5 M4×0.7 M4×0.7 M5×0.8 M5×0.8 M6 M6 M6 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 14 14 14 14 19 19 22 22 M4×0.7 M5×0.8 M5×0.8 M6 M6 M8 M10 M12 10 12 14 14 14 18 18 18 8 10 12 12 12 16 16 16 M5×0.8×12 M6×15 M8×18 M8×18 M8×18 M10×21 M10×21 M10×21 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/4 Rc1/4 Rc3/8 Rc3/8 1BP5 1BP5 1BP5 1BP5 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7
A : Female thread option Model AA TA UA WA BB BC
omin
e i n tion
e t
Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm)
LL0360- AD LL0400- AD LL0480- AD LL0550- AD LL0650- AD LL0750- AD LL0900- AD LL1050- AD Y+67.5 2Y+52.5 Y+71.5 2Y+56.5 Y+74.5 2Y+59.5 Y+78.5 2Y+63.5 Y+85.5 2Y+70.5 Y+93.5 2Y+78.5 Y+103.5 2Y+88.5 Y+109.5 2Y+94.5 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 18 12 13 14 17 19 24 30 36 7.5 7.5 8.5 9 10 12 13 15 14 15 17 19 22 27 33 42 M6×12 M8×16 M8×16 M10×20 M12×24 M16×32 M20×40 M24×48
B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole Model VB WB
Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm)
Model AT TT UT VT WT CB omin
e i n tion
Refer P pinhole option / A female thread option, dimensions not mentioned size in the chart below. (mm)
LL0360- BD LL0400- BD LL0480- BD LL0550- BD LL0650- BD LL0750- BD LL0900- BD LL1050- BD 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 4 5 6 5.5 5 6 6.5 7 8.5 9 10.5
: Male thread option
CC
Calculation formula is different between full stroke: Y=1-14 mm and Y= more than 15 mm. (Example) LL0360- P - 1 1 A 83 5 48 23 LL0360- P - 3 3 A 118 5 3 38 (mm)
it
LL0360- TD LL0400- TD LL0480- TD LL0550- TD LL0650- TD LL0750- TD LL0900- TD LL1050- TD Y+83.5 2Y+68.5 Y+91.5 2Y+76.5 Y+98.5 2Y+83.5 Y+106.5 2Y+91.5 Y+117.5 2Y+102.5 Y+128.5 2Y+113.5 Y+149.5 2Y+134.5 Y+163.5 2Y+148.5 25 30 35 40 45 50 62 72 12 14 17 17 19 24 30 36 16 20 24 28 32 35 46 54 7.5 7.5 8.5 9 10 12 13 15 14 17 19 21 24 29 34.5 42 M10×1.25 M12×1.25 M14×1.5 M16×1.5 M20×1.5 M24×1.5 M30×1.5 M36×1.5
1
Manifold option with air sensor(Bolt down mounting)
Linear Cylinder
model Piping Method
External Dimensions C: Manifold option (with G thread plug) P : Pinhole option
S: Piping option (Rc thread port) This drawing shows LL-SPM.
This drawing shows LL-CPM.
DA
B H
J
φ B
2-Chamfer
0 U - 0.1
L
φ
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) Rc thread
4-φ
K
(Full stroke)
Air bleed port (Push side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)
Spot facing φ
φAB
SR AD
φA
LL0650 only 12°
15
H7
W
T
V
Y + 0.5 0
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) Rc thread
Width
K
Ny Ny
C
Air bleed port (Pull side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)
E
M
S *1
G
Rod diameter
- 0.1 - 0.2
11
Push side check port Air
FC
2.7
AE-AF bolt *2
2.7
FA
2.7
FP
A
F
φ
FB
FQ
Pull side check port Air
φ φ
3-O ring tt e Air en or
Nx
Ny Ny
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) : O ring(attached) - t e
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) : O ring(attached) - t e
1
LL-M
Air venting port f8
4-FS bolt
*3
Manifold option with air sensor(Bolt down mounting)
model Processing dimensions for the mounting area
Shape of piston tip Refer P pinhole option dimension or not mentione
A
Nx
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) φP *5 - t e
P : Pinhole option
Female thread option
Model
UA
Width
K
Ny Ny *4
WA
AA
TA
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) φP *5 - t e
4-EA thread
BC
K
Rod diameter
B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole De-burr *5 6.3S *5
C0.6
φ
+ 0.3 0
φ
H8
B
WB Above FJ *6
FG ±0.4 *6
FH ±0.4
9 5
R0.4
T
Male thread option
De-burr
UT
Width
t o e inter e tion
FL
3 R0.4 2-φ4 φ
φ o e ro e
r in
B in
o e ro e
φ B
CC
*3
r in
WT
AT
TT
rou
Air venting port
VT
Above 7.5
FR
1
*6
3
*6
FK + 0.3 0
φ 3
Rod diameter Notes *1. *2 *3 *4.
Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". The number and size of bottom bolts may vary as per different type. The air venting port must be open to the atmosphere and kept free of coolant, chips or other debris. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *5. This process indicates -C: Manifold option. *6. The dimensions indicate those under the flange.
Remark 1. Refer to page 43-44 for air sensing chart.
Specifications Model Full stroke Y
LL0360mm
Push side Cylinder area cm2 Pull side Cylinder output Push side kN u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder capacity Push side cm3 u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder inside diameter mm Rod diameter mm Air sensing rod diameter mm Maximum operating pressure MPa Minimum operating pressure MPa Maximum rated pressure MPa Recommended used air pressure *7 MPa Recommended air catch sensor *7 Use temperature Mass kg
M LL0400Y : 15
4.0 2.5 P×0.40 P×0.25 Y×0.40 Y×0.25 φ24 φ1
M LL0480-
M LL0550-
50
1.4
9
M LL0750Y : 15
4.8 2.8 P×0.48 P×0.28 Y×0.48 Y×0.28 φ2 φ18
7.3 4.9 P×0.73 P×0.49 Y×0.73 Y×0.49 φ32 φ2
φ8
8
M LL0650-
8.8 5.8 P×0.88 P×0.58 Y×0.88 Y×0.58 φ35 φ22 φ1
15.1 11.0 P×1.51 P×1.10 Y×1.51 Y×1.10 φ45 φ25
M LL0900-
M
75 22.2 16.7 P×2.22 P×1.67 Y×2.22 Y×1.67 φ55 φ3
Y : 15 50 15 24 25 5 15 24 25 5 A 2Y+67.5 2Y+66.5 2Y+76.5 2Y+75.5 B 49 54 C 40 45 D 36 40 E Y+33 Y+36 F Y+8 Y+11 G 25 25 H 29 31.5 J 20 22.5 K 31.4 34 L 66 73 M 11 11 Nx 23.5 26 Ny 8 9 P 3 3 Q 7.5 9.5 R 4.5 5.5 S 16 14 T 15 19 U 6 8 V 6 8 W 7.5 9.5 Chamfer C2 C3 AB 12 15 AC 6 + 0.012 8 + 0.015 0 0 AD 6 8 AE 5 4 AF M3×0.5 M4×0.7 DA 3.5 3.5 DB 14 14 EA M4×0.7 M5×0.8 FA Y+19.5 34.5 Y+21.5 36.5 FB 0 Y-16 0 Y-16 FC Y-4.3 10.7 Y-3.3 11.7 FD 33.5 37 FE f8 34.5 -- 0.025 38 -- 0.025 0.064 0.064 FE H8 34.5 + 0.039 38 + 0.039 0 0 FF 35.7 39.2 FG Y+18 Y+21.4 FH Y+33 Y+37.9 FJ 2Y+30 2Y+29 2Y+34.7 2Y+33.7 FK Y+8.5 Y+12 FL Y-6 9 Y-6 9 FP 3 3.2 FQ 1.7 2.5 FR 6 7.2 FS M3×0.5 M4×0.7 Air bleed port -C type G1/8 G1/8 Hydraulic pressure port -S type Rc1/8 Rc1/8 O ring ( Hydraulic pressure port) 1BP5 1BP5 rin ir en or CO0524A(S31.5) CO0527A(S35)
15 24 25 75 2Y+80.5 2Y+79.5 61 51 48 Y+38 Y+10 28 35.5 25.5 40 83 12 30 11 3 9.5 5.5 15.5 21 10 9 10.5 C3 17 8 + 0.015 0 9 6 M4×0.7 3.5 14 M5×0.8 Y+21.5 36.5 0 Y-16 Y-3.3 11.7 44 45 -- 0.025 0.064 45 + 0.039 0 46.2 Y+20.4 Y+36.9 2Y+33.7 2Y+32.7 Y+11 Y-6 9 3.2 2.5 7.2 M4×0.7 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5 CO0533A(S42)
15 24 25 75 2Y+86.5 2Y+85.5 69 60 55 Y+41 Y+13 28 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 13 24 11 10 12 C3 19 10 + 0.015 0 10 4 M5×0.8 3.5 14 M6 Y+21.5 36.5 0 Y-16 Y-3.3 11.7 44 45 -- 0.025 0.064 45 + 0.039 0 46.2 Y+23.4 Y+39.9 2Y+36.7 2Y+35.7 Y+14 Y-6 9 3.2 2.5 7.2 M4×0.7 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5 CO0533A(S42)
A : Female thread option 34.8 26.4 P×3.48 P×2.64 Y×3.48 Y×2.64 φ 8 φ35 5 φ14
7.0 0.5 10.5 0.2 ISA1 , ISA2-H (made by SMC) / GPS2-07-15 (made by CKD) 70 1.5 1.2 2.6 1.5 3.2 2.2 4.0 3.2 5.4 4.8
P: Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), Y: Full stroke (mm) *7. The number of connected cylinders should be no more than 4 for one air catch sensor.
M LL1050-
48.7 34.4 P×4.87 P×3.44 Y×4.87 Y×3.44 φ8 φ45
Model AA TA UA WA BB BC omin e i n tion e t
B : em e t re Model VB WB
7.5
6.4
9.4
CC omin e i n tion it
Y : 15 75 15 24 25 75 15 24 25 75 2Y+96.5 2Y+95.5 2Y+107.5 2Y+106.5 81 92 70 80 65 75 Y+47 Y+53 Y+17 Y+16 30 37 46 52 35 40 55 63 106 116 13 16 39.5 45 15 16 5 5 11 14 6.8 9 15.5 17.5 28 33 13 16 12 14 14 17 C4 C5 22 27 12 + 0.018 14 + 0.018 0 0 12 14 6 6 M5×0.8 M6 4.5 4.5 19 19 M6 M8 Y+21.5 36.5 Y+21.5 36.5 0 Y-16 0 Y-16 Y-3.3 11.7 Y-3.3 11.7 44 52 45 -- 0.025 53 -- 0.030 0.064 0.076 45 + 0.039 53 + 0.046 0 0 46.2 54.2 Y+27.4 Y+26.4 Y+43.9 Y+42.9 2Y+40.7 2Y+39.7 2Y+39.7 2Y+38.7 Y+18 Y+17 Y-6 9 Y-6 9 3.2 3.2 2.5 2.5 7.2 7.2 M4×0.7 M4×0.7 G1/4 G1/4 Rc1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7 1BP7 CO0533A(S42) CO0538A(S50) e er P
15 24 25 75 2Y+120.5 2Y+119.5 107 95 90 Y+62 Y+22 40 59.5 47.5 75 136 16 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 16.5 37 19 16 19 C6 32 16 + 0.018 0 16 8 M6 4.5 22 M10 Y+21.5 36.5 0 Y-16 Y-3.3 11.7 52 53 -- 0.030 0.076 53 + 0.046 0 54.2 Y+32.4 Y+48.9 2Y+45.7 2Y+44.7 Y+23 Y-6 9 3.2 2.5 7.2 M4×0.7 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7 CO0538A(S50)
15 24 25 75 2Y+133.5 2Y+132.5 122 110 105 Y+66 Y+21 45 67 55 88 152 17 60 22.5 5 20 14 17.5 46 22 21 23 C6 42 20 + 0.021 0 21 10 M6 4.5 22 M12 Y+21.5 36.5 0 Y-16 Y-3.3 11.7 52 53 -- 0.030 0.076 53 + 0.046 0 54.2 Y+31.4 Y+47.9 2Y+44.7 2Y+43.7 Y+22 Y-6 9 3.2 2.5 7.2 M4×0.7 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7 CO0538A(S50)
in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione
i e eo
(mm)
LL0360- AM LL0400- AM LL0480- AM LL0550- AM LL0650- AM LL0750- AM LL0900- AM LL1050- AM
2Y+61.5 2Y+60.5 2Y+67.5 2Y+66.5 2Y+70.5 2Y+69.5 2Y+74.5 2Y+73.5 2Y+81.5 2Y+80.5 2Y+89.5 2Y+88.5 2Y+99.5 2Y+98.5 2Y+105.5 2Y+104.5 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 18 12 13 14 17 19 24 30 36 7.5 7.5 8.5 9 10 12 13 15 14 15 17 19 22 27 33 42 M6×12 M8×16 M8×16 M10×20 M12×24 M16×32 M20×40 M24×48 o tion it
nti-rot tion in o e
e er P in o e o tion / A em e t re
o tion imen ion not mentione
i e in t e
rt e o (mm)
LL0360- BM LL0400- BM LL0480- BM LL0550- BM LL0650- BM LL0750- BM LL0900- BM LL1050- BM
2 5.5
: Male thread option Model AT TT UT VT WT CB
more t n 25 mm 15 7 7 L 14 ] 1 7 1 9 L 9 ] (mm)
LL0360- PM LL0400- PM LL0480- PM LL0550- PM LL0650- PM LL0750- PM LL0900- PM LL1050- PM
Full stroke Y
φBB
u tion ormu i i erent et een u tro e: 15-24 mm n (Example) LL 3 - P - 2 [ 2 A 1 7 5 A 39 5 B LL 3 - P - 4 [ 4 A 14 5 A 34 5 B 24
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area
i e eo
LL-M
2.5 5
2.5 6
2.5 6.5
3 7 e er P
4 8.5
5 9
in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione
6 10.5 i e eo
(mm)
LL0360- TM LL0400- TM LL0480- TM LL0550- TM LL0650- TM LL0750- TM LL0900- TM LL1050- TM
2Y+77.5 2Y+76.5 2Y+87.5 2Y+86.5 2Y+94.5 2Y+93.5 2Y+102.5 2Y+101.5 2Y+113.5 2Y+112.5 2Y+124.5 2Y+123.5 2Y+145.5 2Y+144.5 2Y+159.5 2Y+158.5 25 30 35 40 45 50 62 72 12 14 17 17 19 24 30 36 16 20 24 28 32 35 46 54 7.5 7.5 8.5 9 10 12 13 15 14 17 19 21 24 29 34.5 42 M10×1.25 M12×1.25 M14×1.5 M16×1.5 M20×1.5 M24×1.5 M30×1.5 M36×1.5
2
Piping option with air sensor(Bolt down mounting)
model
LL-N
External Dimensions
Piping Method
C: Manifold option (with G thread plug) P : Pinhole option DA
Female thread option
J
UA
2-Chamfer
Width
H
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) Rc thread
TA
0 U - 0.1
L
φ
AA
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) Rc thread
4-φ
K
Air bleed port (Push side) : G thread e ee ontro e n e installed only -C type)
BC
φBB
Width
φ B
Ny Ny
A
This drawing shows LL-SPN.
B
Air bleed port (Pull side) : G thread e ee ontro e n e installed only -C type)
K
for not mentioned size below
S: Piping option (Rc thread port)
This drawing shows LL-CPN.
C
Shape of piston tip Refer P pinhole option dimension
WA
Linear Cylinder
Rod diameter
B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole
Spot facing φ
SR AD
S *1
4-EA thread
WB
*4
K
φ B
E
M
Male thread option
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) φP *5 - t e
Rod diameter
G
T
UT
LL0650 only 12°
15
H7
Width
ie o LL 3
φA
W
T
V
φ
K
φAB
B
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) φP *5 - t e
Ny Ny
Y + 0.5 0
φ
Nx
(Full stroke)
10
FB
11
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
VT
- 0.1 - 0.2
6.3S *5 Rc1/8 thread Pu i e e ort Air
C0.6
*2
φ
+ 0.3 0
Rod diameter
FA
11 FB
AE-AF bolt
AT
De-burr *5
Notes *1. Mounting o t re not ro i e u tomer ou re re e on imen ion "S". *2 The num er n i e o ottom o t m r er i erent t e *3 The ir entin ort mu t e o en to t e tmo ere n e t ree o oo nt, chips or other debris. If the port might be exposed to coolant or debris a filter mechanism should be attached using tapped holes Be ure not to o t e ir ent ort *4. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *5. This process indicates -C: Manifold option.
7.5
ie
Rc1/8 thread Pu i e e ort Air
φ ie o LL 4
Air entin
ort
*3
-LL1 5
e r in LL 4 ie o (*2 AF) is different.
ot
Remark 1. Refer to page 43-44 for air sensing chart.
Specifications Model
FD
Full stroke Y
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) : O ring(attached) - t e
2-FF thread
*3
FD
45
FE
4-M3×0.5 bolt 2-FF thread *3
Ny Ny
45
FE
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) : O ring(attached) - t e
Nx FD
4-M4×0.7 bolt Bottom ie o LL 3 Refer right drawing (LL0400-LL1050) for not mentioned size.
21
Bottom ie o LL 4
-LL1 5
WT
TT
F
A
φ
CC
LL0360mm
Push side Cylinder area cm2 Pull side Cylinder output Push side kN u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder capacity Push side cm3 u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder inside diameter mm Rod diameter mm Air sensing rod diameter mm Maximum operating pressure MPa Minimum operating pressure MPa Maximum rated pressure MPa Recommended used air pressure *6 MPa Recommended air catch sensor *6 Use temperature Mass kg
N LL0400Y : 15
4.0 2.5 P×0.40 P×0.25 Y×0.40 Y×0.25 φ24 φ1
N LL0480-
N LL0550-
50
1.4
9
N LL0750Y : 15
4.8 2.8 P×0.48 P×0.28 Y×0.48 Y×0.28 φ2 φ18
7.3 4.9 P×0.73 P×0.49 Y×0.73 Y×0.49 φ32 φ2
φ8
8
N LL0650-
8.8 5.8 P×0.88 P×0.58 Y×0.88 Y×0.58 φ35 φ22 φ1
15.1 11.0 P×1.51 P×1.10 Y×1.51 Y×1.10 φ45 φ25
N LL0900-
75 22.2 16.7 P×2.22 P×1.67 Y×2.22 Y×1.67 φ55 φ3
34.8 26.4 P×3.48 P×2.64 Y×3.48 Y×2.64 φ 8 φ35 5 φ14
7.0 0.5 10.5 0.2 ISA1 , ISA2-H (made by SMC) / GPS2-07-15 (made by CKD) 70 1.5 1.2 2.6 1.5 3.2 2.2 4.0 3.2 5.4 4.8
P: Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), Y: Full stroke (mm) *6. The number of connected cylinders should be no more than 4 for one air catch sensor.
N LL1050-
7.5
48.7 34.4 P×4.87 P×3.44 Y×4.87 Y×3.44 φ8 φ45
6.4
9.4
N
Piping option with air sensor(Bolt down mounting)
model
LL-N
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area P : Pinhole option
(mm)
LL0360- PN LL0400- PN LL0480- PN LL0550- PN LL0650- PN LL0750- PN LL0900- PN LL1050- PN A 2Y +67.5 2Y + 76.5 2Y +80.5 2Y+ 86.5 2Y+ 96.5 2Y+ 107.5 2Y+ 120.5 2Y+ 133.5 B 49 54 61 69 81 92 107 122 C 40 45 51 60 70 80 95 110 D 36 40 48 55 65 75 90 105 E Y + 33 Y +36 Y +38 Y+ 41 Y+47 Y+ 53 Y+ 62 Y+ 66 F Y +8 Y +11 Y +10 Y+ 13 Y+ 17 Y+ 16 Y+ 22 Y+ 21 G 25 25 28 28 30 37 40 45 H 29 31.5 35.5 39 46 52 59.5 67 J 20 22.5 25.5 30 35 40 47.5 55 K 31.4 34 40 47 55 63 75 88 L 66 73 83 88 106 116 136 152 M 11 11 12 12 13 16 16 17 Nx 23.5 26 30 33.5 39.5 45 52.5 60 Ny 8 9 11 12 15 16 18.5 22.5 P 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 Q 7.5 9.5 9.5 11 11 14 17.5 20 R 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.8 6.8 9 11 14 S 16 14 15.5 13 15.5 17.5 16.5 17.5 T 15 19 21 24 28 33 37 46 U 6 8 10 11 13 16 19 22 V 6 8 9 10 12 14 16 21 W 7.5 9.5 10.5 12 14 17 19 23 C2 C3 C3 C3 C4 C5 C6 C6 Chamfer 12 15 17 19 22 27 32 42 AB 6 + 0.012 8 + 0.015 8 + 0.015 10 + 0.015 12 + 0.018 14 + 0.018 16 + 0.018 20 + 0.021 AC 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 8 9 10 12 14 16 21 AD 5 4 6 4 6 6 8 10 AE M3×0.5 M4×0.7 M4×0.7 M5×0.8 M5×0.8 M6 M6 M6 AF 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 DA 14 14 14 14 19 19 22 22 DB M4×0.7 M5×0.8 M5×0.8 M6 M6 M8 M10 M12 EA Y +19.5 Y+ 21.5 FA Y-1.5 Y+ 3 FB 35.5 38 45 45 45 53 53 53 FC 16.5 18 21.5 21.5 21.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 FD 25 29 29 29 29 38 38 38 FE M3×0.5×6 M3×0.5×6 M3×0.5×6 M3×0.5×6 M3×0.5×6 M4×0.7×7 M4×0.7×7 M4×0.7×7 FF omin e i n tion e t G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 Air bleed port -C type Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/4 Rc1/4 Rc3/8 Rc3/8 Hydraulic pressure port -S type 1BP5 1BP5 1BP5 1BP5 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7 O ring Model
A : Female thread option Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm) Model LL0360- AN LL0400- AN LL0480- AN LL0550- AN LL0650- AN LL0750- AN LL0900- AN LL1050- AN AA 2Y +61.5 2Y + 67.5 2Y +70.5 2Y+ 74.5 2Y+ 81.5 2Y+ 89.5 2Y+ 99.5 2Y+ 105.5 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 18 TA 12 13 14 17 19 24 30 36 UA 7.5 7.5 8.5 9 10 12 13 15 WA 14 15 17 19 22 27 33 42 BB M6×12 M8×16 M8×16 M10×20 M12×24 M16×32 M20×40 M24×48 BC omin e i n tion e t B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole Refer P pinhole option / A female thread option, dimensions not mentioned size in the chart below. (mm) Model LL0360- BN LL0400- BN LL0480- BN LL0550- BN LL0650- BN LL0750- BN LL0900- BN LL1050- BN VB 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 4 5 6 5.5 5 6 6.5 7 8.5 9 10.5 WB : Male thread option Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm) Model LL0360- TN LL0400- TN LL0480- TN LL0550- TN LL0650- TN LL0750- TN LL0900- TN LL1050- TN AT 2Y +77.5 2Y + 87.5 2Y +94.5 2Y+ 102.5 2Y+ 113.5 2Y+ 124.5 2Y+ 145.5 2Y+ 159.5 25 30 35 40 45 50 62 72 TT 12 14 17 17 19 24 30 36 UT 16 20 24 28 32 35 46 54 VT 7.5 7.5 8.5 9 10 12 13 15 WT 14 17 19 21 24 29 34.5 42 CB M10×1.25 M12×1.25 M14×1.5 M16×1.5 M20×1.5 M24×1.5 M30×1.5 M36×1.5 CC omin e i n tion it
22
Linear Cylinder
Manifold option with air sensor for release position(Bolt down mounting)(1/2) 1
C: Manifold option (with G thread plug) P : Pinhole option
This drawing shows LL-SPRM.
DA H
J 2-Chamfer
0 U - 0.1
L
φ
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) Rc thread
4-φ
K
(Full stroke)
Air bleed port (Push side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)
Spot facing φ
SR AD
φAB
φA
LL0650 only 12°
H7
M
S *1
G
Rod diameter
E
A
W
T
V
Y + 0.5 0
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) Rc thread
Width
φ B
Ny Ny
K
C
B
15
- 0.1 - 0.2
3
F
φ
9.6
Nx
Ny Ny
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) : O ring(attached) - t e
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) : O ring(attached) - t e
2
Pull side check port Air
2
2.7 2.7
20
AE-AF bolt *2
φ
LL-RM
S: Piping option (Rc thread port)
This drawing shows LL-CPRM.
2-O ring tt e Air en or
model
Piping Method
External Dimensions
Air bleed port (Pull side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)
1 1
- 0.025 f8 - 0.064
4-FS bolt
Air venting port
*3
Manifold option with air sensor for release position(Bolt down mounting)(1/2) 1 1
1
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
Shape of piston tip Refer P pinhole option dimension A
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) φP *5 - t e
P : Pinhole option
Female thread option
Model
UA
Width
K
Ny Ny 4-EA thread
*4
BC
WA
AA
TA
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) φP *5 - t e
K
Rod diameter
B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole *5
6.3S *5
C0.6
9 5.5
*6
1
*6
3 De-burr
Below R0.4
B
Above FJ
H8 0
WB
φ
+ 0.039
φ
3
+ 0.3 0
*6
FK + 0.3 0
φ
FH ±0.4
De-burr
t o e inter e tion
T
Male thread option Width
φ4 φ
3
φ
Air venting port
*3
φ B
Blind hole process drawing
CC
WT
AT
TT
VT
Through hole process drawing
UT
Above 7
R0.4
Rod diameter Notes *1. *2 *3 *4.
Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". The number and size of bottom bolts may vary as per different type. The air venting port must be open to the atmosphere and kept free of coolant, chips or other debris. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *5. This process indicates -C: Manifold option. *6. The dimensions indicate those under the flange.
Specifications Model
LL0360-
Full stroke Y
mm
Push side Pull side Cylinder output Push side kN u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder capacity Push side cm3 u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder inside diameter mm Rod diameter mm Air sensing rod diameter mm Maximum operating pressure MPa Minimum operating pressure MPa Maximum rated pressure MPa Recommended used air pressure MPa Recommended air catch sensor Use temperature Mass kg cm2
RM LL0400Y : 15
4.5 2.5 P×0.45 P×0.25 Y×0.45 Y×0.25 φ24 φ1
RM LL0650-
8
RM LL0750Y : 15
5.3 2.8 P×0.53 P×0.28 Y×0.53 Y×0.28 φ2 φ18
0.9
RM LL0550-
50
φ4
7
RM LL0480-
8.0 4.9 P×0.80 P×0.49 Y×0.80 Y×0.49 φ32 φ2
9.6 5.8 P×0.96 P×0.58 Y×0.96 Y×0.58 φ35 φ22
Y : 15
50
Y : 15
A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W
Y+68 Y+75 Y+79 49 54 61 40 45 51 36 40 48 Y+33 Y+36 Y+38 Y+8 Y+11 Y+10 25 25 28 29 31.5 35.5 20 22.5 25.5 31.4 34 40 66 73 83 11 11 12 23.5 26 30 8 9 11 3 3 3 7.5 9.5 9.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 16 14 15.5 15 19 21 6 8 10 6 8 9 7.5 9.5 10.5 C2 C3 C3 Chamfer 12 15 17 AB 6 + 0.012 8 + 0.015 8 + 0.015 AC 0 0 0 6 8 9 AD 5 4 6 AE M3×0.5 M4×0.7 M4×0.7 AF 3.5 3.5 3.5 DA 14 14 14 DB M4×0.7 M5×0.8 M5×0.8 EA 34.5 34.5 45 FE 35.7 35.7 46.2 FF Y+18.5 Y+21.5 Y+20.5 FH Y+30 Y+33 Y+32 FJ Y+8.5 Y+11.5 Y+10.5 FK M3×0.5 M3×0.5 M4×0.7 FS G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 Air bleed port -C type Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Hydraulic pressure port -S type 1BP5 1BP5 1BP5 O ring ( Hydraulic pressure port) rin ir en or CO0524A(S31.5) CO0524A(S31.5) CO0533A(S42)
Y+85 69 60 55 Y+41 Y+13 28 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 13 24 11 10 12 C3 19 10 + 0.015 0 10 4 M5×0.8 3.5 14 M6 45 46.2 Y+23.5 Y+35 Y+13.5 M4×0.7 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5 CO0533A(S42)
Y+95 81 70 65 Y+47 Y+17 30 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 11 6.8 15.5 28 13 12 14 C4 22 12 + 0.018 0 12 6 M5×0.8 4.5 19 M6 45 46.2 Y+27.5 Y+39 Y+17.5 M4×0.7 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7 CO0533A(S42)
75 Y+106 92 80 75 Y+53 Y+16 37 52 40 63 116 16 45 16 5 14 9 17.5 33 16 14 17 C5 27 14 + 0.018 0 14 6 M6 4.5 19 M8 45 46.2 Y+26.5 Y+38 Y+16.5 M4×0.7 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7 CO0533A(S42)
Y+119 107 95 90 Y+62 Y+22 40 59.5 47.5 75 136 16 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 16.5 37 19 16 19 C6 32 16 + 0.018 0 16 8 M6 4.5 22 M10 45 46.2 Y+32.5 Y+44 Y+22.5 M4×0.7 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7 CO0533A(S42)
Y+132 122 110 105 Y+66 Y+21 45 67 55 88 152 17 60 22.5 5 20 14 17.5 46 22 21 23 C6 42 20 + 0.021 0 21 10 M6 4.5 22 M12 45 46.2 Y+31.5 Y+43 Y+21.5 M4×0.7 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7 CO0533A(S42)
A : Female thread option Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm) Model LL0360- ARM LL0400- ARM LL0480- ARM LL0550- ARM LL0650- ARM LL0750- ARM LL0900- ARM LL1050- ARM
Remark 1. Refer to page 45-46 for air sensing chart.
Cylinder area
(mm)
LL0360- PRM LL0400- PRM LL0480- PRM LL0550- PRM LL0650- PRM LL0750- PRM LL0900- PRM LL1050- PRM
Full stroke Y
φBB
LL-RM
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area
for not mentioned size below
Nx
model
15.9 11.0 P×1.59 P×1.10 Y×1.59 Y×1.10 φ45 φ25
RM LL0900-
RM LL1050-
RM
75 23.8 16.7 P×2.38 P×1.67 Y×2.38 Y×1.67 φ55 φ3
36.3 26.4 P×3.63 P×2.64 Y×3.63 Y×2.64 φ 8 φ35 5
φ5 7.0 1.0 10.5 0.2 ISA1 , ISA2-H (made by SMC) / GPS2-07-15 (made by CKD) 70 1.0 1.2 1.8 1.5 2.3 2.1 3.3 3. 4.3 4.5
50.3 34.4 P×5.03 P×3.44 Y×5.03 Y×3.44 φ8 φ45
AA TA UA WA BB BC omin e i n tion e t
6.1
Y + 66 10 13 7.5 15 M8×16
Y + 69 11 14 8.5 17 M8×16
Y + 73 12 17 9 19 M10×20
Y + 80 13 19 10 22 M12×24
Y + 88 15 24 12 27 M16×32
Y + 98 16 30 13 33 M20×40
Y + 104 18 36 15 42 M24×48
B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole Refer P pinhole option / A female thread option, dimensions not mentioned size in the chart below. (mm) Model LL0360- BRM LL0400- BRM LL0480- BRM LL0550- BRM LL0650- BRM LL0750- BRM LL0900- BRM LL1050- BRM VB WB
2 5.5
2.5 5
2.5 6
2.5 6.5
3 7
4 8.5
5 9
6 10.5
: Male thread option Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm) Model LL0360- TRM LL0400- TRM LL0480- TRM LL0550- TRM LL0650- TRM LL0750- TRM LL0900- TRM LL1050- TRM AT TT UT VT WT CB CC omin e i n tion it
6.3
Y + 62 9 12 7.5 14 M6×12
Y + 78 25 12 16 7.5 14 M10×1.25
Y + 86 30 14 20 7.5 17 M12×1.25
Y + 93 35 17 24 8.5 19 M14×1.5
Y + 101 40 17 28 9 21 M16×1.5
Y + 112 45 19 32 10 24 M20×1.5
Y + 123 50 24 35 12 29 M24×1.5
Y + 144 62 30 46 13 34.5 M30×1.5
Y + 158 72 36 54 15 42 M36×1.5
8.2
P: Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), Y: Full stroke (mm)
2
C: Manifold option (with G thread plug) P : Pinhole option
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) Rc thread
UA
Width
6.3S *5
C0.6
Spot facing φ
+ 0.3 0
FK + 0.3 0 *6
φ + 0.039
φ
3
H8 0
Male thread option Width
Above 7
UT
R0.4
Rod diameter
φ4 φ
3
Air venting port *3
φ
φ B
M
S *1
G
B
t o e inter e tion
CC
Blind hole process drawing
TT
E
VT
Through hole process drawing
- 0.1 - 0.2
WT
F
φ
AT
A
*6
1 9 5.5
V H7
T
De-burr
Below R0.4
W
T
φA
LL0650 only 12°
15
*6
3 SR AD
φAB
Rod diameter
*5
φ
(Full stroke)
Y + 0.5 0
K
B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole De-burr
4-φ
K
*4
WB
φ
Air bleed port (Push side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)
TA
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) φP *5 - t e
4-EA thread
BC
φBB
AA
0 U - 0.1
Width
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) Rc thread
Female thread option
Above FJ
2-Chamfer
A
Ny Ny
J
L
for not mentioned size below
K
B H
Shape of piston tip Refer P pinhole option dimension
Nx
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) φP *5 - t e
φ B
Ny Ny
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
This drawing shows LL-SPRM.
DA
K
LL-RM
S: Piping option (Rc thread port)
This drawing shows LL-CPRM.
C
model
Piping Method
External Dimensions
Air bleed port (Pull side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)
1 1 2
WA
1
FH ±0.4
Linear Cylinder
Manifold option with air sensor for release position(Bolt down mounting)(2/2)
3
Rod diameter
9.6
Pull side check port Air
2
2.7 2.7
20
AE-AF bolt *2
2-O ring tt e Air en or
φ E f8 -- 0.025 0.064
Air venting port
*3
Notes *1. *2 *3 *4.
Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". The number and size of bottom bolts may vary as per different type. The air venting port must be open to the atmosphere and kept free of coolant, chips or other debris. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *5. This process indicates -C: Manifold option. *6. The dimensions indicate those under the flange.
Remark 1. Refer to page 45-46 for air sensing chart.
Specifications Model Full stroke Y Nx
Ny Ny
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) : O ring(attached) - t e
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) : O ring(attached) - t e
4-FS bolt
LL0360mm
Push side Cylinder area cm2 Pull side Cylinder output Push side kN u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder capacity Push side cm3 u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder inside diameter mm Rod diameter mm Air sensing rod diameter mm Maximum operating pressure MPa Minimum operating pressure MPa Maximum rated pressure MPa Recommended used air pressure MPa Recommended air catch sensor Use temperature Mass kg
RM LL0400Y : 51
4.5 2.5 P×0.45 P×0.25 Y×0.45 Y×0.25 φ24 φ1
1 3
2
RM LL0650-
1.1
RM LL0750Y : 76
5.3 2.8 P×0.53 P×0.28 Y×0.53 Y×0.28 φ2 φ18
P: Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), Y: Full stroke (mm)
RM LL0550-
100
φ4
1
RM LL0480-
8.0 4.9 P×0.80 P×0.49 Y×0.80 Y×0.49 φ32 φ2
9.6 5.8 P×0.96 P×0.58 Y×0.96 Y×0.58 φ35 φ22
15.9 11.0 P×1.59 P×1.10 Y×1.59 Y×1.10 φ45 φ25
RM LL0900-
RM LL1050-
RM
200 23.8 16.7 P×2.38 P×1.67 Y×2.38 Y×1.67 φ55 φ3
36.3 26.4 P×3.63 P×2.64 Y×3.63 Y×2.64 φ 8 φ35 5
φ5 7.0 1.0 10.5 0.2 ISA1 , ISA2-H (made by SMC) / GPS2-07-15 (made by CKD) 70 1.5 1.9 3.2 2.5 4.3 3.4 5.6 4.6 7.3 6.7
10.3
50.3 34.4 P×5.03 P×3.44 Y×5.03 Y×3.44 φ8 φ45
9.2
13.2
Manifold option with air sensor for release position(Bolt down mounting)(2/2) 1 1 2
1
model
LL-RM
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area P : Pinhole option Model
Full stroke Y
(mm)
LL0360- PRM LL0400- PRM LL0480- PRM LL0550- PRM LL0650- PRM LL0750- PRM LL0900- PRM LL1050- PRM Y : 51
100
Y : 76
A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W
Y+83 Y+90 Y+96 49 54 61 40 45 51 36 40 48 Y+48 Y+51 Y+55 Y+23 Y+26 Y+27 25 25 28 29 31.5 35.5 20 22.5 25.5 31.4 34 40 66 73 83 11 11 12 23.5 26 30 8 9 11 3 3 3 7.5 9.5 9.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 16 14 15.5 15 19 21 6 8 10 6 8 9 7.5 9.5 10.5 C2 C3 C3 Chamfer 12 15 17 AB 6 + 0.012 8 + 0.015 8 + 0.015 AC 0 0 0 6 8 9 AD 5 4 6 AE M3×0.5 M4×0.7 M4×0.7 AF 3.5 3.5 3.5 DA 14 14 14 DB M4×0.7 M5×0.8 M5×0.8 EA 34.5 34.5 45 FE 35.7 35.7 46.2 FF Y+33.5 Y+36.5 Y+37.5 FH Y+45 Y+48 Y+49 FJ Y+23.5 Y+26.5 Y+27.5 FK M3×0.5 M3×0.5 M4×0.7 FS G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 Air bleed port -C type Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Hydraulic pressure port -S type 1BP5 1BP5 1BP5 O ring ( Hydraulic pressure port) rin ir en or CO0524A(S31.5) CO0524A(S31.5) CO0533A(S42)
Y+101 69 60 55 Y+57 Y+29 28 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 13 24 11 10 12 C3 19 10 + 0.015 0 10 4 M5×0.8 3.5 14 M6 45 46.2 Y+39.5 Y+51 Y+29.5 M4×0.7 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5 CO0533A(S42)
Y+111 81 70 65 Y+63 Y+33 30 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 11 6.8 15.5 28 13 12 14 C4 22 12 + 0.018 0 12 6 M5×0.8 4.5 19 M6 45 46.2 Y+43.5 Y+55 Y+33.5 M4×0.7 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7 CO0533A(S42)
200 Y+127 92 80 75 Y+74 Y+37 37 52 40 63 116 16 45 16 5 14 9 17.5 33 16 14 17 C5 27 14 + 0.018 0 14 6 M6 4.5 19 M8 45 46.2 Y+47.5 Y+59 Y+37.5 M4×0.7 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7 CO0533A(S42)
Y+141 107 95 90 Y+84 Y+44 40 59.5 47.5 75 136 16 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 16.5 37 19 16 19 C6 32 16 + 0.018 0 16 8 M6 4.5 22 M10 45 46.2 Y+54.5 Y+66 Y+44.5 M4×0.7 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7 CO0533A(S42)
Y+158 122 110 105 Y+92 Y+47 45 67 55 88 152 17 60 22.5 5 20 14 17.5 46 22 21 23 C6 42 20 + 0.021 0 21 10 M6 4.5 22 M12 45 46.2 Y+57.5 Y+69 Y+47.5 M4×0.7 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7 CO0533A(S42)
A : Female thread option Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm) Model LL0360- ARM LL0400- ARM LL0480- ARM LL0550- ARM LL0650- ARM LL0750- ARM LL0900- ARM LL1050- ARM AA TA UA WA BB BC omin e i n tion e t
Y + 77 9 12 7.5 14 M6×12
Y + 81 10 13 7.5 15 M8×16
Y + 86 11 14 8.5 17 M8×16
Y + 89 12 17 9 19 M10×20
Y + 96 13 19 10 22 M12×24
Y + 109 15 24 12 27 M16×32
Y + 120 16 30 13 33 M20×40
Y + 130 18 36 15 42 M24×48
B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole Refer P pinhole option / A female thread option, dimensions not mentioned size in the chart below. (mm) Model LL0360- BRM LL0400- BRM LL0480- BRM LL0550- BRM LL0650- BRM LL0750- BRM LL0900- BRM LL1050- BRM VB WB
2 5.5
2.5 5
2.5 6
2.5 6.5
3 7
4 8.5
5 9
6 10.5
: Male thread option Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm) Model LL0360- TRM LL0400- TRM LL0480- TRM LL0550- TRM LL0650- TRM LL0750- TRM LL0900- TRM LL1050- TRM AT TT UT VT WT CB CC omin e i n tion it
Y + 93 25 12 16 7.5 14 M10×1.25
Y + 101 30 14 20 7.5 17 M12×1.25
Y + 110 35 17 24 8.5 19 M14×1.5
Y + 117 40 17 28 9 21 M16×1.5
Y + 128 45 19 32 10 24 M20×1.5
Y + 144 50 24 35 12 29 M24×1.5
Y + 166 62 30 46 13 34.5 M30×1.5
Y + 184 72 36 54 15 42 M36×1.5
2
Piping option with air sensor for release position(Bolt down mounting)(1/2)
Linear Cylinder
1 1
1
model
LL-RN
External Dimensions C: Manifold option (with G thread plug) P : Pinhole option This drawing shows LL-CPRN.
DA
B H
J
φ B
2-Chamfer
0 U - 0.1
Width
K
Ny Ny
C
Air bleed port (Pull side) : G thread e ee ontro e n e installed only -C type)
L
φ
(Full stroke)
φAB
Spot facing φ
SR AD
φA
LL0650 only 12°
H7
Rod diameter
E
A
M
S *1
G
15
W
T
V
Y + 0.5 0
4-φ
K
Air bleed port (Push side) : G thread e ee ontro e n e installed only -C type)
ie
Rc1/8 thread Pull side check port Air
φ
- 0.1 - 0.2
AE-AF bolt *2 20
10 10
F
φ
Air entin
ort
*3
ie ie o
Nx FD
Ny Ny
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) : O ring(attached) - t e
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) : O ring(attached) - t e
FE
e r in LL 3 -LL 4 bolt (*2 AF) is different.
2-M3×0.5 screw depth 6 *3 4-FS bolt
2
Piping option with air sensor for release position(Bolt down mounting)(1/2) 1 1
1
Shape of piston tip Refer P pinhole option dimension
Piping Method
A
This drawing shows LL-SPRN.
P : Pinhole option
Female thread option
Model
UA
Width
Full stroke Y
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) Rc thread
BC
AA
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) Rc thread
WA
TA
φBB
Rod diameter
B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
B
WB
φ
Nx Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) φP *5 - t e
T
Male thread option
AB AC AD AE AF DA DB EA FC FD FE FS
Width
UT
K
Ny Ny
φ B *4
CC
K TT
VT
4-EA thread
6.3S *5
WT
AT
De-burr *5
C0.6
φ
Rod diameter
+ 0.3 0
Air bleed port -C type Hydraulic pressure port -S type
Notes *1. Mounting o t re not ro i e u tomer ou re re e on imen ion "S". *2 The num er n i e o ottom o t m r er i erent t e *3 The air entin ort mu t e o en to t e tmo ere n e t ree o oo nt,chips or other debris. If the port might be exposed to coolant or debris a filter mechanism should be attached using tapped holes 3 5 re e t Be ure not to o t e ir ent ort *4. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *5. This process indicates -C: Manifold option. Remark 1. Refer to page 45-46 for air sensing chart.
Specifications Model Full stroke Y
A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W Chamfer
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) φP *5 - t e
LL0360mm
Push side Cylinder area cm2 Pull side Cylinder output Push side kN u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder capacity Push side cm3 u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder inside diameter mm Rod diameter mm Air sensing rod diameter mm Maximum operating pressure MPa Minimum operating pressure MPa Maximum rated pressure MPa Recommended used air pressure MPa Recommended air catch sensor Use temperature Mass kg
RN LL0400Y : 15
4.5 2.5 P×0.45 P×0.25 Y×0.45 Y×0.25 φ24 φ1
RN LL0650-
8
RN LL0750Y : 15
5.3 2.8 P×0.53 P×0.28 Y×0.53 Y×0.28 φ2 φ18
0.9
RN LL0550-
50
φ4
7
RN LL0480-
8.0 4.9 P×0.80 P×0.49 Y×0.80 Y×0.49 φ32 φ2
9.6 5.8 P×0.96 P×0.58 Y×0.96 Y×0.58 φ35 φ22
15.9 11.0 P×1.59 P×1.10 Y×1.59 Y×1.10 φ45 φ25
RN LL0900-
RN LL1050-
RN
75 23.8 16.7 P×2.38 P×1.67 Y×2.38 Y×1.67 φ55 φ3
36.3 26.4 P×3.63 P×2.64 Y×3.63 Y×2.64 φ 8 φ35 5
φ5 7.0 1.0 10.5 0.2 ISA1 , ISA2-H (made by SMC) / GPS2-07-15 (made by CKD) 70 1.0 1.2 1.8 1.5 2.3 2.1 3.3 3. 4.3 4.5
6.3
LL-RN
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area
for not mentioned size below
S: Piping option (Rc thread port)
model
50.3 34.4 P×5.03 P×3.44 Y×5.03 Y×3.44 φ8 φ45
6.1
O ring
(mm)
LL0360- PRN LL0400- PRN LL0480- PRN LL0550- PRN LL0650- PRN LL0750- PRN LL0900- PRN LL1050- PRN Y : 15 Y+ 68 49 40 36 Y+ 33 Y+ 8 25 29 20 31.4 66 11 23.5 8 3 7.5 4.5 16 15 6 6 7.5 C2 12 6 + 0.012 0 6 5 M3×0.5 3.5 14 M4×0.7 35.5 16.5 25 M3×0.5 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5
50 Y+ 75 54 45 40 Y+ 36 Y+ 11 25 31.5 22.5 34 73 11 26 9 3 9.5 5.5 14 19 8 8 9.5 C3 15 8 + 0.015 0 8 4 M4×0.7 3.5 14 M5×0.8 35.5 16.5 25 M3×0.5 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5
Y : 15 Y+79 61 51 48 Y+38 Y+ 10 28 35.5 25.5 40 83 12 30 11 3 9.5 5.5 15.5 21 10 9 10.5 C3 17 8 + 0.015 0 9 6 M4×0.7 3.5 14 M5×0.8 45 21.5 29 M4×0.7 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5
Y+85 69 60 55 Y+ 41 Y+ 13 28 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 13 24 11 10 12 C3 19 10 + 0.015 0 10 4 M5×0.8 3.5 14 M6 45 21.5 29 M4×0.7 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5
Y+ 95 81 70 65 Y+ 47 Y+ 17 30 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 11 6.8 15.5 28 13 12 14 C4 22 12 + 0.018 0 12 6 M5×0.8 4.5 19 M6 45 21.5 29 M4×0.7 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7
75 Y+ 106 92 80 75 Y+ 53 Y+ 16 37 52 40 63 116 16 45 16 5 14 9 17.5 33 16 14 17 C5 27 14 + 0.018 0 14 6 M6 4.5 19 M8 45 21.5 29 M4×0.7 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7
Y+ 119 107 95 90 Y+ 62 Y+22 40 59.5 47.5 75 136 16 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 16.5 37 19 16 19 C6 32 16 + 0.018 0 16 8 M6 4.5 22 M10 45 21.5 29 M4×0.7 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7
Y+132 122 110 105 Y+ 66 Y+ 21 45 67 55 88 152 17 60 22.5 5 20 14 17.5 46 22 21 23 C6 42 20 + 0.021 0 21 10 M6 4.5 22 M12 45 21.5 29 M4×0.7 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7
A : Female thread option Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm) Model LL0360- ARN LL0400- ARN LL0480- ARN LL0550- ARN LL0650- ARN LL0750- ARN LL0900- ARN LL1050- ARN AA Y+ 62 Y+ 66 Y+69 Y+73 Y+ 80 Y+ 88 Y+ 98 Y+104 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 18 TA 12 13 14 17 19 24 30 36 UA 7.5 7.5 8.5 9 10 12 13 15 WA 14 15 17 19 22 27 33 42 BB BC omin e i n tion e t M6×12 M8×16 M8×16 M10×20 M12×24 M16×32 M20×40 M24×48 B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole Refer P pinhole option / A female thread option, dimensions not mentioned size in the chart below. (mm) Model LL0360- BRN LL0400- BRN LL0480- BRN LL0550- BRN LL0650- BRN LL0750- BRN LL0900- BRN LL1050- BRN VB 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 4 5 6 WB 5.5 5 6 6.5 7 8.5 9 10.5 : Male thread option Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm) Model LL0360- TRN LL0400- TRN LL0480- TRN LL0550- TRN LL0650- TRN LL0750- TRN LL0900- TRN LL1050- TRN AT Y+ 78 Y+ 86 Y+93 Y+101 Y+ 112 Y+ 123 Y+ 144 Y+158 25 30 35 40 45 50 62 72 TT 12 14 17 17 19 24 30 36 UT 16 20 24 28 32 35 46 54 VT 7.5 7.5 8.5 9 10 12 13 15 WT 14 17 19 21 24 29 34.5 42 CB CC omin e i n tion it M10×1.25 M12×1.25 M14×1.5 M16×1.5 M20×1.5 M24×1.5 M30×1.5 M36×1.5
8.2
P: Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), Y: Full stroke (mm)
2
Piping option with air sensor for release position(Bolt down mounting)(2/2) 1 1 2
1
model
LL-RN
External Dimensions
Piping Method
C: Manifold option (with G thread plug) P : Pinhole option
Shape of piston tip
S: Piping option (Rc thread port)
This drawing shows LL-CPRN.
A
This drawing shows LL-SPRN.
DA
Female thread option
B J
UA
Width
H
m er
φ B
2-
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) Rc thread
TA
0 U - 0.1
L
φ
AA
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) Rc thread
ot
Rod diameter
B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole
4-φ
K
Air bleed port (Push side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)
in φ
WB Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) φP *5 - t e
M
UT
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) φP *5 - t e
S *1
G
φ B *4
- 0.1 - 0.2
TT
F
AE-AF bolt 20
10 10
6.3S *5
C0.6
φ
*2
Rod diameter
+ 0.3 0
Notes *1. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". *2 The num er n i e o ottom o t m r er i erent t e *3 The air entin ort mu t e o en to t e tmo ere n e t ree o oo nt,chips or other debris. I the port might be exposed to coolant or e ri i ter me ni m ou e tt e u in t e holes M3×0.5 screw depth 6. Be sure not to block the air vent port. *4. EA t in e t ou e u te o t t mountin o t en e i ture y at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *5. This ro e in i te - : ni o o tion
ie
Rc1/8 thread Pull side check port Air
Air venting port
*3
ie ie o
Remark 1 e er to
Specifications Model Full stroke Y
Ny Ny
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) : O ring(attached) - t e
FE
Nx FD
2-M3×0.5 screw depth 6 *3 4-FS bolt
LL0360mm
Push side Cylinder area cm2 Pull side Cylinder output Push side kN u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder capacity Push side cm3 u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder inside diameter mm Rod diameter mm Air sensing rod diameter mm Maximum operating pressure MPa Minimum operating pressure MPa Maximum rated pressure MPa Recommended used air pressure MPa Recommended air catch sensor Use temperature Mass kg
RN LL0400Y : 51
4.5 2.5 P×0.45 P×0.25 Y×0.45 Y×0.25 φ24 φ1
1 3
e 45-4
or air sensing chart.
RN LL0550-
RN LL0650-
100
φ4
1
RN LL0480-
1.1
RN LL0750Y : 76
5.3 2.8 P×0.53 P×0.28 Y×0.53 Y×0.28 φ2 φ18
P: Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), Y: Full stroke (mm)
2
WT
AT
De-burr *5
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) : O ring(attached) - t e
CC
K VT
E
Male thread option Width
T
Rod diameter
φ
T
Ny Ny
W
H7
4-EA thread
e r in LL 3 -LL 4 o t *2 A i i erent
B
Nx
SR AD
φA
LL0650 only 12°
15
A
φ
K
φAB
V
Y + 0.5 0
(Full stroke)
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
φ
BC
φBB
Width
K
Ny Ny
C
Air bleed port (Pull side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)
e er P in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione i e e o
WA
Linear Cylinder
8.0 4.9 P×0.80 P×0.49 Y×0.80 Y×0.49 φ32 φ2
9.6 5.8 P×0.96 P×0.58 Y×0.96 Y×0.58 φ35 φ22
15.9 11.0 P×1.59 P×1.10 Y×1.59 Y×1.10 φ45 φ25
RN LL0900-
RN LL1050-
RN
200 23.8 16.7 P×2.38 P×1.67 Y×2.38 Y×1.67 φ55 φ3
36.3 26.4 P×3.63 P×2.64 Y×3.63 Y×2.64 φ 8 φ35 5
φ5 7.0 1.0 10.5 0.2 ISA1 , ISA2-H (made by SMC) / GPS2-07-15 (made by CKD) 70 1.5 1.9 3.2 2.5 4.3 3.4 5.6 4.6 7.3 6.7
10.3
50.3 34.4 P×5.03 P×3.44 Y×5.03 Y×3.44 φ8 φ45
9.2
13.2
Piping option with air sensor for release position(Bolt down mounting)(2/2) 1
1 1 2
model
LL-RN
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area P : Pinhole option Model
Full stroke Y A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W m er
AB AC AD AE AF DA DB EA FC FD FE FS Air bleed port -C type Hydraulic pressure port -S type
O ring
(mm)
LL0360- PRN LL0400- PRN LL0480- PRN LL0550- PRN LL0650- PRN LL0750- PRN LL0900- PRN LL1050- PRN Y : 51 Y + 83 49 40 36 Y +48 Y + 23 25 29 20 31.4 66 11 23.5 8 3 7.5 4.5 16 15 6 6 7.5 C2 12 6 + 0.012 0 6 5 M3×0.5 3.5 14 M4×0.7 35.5 16.5 25 M3×0.5 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5
100 Y +90 54 45 40 Y +51 Y +26 25 31.5 22.5 34 73 11 26 9 3 9.5 5.5 14 19 8 8 9.5 C3 15 8 + 0.015 0 8 4 M4×0.7 3.5 14 M5×0.8 35.5 16.5 25 M3×0.5 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5
Y : 76 Y +96 61 51 48 Y +55 Y +27 28 35.5 25.5 40 83 12 30 11 3 9.5 5.5 15.5 21 10 9 10.5 C3 17 8 + 0.015 0 9 6 M4×0.7 3.5 14 M5×0.8 45 21.5 29 M4×0.7 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5
Y+ 101 69 60 55 Y+ 57 Y+ 29 28 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 13 24 11 10 12 C3 19 10 + 0.015 0 10 4 M5×0.8 3.5 14 M6 45 21.5 29 M4×0.7 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5
Y+111 81 70 65 Y+ 63 Y+ 33 30 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 11 6.8 15.5 28 13 12 14 C4 22 12 + 0.018 0 12 6 M5×0.8 4.5 19 M6 45 21.5 29 M4×0.7 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7
200 Y+ 127 92 80 75 Y+ 74 Y+ 37 37 52 40 63 116 16 45 16 5 14 9 17.5 33 16 14 17 C5 27 14 + 0.018 0 14 6 M6 4.5 19 M8 45 21.5 29 M4×0.7 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7
Y+ 141 107 95 90 Y+ 84 Y+ 44 40 59.5 47.5 75 136 16 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 16.5 37 19 16 19 C6 32 16 + 0.018 0 16 8 M6 4.5 22 M10 45 21.5 29 M4×0.7 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7
Y+ 158 122 110 105 Y+ 92 Y+ 47 45 67 55 88 152 17 60 22.5 5 20 14 17.5 46 22 21 23 C6 42 20 + 0.021 0 21 10 M6 4.5 22 M12 45 21.5 29 M4×0.7 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7
A : Female thread option e er P in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione i e e o (mm) Model LL0360- ARN LL0400- ARN LL0480- ARN LL0550- ARN LL0650- ARN LL0750- ARN LL0900- ARN LL1050- ARN AA Y + 77 Y +81 Y +86 Y+ 89 Y+96 Y+ 109 Y+ 120 Y+ 130 TA 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 18 12 13 14 17 19 24 30 36 UA 7.5 7.5 8.5 9 10 12 13 15 WA 14 15 17 19 22 27 33 42 BB BC omin e i n tion e t M6×12 M8×16 M8×16 M10×20 M12×24 M16×32 M20×40 M24×48 B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole e er P in o e o tion / A em e t re o tion imen ion not mentione i e in t e rt e o (mm) Model LL0360- BRN LL0400- BRN LL0480- BRN LL0550- BRN LL0650- BRN LL0750- BRN LL0900- BRN LL1050- BRN VB 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 4 5 6 WB 5.5 5 6 6.5 7 8.5 9 10.5 : Male thread option e er P in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione i e e o (mm) Model LL0360- TRN LL0400- TRN LL0480- TRN LL0550- TRN LL0650- TRN LL0750- TRN LL0900- TRN LL1050- TRN AT Y + 93 Y +101 Y +110 Y+ 117 Y+128 Y+ 144 Y+ 166 Y+ 184 TT 25 30 35 40 45 50 62 72 UT 12 14 17 17 19 24 30 36 16 20 24 28 32 35 46 54 VT 7.5 7.5 8.5 9 10 12 13 15 WT 14 17 19 21 24 29 34.5 42 CB CC omin e i n tion it M10×1.25 M12×1.25 M14×1.5 M16×1.5 M20×1.5 M24×1.5 M30×1.5 M36×1.5
Linear Cylinder External Dimensions
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
C: Manifold option (with G thread plug) P : Pinhole option This drawing shows LLR-CP.
B
4-EA thread
*3
K
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) φP *4 - t e
4-φR *1
K
C0.6
Ny Ny
Width
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) : O ring(attached) - t e
φAB
V H7
Shape of piston tip Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below
A : Female thread option
Rod diameter
S *1
AH
φA
E
A *5
G
M
3
UA
AGf8
Nx
SR AD
Width
(Full stroke)
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) φP *4 - t e
T *5
Y + 0.5 0
6.3S *4 De-burr *4
0 U - 0.1
φ B
L
φ
W
K
J 2-Chamfer
Ny Ny
C
H Nx
K
DA Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) : O ring(attached) - t e
WA
TA *5 AA *5
AE-AF bolt *2
Rod diameter
B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole
Air bleed port (Push side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)
B
WB
φ
Ny Ny
T :Male thread option UT
Width
Air bleed port (Pull side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)
BC
φBB
- 0.1 - 0.2
F
φ
φ B
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) Rc thread
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) Rc thread
1
AT *5
This drawing shows LLR-SP.
VT
CC
WT
S: Piping option (Rc thread port)
TT *5
Piping Method
Rod diameter Notes *1. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". *2 The number and size of bottom bolts may vary as per different type. *3. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *4. This process indicates -C: Manifold option. *5. The drawing shows when offset is 0 mm. A tu i e A/ e tern imen ion in t e rt o et i e m e: LL 3 - P- 3 - 5 o et 5 mm 3 A 78 5 83 15 5 2
Standard (Bolt up mounting)(1/2) 1 1
1
model
LLR
Specifications Model Full stroke Y
mm
Push side Pull side Cylinder output Push side kN u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder capacity 3 Push side cm u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder inside diameter mm Rod diameter mm Maximum operating pressure MPa Minimum operating pressure MPa Maximum rated pressure MPa Use temperature Mass kg Cylinder area
cm2
LLR0360LLR0400Y : 1 50 1 14 15 5 1 14 15 5 4.5 5.3 2.5 2.8 P×0.45 P×0.53 P×0.25 P×0.28 Y×0.45 Y×0.53 Y×0.25 Y×0.28 φ24 φ2 φ1 φ18
0.8
7
0.9
LLR0480-
LLR0550-
LLR0650LLR0750LLR0900LLR1050Y : 1 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 8.0 9.6 15.9 23.8 36.3 50.3 4.9 5.8 11.0 16.7 26.4 34.4 P×0.80 P×0.96 P×1.59 P×2.38 P×3.63 P×5.03 P×0.49 P×0.58 P×1.10 P×1.67 P×2.64 P×3.44 Y×0.80 Y×0.96 Y×1.59 Y×2.38 Y×3.63 Y×5.03 Y×0.49 Y×0.58 Y×1.10 Y×1.67 Y×2.64 Y×3.44 φ32 φ35 φ45 φ55 φ 8 φ8 φ2 φ22 φ25 φ3 φ35 5 φ45 7.0 0.5 10.5 70 1. 1.6 1.3 2.1 1.9 3.1 2.8 4.1 4.3 6.1 5.9 8.0
P: Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), Y: Full stroke (mm)
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area P : Pinhole option Model A *5 B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P R S T *5 U V W Chamfer AB AC AD AE AF AG AH DA DB EA Air bleed port -C type Hydraulic pressure port -S type O ring
LLR0360- P 63 Y+48 49 40 36 48 Y+33 23 Y+8 25 29 20 31.4 66 11 23.5 8 3 4.5 21 15 6 6 7.5 C2 12 6 + 0.012 0 6 5 M3×0.5 23 -- 0.020 0.053 4 3.5 14 M4×0.7 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5
LLR0400- P 70 Y+55 55 47 40 51 Y+36 26 Y+11 25 31.5 23.5 36 73 11 26 9 3 5.5 21 19 8 8 9.5 C2 15 8 + 0.015 0 8 4 M4×0.7 25 -- 0.020 0.053 4 3.5 14 M5×0.8 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5
LLR0480- P 74 Y+59 62 53 48 53 Y+38 25 Y+10 28 35.5 26.5 41 83 12 30 11 3 5.5 24 21 10 9 10.5 C3 17 8 + 0.015 0 9 6 M4×0.7 28 -- 0.020 0.053 4 3.5 14 M5×0.8 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5
LLR0550- P 80 Y+65 69 60 55 56 Y+41 28 Y+13 28 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 6.8 24 24 11 10 12 C3 19 10 + 0.015 0 10 4 M5×0.8 32 -- 0.025 0.064 4 3.5 14 M6 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5
LLR0360- A 57 Y+42 9 12 7.5 14 M6×12
LLR0400- A 61 Y+46 10 13 7.5 15 M8×16
LLR0480- A 64 Y+49 11 14 8.5 17 M8×16
LLR0550- A 68 Y+53 12 17 9 19 M10×20
A : Female thread option Model A A *5 T A *5 UA WA BB BC
omin
e i n tion
e t
e i n tion
LLR0900- P 114 Y+99 108 97 90 77 Y+62 37 Y+22 40 59.5 48.5 76 136 16 52.5 18.5 5 11 35 37 19 16 19 C6 32 16 + 0.018 0 16 8 M6 50 -- 0.025 0.064 5 4.5 22 M10 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7
(mm)
LLR1050- P 127 Y+112 122 110 105 81 Y+66 36 Y+21 45 67 55 88 152 17 60 22.5 5 14 39 46 22 21 23 C6 42 20 + 0.021 0 21 10 M6 60 -- 0.030 0.076 6 4.5 22 M12 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7
LLR0650- A 75 Y+60 13 19 10 22 M12×24
LLR0750- A 83 Y+68 15 24 12 27 M16×32
LLR0900- A 93 Y+78 16 30 13 33 M20×40
LLR1050- A 99 Y+84 18 36 15 42 M24×48
LLR0400- B 2.5 5
LLR0480- B 2.5 6
LLR0550- B 2.5 6.5
LLR0360- T 73 Y+58 25 12 16 7.5 14 M10×1.25
LLR0400- T 81 Y+66 30 14 20 7.5 17 M12×1.25
LLR0480- T 88 Y+73 35 17 24 8.5 19 M14×1.5
LLR0550- T 96 Y+81 40 17 28 9 21 M16×1.5
LLR0650- B 3 7
LLR0750- B 4 8.5
LLR0900- B 5 9
LLR1050- B 6 10.5
Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm)
Model A T *5 T T *5 UT VT WT CB omin
LLR0750- P 101 Y+86 93 82 75 68 Y+53 31 Y+16 37 52 41 64 116 16 45 16 5 9 32 33 16 14 17 C5 27 14 + 0.018 0 14 6 M6 44 -- 0.025 0.064 5 4.5 19 M8 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7
me
Refer P pinhole option / A female thread option, dimensions not mentioned size in the chart below. (mm)
LLR0360- B 2 5.5
: Male thread option
CC
LLR0650- P 90 Y+75 81 70 65 62 Y+47 32 Y+17 30 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 6.8 26 28 13 12 14 C4 22 12 + 0.018 0 12 6 M5×0.8 38 -- 0.025 0.064 4 4.5 19 M6 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7
imen ion re t e 48 23 3 38
Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm)
B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole Model VB WB
en t e u tro e 1-14 mm t e e tern (Example) LLR0360- P- 1 1 A 3 LLR0360- P- 3 3 A 78
it
LLR0650- T 107 Y+92 45 19 32 10 24 M20×1.5
LLR0750- T LLR0900- T LLR1050- T 118 Y+103 139 Y+124 153 Y+138 50 62 72 24 30 36 35 46 54 12 13 15 29 34.5 42 M24×1.5 M30×1.5 M36×1.5
2
Linear Cylinder External Dimensions
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
C: Manifold option (with G thread plug) P : Pinhole option This drawing shows LLR-CP.
B
4-EA thread
*3
K
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) φP *4 - t e
4-φR *1
K
C0.6
Ny Ny
Width
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) : O ring(attached) - t e
φAB
V
φA
H7
Shape of piston tip Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below
A : Female thread option
S *1
Rod diameter
E
A *5
G
M
AH
T
3
UA
AGf8
Nx
SR AD
Width
(Full stroke)
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) φP *4 - t e
*5
Y + 0.5 0
6.3S *4 De-burr *4
0 U - 0.1
φ B
L
φ
W
K
J 2-Chamfer
Ny Ny
C
H Nx
K
DA Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) : O ring(attached) - t e
WA
TA *5 AA *5
AE-AF bolt *2
Rod diameter
B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole
Air bleed port (Push side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)
B
WB
φ
Ny Ny
T :Male thread option UT
Width
Air bleed port (Pull side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)
BC
φBB
- 0.1 - 0.2
F
φ
φ B
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) Rc thread
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) Rc thread
AT *5
This drawing shows LLR-SP.
VT
CC
WT
S: Piping option (Rc thread port)
TT *5
Piping Method
Rod diameter Notes *1. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". *2 The number and size of bottom bolts may vary as per different type. *3. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *4. This process indicates -C: Manifold option. *5. The drawing shows when offset is 0 mm. Actual size (A/T) = external dimensions in the chart + offset size m e: LL 48 - P-1 - 5 o et 5 mm 1 A 17 5 181
21 5 2
Standard (Bolt up mounting)(2/2) 1
1
model
Specifications Model
LLR0480-
Full stroke Y
LLR0650-
mm
Push side Pull side Cylinder output Push side kN u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder capacity 3 Push side cm u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder inside diameter mm Rod diameter mm Maximum operating pressure MPa Minimum operating pressure MPa Maximum rated pressure MPa Use temperature Mass kg Cylinder area
LLR0550-
cm2
Y : 76 8.0 4.9 P×0.80 P×0.49 Y×0.80 Y×0.49 φ32 φ2
1.7
2.3
9.6 5.8 P×0.96 P×0.58 Y×0.96 Y×0.58 φ35 φ22
2.3
15.9 11.0 P×1.59 P×1.10 Y×1.59 Y×1.10 φ45 φ25
3.1
3.2
LLR0750-
LLR0900-
LLR1050-
150 23.8 16.7 P×2.38 P×1.67 Y×2.38 Y×1.67 φ55 φ3
7.0 0.5 10.5 70 4.1 4.4
5.3
36.3 26.4 P×3.63 P×2.64 Y×3.63 Y×2.64 φ 8 φ35 5
50.3 34.4 P×5.03 P×3.44 Y×5.03 Y×3.44 φ8 φ45
6.5
9.0
7.6
9.8
P: Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), Y: Full stroke (mm)
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area P : Pinhole option
(mm)
Model A *5 B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P R S T *5 U V W Chamfer AB AC AD AE AF AG AH DA DB EA -C type Air bleed port Hydraulic pressure port -S type O ring
LLR0480- P Y+76 62 53 48 Y+55 Y+27 28 35.5 26.5 41 83 12 30 11 3 5.5 24 21 10 9 10.5 C3 17 8 + 0.015 0 9 6 M4×0.7 0.020 28 -- 0.053 4 3.5 14 M5×0.8 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5
LLR0550- P Y+81 69 60 55 Y+57 Y+29 28 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 6.8 24 24 11 10 12 C3 19 10 + 0.015 0 10 4 M5×0.8 0.025 32 -- 0.064 4 3.5 14 M6 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5
LLR0480- A Y+66 11 14 8.5 17 M8×16
LLR0550- A Y+69 12 17 9 19 M10×20
A : Female thread option Model A A *5 T A *5 UA WA BB BC
omin
e i n tion
e t
e i n tion
LLR1050- P Y+138 122 110 105 Y+92 Y+47 45 67 55 88 152 17 60 22.5 5 14 39 46 22 21 23 C6 42 20 + 0.021 0 21 10 M6 0.030 60 -- 0.076 6 4.5 22 M12 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7
LLR0650- A Y+76 13 19 10 22 M12×24
LLR0750- A Y+89 15 24 12 27 M16×32
LLR0900- A Y+100 16 30 13 33 M20×40
LLR1050- A Y+110 18 36 15 42 M24×48
LLR0550- B 2.5 6.5
LLR0480- T Y+90 35 17 24 8.5 19 M14×1.5
LLR0550- T Y+97 40 17 28 9 21 M16×1.5
LLR0650- B 3 7
LLR0750- B 4 8.5
LLR0900- B 5 9
LLR1050- B 6 10.5
Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm)
Model A T *5 T T *5 UT VT WT CB omin
LLR0900- P Y+121 108 97 90 Y+84 Y+44 40 59.5 48.5 76 136 16 52.5 18.5 5 11 35 37 19 16 19 C6 32 16 + 0.018 0 16 8 M6 0.025 50 -- 0.064 5 4.5 22 M10 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7
Refer P pinhole option / A female thread option, dimensions not mentioned size in the chart below. (mm)
LLR0480- B 2.5 6
: Male thread option
CC
LLR0750- P Y+107 93 82 75 Y+74 Y+37 37 52 41 64 116 16 45 16 5 9 32 33 16 14 17 C5 27 14 + 0.018 0 14 6 M6 0.025 44 -- 0.064 5 4.5 19 M8 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7
Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm)
B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole Model VB WB
LLR0650- P Y+91 81 70 65 Y+63 Y+33 30 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 6.8 26 28 13 12 14 C4 22 12 + 0.018 0 12 6 M5×0.8 0.025 38 -- 0.064 4 4.5 19 M6 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7
it
LLR0650- T Y+108 45 19 32 10 24 M20×1.5
LLR0750- T Y+124 50 24 35 12 29 M24×1.5
LLR0900- T Y+146 62 30 46 13 34.5 M30×1.5
LLR1050- T Y+164 72 36 54 15 42 M36×1.5
LLR
Linear Cylinder External Dimensions
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
C: Manifold option (with G thread plug) P : Pinhole option This drawing shows LLR-CPD.
B
*3
K
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) φP *4 - t e
Ny Ny
Width
C0.6
4-EA thread
4-φR *1
K
(Full stroke)
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) φP *4 - t e
φAB
Shape of piston tip Refer P pinhole option dimension
V
AGf8
φA
H7
for not mentioned size below
A : Female thread option
Rod diameter
E
UA
Width
S *1
G
M
AH
T
3
Nx
SR AD
*5
Y + 0.5 0
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) : O ring(attached) - t e
φ
BC
φBB
- 0.1 - 0.2
AE-AF bolt φ A
WA Rod diameter
*2
B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole
8
(Full stroke)
Y + 0.5 0
10.5
AA *5
TA *5
F
A *5
6.3S *4 De-burr *4
0 U - 0.1
φ B
L
φ
W
K
J 2-Chamfer
Ny Ny
C
H Nx
K
DA Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) : O ring(attached) - t e
B
WB
φ
Ny Ny
Air bleed port (Push side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)
UT
Width
T :Male thread option FC
Air bleed port (Pull side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)
φ B
Width
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) Rc thread
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) Rc thread
VT
CC
WT
This drawing shows LLR-SPD.
TT *5
S: Piping option (Rc thread port)
AT *5
Piping Method
FB
Rod diameter Notes *1. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". *2 The number and size of bottom bolts may vary as per different type. *3. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *4. This process indicates -C: Manifold option. *5. The drawing shows when offset is 0 mm. Actual size (A/T) = external dimensions in the chart + offset size m e: LL 3 - P - 3 - 5 o et 5 mm 3 A 118 5 5 123 5 15 5 2
Dual rod end(Bolt up mounting)
model
LLR-D
Specifications Model
LLR0360-
D LLR0400- D LLR0480- D LLR0550- D LLR0650- D LLR0750- D LLR0900- D LLR1050- D Y : 1 50 Y : 1 75 Full stroke Y mm 1 14 15 5 1 14 15 5 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 Push side 3.7 4.2 6.5 8.1 14.4 21.2 33.8 47.7 Cylinder area cm2 Pull side 2.5 2.8 4.9 5.8 11.0 16.7 26.4 34.4 Cylinder output Push side P×0.37 P×0.42 P×0.65 P×0.81 P×1.44 P×2.12 P×3.38 P×4.77 kN u tion ormu Pull side P×0.25 P×0.28 P×0.49 P×0.58 P×1.10 P×1.67 P×2.64 P×3.44 Cylinder capacity Y×0.37 Y×0.42 Y×0.65 Y×0.81 Y×1.44 Y×2.12 Y×3.38 Y×4.77 3 Push side cm u tion ormu Pull side Y×0.25 Y×0.28 Y×0.49 Y×0.58 Y×1.10 Y×1.67 Y×2.64 Y×3.44 Cylinder inside diameter mm φ24 φ2 φ32 φ35 φ45 φ55 φ 8 φ8 Rod diameter mm φ1 φ18 φ2 φ22 φ25 φ3 φ35 5 φ45 Maximum operating pressure MPa 7.0 Minimum operating pressure MPa 0.5 Maximum rated pressure MPa 10.5 Use temperature 70 Mass kg 0. 0.8 0.7 0.9 1. 1.7 1.3 2.2 2. 3.2 2.9 4.3 4.5 6.4 6.1 8.3 P: Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), Y: Full stroke (mm)
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area P : Pinhole option Model A *5 B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P R S T U V *5 W Chamfer AB AC AD AE AF AG AH DA DB EA FA FB FC omin e i n tion Air bleed port Hydraulic pressure port O ring
e t
-C type -S type
LLR0360- PD LLR0400- PD LLR0480- PD LLR0550- PD LLR0650- PD LLR0750- PD LLR0900- PD LLR1050- PD Y+73.5 2Y+58.5 Y+80.5 2Y+65.5 Y+84.5 2Y+69.5 Y+90.5 2Y+75.5 Y+100.5 2Y+85.5 Y+111.5 2Y+96.5 Y+124.5 2Y+109.5 Y+137.5 2Y+122.5 49 55 62 69 81 93 108 122 40 47 53 60 70 82 97 110 36 40 48 55 65 75 90 105 48 Y+33 51 Y+36 53 Y+38 56 Y+41 62 Y+47 68 Y+53 77 Y+62 81 Y+66 23 Y+8 26 Y+11 25 Y+10 28 Y+13 32 Y+17 31 Y+16 37 Y+22 36 Y+21 25 25 28 28 30 37 40 45 29 31.5 35.5 39 46 52 59.5 67 20 23.5 26.5 30 35 41 48.5 55 31.4 36 41 47 55 64 76 88 66 73 83 88 106 116 136 152 11 11 12 12 13 16 16 17 23.5 26 30 33.5 39.5 45 52.5 60 8 9 11 12 15 16 18.5 22.5 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.8 6.8 9 11 14 21 21 24 24 26 32 35 39 15 19 21 24 28 33 37 46 6 8 10 11 13 16 19 22 6 8 9 10 12 14 16 21 7.5 9.5 10.5 12 14 17 19 23 C2 C2 C3 C3 C4 C5 C6 C6 12 15 17 19 22 27 32 42 6 + 0.012 8 + 0.015 8 + 0.015 10 + 0.015 12 + 0.018 14 + 0.018 16 + 0.018 20 + 0.021 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 8 9 10 12 14 16 21 5 4 6 4 6 6 8 10 M3×0.5 M4×0.7 M4×0.7 M5×0.8 M5×0.8 M6 M6 M6 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.030 23 -- 0.053 25 -- 0.053 28 -- 0.053 32 -- 0.064 38 -- 0.064 44 -- 0.064 50 -- 0.064 60 -- 0.076 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 6 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 14 14 14 14 19 19 22 22 M4×0.7 M5×0.8 M5×0.8 M6 M6 M8 M10 M12 10 12 14 14 14 18 18 18 8 10 12 12 12 16 16 16 M5×0.8×12 M6×15 M8×18 M8×18 M8×18 M10×21 M10×21 M10×21 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/4 Rc1/4 Rc3/8 Rc3/8 1BP5 1BP5 1BP5 1BP5 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7
A : Female thread option Model A A *5 T A *5 UA WA BB BC
omin
e i n tion
e t
Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm)
LLR0360- AD LLR0400- AD LLR0480- AD LLR0550- AD LLR0650- AD LLR0750- AD LLR0900- AD LLR1050- AD Y+67.5 2Y+52.5 Y+71.5 2Y+56.5 Y+74.5 2Y+59.5 Y+78.5 2Y+63.5 Y+85.5 2Y+70.5 Y+93.5 2Y+78.5 Y+103.5 2Y+88.5 Y+109.5 2Y+94.5 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 18 12 13 14 17 19 24 30 36 7.5 7.5 8.5 9 10 12 13 15 14 15 17 19 22 27 33 42 M6×12 M8×16 M8×16 M10×20 M12×24 M16×32 M20×40 M24×48
B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole Model VB WB
Refer P pinhole option / A female thread option, dimensions not mentioned size in the chart below. (mm)
LLR0360- BD 2 5.5
LLR0400- BD 2.5 5
LLR0480- BD 2.5 6
LLR0360- TD Y+83.5 2Y+68.5 25 12 16 7.5 14 M10×1.25
LLR0400- TD Y+91.5 2Y+76.5 30 14 20 7.5 17 M12×1.25
LLR0480- TD LLR0550- TD LLR0650- TD LLR0750- TD LLR0900- TD LLR1050- TD Y+98.5 2Y+83.5 Y+106.5 2Y+91.5 Y+117.5 2Y+102.5 Y+128.5 2Y+113.5 Y+149.5 2Y+134.5 Y+163.5 2Y+148.5 35 40 45 50 62 72 17 17 19 24 30 36 24 28 32 35 46 54 8.5 9 10 12 13 15 19 21 24 29 34.5 42 M14×1.5 M16×1.5 M20×1.5 M24×1.5 M30×1.5 M36×1.5
: Male thread option
omin
e i n tion
LLR0550- BD 2.5 6.5
LLR0650- BD 3 7
LLR0750- BD 4 8.5
LLR0900- BD 5 9
LLR1050- BD 6 10.5
Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm)
Model A T *5 T T *5 UT VT WT CB CC
Calculation formula is different between full stroke: Y=1-14 mm and Y= more than 15 mm. (Example) LLR0360- P - 1 1 A 83 5 48 23 LLR0360- P - 3 3 A 118 5 3 38 (mm)
it
Linear Cylinder External Dimensions G: Manifold option
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
P : Pinhole option
This drawing shows LLU-GP. Pu
r u i re ure ort i e : rin tt e
3 De-burr
i t
Ky Pu
r u i re ure ort i e : rin tt
e
4-φ A
Ky
tro e
Y
Pu
V
*3
T
r u i re ure ort i e φP
Kx
A
φAB
u
r u i re ure ort i e φP
4-φQ *1
Kx
5
U-
1
Pu
φA
7
Shape of piston tip
e er P in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione i e e o
A : Female thread option UA
BC
φBB
- 1 - 2
AA *3
TA *3
F
φ
1 2
A
A*3
φL --
i t
G
o i meter
o i meter
A -A
ot
*2
B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole
B B
φ
UT
i t
T :Male thread option
VT T
TT *3
AT *3
φ B
o i meter ote *1
ountin o t re not ro i e u tomer ou re on imen ion *2 e num er n i e o ottom o t m r er *3 e r in o en o et i mm A tu i e A/ e tern imen ion in t e rt m e: LL 3 -GP- 3 - 5 o et 5 mm 3 A
re
e
i erent t e o et i e 78 5 83 15 5 2
CC
Standard (Bolt down top manifold mounting(minimum space))(1/2) 1 1
1
model
LLU
Specifications Model Full stroke Y
mm
Push side Pull side Cylinder output Push side kN u tion ormu Pull side in er it 3 Push side cm u tion ormu Pull side in er in i e i meter mm o i meter mm imum o er tin re ure MPa inimum o er tin re ure MPa imum r te re ure MPa e tem er ture Mass kg Cylinder area
cm2
P:
re ure
r ui
u
P
LLU0360-G LLU0400-G Y : 1 50 1 14 15 5 1 14 15 5 4.5 5.3 2.5 2.8 P×0.45 P×0.53 P×0.25 P×0.28 Y×0.45 Y×0.53 Y×0.25 Y×0.28 φ24 φ2 φ1 φ18
0.8 : u
7
0.9
LLU0480-G
LLU0650-G LLU0750-G LLU0900-G LLU1050-G Y : 1 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 8.0 9.6 15.9 23.8 36.3 50.3 4.9 5.8 11.0 16.7 26.4 34.4 P×0.80 P×0.96 P×1.59 P×2.38 P×3.63 P×5.03 P×0.49 P×0.58 P×1.10 P×1.67 P×2.64 P×3.44 Y×0.80 Y×0.96 Y×1.59 Y×2.38 Y×3.63 Y×5.03 Y×0.49 Y×0.58 Y×1.10 Y×1.67 Y×2.64 Y×3.44 φ32 φ35 φ45 φ55 φ 8 φ8 φ2 φ22 φ25 φ3 φ35 5 φ45 7.0 0.5 10.5 70 1. 1.6 1.3 2.1 1.9 3.1 2.8 4.1 4.3 6.1 5.9 8.0
tro e mm
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area P : Pinhole option Model A *3 D E F G Kx Ky L N P Q
omin
e i n tion
e t
T *3 U V W AB AC AD AE AF EA O ring
A : em e t re
omin
e i n tion
B : em e t re
e t
o tion it
Model VB WB
LLU0360-GP 63 Y+48 36 48 Y+33 23 Y+8 25 23 30 45 17 3 M4×0.7×8 15 6 6 7.5 12 6 + 0.012 0 6 5 M3×0.5 4.5 1BP5
LLU0400-GP 70 Y+55 40 51 Y+36 26 Y+11 25 24 32 48 18 3 M5×0.8×10 19 8 8 9.5 15 8 + 0.015 0 8 4 M4×0.7 5.5 1BP5
LLU0480-GP 74 Y+59 48 53 Y+38 25 Y+10 28 27 36 53 20 3 M5×0.8×10 21 10 9 10.5 17 8 + 0.015 0 9 6 M4×0.7 5.5 1BP5
LLU0550-GP 80 Y+65 55 56 Y+41 28 Y+13 28 30 40 60 22.5 3 M6×12 24 11 10 12 19 10 + 0.015 0 10 4 M5×0.8 6.8 1BP5
LLU0360-GA 57 Y+42 9 12 7.5 14 M6×12
LLU0400-GA 61 Y+46 10 13 7.5 15 M8×16
LLU0480-GA 64 Y+49 11 14 8.5 17 M8×16
LLU0550-GA 68 Y+53 12 17 9 19 M10×20
nti-rot tion in o e
e er P
in o e o tion / A em e t re
LLU0360-GB 2 5.5
LLU0400-GB 2.5 5
LLU0480-GB 2.5 6
LLU0550-GB 2.5 6.5
LLU0360-GT 73 Y+58 25 12 16 7.5 14 M10×1.25
LLU0400-GT 81 Y+66 30 14 20 7.5 17 M12×1.25
LLU0480-GT 88 Y+73 35 17 24 8.5 19 M14×1.5
LLU0550-GT 96 Y+81 40 17 28 9 21 M16×1.5
T
CB e i n tion
it
imen ion re t e 48 23 3 38
LLU0750-GP 101 Y+86 75 68 Y+53 31 Y+16 37 42 56 83 32.5 5 M8×16 33 16 14 17 27 14 + 0.018 0 14 6 M6 9 1BP7
LLU0900-GP 114 Y+99 90 77 Y+62 37 Y+22 40 54 64 100 39.5 5 M10×20 37 19 16 19 32 16 + 0.018 0 16 8 M6 11 1BP7
in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione
LLU0650-GA 75 Y+60 13 19 10 22 M12×24 o tion
LLU0750-GA 83 Y+68 15 24 12 27 M16×32
imen ion not mentione
LLU0650-GB 3 7 e er P
Model A T *3 T T *3 UT VT
omin
LLU0650-GP 90 Y+75 65 62 Y+47 32 Y+17 30 36 48 70 27.5 5 M6×12 28 13 12 14 22 12 + 0.018 0 12 6 M5×0.8 6.8 1BP7
e er P
: Male thread option
CC
en t e u tro e 1-14 mm t e e tern m e LL 3 -GP- 1 1 A 3 LL 3 -GP- 3 3 A 78
o tion
Model A A *3 T A *3 UA WA BB BC
LLU0550-G
LLU0750-GB 4 8.5
LLU0900-GA 93 Y+78 16 30 13 33 M20×40 i e in t e
LLU0900-GB 5 9
in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione
LLU0650-GT 107 Y+92 45 19 32 10 24 M20×1.5
LLU0750-GT 118 Y+103 50 24 35 12 29 M24×1.5
LLU0900-GT 139 Y+124 62 30 46 13 34.5 M30×1.5
me (mm)
LLU1050-GP 127 Y+112 105 81 Y+66 36 Y+21 45 65 65 116 46 5 M12×24 46 22 21 23 42 20 + 0.021 0 21 10 M6 14 1BP7 i e eo
(mm)
LLU1050-GA 99 Y+84 18 36 15 42 M24×48 rt e o
(mm)
LLU1050-GB 6 10.5 i e eo
(mm)
LLU1050-GT 153 Y+138 72 36 54 15 42 M36×1.5
Linear Cylinder External Dimensions G: Manifold option
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
P : Pinhole option
This drawing shows LLU-GP. Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) : O ring(attached)
N
N
C0.6
6.3S
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) : O ring(attached)
4-φEA
N
N
4-φQ *1 Ky
Kx
(Full stroke)
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) φP
Shape of piston tip
T
φA
H7
W
V
φAB
Kx
SR AD
*3
Y + 0.5 0
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) φP
0 U - 0.1
Ky
Width
De-burr
e er P in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione i e e o
A : Female thread option UA
G
Width
Rod diameter
A *3
φL -- 0.1 0.2
BC
φBB
AA *3
F
WA
- 0.1 - 0.2
TA *3
E
φ
Rod diameter
B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole A -A
ot
*2
B
WB
φ
UT
Width
T :Male thread option
VT WT
TT *3
AT *3
φ B
Rod diameter Notes *1. Mounting o t re not ro i e u tomer ou re re e on dimension "Q". *2 The num er n i e o ottom o t m r er i erent t e *3. The r in o en o et i mm A tu i e A/ e tern imen ion in t e rt o et i e m e: LL 48 -GP-1 - 5 o et 5 mm 1 A 17 5 181
21 5 2
CC
Standard (Bolt down top manifold mounting(minimum space))(2/2) 1
1
model
Specifications LLU0480-G
Model
LLU0650-G
mm
Full stroke Y
Push side Pull side Cylinder output Push side kN u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder capacity 3 Push side cm u tion ormu Pull side mm Cylinder inside diameter mm Rod diameter Maximum operating pressure MPa Minimum operating pressure MPa MPa Maximum rated pressure Use temperature kg Mass Cylinder area
LLU0550-G
cm2
Y : 76 8.0 4.9 P×0.80 P×0.49 Y×0.80 Y×0.49 φ32 φ2
1.7
2.3
9.6 5.8 P×0.96 P×0.58 Y×0.96 Y×0.58 φ35 φ22
2.3
3.1
15.9 11.0 P×1.59 P×1.10 Y×1.59 Y×1.10 φ45 φ25
3.2
LLU0750-G
LLU0900-G
LLU1050-G
36.3 26.4 P×3.63 P×2.64 Y×3.63 Y×2.64 φ 8 φ35 5
50.3 34.4 P×5.03 P×3.44 Y×5.03 Y×3.44 φ8 φ45
6.5
9.0
150 23.8 16.7 P×2.38 P×1.67 Y×2.38 Y×1.67 φ55 φ3
7.0 0.5 10.5 70 4.1 4.4
5.3
7.6
9.8
P: Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), Y: Full stroke (mm)
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area P : Pinhole option
(mm)
Model A *3 D E F G Kx Ky L N P Q
omin
e i n tion
e t
T *3 U V W AB AC AD AE AF EA O ring
LLU0480-GP Y+76 48 Y+55 Y+27 28 27 36 53 20 3 M5×0.8×10 21 10 9 10.5 17 8 + 0.015 0 9 6 M4×0.7 5.5 1BP5
LLU0550-GP Y+81 55 Y+57 Y+29 28 30 40 60 22.5 3 M6×12 24 11 10 12 19 10 + 0.015 0 10 4 M5×0.8 6.8 1BP5
LLU0480-GA Y+66 11 14 8.5 17 M8×16
LLU0550-GA Y+69 12 17 9 19 M10×20
A : Female thread option Model A A *3 T A *3 UA WA BB BC
omin
e i n tion
e t
LLU0650-GP Y+91 65 Y+63 Y+33 30 36 48 70 27.5 5 M6×12 28 13 12 14 22 12 + 0.018 0 12 6 M5×0.8 6.8 1BP7 e er P
LLU0480-GB 2.5 6
LLU0550-GB 2.5 6.5
LLU0480-GT Y+90 35 17 24 8.5 19 M14×1.5
LLU0550-GT Y+97 40 17 28 9 21 M16×1.5
: Male thread option
CC
omin
e i n tion
it
LLU0750-GA Y+89 15 24 12 27 M16×32
LLU0900-GA Y+100 16 30 13 33 M20×40
LLU1050-GP Y+138 105 Y+92 Y+47 45 65 65 116 46 5 M12×24 46 22 21 23 42 20 + 0.021 0 21 10 M6 14 1BP7 i e eo
LLU0650-GB 3 7
LLU0750-GB 4 8.5
LLU0900-GB 5 9
in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione
LLU0650-GT Y+108 45 19 32 10 24 M20×1.5
LLU0750-GT Y+124 50 24 35 12 29 M24×1.5
LLU0900-GT Y+146 62 30 46 13 34.5 M30×1.5
(mm)
LLU1050-GA Y+110 18 36 15 42 M24×48
e er P in o e o tion / A em e t re o tion imen ion not mentione i e in t e rt e o
e er P
Model A T *3 T T *3 UT VT WT CB
LLU0900-GP Y+121 90 Y+84 Y+44 40 54 64 100 39.5 5 M10×20 37 19 16 19 32 16 + 0.018 0 16 8 M6 11 1BP7
in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione
LLU0650-GA Y+76 13 19 10 22 M12×24
B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole Model VB WB
LLU0750-GP Y+107 75 Y+74 Y+37 37 42 56 83 32.5 5 M8×16 33 16 14 17 27 14 + 0.018 0 14 6 M6 9 1BP7
(mm)
LLU1050-GB 6 10.5 i e eo
(mm)
LLU1050-GT Y+164 72 36 54 15 42 M36×1.5
LLU
Linear Cylinder External Dimensions G: Manifold option
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
P : Pinhole option
This drawing shows LLU-GPD. Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) : O ring(attached)
N
N
C0.6
6.3S
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) : O ring(attached)
4-φEA
N
N
4-φQ *1 Ky
Kx
(Full stroke)
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) φP
Shape of piston tip
V
φAB
φA
W
T
Kx
SR AD
*3
Y + 0.5 0
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) φP
0 U - 0.1
Ky
Width
De-burr
H7
e er P in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione i e e o
A : Female thread option UA
G
Width
Rod diameter
E
BC
φBB
- 0.1 - 0.2
TA *3 AA *3
WA
φ F
A *3
φL -- 0.1 0.2
A -A
ot
B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole
φ A 8
(Full stroke)
Y + 0.5 0
10.5
Rod diameter *2
B
WB
φ
UT
Width
T :Male thread option FC φ B
Width
VT WT
TT *3
AT *3
FB
Rod diameter Notes *1. Mounting o t re not ro i e u tomer ou re re e on dimension "Q". *2 The num er n i e o ottom o t m r er i erent t e *3. The r in o en o et i mm A tu i e A/ e tern imen ion in t e rt o et i e m e: LL 3 -GP - 3 - 5 o et 5 mm 3 A 118 5 5 123 5
1
15 5 2
CC
Dual rod end(Bolt down top manifold mounting(minimum space))
model
LLU-D
Specifications Model Full stroke Y
mm
Push side Pull side Cylinder output Push side kN u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder capacity 3 Push side cm u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder inside diameter mm Rod diameter mm Maximum operating pressure MPa Minimum operating pressure MPa Maximum rated pressure MPa Use temperature Mass kg Cylinder area
cm2
LLU0360-G D LLU0400-G D LLU0480-G D LLU0550-G D LLU0650-G D LLU0750-G D LLU0900-G D LLU1050-G D Y : 1 50 Y : 1 75 1 14 15 5 1 14 15 5 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 3.7 4.2 6.5 8.1 14.4 21.2 33.8 47.7 2.5 2.8 4.9 5.8 11.0 16.7 26.4 34.4 P×0.37 P×0.42 P×0.65 P×0.81 P×1.44 P×2.12 P×3.38 P×4.77 P×0.25 P×0.28 P×0.49 P×0.58 P×1.10 P×1.67 P×2.64 P×3.44 Y×0.37 Y×0.42 Y×0.65 Y×0.81 Y×1.44 Y×2.12 Y×3.38 Y×4.77 Y×0.25 Y×0.28 Y×0.49 Y×0.58 Y×1.10 Y×1.67 Y×2.64 Y×3.44 φ24 φ2 φ32 φ35 φ45 φ55 φ 8 φ8 φ1 φ18 φ2 φ22 φ25 φ3 φ35 5 φ45 7.0 0.5 10.5 70 0. 0.8 0.7 0.9 1. 1.7 1.3 2.2 2. 3.2 2.9 4.3 4.5 6.4 6.1 8.3
P: Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), Y: Full stroke (mm)
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area P : Pinhole option Model A *3 D E F G Kx Ky L N P Q
omin
e i n tion
e t
T *3 U V W AB AC AD AE AF EA FA FB FC
omin
e i n tion
e t
O ring
BC
omin
e i n tion
B : em e t re
e t
o tion it
Model VB WB
LLU0400-GPD LLU0480-GPD Y+80.5 2Y+65.5 Y+84.5 2Y+69.5 40 48 51 Y+36 53 Y+38 26 Y+11 25 Y+10 25 28 24 27 32 36 48 53 18 20 3 3 M5×0.8×10 M5×0.8×10 19 21 8 10 8 9 9.5 10.5 15 17 8 + 0.015 8 + 0.015 0 0 8 9 4 6 M4×0.7 M4×0.7 5.5 5.5 12 14 10 12 M6×15 M8×18 1BP5 1BP5
LLU0550-GPD LLU0650-GPD LLU0750-GPD LLU0900-GPD LLU1050-GPD Y+90.5 2Y+75.5 Y+100.5 2Y+85.5 Y+111.5 2Y+96.5 Y+124.5 2Y+109.5 Y+137.5 2Y+122.5 55 65 75 90 105 56 Y+41 62 Y+47 68 Y+53 77 Y+62 81 Y+66 28 Y+13 32 Y+17 31 Y+16 37 Y+22 36 Y+21 28 30 37 40 45 30 36 42 54 65 40 48 56 64 65 60 70 83 100 116 22.5 27.5 32.5 39.5 46 3 5 5 5 5 M6×12 M6×12 M8×16 M10×20 M12×24 24 28 33 37 46 11 13 16 19 22 10 12 14 16 21 12 14 17 19 23 19 22 27 32 42 + 0.015 + 0.018 + 0.018 + 0.018 10 0 12 0 14 0 16 0 20 + 0.021 0 10 12 14 16 21 4 6 6 8 10 M5×0.8 M5×0.8 M6 M6 M6 6.8 6.8 9 11 14 14 14 18 18 18 12 12 16 16 16 M8×18 M8×18 M10×21 M10×21 M10×21 1BP5 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7
LLU0360-GAD Y+67.5 2Y+52.5 9 12 7.5 14 M6×12
LLU0400-GAD Y+71.5 2Y+56.5 10 13 7.5 15 M8×16
LLU0550-GAD Y+78.5 2Y+63.5 12 17 9 19 M10×20
e er P
nti-rot tion in o e
CC
omin
e i n tion
LLU0480-GAD Y+74.5 2Y+59.5 11 14 8.5 17 M8×16
e er P
in o e o tion / A em e t re
LLU0550-GBD 2.5 6.5
o tion
imen ion not mentione
LLU0650-GBD 3 7
i e eo
(mm)
LLU0750-GAD LLU0900-GAD LLU1050-GAD Y+93.5 2Y+78.5 Y+103.5 2Y+88.5 Y+109.5 2Y+94.5 15 16 18 24 30 36 12 13 15 27 33 42 M16×32 M20×40 M24×48 LLU0750-GBD 4 8.5
i e in t e
LLU0900-GBD 5 9
rt e o
(mm)
LLU0400-GBD 2.5 5
LLU0480-GBD 2.5 6
LLU0360-GTD Y+83.5 2Y+68.5 25 12 16 7.5 14 M10×1.25
LLU0400-GTD Y+91.5 2Y+76.5 30 14 20 7.5 17 M12×1.25
LLU0480-GTD LLU0550-GTD LLU0650-GTD LLU0750-GTD LLU0900-GTD LLU1050-GTD Y+98.5 2Y+83.5 Y+106.5 2Y+91.5 Y+117.5 2Y+102.5 Y+128.5 2Y+113.5 Y+149.5 2Y+134.5 Y+163.5 2Y+148.5 35 40 45 50 62 72 17 17 19 24 30 36 24 28 32 35 46 54 8.5 9 10 12 13 15 19 21 24 29 34.5 42 M14×1.5 M16×1.5 M20×1.5 M24×1.5 M30×1.5 M36×1.5
e er P
it
in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione
LLU0650-GAD Y+85.5 2Y+70.5 13 19 10 22 M12×24
LLU0360-GBD 2 5.5
: Male thread option Model A T *3 T T *3 UT VT WT CB
tro e: 1-14 mm n more t n 15 mm A 83 5 48 23 A 118 5 3 38 (mm)
LLU0360-GPD Y+73.5 2Y+58.5 36 48 Y+33 23 Y+8 25 23 30 45 17 3 M4×0.7×8 15 6 6 7.5 12 6 + 0.012 0 6 5 M3×0.5 4.5 10 8 M5×0.8×12 1BP5
A : Female thread option Model A A *3 T A *3 UA WA BB
u tion ormu i i erent et een u m e LL 3 -GP - 1 1 LL 3 -GP - 3 3
in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione
LLU1050-GBD 6 10.5 i e eo
(mm)
2
Linear Cylinder Air sensing chart Confirmation Method (rod end style)
M
Manifold option with air sensor
N
Piping option with air sensor
Model Code
LL0480-
M 6 -050
Confirmation Method (rod end style)
Detection distance in front of the end of the push side Detection distance in front of the end of the push side can be arranged to 1 mm within 1-6 mm Example : Detection distance in front of the end of the push side 1 mm : 1 Detection distance in front of the end of the push side 6 mm : 6
Detected pressure difference
Pull side detection air pressure (MPa)
(Supplied air pressure)
0.2 Air catch sensor pressure setting (ON) *2
Pressure when detection nozzle completely open
Pull side
Pressure when detection nozzle completely closed
Number directly connected to cylinder: 1
0
Air sensor (Push side)
Air sensor (Pull side)
1 ±0.5 *1 End of push side
Full stroke
End of pull side Air venting port
*3
Air venting *3
0.2 Air catch sensor pressure setting (ON) *2
Pressure when detection nozzle completely closed
(Supplied air pressure)
Pressure when detection nozzle completely open
Push side detection air pressure (MPa)
Push side
*1
Detected pressure difference
Detection distance in front of the end of the push side ±0.5
0
Number directly connected to cylinder: 4 (for reference)
Pull side
Push side
(Supplied air pressure)
Air catch sensor pressure setting (ON)
*2
0 1 ±0.5
End of push side Notes
(Supplied air pressure)
0.2
Push side detection air pressure (MPa)
Pull side detection air pressure (MPa)
0.2
Full stroke
Air catch sensor pressure setting (ON)
0
*1
Detection distance in front of the end of the push side ±0.5 End of pull side
*2
End of push side
Full stroke
*1. There is certain tolerance with regard to the position where the pressure for fully closing the detection nozzle is reached as per the cylinder structure. (Refer to the graph) *2 The position where the air sensor has ON signal output varies as per the sensor setting. *3. The air venting port must be open to the atmosphere and kept free of coolant,chips or other debris. 1. The graph shows the relationship between the cylinder stroke and detection circuit pressure. 2. The detection pressure varies as per the number of cylinders connected per circuit. (Maximum number of cylinders connected: 4) 3. The features may vary as per the air circuit structure. For details, please do not hesitate to contact us.
*1
End of pull side
Air sensing chart
model
LL-M /N
When the air catch sensor option (-M/N) is used The air catch sensor is necessary to confirm the cylinder action. Please use the air catch sensor with the air consumption above 22~25L/min (at 0.2MPa). Recommended air catch sensor Name Model Manufacturer
Air catch sensor ISA1 , ISA2-H SMC
Gap switch GPS2-07-15 CKD
In order to carry out stabilized detection, the number of cylinders connected per one air catch sensor should be no more than 4. The air pressure to the air catch sensor should be 0.2MPa. Refer to the drawing below for the pneumatic circuit composition.
Air catch sensor
Pull side confirmation
Push side confirmation
5
m
0.2MPa (recommended)
The air venting port must be open to the atmosphere and no coolant and kept free of coolant and debris. The air catch sensor can malfunction if the air vent port is blocked.
Notes on manifold option (-M) with air sensor. Grease the O-ring before assembly to fixture. If installed without lubricant, the O-ring may twist or be damaged. If excessive grease is applied, the grease may overflow to block the detection port, resulting in malfunctioning of the air catch sensor.
Linear Cylinder Air sensing chart RM Manifold option with air sensor for release position
Confirmation Method (rod end style)
RN Piping option with air sensor for release position ) Number directly connected to cylinder: 1
Pull side Pull side detection air pressure (MPa)
(Supplied air pressure)
0
Pre ure en ete tion nozzle completely open
Detected pressure difference
Air catch sensor pressure setting (ON) *2
Pre ure en ete tion nozzle completely closed
0.2
Air sensor (Pull side)
0.5 Âą0.5 *1 Full stroke
End of push side
End of pull side Air venting port *3
Air venting
Air sensor for release position option is detected on pull side only.
*1
Notes
ere i ert in to er n e it re r to t e o ition ere t e re ure or fully closing the detection nozzle is reached as per the cylinder structure. (Refer to the graph) e o ition ere t e ir en or i n out ut rie er t e en or setting. e air venting port must be open to the atmosphere and kept free of coolant,chips or other debris. e r o t e re tion i et een t e in er tro e n ete tion ir uit re ure e e ture m r er t e ir ir uit tru ture or et i e e o not e it te to ont t u
*2 *3 1 2
(Reference) Comparison with outline dimension of air sensor option / N
Manifold dimension is changed depends on stroke.
r
in
o
m ni o
o tion it
Stroke : Short
manifold
M
ir en or Stroke : Long
Stroke : Short
RM
Stroke : Long
manifold (20mm)
i
Manifold dimension is certain.
manifold (20mm)
RM / RN
manifold
M
*3
Air sensing chart
model
LL-RM/RN
When the air catch sensor option (-RM/RN) is used The air catch sensor is necessary to confirm the cylinder action. Please use the air catch sensor with the air consumption above 22~25L/min (at 0.2MPa). Recommended air catch sensor Name Model Manufacturer
Air catch sensor ISA1 , ISA2-H SMC
G it GPS2-07-15 CKD
The air pressure to the air catch sensor should be 0.2MPa. Refer to the drawing below for the pneumatic circuit composition.
Air catch sensor 5
m
Pull side confirmation
0.2MPa (recommended)
The air venting port must be open to the atmosphere and no coolant and kept free of coolant and debris. The air catch sensor can malfunction if the air vent port is blocked.
Notes on manifold option (-RM) with air sensor. Grease the O-ring before assembly to fixture. If installed without lubricant, the O-ring may twist or be damaged. If excessive grease is applied, the grease may overflow to block the detection port, resulting in malfunctioning of the air catch sensor.
Speed Control Valve Speed Control valve (with air venting function): BZL*1 BZL is the direct mount G thread speed control valve for piping method : C type. It is best used in the circuit where the flow governing valve cannot be mounted, or the synchronized and individual adjustment is necessary. Additionally, air can be vented at the component, improving stability of the hydraulic system. *1.It can only be installed on Piping Method C Type.(not available for LLU)
Specifications Model Maximum use pressure Max rated pressure Controlling method G thread size Cracking pressure Maximum passage area Tightening torque
Circuit Symbols MPa MPa
MPa mm2 N・m
BZL0100-A BZL0200-A BZL0300-A BZL0100-B BZL0200-B BZL0300-B 7 10.5 meter - in meter - out G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 0.04 0.12 2.6 5.0 11.6 2.6 5.0 10.2 10 25 35 10 25 35
Remarks 1. The minimum passage area at full opening of the control side is similar to that for free flow.
BZL-A: meter-in
P1 port: hydraulic supply side
P2 port: cylinder side
BZL-B: meter-out
P2 port: cylinder side
P1 port: hydraulic supply side
Notes 1. Make sure to install it by recommendation torque. When the installation torque is insufficient because of the metal seal structure, the speed control valve edge can not do the oil flow adjustment. 2. Do not replace the BZL valve which has been used once to other clamp cylinder. The metal seal becomes imperfect by the difference of G-thread bottom surface depth of clamp cylinder and oil flow quantity might not be able to be adjusted.
External Dimensions M thread
Model (Linear cylinder)
Corresponding
φB
BZL0 00 -
Special packing G thread (attached)
Hexagonal L
Close
J
Open
Hexagonal K Hexagonal A
max.H
P2 port: cylinder side
E D max.C
F P1 port: hydraulic supply side
Processing dimensions for the mounting area Notes
Z U thread (Lower hole φT flat bottom)
P2 port: cylinder side 0.2
0.4
φ
Q
A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q t re S T U V W
-
BZL 2
-
BZL 3
-
LL/LLR0650 LL/LLR0750
LL/LLR0900 LL/LLR1050
14 15.5 15 12 8.5 (11.6) G1/8 3 3.5 10 3 M6×0.75 11.5 8.5 9 16 10 8.7 G1/8 2 3 25 5
18 20 16 13 9.5 (15.1) G1/4 3 3.5 10 3 M6×0.75 15 *2 11 11.5 20.5 13.5 11.5 G1/4 3 4 35 7
22 24 19 16 11 (17.6) G3/8 3 5 13 4 M8×0.75 17.5 13 13 24.5 17 15 G3/8 4 5 45 9
Notes 1 As the area is sealing part, pay attention not to damage it. 2 As the area is the metal sealing part at the BZL side, pay attention not to damage it (Notes for deburring) 3 Pay attention to have no cutting powder and burring at the tolerance part of the processing hole.
φW
45°
min.φR max.φS φT
0.1 Z
0 N -0.10 min.P
Product Model
BZL 1
LL/LLR0360 LL/LLR0400 LL/LLR0480 LL/LLR0550
P1 port: hydraulic supply side
4 As shown in the drawing, P1 port is used as the hydraulic supply side and P2 port as the cylinder side. 5 If the market available plug and connector with G screw specs are considered to be mounted, ”*2” in the specification list is 12.5. 6 It is dangerous to have air venting operation under high pressure.It must be done under lower pressure. (For reference: the minimum operation pressure range of the product within the circuit)
Speed Control Valve
BZL
model Flow characteristic graph (hydraulic fluids ISO-VG32 (25 BZL0100-A:meter-in
BZL0200-A:meter-in
Control flow direction
4 Pressure loss 1MPa
2 0
1
2
3
30
20
5MPa
15 3MPa
10 5 0
4
35
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
1MPa
0
1
Free flowing direction
3
4 Fully closed
2 1
2
3
4
5
10 Fully closed
5 0
1
2
3
4
5
4 Pressure loss 1MPa
2 3
4
15 3MPa
10 5 0
1
3
6 4 Fully closed
2 4
Pressure loss (MPa)
5
6
3
4
5
6
5MPa
20
3MPa
15 10 5 1MPa
0
1
2
3
4
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
Free flowing direction 35
20
30
Fully opened
15 10 Fully closed
5 0
2
25
0
4
Flow rate (L/min)
Fully opened
3
1
Free flowing direction
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
2
25
2
0
30 5MPa
Free flowing direction
1
10
Control flow direction
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
10
0
Fully closed
35
20
0
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
0
15
BZL0300-B:meter-out
1MPa
8
20
Pressure loss (MPa)
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
Pressure loss 3MPa
4
Fully opened
Control flow direction
6
3
25
0
6
25 Pressure loss 5MPa
2
5
BZL0200-B:meter-out
2
1
30
15
Control flow direction
1
1MPa
0
Pressure loss (MPa)
10
0
5
Free flowing direction
Fully opened
20
0
6
BZL0100-B:meter-out
0
10
35
Pressure loss (MPa)
8
3MPa
15
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
Flow rate (L/min)
6
0
20
Free flowing direction
Fully opened
8
5MPa
25
0
4
25 Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
2
←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→
10
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
Pressure loss 5MPa
Pressure loss 3MPa
0
Control flow direction
25
6
0
BZL0300-A:meter-in
Control flow direction
10 8
35
0
1
2
3
4
Pressure loss (MPa)
5
6
Fully opened
25 20 15
Fully closed
10 5 0
0
1
2
3
4
Pressure loss (MPa)
5
6
Air venting valve / G thread plug Air venting valve: BZX *1 BZL is the direct mount G thread speed control valve for piping method : C type. As it is specially for air venting, it is easy to vent the air within the hydraulic circuit. *1.It can only be installed on Piping Method C Type. (not available for LLU)
Specifications
Circuit Symbols
Model Maximum use pressure MPa Pressure resistance MPa G thread size Tightening torque(housing) N・m
BZX010
BZX020 25 37.5 G1/4 25
G1/8 10
BZX030
G3/8 35
External Dimensions
Model
Housing Locking nut M3 (3 types)
(Linear cylinder)
Plug M6x1
Corresponding Special packing (attached) G thread
φB
A B C D E G
3.6 3.8
Hexagonal hole 3
E D
Hexagonal 10
BZX020
BZX030
LL/LLR0650 LL/LLR0750
LL/LLR0900 LL/LLR1050
14 15.5 19.8 9.3 5.5 G1/8
18 20 20.6 10.1 6.3 G1/4
22 24 20.6 10.1 6.3 G3/8
Notes 1. Do not over loosen the plug during air venting. (Do not loosen for more than 2 turns from the fully closed status.) 2. It is dangerous to have air venting operation under high pressure. It must be done under lower pressure. (Reference: minimum machine action pressure within the circuit) 3. Refer to the processing dimensions for BZL mounting area if it is otherwise mounted within the hydraulic circuit. (Refer to Page 47)
10.5 C
Hexagonal A
Product Model
BZX010 LL/LLR0360 LL/LLR0400 LL/LLR0480 LL/LLR0550
G thread Plug (with air venting function): JZG *2 JZG is the plug with air venting function which consists of the G thread plug and special packing. Moreover, air is vented at the equipment end like BZL, improving the stability of the hydraulic system. *2.Equipped as standard item for Piping Method Type C components. (not available for LLU)
Specifications Model Maximum use pressure MPa Pressure resistance MPa G thread size Tightening torque(housing) N・m
JZG010
G1/8 10
JZG020 35 42 G1/4 25
JZG030
G3/8 35 Model
External Dimensions Special packing (attached)
Corresponding Product Model
φA
A B C D G
Hexagonal D G thread
B
C
JZG010
JZG020
JZG030
LL/LLR0360 LL/LLR0400 LL/LLR0480 LL/LLR0550
LL/LLR0650 LL/LLR0750
LL/LLR0900 LL/LLR1050
14 3.5 8 5 G1/8
19 4.5 9 6 G1/4
22 4.5 10 8 G3/8
Notes 1. Refer to the processing dimensions for BZL mounting area if it is otherwise mounted within the hydraulic circuit. (Refer to Page 47)
Air venting valve
model
G thread plug
BZX JZG
Application Example LL Linear cylinder
BZL0 00-B JZG G thread plug
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side)
Speed control valve
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side)
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side)
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side)
LLR Linear cylinder
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side)
Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side)
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side)
JZG G thread plug
Hydraulic pressure port (Push side)
BZL0 00-B Speed control valve
Notes 1. BZL (speed control valve), BZX (air venting valve) and JZG (G thread plug) can only be mounted on Piping Method C type. (not available for LLU)
Linear Cylinder Notes for design 1
Specification confirmation The maximum use hydraulic pressure is 7 MPa and minimum at 0.5MPa.However, regarding LL-RM and LL-RN, the maximum use hydraulic pressure is 7MPa and minimum is 1.0MPa. Use the appropriate pressure based on the cylinder output to performance graph. (Refer to page 9~12)
5
When the speed control valve (BZL) is used Used BZL should not be re-mounted on other clamps as the metal seal may not re-seal and flow adjustment would be degraded. Moreover, the speed control valve (BZL) can be mounted only on the Piping Method C type. (Refer to Page 47) (Not available for LLU) LLR/LLU: Offset size
2
3
Consideration for circuit design When designing the hydraulic circuit, refer to Oil Cylinder Speed Control Circuit and Notes. Improper design can lead to malfunction and damage. (Refer to page 55) Do not supply pressure simultaneously to push side and pull side port. Direction of the force which is applied to piston rod Make sure no force is applied to the piston outside the axial direction.Uses like the one shown in the figure below will apply a large bending stress to the piston and absolutely must be avoided . A : Female thread option B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole
T : Male thread option
P : Pinhole option
4
1
When the welding fixture is used, the exposed area of piston rod should be protected. If the exposed becomes contaminated with spatter, it may lead to defective operation and oil leakage.
The outside dimension written from page 31 to 42 shows when offset is 0mm. When setting offset size, please confirm Notes on each page.
Notes
model
LL LLR LLU
Notes on installation 1
2
3
4
Used fluid confirmation Please use the appropriate fluid by referring to the Hydraulic Fluid List. Treatment before the piping The pipeline, piping connector and fixture fluid hole should be cleaned by thorough flushing. The dust and cutting powder in the circuit may lead to fluid leakage and malfunctioning. This product is not equipped with protective function to prevent dust and impurity going into the hydraulic system and pipeline. Applying seal tape Wind tape 1~2 turns. Wrapping in the wrong direction will cause leaks and malfunction. In order to prevent foreign substance going into the product during the piping work, it should be carefully cleaned before the work is started.
Mounting the body Use four socket head cap screws (class 12.9) and tighten with torque as shown in the table below.If the tightening torque is more than that recommended, the counter-bore or the bolt may be damaged. Model LL/LLR/LLU0360 LL/LLR/LLU0400 LL/LLR/LLU0480 LL/LLR/LLU0550 LL/LLR/LLU0650 LL/LLR/LLU0750 LL/LLR/LLU0900 LL/LLR/LLU1050
5
Nominal designation of mounting bolt
Tightening torque
M4×0.7
3.2
M5×0.8
6.3
M5×0.8
6.3
M6
10.0
M6
10.0
M8
25.0
M10
50.0
M12
80.0
m
T : Male thread option Model LL/LLR/LLU0360LL/LLR/LLU0400LL/LLR/LLU0480LL/LLR/LLU0550LL/LLR/LLU0650LL/LLR/LLU0750LL/LLR/LLU0900LL/LLR/LLU1050-
T T T T T T T T
Thread size M10×1.25 M12×1.25
Tightening torque
m
40 63
M14×1.5
80
M16×1.5
100
M20×1.5
125
M24×1.5
250
M30×1.5
315
M36×1.5
400
Air venting in the hydraulic circuit If the hydraulic circuit has excessive air, the action time may become abnormally long. After making hydraulic connections, or if air enters the circuit at any other time, air bleeding must be carried out according to the procedure below. Reduce hydraulic supply pressure to less than 2MPa. Loosen the cap nut of the pipeline connector which is closest to the linear cylinder by one turn. Shake the pipeline left and right, and loosen the mating surfaces. part of the pipeline connector.The hydraulic fluid mixed with air comes out.
Mounting the attachments When inserting or removing at attachment, always use a wrench on the piston rod to keep it from turning. When inserting or removing at attachment, tighten it with the torque shown in the chart below. A : Female thread option B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole LL/LLR/ LL/LLR/ LL/LLR/ LL/LLR/ LL/LLR/ LL/LLR/ LL/LLR/ LL/LLR/
Model 03600400048005500650075009001050-
Nominal designation of mounting bolt
A/B A/B A/B A/B A/B A/B A/B A/B
Tightening torque
M6
10
M8
16
M8
16
M10
40
M12
63
M16
100
M20
125
M24
250
m
Tighten cap nut after air bleeding. It is more effective to carry out air venting at the highest point of the hydraulic circuit or close to the clamp at the terminal end. (When the manifold option is used, mount the air venting valve at the place near the highest part of the hydraulic circuit.)
2
Linear Cylinder Notes on installation 7
8
9
Speed adjustment Adjust the rod operating speed less than 100mm/sec both the push and pull operation. Excessive cylinder speed will accelerate wear and lead to component damage. The speed adjustment should not be carried out unless circuit air venting is completed.If air is mixed in the circuit, action will be erratic. Adjust the speed control valve slowly from the low speed side (low flow) to high speed side (large flow). Checking looseness and retightening At the beginning of the machine installation, the bolt/lever may be tightened lightly. Check torque and re-tighten if required. Notes on dual rod end (-D) for dog application When installing dog or cam onto rod end, secure the dog or cam and prevent any rotation or torque on the piston rod. Torque values for the mounting screw are shown in the table below.
注意事項
Model LL/LLR/LLU0360LL/LLR/LLU0400LL/LLR/LLU0480LL/LLR/LLU0550LL/LLR/LLU0650LL/LLR/LLU0750LL/LLR/LLU0900LL/LLR/LLU1050-
Nominal designation of mounting bolt
Tightening torque
M5×0.8
6.3
M6
10
M8
25
M8
25
M8
25
M10
50
M10
50
M10
50
m
Hydraulic Fluid List ISO viscosity grade ISO-VG-32 Manufacturer name
Wear resistant hydraulic fluid
Multi purpose universal fluid
TELLUS OIL C32 Tellus Oil C32 Showa Shell Sekiyu DAPHNE SUPER HYDRO 32A SUPERMULTI 32 Idemitsu Kosan SUPER HYRANDO 32 SUPER MULPUS 32 Nippon Oil Corp COSMO NEW MIGHTY SUPER 32 COSMO HYDRO AW32 Cosmo Oil LATHUS 32 HYDLUX 32 Japan Energy (JOMO) NUTO 32 NUTO H32 Esso Sekiyu MOBIL DTE24 LIGHT MOBIL DTE24 ExxonMobil UNIT OIL P32 UNIT OIL WR32 Kygnus FUKKOL SUPER HYDROL 32 FUKKOL HYDROL DX32 Fujikosan Oil HYDROL AW32 Matsumura Oil SUNVIS 832 SUNVIS 932 Japan Sun Oil HYSPIN AWS32 Castrol Note: as it may be difficult to purchase the products as shown in the table from overseas, please contact the respective manufacturer.
Notes
model
LL LLR LLU
Notes on handling 1) It should be handled by qualified personnel with sufficient knowledge. The hydraulic machine/air compressor should be handled and maintained by qualified personnel with sufficient experience and knowledge. 2) Do not handle or disassemble the machine unless the safety is ensured. The machine and equipment can only be inspected or prepared when it is confirmed that the preventive devices against falling of driven articles and reckless operation preventive device are in place.
1) Removal of the machine and shutoff of pressure source Before the machine is removed, make sure that the preventive devices against falling of driven articles and reckless operation preventive device are in place, shut off the air of hydraulic source and power and make sure that no pressure exists in the hydraulic circuit. Make sure there is no abnormality in the bolts and respective parts before restarting.
2) Regularly clean the area around the piston rod. If it is used when the surface is contaminated with dirt, it may lead to packing seal damage, malfunctioning and fluid leakage.
Before the machine is disassembled, make sure that the above-mentioned safety measures are in place, shut off the air of hydraulic source and power and make sure that no pressure exists in the hydraulic circuit. After stopping the machine, do not disassemble it until its temperature cools down. Make sure there is no abnormality in the bolts and respective parts before restarting the machine/equipment.
3) Do not touch the cylinder when the linear cylinder is in operation. Otherwise, your hands may be injured due to clinching.
4) Do not disassemble or modify it. If it is disassembled or modified, the warranty will become invalid even if it is still within the warranty period.
3) If disconnection is carried out with coupler, air is mixed inside the circuit after a long period of use, air venting should be carried out on the regular basis.
4) Check whether the pipeline and mounting bolt are loosened or not. Retighten it on the regular basis.
5) Make sure the hydraulic fluid has not deteriorated.
6) Make sure that the action is smooth and there is no abnormal noise. Especially when it is restarted after left unused for a long period, make sure it can be operated correctly.
7) The products should be stored in the cold and dark place without direct sunshine and moisture.
8) Please contact us for overhaul and repair.
Linear Cylinder 取付施工上 Speed control注意 circuit of hydraulic cylinder & notes If the hydraulic cylinder speed is controlled, the circuit should be designed with the following points taken into consideration. Carry out sufficient advance review as the wrong circuit design may lead to machine malfunctioning and damage. Speed control circuit for single acting cylinder For spring return type single acting cylinders, restricting flow during release can slow or prevent release action. The preferred method is to control the flow during the lock action and use a valve that has free-flow in the release direction. Also, it is preferred to provide a speed control at each actuator to be regulated.
If the release action is accelerated by some load (or gravity) the clamp may sustain damage. In this case add speed control to release flow. Flow control at the release side
In the case of meter-out circuit, however, the hydraulic circuit should be designed with the following points taken into consideration. Single acting components should not use the same speed control as the double acting components. The release action of the single acting cylinders may become erratic or very slow.
Refer to the following circuit when both the single acting cylinder and double acting cylinder are used together. Separate the control circuit.
W
Speed control circuit for double acting cylinder For double acting cylinder speed control, both the locking side and release side should have meter-out circuits. Meter-in controls can be adversely affected by any air in the system
Back pressure in a shared tank line can delay the release of single acting components.
Meter-out circuit
In the case of meter-out circuit, the inner circuit pressure may increase during the cylinder action because of the fluid supply. The increase of the inner circuit pressure can be prevented by reducing the supplied
Meter-in circuit
fluid beforehand via the flow governing valve. Especially, as for systems with sequence valve and pressure switch for action confirmation, if the inner circuit pressure is over the setting pressure, the system may break down, which should be taken into full consideration.
Sequence valve
Flow governing valve for fluid supply (ok with each location)
Notes
model Warranty 1
2
Warranty Warranty Period The product warranty period is 18 months from shipment from our factory or 12 months from initial use, whichever is earlier. Warranty Scope If the product is damaged or malfunctions during the warranty period due to faulty design, materials or workmanship, we will replace or repair the defective part at our expense. Defects or failures caused by the following are not covered. If the stipulated maintenance and inspection are not carried out. If the product is used while it is not suitable for use based on the operatorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s judgement, resulting in defect. If it is used or handled in inappropriate way by the operator. (including damage caused by the misconduct of the third party.) If the defect is caused by reasons other than our responsibility. If it is caused by reform or repair other than carried out by us, or without our approval and confirmation. Other caused by natural disasters or calamities not attributable to our company. Parts expenses or replacement expenses due to parts consumption and deterioration. (such as gum, plastic, seal material and some electric components). Moreover, the damages in connection with or resulting from the product defect shall be excluded from the warranty.
LL LLR LLU
h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p
1441 Branding Avenue,Suite 110 Downers Grove,IL 60515 USA TEL.630-241-3465 FAX.630-241-3834 POLAND OFFICE: ul. Japońska 8 55-220 Jelcz-Laskowice, Poland TEL.48-71-303-5400 FAX.48-71-303-5401
JQA-QMA10823 KOSMEK HEAD OFFICE
CAT.NO.LLX001-05-02 Printed in Japan
2007.01. First 0.1Ry 2010.12. 5th 1Ry
7MPa Pallet Clamp
model
VS
Pallet Clamp Increase productivity via setup improvement. High precision 3Âľm Shortened setup time Reduced total cost
Simple setup for changeover of fixture pallet and angle plate. One touch changeover of fixture pallet.
Spring Clamp
Repeatable positioning function
Clamping Function
Air blow function
Seating Confirmation Function
The repeatable positioning
The clamping force is 2.5kN~40kN.
Foreign substances such as
As the seating surface has a
precision is 3Âľm. No need to
The clamping force can be selected
cutting power can be removed
venting hole, seating can be
check the fixture position precision
to match the application.
via the air blow function.
confirmed with an air-catch sensor.
within the machining center.
1 1
7MPa
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .jp .j p
model
VS/VT
INDEX Application Sample
3
System reference sample
7
Sectional Structure Diagram/ Action Description
9
Model Designation
13
Capacity Diagram/ Transverse Load Chart
15
VS Spring Clamp
VT Hydraulic Clamp
VSB Recessed Block
VSJ Flange Shaped Block
Locking with disc spring Release via hydraulic force
19
Locking with hydraulic force Release via hydraulic force
23
The block can be recessed in the pallet
27
The flange shaped block reduces machining depth into bottom plate.
29
Related equipment
31
Notes
39
KOSM EK LTD.
2
Pallet Clamp Samples of installation on the machining center ・With combination of machining center and pallet clamp, multiple fixtures and works become easily interchangeable. ・Internal setup time can be reduced with high precision repetitive positioning of pallet clamp + one touch clamping. ・If common layouts are used, fixture count and required machines can be minimized saving cost and space.
Angle Plate Fixture
Clamp Fixture
Vise Fixture
Chuck Fixture
Base Plate
Machine Table Shared The pallet clamp is used at the machine table of the operating machine.
Load station
Within the machine
・With non-leak auto-couplers there is no need for live hydraulic connection during machining.*1 ・Using datum clamps in combination with non-leak auto couplers simplifies setup and reduces changeover time. Remark *1: For the non-leakage coupler (BGC/BGD), please refer to Auto Coupler/Auto Joint CatalogueCAT.NO.KJ-
3
7MPa
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
-02.
Application Sample
model
VS/VT
Sample of installation on NC table
Hydraulic Clamp Fixture
Air Clamp Fixture
Application Sample
・With combination of NC table and pallet clamp, multiple fixtures and works become easily interchangeable. ・Hydraulic pressure, air pressure and coolant can be supplied to the fixture with the use of zero setting force type auto-couplers (see page 33).
Air Chuck Fixture
Shared NC Table
Air Clamp Fixture
・The setup time during fixture changeover is greatly reduced. ・Thanks to high precision repetitive positioning (3µm) of the pallet clamp, there is no need to check the fixture position precision within the machine.
KOSM EK LT D .
4
Pallet Clamp Sample of installation on lathe used chuck ă&#x192;ťWith combination of the lathe unit and chuck, the workpiece can time is greatly reduced!
5
7MPa
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
Application Sample
model
VS/VT Application Sample
General Application Sample of Fixture Optimization with parent-child fixtures
・ The fixtures used for small size / large size work are divided into child fixture / large work used fixture, so that: → The setup operation is simplified and productivity is enhanced. → The fixture preparation cost is reduced as only the child Fixture needs to be prepared ・ As the parent fixture / angle plate / child fixture can share one base plate → The fixture preparation cost is reduced. → The fixture stocking space is reduced.
Child fixture
Child fixture
Parent fixture
Child fixture *1
Child fixture *1
Child fixture
Angle plate
Large work fixture
Base plate
Notes *1.In case the pallet (fixture) is in vertical position, the fixture may fall during releasing. It is recommended to set up the latching mechanism to prevent the fixture from falling. (Refer to page 39 for notes during design.) 1.Even for fixtures with different pallet size, VS/VT clamp and VSB/VSJ block can be combined for use. (Refer to page 8 for installation samples when multiple pallet sizes are used.
KOSM EK LT D .
6
Pallet Clamp Pallet Clamp System Reference Sample Cut Block
Guide Block
Rough guide
Pallet
Guide Block
Datum clamp
Datum Block
Guide clamp Datum clamp
Guide clamp
Guide clamp
Datum clamp
Base Plate
Reference Circuit Sample Air for Seating Confirmation
Air Sensor for Seating Confirmation
Reference Circuit Sample
5 µm Air
VS Clamp
model VS Air Flow
Release Hydraulic Pressure
Hydraulic Pressure
Air for Seating Confirmation
Air Sensor for Seating Confirmation
Hydraulic Clamp
5 µm Air
VT Clamp
model VT Air Flow Locking Hydraulic Pressure Release Hydraulic Pressure
Hydraulic Pressure
Remar 1. It is recommended to use air flow line with at least Ø 6 in order to ensure effective air flow. Please supply clean filtered air. 2. It is recommended to use our non-leakage valve (model BK and BSP) in order to maintain long time release when the hydraulic supply is stopped. -02, CAT.NO.KE-02.) (Please refer to the other valve catalogue CAT.NO.KC-
7
7MPa
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
System reference sample
model
VS/VT
Configuration sample when multiple pallet sizes are used together In case there are a variety of pallets with different sizes for the base plate, the clamp and block can be combined for use.
Base plate + pallet 1~3
Combination
System reference sample
Pallet 1
Pallet 2
*1 *1
*1
Pallet 3
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
Base Plate
Combination of clamp and block Equipment installed on the base plate
Equipment installed on the pallet
Functions when they are combined
Datum clamp
Datum Block
Clamping function + positioning function (standard)
Datum clamp
Cut Block
Clamping function + positioning function (unidirectional)
*2
*2
Guide clamp
Guide Block
Clamping function + guide function
Datum clamp or guide clamp
Free block
Clamping function
Notes 1 In case the clamp/block configuration is linear, it is recommended to provide additional supports for stability. 2 The spring pin position is indicated. With the datum block as reference, unidirectional positioning is done via the cut block. The cut block positioning plane must be tangent to the datum block. (The spring pin is positioned on the line connecting the centers of the datum block and cut block. )
KOSM EK LT D .
8
Pallet Clamp Sectional Structure & Features Higher clamping force/higher precision positioning/higher rigidity
Precision assurance function with high precision positioning
Preventing Foreign Substance Invasion
With error absorbed by up and down movement of moveable taper sleeve, the clearance between the clamp unit, taper sleeve and block becomes
The dust seal is designed to prevent foreign substances from entering the clamp.
Easy Installation Phase As the datum point and phasing are done with the blocks, the datum clamps can be interchangeable for easy installation.
zero so that the precision and clamping force are stabilized. (See page 12)
â&#x20AC;ťThe mounting phase is necessary only for cut block.
Pallet
VSJ Block
Contact Surface of Steel Ball The contact area of the steel ball is planar preventing surface deformation.
VSJblock (when clamped)
Base Plate
Strong Air Flow Effective air flow is realized with independent circuit.
Adoption of High Strength Seal Engineered seal is stronger than NBR for excellent stability. The U-shape prevents twisting during installation.
9
7MPa
Disc Spring with Long Service Life
Optimal Design of Disc Spring Chamber
The calculated life of disc spring has more than 2 million cycles. Our company has carried out one million cycle test.
As the disc spring chamber is totally l shut from the external atmosphere via the trap valve, the clean environment is ensured all the time and the life of disc spring is extended.
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
Sectional Structure/Action Description
model
VS
Internal Structure Description Pallet
Cap
Dust seal
Steel ball Taper sleeve
Taper reference surface
Sleeve spring
VSJ Block
Seating surface
Trap valve
Air venting hole for
Sectional Structure/Action Description
seating confirmation
Air port (used for air flow)
Clamp spring Piston rod
Base plate
Hydraulic port (used for release)
Action Description Dust seal Rod packing
Air flow ON
・The clamp spring chamber is totally shut from the external atmosphere with the rod packing and trap valve to ensure the clean environment. ・The slitting part of taper sleeve (one place) is protected with lever plate to prevent invasion of cutting powder.
After the pallet is transported out
Trap valve
Before the pallet is transported in
Flange inclined surface
・Air blow prevents debris contamination. ・Dust seal prevents keep steel ball area clean. ・The flange top is designed as inclined surface so that cutting powder and cutting oil can flow easily.
Release hydraulic pressure ON
Pallet
Lift-up function at the front end of clamp Appropriate clearance
When the pallet is transported in ・The pallet is set on the raised piston rod cap. At this time there is clearance between the datum surfaces allowing air blow to remove contaminants. When the pallet is transported out
When the pallet is transported out
When the pallet is transported in
VSJ Block
・The close contacting of taper seating surface is released with lift-up force.
Air flow ON Release hydraulic pressure ON
Air venting hole for seating confirmation
Taper reference surface
・When hydraulic pressured is removed, the spring force lowers the piston
contacts the taper surface of the block. ・The seating surface includes an air vent for seating confirmation
When clamped
When clamped
rod and the steel balls engage the block bringing it to the seating surface. ・The pallet is positioned with high precision via the taper sleeve as it
(via air catch sensor).
Air flow ON Release hydraulic pressure OFF
KOSM EK LT D .
10
Pallet Clamp Action description when the pallet is loaded. 1.Hydraulic pressure releases the clamp. Position of pallet while loading must be kept within the allowable eccentricity. Air should be supplied while loading. Pallet Allowed eccentricity
Allowed eccentricity
In some instances rough guides are required to keep the pallet within allowable eccentricity when loading.
Guide block
Datum block
Rough guide
Datum clamp
Guide clamp
Base plate
2. When the pallet is lowered, it should be positioned so the blocks contact the rod as shown at A.
3. As the pallet is further lowered, it is positioned within 0.2mm of the reference axis via the guide sleeve and guide block.This provides clearance between datum clamp and taper surface.
Details of lifting part 2
Taper reference surface
0.2
Release status (in the case of hydraulic supply) Taper sleeve
Guide sleeve
4. Loading is finished when pallet is resting on piston rod. At this time there is clearance for air blow to clean the taper surfaces.
1.7
Pallet
During pallet setting
5. When the release hydraulic pressure is OFF, the block is pressed on the seating surface with clamp spring.When the block is pressed, the taper reference surface is contacted for positioning.
11
7MPa
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
Action Description
model
VS
Description of movable taper sleeve Pallet
Positioning method: dual surface limiting with movable taper sleeve
Taper reference surface
With dimensional error absorbed by up and down movement of moveable taper sleeve, the clearance between the clamp unit, taper sleeve and block becomes zero to realize the repetitive positioning precision, stabilized clamping force and higher rigidity with dual surface limiting.
Seating surface
Taper sleeve (with slitting) Base plate
Starting of action for positioning
Close contact
XY positioning
XYZ positioning
Almost zero clearance between the taper sleeve and the moving parts of the unit.
There is almost zero clearance at the moving parts in contact with the taper reference surface.
The error is absorbed with lowering of the taper sleeve for close contact with the seating surface.
Action Description
The seating surface includes an air vent for seating confirmation (via air catch sensor).
Close contact
Close contact
Precision assurance function 1. Clamp and block clearance are brought to near zero during positioning assuring accuracy. The male/female accumulative error of taper is absorbed with up and down movement of taper sleeve.
2. Wear of contact parts does not affect centering accuracy. The positioning part will wear out due to long time use, which can be absorbed (followed) ( with the up and down movement of taper sleeve.
3. Pitch error between blocks is accommodated to ensure precision locating. The inter-pitch error between the base plate at the clamp side and pallet at the block side is absorbed with the up and down movement of taper sleeve.
4. Block movement due to temperature change is accommodated to ensure precision locating. The distance between pitches will change due to temperature difference between the base plate at the clamp side and the pallet at the block side. The distance error between pitches is absorbed via up and down movement of the taper sleeve.
The precision assurance function is absolutely necessary especially when pallets are transported or multiple fixture changeover is needed.
Precision error between pitches
With the help of precision assurance function, there is no concern about deformation and damage in the taper sleeve/block.
Datum block
Cut block
Taper sleeve
Spring
Precision between pitches ±0.02 (maximum ±0.025)
KOSM EK LT D .
12
Pallet Clamp Spring clamp
Hydraulic clamp
VS 0 06 0 - M D
VT 0 06 0 - M D - A
1
1
2
1
3
Clamping force
1
Refer to Page 15
2
3
Clamping force Refer to Page 15
2
Design No.
2
Design No.
3
Function Classification
3
Function Classification
D:Datum clamp (especially used for positioning)
D:Datum clamp (especially used for positioning)
G:Guide clamp (especially used for guiding)
G:Guide clamp (especially used for guiding)
D
G taper
Datum clamp
D straight
G straight
taper
Datum clamp
Guide clamp
4
Guide clamp
Flange shape A: Cylindrical B: Prismatic
Collar used for level adjustment (used especially for VS spring clamp)
VZ 0 06 0 - V S 1 1 1
13
2
Appropriate clamp model 02 4 06 10 16 25 4
2
4
: : : : : : :
VS0020 4 VS0060 VS0100 VS0160 VS0250 4
Design No.
7MPa
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
Cylindrical
Prismatic
Model Indication
model
VS/VT
Embedded block
Flange shaped block
VSB 06 0 - D
VSJ 06 0 - D
1
1
2
3
1
Appropriate VS/VT clamp mode 2: 2 / : 1 : 1 1 : 1 25 : V S 0250 4 : S 4
1
4
2
3
Appropriate VS/VT clamp model 2: 2 / : 1 : 1 1 : 1 25 : V S 0250 4 : S 4
4
Design No.
2
Design No.
3
Function Classification
3
Function Classification
Model Indication
2
D:Datum block (especially used for reference positioning)
D:Datum block (especially used for reference positioning)
C:Cut block (especially used for unidirectional positioning)
C:Cut block (especially used for unidirectional positioning)
G:Guide block (especially used for guiding)
G:Guide block (especially used for guiding)
F:Free block (shared by multiple pallets with different sizes)
F:Free block (shared by multiple pallets with different sizes)
VZ-VSC
Pallet
Collar used for level adjustment
Pallet
VSB block
VSJ block
Collar used for level adjustment
Other mounting examples (reference)
(especially used for VSB embedded block)
Please contact us for mounting methods as shown in the graphs below.
VZ 0 06 0 - V S C 1 1
Appropriate block model 2: : 1 : 1 : 25 : 4 :
2
2
B 2 B B1 B1 B25 B4
VSB block
VSJ block
(Mounting bolt on the top)
(Mounting bolt on the top)
-
Design No.
KOSM EK LT D .
14
Pallet Clamp Clamping force/Lift force (spring clamp model VS) Model
2
Clamping force
kN
kN
Lift force
4
1
1
25
4
2.5
4.0
6.0
10.0
16.0
25.0
40.0
at 7.0MPa
4.0
4.4
5.0
9.1
13.3
20.0
33.5
at 5.0MPa
2.2
2.3
2.3
4.7
6.7
10.0
15.5
at 3.5MPa
0.9
0.7
0.4
1.3
1.8
0.5
2.0
Clamping force/Lift force (hydraulic clamp model VT) Model
4
Clamping force kN
kN
Lift force
1
4.0
6.2
9.9
16.0
at 5.0MPa
2.9
4.5
7.1
11.4
at 3.0MPa
1.7
2.7
4.3
6.8
at 7.0MPa
2.5
4.0
6.5
10.2
at 5.0MPa
1.8
2.9
4.7
7.3
at 3.0MPa
1.1
1.7
2.8
4.4
VT0060
5
Clamping force/Lift force(kN)
Clamping force/Lift force(kN)
VT0040
1
at 7.0MPa
4
Clamping force 3 2
Lift force 1 0
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
supply hydraulic pressure (MPa)
3
4
5
6
VT0160
12 10 8 6 4 2 0
20 16 12 8 4 0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
supply hydraulic pressure (MPa)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
supply hydraulic pressure (MPa)
Remarks: 1. This graph shows one clamp. 2. This graph shows the relationship between the supply hydraulic pressure and the clamping force (solid line)/Lift force (dotted line).
15
7MPa
7
supply hydraulic pressure (MPa)
Clamping force/Lift force(kN)
Clamping force/Lift force(kN)
VT0100
2
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
7
Capacity Diagram/Transverse Load Chart
model
VS/VT
Displacement with regard to transverse load ※The displacement is the predicted reference value on the basis of test data under the conditions shown below. Conditions Clamp / block configuration Datum clamp Cut block
Guide clamp Guide block
Transverse load F
Guide clamp Guide block
Datum clamp Datum block
Mounting pitch P Test device
Load cell
Capacity Diagram Transverse Load Chart
Push cylinder
Load position L
Transverse load F
Work
1.Displacement dial gauge at the direction of X axis
Y axis displacement
X axis displacement
VS mounting plate Base Mounting pitch P
2.Displacement dial gauge at the direction of Y axis
How to read the displacement (Example) When VS0020 is used
Conditions Mounting pitch P=200mm Load position L=135mm When transverse load F=4kN
10
20 X axis displacement
L=100 L=65 L=135 L=30
8 L=170
6
Yaxis displacement
18
L=240
4.3 4
Displacement (µm)
Displacement (µm)
Components tested [clamp] VS0020-MD × 2 units VS0020-MG × 2 units [Block] VSJ020-D × 1 unit VSJ020-C × 1 unit VSJ020-G × 2 units
L=240 L=170
16
L=135
14 12 L=100
10 9.5 8
L=65
6 2
0 Displacement 0 X axis displacement is about 4.3µm. Y axis displacement is about 9.5µm.
4 L=30
2 1
2 3 4 Transverse load (kN)
5
6
0
0
1
2 3 4 Transverse load F (kN)
5
6
Remarks: 1.Please contact us in case the conditions are different.
KOSM EK LT D .
16
Pallet Clamp Displacement with regard to transverse load The displacement is the predicted reference value on the basis of test data under the conditions as shown on page 16.
VS0020
20
10 X axis displacement
Conditions Mounting pitch P=200mm Load position L=30~240mm
Y axis displacement
18 L=100 L=65 L=135 L=30
8 L=170
6
L=240
4
L=240 L=170
16 Displacement (µm)
Displacement (µm)
Components tested [Clamp] VS0020-MD × 2 units VS0020-MG × 2 units [Block] VSJ020-D × 1 unit VSJ020-C × 1 unit VSJ020-G × 2 units
L=135
14 12 L=100
10 8
L=65
6 4
2
L=30
2 Clamping force Total 10kN(2.5kN × 4 units)
VS0040
1
2 3 4 Transverse load (kN)
5
0
6
Conditions Mounting pitch P=200mm Load position L=30~240mm
0
1
2 3 4 Transverse load (kN)
20 X axis displacement
Y axis displacement
18
8
6
L=100 L=65 L=135 L=30
L=170 L=240
4
Displacement (µm)
VSJ020-D × 1 unit VSJ020-C × 1 unit VSJ020-G × 2 units
0
10
Displacement (µm)
Components tested [Clamp] VS0040-MD × 2 units VS0040-MG × 2 units [Block]
0
5
6
L=240 L=170
16
L=135
14 12 L=100
10 8
L=65
6 2
4 L=30
2 Clamping force Total 16kN(4kN × 4 units)
0
VS0060
2 3 4 Transverse load (kN)
5
0
6
10 8
L=170
L=135
6 L=240
Conditions Mounting pitch P=200mm
4
Load position L=30~240mm
2
0
1
2 3 4 Transverse load (kN)
5
6
20
L=30 L=65 L=100
X axis displacement
Y axis displacement
18 Displacement (µm)
VSJ060-D × 1 unit VSJ060-C × 1 unit VSJ060-G × 2 units
1
12
Displacement (µm)
Components tested [Clamp] VS0060-MD × 2 units VS0060-MG × 2 units [Block]
0
L=135
L=240
16
L=170
14 L=100
12 10 8
L=65
6 4 L=30
2 Clamping force Total 24kN(6kN × 4 units)
0
VS0100
2
4 6 Transverse load (kN)
8
0
10
12
L=350
L=250 L=150 L=70
6
Load position L=70~550mm
2
Displacement (µm)
8
4
2
4 6 Transverse load (kN) L=550
8
10
L=450
L=350
Y axis displacement
18
10
Conditions Mounting pitch P=300mm
0
20 X axis displacement
Displacement (µm)
Components tested [Clamp] VS0100-MD × 2 units VS0100-MG × 2 units [Block] VSJ100-D × 1 unit VSJ100-C × 1 unit VSJ100-G × 2 units
0
16 L=250
14 12 10 8
L=150
6 L=550
4
L=450
L=70
2 Clamping force Total 40kN(10kN × 4 units)
17
7MPa
0
0
2
4
6 8 10 12 Transverse load (kN)
14
16
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
0
0
2
4
6 8 10 12 Transverse load (kN)
14
16
Transverse load chart
model
X axis displacement
Load position L=150~550mm
Clamping force
VS0250
L=550 L=450 L=350 L=250 L=150
8 6 4
Displacement (µm)
10
L=550
16 14
L=450
12 10
L=350
8 L=250
6 4
2
L=150
2 0
4
8 12 Transverse load (kN)
16
0
20
0
X axis displacement
VS0400
12 L=550
10
L=450
8
L=350
6
L=250 L=150
0
0
5
10 15 20 Transverse load (kN)
25
L=350
6
L=250
4
0
30
L=150 5
10 15 20 Transverse load (kN)
25
30
16 Y axis displacement
L=550
14
16 14
L=550
12
L=450
10
L=350
8
L=250 L=150
6
12
L=450
10 L=350
8 6
L=250
4
4
0
0
X axis displacement
Displacement (µm)
Displacement (µm)
Clamping force
L=450 8
2
L=150 2
2 Total 160kN(40kN × 4 units)
L=550
2
18
Load position L=150~550mm
20
4
20
Conditions Mounting pitch P=375mm
16
10 Displacement (µm)
Displacement (µm)
Clamping force Total 100kN(25kN × 4 units)
8 12 Transverse load (kN)
Y axis displacement
14
Load position L=150~550mm
4
12
16
Conditions Mounting pitch P=375mm
Components tested [Clamp] VS0400-MD × 2 units VS0400-MG × 2 units [Block] VSJ400-D × 1 unit VSJ400-C × 1 unit VSJ400-G × 2 units
12
0
Total 64kN(16kN × 4 units)
Y axis displacement
18
14
Conditions Mounting pitch P=300mm
Components tested [Clamp] VS0250-MD × 2 units VS0250-MG × 2 units [Block] VSJ250-D × 1 unit VSJ250-C × 1 unit VSJ250-G × 2 units
20
16
Displacement (µm)
Components tested [Clamp] VS0160-MD × 2 units VS0160-MG × 2 units [Block] VSJ160-D × 1 unit VSJ160-C × 1 unit VSJ160-G × 2 units
Transverse load chart
VS0160
VS/VT
0
10
20 30 Transverse load (kN)
40
50
0
0
10
20 30 Transverse load (kN)
40
50
Remarks: 1.The displacement may vary as per the fixture condition.The displayed values are just for reference based on the test data.
KOSM EK LT D .
18
Pallet Clamp External Dimensions
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
The graph shows the released status of VS (during hydraulic supply)
Air port for seating confirmation
4- AL Screw
B H
J M y My
Trap valve
K
W
C
Mx
φ
Air venting hole for seating confirmation
φ
L
K
Air blow supplyt
φA
*4
φ φAB±0.1
There should be no burring
1.7 when fixture pallet is set
φ φ
AF
Above AG *5
*2
0.4
Below AJ *5
φ
Release hydraulic port *4 Below
AH
φA
4 – Mounting bolt (accessory)
G
2
Sleeve *1.*2
φ
*1
A
C0.4
φP
6.3S +0.1 0
C0.4
AE
φAA±0.010 6.3S
3 - Bolt to plug jack threads VS0250/0400 only (accessory)
1.There should be no blurring at the intersection of processed hole. *4. The release hydraulic port is within range. *5. The base thickness (AG) and remaining depth after boring (AJ) are reference values when the base material is S50C.
E
Y
X
A F±0.003
Notes
Full stroke
Section
φ φ φ
2 – O -rin (accessory)
in (accessory)
Precision between clamp pitches 3- Screw used for jack
*3
- G
(only for VS0250/0400)
M
4- Screw used for jack
-
*3
(VS0020~0160) Air blow port
(±0.02)
My My
*6 B e
te
Air port for seating confirmation
Notes *1. Q shows the dimensions of sleeve (taper) of datum clamp (VS-MD) *2. R shows the dimensions of sleeve (straight) of guide clamp (VS-MG) *3. The screw for jack is used when the clamp is removed. (See page 41 for operation method)
-
(±0.02)
- G
Notes *6. Please make sure the precision between datum clamp pitches is below ±0.025mm between the clamps with the longest distance.
19
7MPa
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
Spring clamp
model
VS
Specifications 2
Model Clamping force *7 Repetitive positioning precision Full stroke Lift stroke
mm mm mm Allowed eccentricity during setting of fixture pallet mm t 7 P t 5 P Lift force *7 t 35 P Maximum loading mass *8 Release cylinder capacity *7 Release hydraulic pressure
cm3
4
2.5
4.0
3.4
3.4
1.5 4.0 2.2 0.9 500 3.7
1.5 4.4 2.3 0.7 500 4.6
0.4
0.5
Maximum Use Pressure
P
Minimum use pressure Pressure resistance
Used air pressure (for air flow) Use temperature Used fluid Mass *7
P
1 1 10.0 16.0 0.003 3.4 4.0 4.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.0 5.0 9.1 13.3 2.3 4.7 6.7 0.4 1.3 1.8 800 1200 1600 5.5 11.1 18.5 7 3.5 10.5 0.4 0.5 0 70 Common hydraulic oil corresponding to ISO-VG-32 0.7 1.3 2.2 6.0
25 25.0
4 40.0
5.8
6.5
2.5 20.0 10.0 0.5 2500 37.7
2.5 33.5 15.5 2.0 4000 66.9
4.8
9.7
Remarks: *7.The specifications show one unit. *8.The maximum load weight indicates the case where four clamps are used and the pallet is in horizontal position (leveled) The release hydraulic pressure is decided with the loaded mass (fixture) considered.(Please set the loaded mass below 80% of the lift force (number of clamps X lift force.) In case the pallet is in vertical position (hanging on the wall), refer to page 39.
Model A B C E F G H J K L Mx My P *1 *2
S
W X Y AA AB AC A AE AF AG*5 AH AJ*5 AK AL Mounting bolt 3 – Bolt to plug jack threads 3 – Screw used for jack 4 – Screw used for jack O-ring Full stroke
2 51.8 57 48 42 +0.027 +0.011 15.8 12 22 33 24 37 69 27.5 9 3 32 25 22.5 18 8 20 37.3 C2 75 8 42 42.2 38 8.5 2 19.2 25 15 2.5 20
4 56.6 60.5 51 46 +0.027 +0.011 20.6 12 22 35 25.5 40 74 29.5 11 3 32 25 22.5 18 8 20 41.3 C2 75 8 46 46.2 42 8.5 2 24 30 15 2.5 20
M5x0.8 screw depth 9 M5x0.8 screw depth 9
M5×0.8×12 M6 1AP5 3.4
M5×0.8×12 M6 1AP5 3.4
59.7 67 59 52m6 +0.030 +0.011 22.2 13.5 22 37.5 29.5 46 79 32 11 3 35.5 28.5 26 20 10 24 45.5 φ79 75 9.5 52 52.2 46.2 10 2 25.6 30 20 1 24
1 72.5 81.5 74 66m6 +0.030 +0.011 28 16 26.5 44.5 37 57 98 38 15 3.3 44 36 32.3 26 12 30 59.5 φ98 5 11 66 66.2 60.5 11 2.5 32 40 25 2.5 30
1 85.1 98.5 89 79m6 +0.030 +0.011 33.6 20 29.5 54 44.5 68.5 118 46.5 15 5 51 42 38.3 32 15 40 72.5 φ118 5 13.5 79 79.2 73.5 11 2.5 38.1 45 35 1 40
25 109.2 118 108 98m6 +0.035 +0.013 45.2 26 36 64 54 85 143 56 18.5 5 68 55.5 48 40 20 50 91 φ143 5 20 98 98.2 92 12.5 3 51 60 45 1.5 50
M6 screw depth 11
M8 screw depth 12
M10 screw depth 15
M12 screw depth 22
M6×14 M8 1AP5 3.4
M8×16 M10 1AP5 4.0
M10×20 M12 1AP7 4.5
M12×30 M6×10 M6 1AP7 5.8
4 134.5 152 140 124 +0.035 +0.013 56 32 44.5 82 70 109 185 72 20 6 84 67.5 60 50 24 55 114.5 φ185 5 24.2 124 124.2 116 16 3 62.5 75 50 2 55
Spring clamp
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area
M16 screw depth 25
M16×35 M8×12 M8 1AP8 6.5
KOSM EK LT D .
20
Pallet Clamp External Dimensions VZ0
Processing dimensions for the mounting area (when collar for VZ-VS1 level adjustment is used)
0-VS1
Air port for seating confirmation
B K
J
Mx
4-AL screw
φ
W
L
Q*2
φ
K
φ
J
Air blow supply
R
φ
φA
φAA±0.010
30°
*4
(Prepared by the client)
4 0.4
(E)
(Y)
(F)
A±0.01 *3
Z sur face
Section
-
Release hydraulic port *4
2- O ring
Below
AH
6.3S
AF
4 – Mounting bolt *1
AE
(G)
(VS)
Above AG *5
There should be no burring
AD
4-φP
*2
+0.1 0
3-φ
K
Below AJ *5
Mx
*2
6.3S 6.3 S
My My
Q*2
My My
J
H
φA
(accessory)
Notes *1. When VZ-VS1 is used, the mounting bolts for VS clamp should not be used because of insufficient length. The client needs to provide the mounting bolts for VZ-VS1.
*2. They are only the dimensions of VZ0250-VS1 and VZ0400-VS1. *3. Please grind Z surface when adjusting the thickness.
Precision between clamp pitches VS-MG
VS-MD
(±0.02)
*6 Base plate
VS-MD
(±0.02)
VS-MG
Notes *6. Please make sure the precision between datum clamp pitches is below ±0.025mm between the clamps with the longest distance.
21
7MPa
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
Notes 1. When VZ-VS1 is used, please drill the mounting hole as shown in the graph above. 2. There should be no blurring at the intersection of processed hole. *4. The release hydraulic port is within range. *5. The base thickness (AG) and remaining depth after boring (AJ) are reference values when the base material is S50C.
Collar used for level adjustment (used especially for VS spring clamp)
model
VZ-VS1
Connection dimensions
Collar used for VZ-VS1 level adjustment
VS clamp
(BB when locked)
VS clamp
VSJblock
(BB+1 when released)
Collar used for VZ-VS1 level adjustment
(BA when locked)
VSB block
(BA+1 when released)
Collar used for VZ-VSC level adjustment
Model A B C D E F G H J K L Mx My N P Q *2 R *2 S *2 W Y AA AC AD AE AF AG *4 AH AJ *4 AK AL Mounting bolt *1
O-ring Appropriate clamp BA when VSB is used BB when VSJ is used
VZ0020-VS1 2 57 48 42.2 17.2 14 24 14.5 5.5 37 69 27.5 9 3 6.8 2 8 42 38 6.5 0.6 17.2 23 15 2.5 20
VZ0040-VS1 2 60.5 51 46.2 22 14 24 15 5.5 40 74 29.5 11 3 6.8 2 8 46 42 6.5 0.6 22 28 15 2.5 20
VZ0060-VS1 2.5 67 59 52.2 23.1 16 24 14.5 6.5 46 79 32 11 3 9 φ79 9 52 46.2 7.5 0.6 23.1 28 20 1 24
VZ0100-VS1 3 81.5 74 66.2 29 19 28.5 16 8.5 57 98 38 15 3.3 11 φ98 12 66 60.5 8 0.6 29 37 25 2.5 30
VZ0160-VS1 3 98.4 88.9 79.2 35.1 23 31.5 19.7 10.2 68.5 118 46.5 15 5 13 φ118 15.5 79 73.5 8 0.6 35.1 42 35 1 40
VZ0250-VS1 3.5 118 108 98.2 47.2 29.5 38 21.5 11.5 85 143 56 18.5 5 16 47.5 26.5 8 φ143 21.5 98 92 9 0.6 47.5 57 45 1.5 50
VZ0400-VS1 4 152 140 124.2 58.5 36 46.5 27.5 15.5 109 185 72 20 6 18 61.5 34 10 φ185 25.2 124 116 12 0.8 58.5 71 50 2 55
M5×0.8 screw depth 9
M5×0.8 screw depth 9
M6 screw depth 10
M8 screw depth 13
M10 screw depth 17
M12 screw depth 24
M16 screw depth 26
M5×0.8×14 1AP5 VS0020-MD VS0020-MG 13.5 22
M5×0.8×14 1AP5 VS0040-MD VS0040-MG 13.5 22
M6×16 1AP5 VS0060-MD VS0060-MG 15.5 26
M8×20 1AP5 VS0100-MD VS0100-MG 18.5 29
M10×25 1AP7 VS0160-MD VS0160-MG 22.5 35
M12×35 1AP7 VS0250-MD VS0250-MG 29 44.5
M16×40 1AP8 VS0400-MD VS0400-MG 35.5 54
KOSM EK LT D .
Collar used for level adjustment
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area
22
Pallet Clamp External Dimensions
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
The graph shows the released status of VT-A.
4 - AJ screw Air venting hole for seating confirmation
Mx
Mx
Locking hydraulic port
φ
φ
My
K
φL
My My
Air venting hole for seating confirmation
K
φA
φAA±0.010
30°
Air blow supply
*4
1.5 Release hydraulic port *4
φ
Below
Above
AE *5
φ
A
*1 *2
φ
1.7 when fixture pallet is set
2
φ
Below AG *5
Sleeve *1.*2
3
AC
φP
±0.1
6.3
There should be no burring
6.3
φ
AF
G 7.5°
φAB
1
Section
Notes 1.There should be no blurring at the intersection of processed hole. *4.The release hydraulic port is within range. *5.The base thickness (AE) and remaining depth after boring (AG) are reference values when the base material is S50C.
Y
A ± 0.003 E F
4 – Mounting bolt (accessory)
-
φ
Pop-up dimensions in the case of full stroke
φ φ φ
3 – O-ring BB (accessory)
1 – O-ring BA (accessory)
Precision between clamp pitches
My My
Air blow port
Mx
4 – Screw used for jack
Q shows the dimensions of sleeve (taper) of datum clamp (VT-MD) R shows the dimensions of sleeve (straight) of guide clamp (VT-MG)
7MPa
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
(±0.02)
My Locking hydraulic port
*3. The screw for jack is used when the clamp is removed. (See page 41 for operation method)
23
- G-A
-
-A
*6
Air port for seating confirmation
Notes *1. *2.
Mx
*3
Base plate
-
-A
(±0.02)
- G-A
Notes *6. Please make sure the precision between datum clamp pitches is below ±0.025mm between the clamps with the longest distance.
Hydraulic clamp
model
VT- A
Specifications 4 -
Model Repetitive positioning precision mm Clamping force (calculation formula) *7*8 kN Lift force (calculation formula) *7*8 kN Full stroke mm Lift stroke mm Allowed eccentricity during setting of fixture pallet mm Maximum loading mass *9 kg Cylinder capacity *8 cm3 When locked When released Maximum use pressure Minimum use pressure Pressure resistance Used air pressure (for air flow) Use temperature Use fluid Mass *8
-A
-
-A
1
-
-A
1
-
-A
0.003 57 P 3 P 3.4
89 P 57 P 3.4
1.5 500 1.1 1.5
1.5 800 1.9 2.4
1 42 P 93 P 4.0
2 28 P 1 45 P 4.5
2.0 1200 3.5 4.7
2.0 1600 6.2 8.1
1.0
P P P P
0.3
kg
7 1.5 10.5 0.4 0.5 0 70 Common hydraulic oil corresponding to ISO-VG-32 0.4 0.8
1.3
Remarks: *7.P indicates the hydraulic pressure (MPa). *8.The specifications show one unit. *9.The maximum load weight indicates the case where four clamps are used and the pallet is in horizontal position (leveled) The release hydraulic pressure is decided with the loaded mass (fixture) considered.(Please set the loaded mass below 80% of the lift force (number of clamps X lift force.) In case the pallet is in vertical position (hanging on the wall), refer to page 39.
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area E F G K L Mx My N P Q *1 R *2
Y AA AB A A A *5 AF AG*5 A A O-ring BA O-ring BB Mounting bolt Screw used for jack
4 -A 49 30 +0.027 +0.011 13 12 22 29 29 56.5 21.5 8 2.6 32 25 22.5 18 8 10 24 9 30 29.5 8 14 20 6 3.5 10
-A 53.5 36 +0.027 +0.011 17 12.5 22 35 33 66 25.5 9 3 35.5 28.5 26 20 10 15 30 9 36 35.5 8 18 25 10 3.5 15
1
-A 60.5 46 +0.027 +0.011 18 14 26.5 45 42 78 30 11 3 3.3 44 36 32.3 26 12 20 38.5 8.5 46 45.5 10 19 25 15 2 20
1
-A 68.5 56m6+0.030 +0.011 19 18 29.5 55 50 88 34.5 12 3 3.3 51 42 38.3 32 15 25 48 13.5 56 55.5 10 20 30 20 5 25
M5×0.8 screw depth 10
M5×0.8 screw depth 10
M6 screw depth 10
M8 screw depth 15
A 5 8- 23 9 ° ) A 5 8- 7 9 ° ) M5×0.8×14 M6
A 5 8- 27 9 ° ) 1BP5 M5×0.8×14 M6
A 5 8- 3 9 ° ) 1BP5 M6×14 M8
A 5 8- 33 9 ° ) 1BP5 M8×20 M10
KOSM EK LT D .
Hydraulic clamp
Model A
24
Pallet Clamp External Dimensions
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
The graph shows the released status of VT-B. 4 - AJ screw Air venting hole for seating confirmation
Locking hydraulic port
φ
Air venting hole for seating confirmation
φ
K
C
y
y
y
B
K
φA
φAA±0.010
30°
Air blow supply
*4
1.5 Release hydraulic port
φ
*4
Below
*5
Above AE
φ
A
*1 *2
Below AG *5
φ
φ
1.7 when fixture pallet is set
2
Sleeve
*1.*2
3
AC
φP
±0.1
6.3
φL
There should be no burring
6.3
φ
AF
φAB
Y
A ± 0.003 G E F 7.5°
4 – Mounting bolt (accessory)
1
Section
Notes 1.There should be no blurring at the intersection of processed hole. *4.The release hydraulic port is within range. *5.The base thickness (AE) and remaining depth after boring (AG) are reference values when the base material is S50C.
-
φ
Pop-up dimensions in the case of full stroke
3 – O-ring BB (accessory)
φ φ φ
1 – O-ring BA (accessory)
Precision between clamp pitches - G-B
Port for air blow
-
-B
4 – Screw used for jack *3
Air port for seating confirmation
Locking hydraulic port
Notes *1. Q shows the dimensions of sleeve (taper) of datum clamp (VT-MD) *2. R shows the dimensions of sleeve (straight) of guide clamp (VT-MG) *3. The screw for jack is used when the clamp is removed. (See page 41 for operation method)
25
7MPa
Base plate
y
y
y
(±0.02)
*6
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
-
-B
(±0.02)
- G-B
Notes *6. Please make sure the precision between datum clamp pitches is below ±0.025mm between the clamps with the longest distance.
Hydraulic clamp
model
VT- B
Specifications Model Repetitive positioning precision mm Clamping force (calculation formula) *7 *8 kN Lift force (calculation formula) *7 *8 kN Full stroke mm Lift stroke mm Allowed eccentricity during setting of fixture pallet mm Maximum loading mass *9 kg Cylinder capacity *8 cm3 When locked When released Maximum use pressure Minimum use pressure Pressure resistance Used air pressure (for air flow) Use temperature Use fluid Mass *8
4 -
-
-B
1
-
-B
1
-
-B
0.003 57 P 3 P 3.4
89 P 57 P 3.4
1.5 500 1.1 1.5
1.5 800 1.9 2.4
1 42 P 93 P 4.0
2 28 P 1 45 P 4.5
2.0 1200 3.5 4.7
2.0 1600 6.2 8.1
1.0
P P P P
kg
-B
0.3
7 1.5 10.5 0.4 0.5 0 70 Common hydraulic oil corresponding to ISO-VG-32 0.4 0.8
1.3
Remarks: *7. P indicates the hydraulic pressure (MPa). *8.The specifications show one unit. *9.The maximum load weight indicates the case where four clamps are used and the pallet is in horizontal position (leveled) The release hydraulic pressure is decided with the loaded mass (fixture) considered.(Please set the loaded mass below 80% of the lift force (number of clamps X lift force.) In case the pallet is in vertical position (hanging on the wall), refer to page 39.
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area
E F G K L
N P *1 *2
Y AA AB AC A AE *5 AF AG *5 A AJ O-ring BA O-ring BB Mounting bolt Screw used for jack
4 -B 49 53 40 30 +0.027 +0.011 13 12 22 29 29 56.5 21.5 8 2.6 32 25 22.5 18 8 10 24 9 30 29.5 8 14 20 6 3.5 10
-B 53.5 62 44 36 +0.027 +0.011 17 12.5 22 35 33 66 25.5 9 3 35.5 28.5 26 20 10 15 30 9 36 35.5 8 18 25 10 3.5 15
1
-B 60.5 73 55 46 +0.027 +0.011 18 14 26.5 45 42 78 30 11 3 3.3 44 36 32.3 26 12 20 38.5 8.5 46 45.5 10 19 25 15 2 20
1
-B 68.5 82 67 56m6 +0.030 +0.011 19 18 29.5 55 50 88 34.5 12 3 3.3 51 42 38.3 32 15 25 48 13.5 56 55.5 10 20 30 20 5 25
M5×0.8 screw depth 10
M5×0.8 screw depth 10
M6 screw depth 10
M8 screw depth 15
A 5 8- 23 9 °) A 5 8- 7 9 °) 5 8 14
A 5 8- 27 9 °) 1BP5 5 8 14
A 5 8- 3 9 °) 1BP5 14 8
A 5 8- 33 9 °) 1BP5 8 2 1
KOSM EK LT D .
Hydraulic clamp
Model A B C
26
Embedded block
Pallet Clamp
model
VSB
External Dimensions
φ φG
10°
3 – Screw used for jack *1
45°
° ° 90 115 130°
Section of bolt
φB φ φA
3 – Screw used for jack *1
K φB φ φA 10°
6-Mounting bolt 60 (accessory)
30
3 – Screw used for jack *1
6-Mounting bolt (accessory)
60
30
3 – Screw *1 used for jack
60
60
60
30
30
30
Notes *1. The screw for jack is used when VSB block is removed. *2. The spring pin is used for phasing of VSB-C positioning direction.
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o . j p
Positioning direction *2
60
60
60
p.c.d.L 120
Spring pin *2 (accessory)
30
30
30 p.c.d.L 120
H±0.003 J
J
K
φ φG
8∼10
φ φG
10° 30
130°
VSB400-G/F
0.5
H±0.003
K
H±0.003 0.5 J 6-Mounting bolt 60 (accessory)
p.c.d.L
Positioning direction *2
VSB400-C
φ φG
10°
90°
90°
90°
VSB400-D
φB φ φA
4 – Mounting bolt (accessory)
Spring pin *2 (accessory)
p.c.d.L
3 – Screw used for jack *1
45°
° 115
5° 11
4 – Mounting bolt (accessory)
130°
7MPa
H±0.003 J 10°
0.5
3 – Screw used for jack *1
4 – Mounting bolt (accessory)
p.c.d.L
φB φ φA
10°
45°
27
Section of bolt
φB φ φA
0.5
J 0.5
H±0.003 0.5 J
φB φ φA
K
φ φG
K
φ φG
3∼5
VSB020/060/100/160/250-G/F
H±0.003
VSB020/060/100/160/250-C
K
VSB020/060/100/160/250-D
1 p.c.d.L 20
Dimensions of collar used for level adjustment VZ0400-VSC
VZ0020/0060/0100/0160/0250-VSC
φBB C0.4
BC±0.01
φBA±0.1 BC±0.01
φBA±0.1
φBB C0.6
C0.4
C0.6 30°
45°
*3
*3 *3
°
45°
BD hole
30°
p.c.d.L
1- BE hole *2
30 °
20
° 20
p.c.d.L
30°
30°
25°
*3
9-
30°
70°
*3
1- BE hole *2
30°
45°
*3
BD hole
° 30
7-
° 60
45°
Notes
Mounting graph of collar used for level adjustment
1.Please refer to the graph above in case the collar used for level adjustment is prepared by yourself. *3. (Three positions) are used for jack screws.Match the phase of screw used for jack of VSB block.
Collar used for level adjustment
0.5 *4
VSB block
*4. Clearance between the seating area of VSB block and block bottom
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area Model
A B C F G H J K L AA AB AC AD AE AF AG (AH) AJ AK Mounting bolt Screw used for jack Spring pin *6
VSB020-D VSB020-G VSB060-D VSB060-G VSB100-D VSB100-G VSB160-D VSB160-G VSB250-D VSB250-G VSB400-D VSB400-G VSB020-C VSB020-F VSB060-C VSB060-F VSB100-C VSB100-F VSB160-C VSB160-F VSB250-C VSB250-F VSB400-C VSB400-F 50 +0.027 50g7 -0.009 58m6 +0.030 58g7 -0.010 70m6 +0.030 70g7 -0.010 83m6 +0.035 83g7 -0.012 107 +0.030 107g7 -0.012 123 +0.030 123g7-0.014 -0.034 +0.011 -0.040 +0.013 -0.047 +0.011 -0.047 +0.011 -0.054 -0.040 +0.011 +0.011 25 22.7(25.5)*5 28.5 26.2(29)*5 36 32.5(36.5)*5 42 38.5(42.5)*5 55.5 48.3(56)*5 67.6 60.3(68)*5 32 35.5 44 51 68 84 49.2 57.2 69.2 82.2 106.2 122.2 18.3 20.3 26.3 32.3 40.4 50.5 13 13 16.5 17.5 22.5 26.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 4 4 8 9 10.5 16.5 18.3 19.5 40 46 56 66 86 102 50 58 70 83 107 123 49.5 57.5 69.5 82.5 106.5 122.5 22 24 30 36 46 58 23.2 23.2 27.7 30.7 37.2 45.7 15.5 15.5 20 21 27 32 7 7 8 8 8 8 3 3 5 5 6 8 28.28 32.53 39.6 46.67 60.81 M4×0.7 screw depth 7 3.4 depth5
M4×0.7×16 M4×0.7 φ3 1 VS0020-MD VS0040-MD VT0040-MD
Appropriate clamp
Model BA BB BC BD BE
M5×0.8 screw depth 8 4.5 depth5
M5×0.8×16 M5×0.8 φ4 1 -
VS0020-MG VS0060-MD VS0040-MG VT0060-MD VT0040-MG *7 VS0020-MD VS0040-MD VT0040-MD
VZ0020-VSC 49.2 23 2 5 3.4
- G VT0060-MG *7 VS0060-MD VT0060-MD
VZ0060-VSC 57.2 25 2 6 4.5
M6 screw depth 10 4.5 depth5
φ4
M6×20 M6 1 -
M8 screw depth 14.5 4.5 depth5
φ4
M8×25 M8 1 -
VS0100-MD VS0100-MG VT0100-MD VT0100-MG *7 VS0100-MD VT0100-MD
VS0160-MD VS0160-MG VT0160-MD VT0160-MG *7 VS0160-MD VT0160-MD
VZ0100-VSC 69.2 32 3 7.5 4.5
VZ0160-VSC 82.2 38 3 10 4.5
M10 screw depth 15.5 5.5 depth5
M10×30 M8 φ5 1 -
M10 screw depth 15.5
M10×35 M8 φ5 14 5.5 depth10
VS0250-MD VS0250-MG VS0400-MD *7 VS0250-MD
VZ0250-VSC 106 50 4 12 5.5
VS0400-MG *7 VS0400-MD
VZ0400-VSC 122.2 62 5 12 5.5
Notes *5. The dimensions in ( ) display that of VSB-F. *6. The spring pin is the accessory only to VSB-C. *7. The guide block (VSB-G) is used only for guide clamp (VS/VT-G) and the free block (VSB-F) can be used for both datum clamp (VS/VT-D) and guide clamp (VS/VT-G).
Embedded block
model
VSB
Processing dimensions for the mounting area VSB400
VSB020/060/100/160/250
0.4
AG
C0.6
C0.4
AF
φAA±0.010
AE±0.02
C0.4
C0.4
AF
Below
AD±0.1
0.4
AG
6.3S
AE±0.02
AD±0.1
Below
φAB±0.1 φA
φA hole *8)
φAA±0.010
6.3S
φAB±0.1 φA
φA hole *8)
(AH) (88.33)
p.c.d.L
p.c.d.L
φAK hole *8
φA hole *8
6-AJ Screw
60
*2
*2
45°
30
(51)
Positioning direction
(AH)
Positioning direction
4-AJ Screw
90° Notes 1.This graph shows the case where the clearance between the seating area of VSB block and pallet bottom is 0.5mm when the collar for level adjustment is used. *8.
AK hole is used for phasing of VSB-C positioning direction. Please make sure is AK hole is at the line connecting the centers of VSB-D and VSB-C.This processing is only necessary for VSB-C.
Precision between mounting pitches and VSB-C phase
Embedded block
VSB-G/F
VSB-C *9
Spring pin *2
dir ec
tio
n *2
(±0.02)
VSB-D
sit Po
(±0.02)
ion
ing
VSB-G/F
Notes *9. Please make sure the precision between block pitches is within ±0.025mm between the blocks with the longest distance.
KOSM EK LT D .
28
Flange shaped block
Pallet Clamp
model
VSJ
External Dimensions VSJ020/060-G VSJ020/060-F
φA φG
φA φG
φA φG
3-Screw used for jack *1
K 3-Screw used for jack *1
45°
° 90
4-Mounting bolt (accessory)
130°
90°
130°
90°
130°
90°
11 5° p.c.d.
11 5° p.c.d.
φB φC φF
3-Screw used for jack *1
45°
(accessory)
(accessory)
0.5
Section of bolt
φB φC φF
4-Mounting bolt
4-Mounting bolt
J H±0.003
K
J H±0.003 0.5
0.5
J H±0.003
φB φC φF
45°
3∼5
VSJ020/060-C
K
VSJ020/060-D
Spring pin *2 (accessory)
11 5° p.c.d.
Positioning direction *2
VSJ100/160/250/400-G VSJ100/160/250/400-F
φA φG
φA φG
φA φG
6-Mounting bolt 60
Section of bolt
φB φC φF
6- Mounting bolt 60
30
30
φB φC φF
6-Mounting bolt
(accessory)
(accessory)
0.5
φB φC φF
K
J H±0.003
K 0.5
0.5
H
J
±0.003
J H±0.003
3∼5
VSJ100/160/250/400-C
K
VSJ100/160/250/400-D
60
30
(accessory)
60
60
60
30
30
30
30
30
30
Spring pin *2 (accessory)
60
60
60
Positioning direction *2
p.c.d.
120
3-Screw used for jack *1
p.c.d. 120
3-Screw used for jack *1
Notes *1.The screw for jack is used when VSJ block is removed. *2.The spring pin is used for phasing of VSJ-C positioning direction.
29
7MPa
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
p.c.d.
120 3-Screw used for jack *1
Processing dimensions for the mounting area VSJ020/060
VSJ100/160/250/400
φAB φAB
Below φAE
φAK hole)
30°
*3
6.3S
φAA
±0.010
AL
6.3S
AL
30°
φAA±0.010
AD
Chamfering
AD
C0.4
Reference surface
0.4 0.4
AC±0.1
0.4 0.4
AC±0.1
Below φAE
Reference surface
(φA hole) *3
(AF)
4-AJ screw p.c.d.
(AG)
p.c.d.
6-AJ screw
φAK hole *3
45°
30
(AH)
Positioning direction *2
(AF)
60
90°
60
Positioning direction *2
φAK hole *3
Notes *3.φAK hole is used for phasing of VSJ-C positioning direction. Please make sure is φAK hole is at the line connecting the centers of VSJ-D and VSJ-C. This processing is only necessary for VSJ-C.
List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area Model A B C F G H J K L AA AB AC AD AE (AF) (AG) (AH) AJ
VSJ020 - D VSJ020 - G VSJ060 - D VSJ060 - G VSJ100 - D VSJ100 - G VSJ160 - D VSJ160 - G VSJ250 - D VSJ250 - G VSJ400 - D VSJ400 - G VSJ020 - C VSJ020 - F VSJ060 - C VSJ060 - F VSJ100 - C VSJ100 - F VSJ160 - C VSJ160 - F VSJ250 - C VSJ250 - F VSJ400 - C VSJ400 - F -0.009 -0.010 -0.009 +0.030 31.5 +0.027 37.5 +0.027 52g7 -0.010 62m6+0.030 62g7 -0.010 74m6 +0.030 85 +0.030 85g7 -0.012 +0.011 37.5g7-0.034 52m6+0.011 -0.040 +0.011 -0.040 +0.011 74g7 -0.040 +0.011 -0.047 +0.011 31.5g7 -0.034 25 22.7(25.5)*4 28.5 26.2(29)*4 36 32.5(36.5)*4 42 38.5(42.5)*4 55.5 48.3(56)*4 67.6 60.3(68)*4 32 35.5 44 51 68 84 49 59 74 89 108 123 18.3 20.3 26.3 32.3 40.4 50.5 8 10 10 12 15 18 13 15 16.5 18.5 23 26.5 6.7 7.8 7.8 8.8 13.8 13 40 47.5 62.5 75 90 102 31.5 37.5 52 62 74 85 22 25 31 38 46 58 14.7 12.7 17.2 18.2 21.7 27.2 6 6 7.5 7.5 9 9.5 3 3 5 5 6 8 28.28 33.59 54.13 64.95 77.94 88.33 31.25 37.5 45 51
M4×0.7 screw depth 8 AK φ3.4 depth 5 AL 0.8 Chamfering Mounting bolt M4×0.7×10 Screw used for jack M4×0.7
Spring pin *5
φ3
10
VS0020-MD VS0040-MD VT0040-MD Appropriate clamp
-
M5×0.8 screw depth 9
φ4.5 depth 5 0.8 M5×0.8×12 M5×0.8 φ4 10 -
VS0020-MG VS0060-MD VS0040-MG VT0060-MD VT0040-MG *6 VS0020-MD VS0040-MD VT0040-MD
M5×0.8 screw depth 9
φ4.5 depth 5 0.8 C0.4 M5×0.8×12 M5×0.8 φ4 10 -
0060- G VS0100-MD VT0060-MG VT0100-MD *6 VS0060-MD VT0060-MD
M6 screw depth 10
φ4.5 depth 5 0.8 C0.4 M6×14 M6 φ4 10 -
VS0100-MG VS0160-MD VT0100-MG VT0160-MD *6 VS0100-MD VT0100-MD
M8 screw depth 15
φ5.5 depth 5 1.5 C0.4 M8×20 M8 φ5 10 -
VS0160-MG VS0250-MD VT0160-MG *6 VS0160-MD VT0160-MD
M10 screw depth 15
φ5.5 depth 5 1.5 C0.6 M10×20 M8 φ5 10 -
VS0250-MG VS0400-MD *6 VS0250-MD
VS0400-MG *6 VS0400-MD
Notes *4.The dimensions in ( ) display that of VSJ-F. *5.The spring pin is the accessory only to VSJ-C. *6.The guide block (VSJ-G) is used only for guide clamp (VS/VT-G) and the free block (VSJ-F) can be used for both datum clamp (VS/VT-D) and guide clamp (VS/VT-G).
Flange shaped block
model
VSJ
Precision between mounting pitches and VSJ-C phase VS -G/F
VS -C *7
Spring pin *2
Po s
(±0.02)
itio
VS -G/F
nin
gd
ire
cti on *
2
(±0.02)
VS -D
Flange shaped block
Notes *7.Please make sure the precision between block pitches is within ±0.025mm between the blocks with the longest distance.
KOSM EK LT D .
30
Auto joint/Pump unit Auto joint (hydraulic/pneumatic)
Auto joint (coolant/air)
JV D 0 2 0 0 - W - S B10
JV F 0 3 0 0 - H - S B10
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
4
5
1 Type
1 Type
C:At the O-ring side of contacting area (fixture side)
E:At the O-ring side of contacting area (fixture side)
:At the seat side of contacting area (pressure source side)
:At the seat side of contacting area (pressure source side)
2 Design No.
2 Design No.
3 Material
3 Material
W: Stainless steel, brass, NBR
H: Stainless steel, brass, fluoro rubber
4 Appropriate clamp model
4 Appropriate clamp model
No marking: common (only JVC) S : Especially used for VS spring clamp T : Especially used for VT hydraulic clamp
only JVD
Please contact us for models as shown in
5 Appropriate block model
No marking: common (only JVC)
No marking: common (only JVE) S : Especially used for VS spring clamp T : Especially used for VT hydraulic clamp Please contact us for models as shown in
5 Appropriate block model No marking: common (only JVE)
B02 : VSB020
B02 : VSB020
B06 : VSB060
B06 : VSB060
B10 : VSB100 J02 : VSJ020
31
1
only JVD
B10 : VSB100 J02 : VSJ020
J06 : VSJ060
J06 : VSJ060
J10 : VSJ100
J10 : VSJ100
7MPa
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
only JVF
only JVF
Model Indication
model
JV/CV
Pump unit
CV 2 B 5 0 - 0 - H H R - P 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1 Tank capacity
2ďź&#x161;2 2 Pump model Bďź&#x161;AB pump 3 Pump pressure code
3: AB3 4: AB4 5: AB5
-
4 Design No. 5 Fluid code
O:
Normal hydraulic oil (corresponding to ISO-VG-32)
6 Control method
HH : 5A : 1A : F :
Mechanical selector valve type Solenoid valve type (DC24V) Solenoid valve type (AC100V) Auto switch
7 Directly mounted machine at the air supply side
R : Standard (air regulator) D : With filter regulator (auto drain type) 8 With gauge
Model Indication
No marking: Indicates standard MPa. : Indicates PSI especially for USA P
KOSM EK LT D .
32
Auto joint Auto joint (zero counterforce type during pallet setting): JVC/JVD JVE/JVF JVC/JVD JVE/JVF are auto joints which can easily be used with pallet clamp. No counterforce occurs during pallet setting (when pallet clamp is released). When connected (where the pallet clamp is locked), the clamping force of pallet clamp and lift stroke are used to ensure firm connection and reliability. The thickness of base plate/pallet is minimized as the auto joints are made smaller.
Specifications At the side of fixture Model
JVC0200-W JVE0300-H JVD0200 JVD0200 JVD0200 JVD0200 JVD0200 JVD0200 JVF0300 JVF0300 JVF0300 JVF0300 JVF0300 JVF0300 -W-SB02 -W-SJ02 -W-SB06 -W-SJ06 -W-SB10 -W-SJ10 -H-SB02 -H-SJ02 -H-SB06 -H-SJ06 -H-SB10 -H-SJ10 MPa 7 1 MPa 10.5 1.5 12.6 29.0 mm2 ±0.5 mm DEG. 0.3 70 Normal hydraulic oil corresponding to ISO-VS-32 or air Coolant or air 154 P 4 38 P kN 34 61 28 53 33 60 41 65 49 96 58 111 73 122 VS0020/VS0040 VS0060 VS0100 VS0020/VS0040 VS0060 VS0100 VSB020 VSJ020 VSB060 VSJ060 VSB100 VSJ100 VSB020 VSJ020 VSB060 VSJ060 VSB100 VSJ100
At the side of pressure source
Maximum use pressure Pressure resistant Minimum passage area Eccentricity (allowed value) Angular error (allowed value) Use temperature Use fluid Reaction force (calculation formula) *1
Mass
JVC JVE g JVD JVF Appropriate clamp model Appropriate block model
Remarks: *1. P: Supply pressure (MPa)
Supply pressure – reaction force graph The reaction force in the case of pressure supply is displayed upon completion of connection (where VS spring clamp is locked).
0.04 0.19 0.35 0.50 0.66 0.81 0.96 1.12
0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0
0
1
2 3 4 5 6 Supply pressure (MPa)
7
P 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
0.06 0.10 0.14 0.17 0.21 0.25 0.29 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44
0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0
0
Flow rate – pressure loss characteristics graph JVC/JVD
JVE/JVF
The fluid used for this data is normal hydraulic oil corresponding to ISO-VG-32 3
The fluid used for this data is water.
.
/min 0 5 10 15 20 25
2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0
7MPa
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
Flow rate ( /min)
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m e k .c o .j p
P 0 0.05 0.12 0.21 0.33 0.48
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 Supply pressure (MPa)
1
5
30
0.5
Flow rate Pressure loss
0.4 Pressure loss (MPa)
P 0 0.29 0.66 1.12 1.64 2.27 2.98
Pressure loss (MPa)
/min 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
4
3.0
Flow rate Pressure loss
33
0.5
Supply pressure Counterforce
1.0 Counterforce (kN)
P 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
JVE/JVF
1.2
Supply pressure Counterforce
Counterforce (kN)
JVC/JVD
0.3 0.2 0.1 0
0
10 15 20 Flow rate ( /min)
25
Auto joint
model
JVC/JVD JVE/JVF
Circuit Symbols (At the side of fixture) JVC, JVE
JVC/JVD Maximum use pressure
Normal hydraulic oil (Corresponding to ISO-VG-32)
7MPa
(At the side of pressure source) JVD, JVF
JVE/JVF Maximum use pressure
Coolant
1MPa
Air
Air
No flow out of JVC: hydraulic oil; JVE: coolant in the case of separated status (zero pressure).
Action Description This graph displays JVC/JVD. Pallet
JVD (JVF) (At the side of pressure source)
VS clamp
[Pallet clamp]
After the pallet is transported out
JVC (JVE) (At the side of fixture)
Before the pallet is transported in
VSJ (VSB) block
・The pallet clamp is in released status.
[Auto joint] ・The auto joint is in unconnected status.
Base plate
Fluid: OFF
[Pallet clamp]
Clamp rod lift function
・The pallet rests on clamp rod.
[Auto joint] ・The auto joint is in unconnected status. ・Please do not connect it under pressurized status (where the pallet clamp is locked). ・As the internal spring is not activated, no counterforce occurs due to the auto joint. Zero counterforce
Released status
When the pallet is transported out
When the pallet is transported in
Unconnected (no connection is allowed under pressurized status)
Fluid: OFF
[Pallet clamp] ・The pallet clamp is in locked status. (It is in released status when the pallet is transported out.)
・It is connected as the pallet is clamped. ・The fluid supply is possible (pressurized). ・Please do not separate it under pressurized status (where the pallet clamp is released).
When clamped
When clamped
[Auto joint]
・Counterforce occurs from the auto joint due to the internal spring and supply pressure. Locked status
Fluid: ON
Occurrence of counterforce
Completion of connection (no separation is allowed when pressurized)
Notes 1. Please do not carry out connection or separation of auto joint when pressurized. 2. Drain out air within the circuit before use. (The used fluid is oil). 3. Do not connect if surfaces are contaminated. If contaminants are present, clean with air blow before connecting. 4. During separation, as load occurs on the actuator at the fixture side, fluid may flow out from the auto joint front end due to pressure. 5. If the allowed eccentricity is exceeded, take care not to damage the internal parts. (It is recommended to use such device as guide pin when the pallet clamp is not combined for use.) 6. It is recommended to use VS series as pallet clamp to ensure stabilized setting via 1mm lift stroke.
KOSM EK LT D .
Auto joint
Lift stroke 1mm
Released status
34
Auto joint External Dimensions JVC/JVD
C
More than 12.5
(0 4 )
1 5 Screw
10
2
A
B
φ18
35
*1
0 5)
45 φ2
2
45°
Connection setting dimensions D ±0 05 (When the pallet clamp is locked) (Reference value: limiting dimension E for single unit connection)
Hexagonal 22
- -
A 5 8- 17 9 °) (accessory)
21
More than 10
12
Hexagonal 22
-
45 φ2
2
18 5
φ2 5 7 + 0 3
JVC 2
φ21
30° 3
φ14
JVC/JVD (common)
5
A 5 8- 17 9 °) (accessory)
Processing dimensions for the mounting area 22
1 5 Screw
15 5 98
φ17 8 2
1 5 Screw
External Dimensions JVE/JVF
0 5)
3 φ3
27
35
1 5 Screw
7MPa
C 10
A 5 8- 21 9 °) Fluoro rubber (accessory)
A
B
φ2
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
45° 27
1 5 Screw
More than 12.5
35
More than 17 *2
Connection setting dimensions D ±0 05 (When the pallet clamp is locked) *1 (Reference value: limiting dimension E for single unit connection)
Hexagonal 30
- -
33
(0 5)
1 5
3 φ3
3
23
Hexagonal 30
3
φ27 4 8 + 0 3
φ22
3
Fluoro rubber (accessory)
φ28
30°
5
A 5 8- 21 9 °)
More than 10
JVE/JVF (common)
1 5 Screw 1 5 5 10
27
Processing dimensions for the mounting area
5
max 9 2
More than φ11 *2
*2 The dimensions indicate only those at the side of JVE.
Auto joint
model
JVC/JVD JVE/JVF
2
-
3
-
2
- - B
3
- - B
VS clamp
VSB block
VS clamp
2
-
3
-
2
- -
3
- -
When released BA+1
VSB block
When locked BA
Collar used for level adjustment
When released BB+1
VZ-
When locked BB
Connection dimensions
List of External Dimensions & Connection Dimensions At the side of fixture
Model
At the side of pressure source
A B C D E Appropriate clamp model Appropriate block model Used clamp model When VSB block is used When VSJ block is used
BA BB
2 - - B 2 3 - - B 2 1 1 5 11 5 11 2 / B 2 2 11 5 2
4 11 5 2
2 - 3 - 24 5 35 11 2 19 5 4 2 13 23 5
2 2
2 2 - - B 3 - - B 17 5 1 5 13 12 5
3 2 - 3 - 28 7 11 23 5 23
2 - - B1 3 - - B1 2 1 9 15 5 15
2 - - 1 3 - - 1 3 5 95 11 2 25 5 1
B 1 15 5 2
1 19 5 32
B1 25 25 5 41
4 31 5 50
4 11 5 2
12 22 5
1 1 13 5 24
1 17 5 30
Auto joint
Notes 1 The connection dimensions BA and BB vary when the collar for level adjustment (VZ-VS1) is used. (See page 21 for reference.) Make the connection dimensions*1 of JVC/JVD, JVE/JVF at D ± 5 2 When the pallet clamps other than for corresponding devices are used together, make the connection dimensions*1 of JVC/JVD, JVE/JVF at D± 5 Or use of JNA/JNB, JNC/JND can be considered. (Refer to other Auto Coupler/Auto Joint Catalogue CAT.NO.KJ-02.) *1 With regard to tolerance of connection dimensions, D ± 5 indicates the tolerance when counterforce is zero from the auto joint during pallet setting (where the pallet clamp used together is released). Otherwise, the connection dimensions can be D -0 4
KOSM EK LT D .
36
Pump unit Pump unit A compact shop air-driven hydrauiic pump. The circuit is controlled with air ON/OFF (hydraulic pressure ON/OFF). Easy to set up with compact size.
Circuit Symbols Mechanical selector valve
PA
Specifications Model Discharging hydraulic pressure *1
MPa
Tank capacity *2 Use temperature Used fluid
P
CV2 30 4.5 2.4
CV2 40 CV2 50 4.0 7.0 6.0 11.0 2 L -L L 1 1 0 70 ISO-VG32 Corresponding to normal hydraulic oil
AB - Pump
Remarks: *1. The discharging hydraulic pressure indicates the case where the set air pressure is 0.3-0.5MPa. *2. H.L: Upper oil amount limit L.L: Lower oil amount limit
Reference circuit example Air for seating confirmation
Air sensor for seating confirmation
m Air
VS clamp Air blow
Mechanical selector valve
PA Release hydraulic pressure
Coupler
P
AB - Pump
CV Pump unit
37
7MPa
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
Pump unit
model
o
2B
- -
138
r
Oil supply port
Air regulator
Selector valve for operation
AB - Pump
PA port c1/4 screw Air pressure gauge
P
ort c1/4 screw
Air venting valve
319
50
4.5
151
80
223.5
287
62
166
10
75 73
155
10
175 2 Tank
4- 8 bolt hole 8 1 bolt JIS spring washer (accessory)
Pump unit
i
imen ion
130
tern
CV
KOSM EK LT D .
38
Pallet Clamp Notes for design 1) Specification confirmation â&#x2014;?The operation hydraulic pressure for different models is shown in the table below. Model
VS
Maximum operation pressure
Minimum operation pressure [MPa]
VT 7.0
[MPa]
3.5
1.5
As the workpiece fixture plate may fall down during releasing, it is recommended to set up the latching mechanism to prevent it from falling down. When the pallet is used in vertical position (hanging on the wall), the internal moving parts tend to wear out. Confirm the positioning precision in a regular manner. In case the allowed range is exceeded, change the machine. Example of latching mechanism
2) Consideration for circuit design When the hydraulic circuit is designed, read carefully the reference examples in Oil Cylinder Speed Control Circuit & Notes (page 43), and design the appropriate circuit. If incorrectly designed, the machine may malfunction, sustain damage or have reduced performance. It is recommended to use the air flow path over 6mm. 3) When the pallet is in vertical position When the workpiece fixture plate is being set, make sure it is in proper proximity and square to the clamps. If it is locked out of position, the machine or clamps may be damaged. When VSB is used
When VSJ is used
Allowed dimension P
Allowed dimension P
When the pallet is in horizontal position (leveled), make sure the weight of the workpiece fixture is less than the lift force of the clamps and maximum load of the machine. When the pallet is in vertical position, make sure the weight of workpiece fixture pallet is 10% of the clamping force. Please contact us in case the pallet is in other positions.
4) Seat setting In case the clamp/block configuration is linear, it is recommended to provide additional supports for stability.
Allowed dimension P (spring clamp) Model
VS0020 VS0040 VS0060 VS0100 VS0160 VS0250 VS0400
VSB Block
13
13
14.5
17
21
27
33
VSJ Block
21.5
21.5
25
27.5
33.5
42.5
51.5
Allowed dimension P (hydraulic clamp) Model
Datum clamp Cut block Datum clamp Datum block
V 0040 V 0060 V 0100 V 0160
VSB Block
13
13.5
15
19
VSJ Block
21.5
24
25.5
31.5
Seat
39
7MPa
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
Moment
Load
Notes
model
5) Setting of rough guide If the position of the pallet during loading is outside the clamp allowable eccentricity, the clamp may prematurely contact the block taper surface causing damage affecting locating precision. It is recommended to use rough guides to contain the pallet within the allowable eccentricity.
VS/VT
6) It is necessary to have a guide in case the guide block (VSB/VSJ-G) is not used. The combination of guide clamp (VS/VT-G) and guide block (VSB/VSJ-G) ensures the protective function of datum clamp. The guide should be set up in case the guide block is not used in the applications below.
When only the combination of datum clamps (2) and datum block (VSB/VSJ-D) cut block (VSB/VSJ-C) is used.
More than 10mm
When only the combination of datum clamp and free block (VSB/VSJ-F) is used to rotate the fixture plate.
Guide (Two) rough guide (Two)
Less than 0.2mm
The pallet must be level when lowering or lifting from the pallet clamps. If necessary, provide guide pins to keep the pallet level during loading and unloading.
Notes
Guide pin
KOSM EK LT D .
40
Pallet Clamp Notes on installation 1) Used fluid confirmation Please use the appropriate fluid by referring to the Hydraulic Fluid List.
1
Before mounting the unit, first install the accessory U packing in the mounting hole as shown in the graph below.
2) Treatment before the assembly The pipeline, piping connector and fixture circuits should be cleaned by thorough flushing. The dust and cutting powder in the circuit may lead to fluid leakage land malfunctioning. This product is not equipped with protective function to prevent dust and impurity going into the hydraulic system and pipeline. 3) Applying seal tape Wind tape 1~2 turns. Wrapping in the wrong direction will cause leaks and malfunction. Tape should be tight on the threads. If loose, it can lead to leaks. In order to prevent foreign substance going into the product during the piping work, it should be carefully cleaned before the
Attention to direction U packing
2
VS VS0020
Block VT
VT0040
Nominal designation of mounting bolt
The clamp will be equipped with a delivery ring for shipment. After the pallet clamp is mounted on the fixture, remove the delivery ring before use. (When the delivery ring is removed, ensure the release hydraulic pressure.) Please take good care of the delivery ring as it is necessary to remove the clamp.
Delivery ring
Tightening torque (N.m)
VSB
VSJ
VSB020
VSJ020
M4×0.7
3.2
VSB060
VSJ060
M5×0.8
6.3
VS0040
With regard to delivery ring (important) The delivery ring is used to prevent separation of parts of individual clamps.
work is started. 4) Mounting the body Use four bolts with hex holes (grade 12.9) and tighten the body with torque as shown in the table below. Tighten them evenly to prevent twisting or jamming. Clamp
With regard to pallet clamp With regard to mounting of U packing
When the pallet clamp is removed from the fixture, mount the delivery ring
VSJ100
VS0060
VT0060
VSB100
VSJ160
M6
10
VS0100
VT0100
VSB160
VSJ250
M8
25
VS0160
VT0160
VSB250
VSJ400
M10
50
in advance. In case it is removed without using of the delivery ring, the internal parts may be separated from the spring, which cannot be recovered. Delivery ring
VSB400 VS0250
M12
80
VS0400
M16
200
5) Removal Mount the delivery ring. Remove mounting bolts. Insert jack bolts and tighten evenly to lift clamp. Protect the screw parts with parallel pins as shown in the graph below in order for the bolts used for jack not to damage the surface of mounting screws.
With regard to embedded block (VSB)
1
Level adjustment of block seating surface When the fixture plates are assembled in the blocks, adjust the level of block seating surface in the way described below. (Recommended level adjustment: within ±0.003mm)
Delivery ring
Assemble the fixture plate in the sequence of collar used for level adjustment and block in the, and tighten them with specified torque.
Bolt used for jack
Measure the level of different block seating surfaces. In case the levels are not even, remove the blocks, and grind the collars used for level adjustment so that the level range is within ±0.003mm.
Parallel pin, hollow set screw and so on.
Once again, assemble the block and collar used for level adjustment into the fixture plate, and confirm the levels.
41
7MPa
Collar used for level adjustment(VZ) Below 0.003
VSB Block
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
Seating surface
Notes
model
VS/VT
Notes on handling 1) It should be handled by qualified personnel with sufficient knowledge. The hydraulic machine/air compressor should be handled and maintained by qualified personnel with sufficient experience and knowledge. 2) Do not handle or disassemble the items unless the safety is ensured. ①The machine and equipment can only be inspected or prepared after it is confirmed that the preventive devices against falling of driven articles and reckless operation preventive device are in place. ② Before the machine is disassembled, make sure that the above-mentioned safety measures are in place, shut off the air of hydraulic source and power and make sure that no pressure exists in the hydraulic circuit. ③ After stopping the machine, do not disassemble it until its temperature cools down. ④ Make sure there is no abnormality in the bolts and respective parts before restarting the machine/equipment. 3) Do not touch the lamp when the swinging clamp is in operation. Otherwise, your hands may be injured due to crushing or pinching. 4) Do not disassemble or modify it. If it is disassembled or modified, the warranty will become invalid even if it is still within the warranty period.
Maintenance/Inspection
3
If disconnection is carried out with coupler, air is mixed inside the circuit after a long period of use, air venting should be carried out on the regular basis.
4
Check whether the pipeline, mounting bolt and nut for fixing the lever are loosened or not. Retighten it on the regular basis.
5
Make sure the hydraulic fluid has not deteriorated.
6
Make sure that the action is smooth and there is no abnormal noise. Especially when it is restarted after left unused for a long period, make sure it can be operated correctly.
7
The products should be stored in the cold and dark place without direct sunshine and moisture.
8
Please contact us for overhaul and repair. Hydraulic Fluid List ISO viscosity grade ISO-VG-32 Manufacturer name
Wear resistant hydraulic fluid
Multi purpose universal fluid
Tellus Oil C32 TELLUS OIL C32 Showa Shell Sekiyu DAPHNE SUPER HYDRO 32A SUPERMULTI 32 Idemitsu Kosan SUPER HYRANDO 32 SUPER MULPUS 32 Nippon Oil Corp COSMO NEW MIGHTY SUPER 32 COSMO HYDRO AW32 Cosmo Oil LATHUS 32 HYDLUX 32 Japan Energy (JOMO) NUTO 32 NUTO H32 Esso Sekiyu MOBIL DTE24 LIGHT MOBIL DTE24 ExxonMobil UNIT OIL P32 UNIT OIL WR32 Kygnus FUKKOL SUPER HYDROL 32 FUKKOL HYDROL DX32 Fujikosan Oil HYDROL AW32 Matsumura Oil SUNVIS 832 SUNVIS 932 Japan Sun Oil HYDIC AW32 HYDIC 32 Mitsui Oil HYSPIN AWS32 Castrol Note: as it may be difficult to purchase the products as shown in the table from overseas, please contact the respective manufacturer.
1) Removal of the clamp and shutoff of pressure source Before the clamp is removed, make sure that the preventive devices against falling of driven articles and reckless operation preventive device are in place, shut off the air of hydraulic source and power and make sure that no pressure exists in the hydraulic circuit. Make sure there is no abnormality in the bolts and respective parts before restarting.
Notes
2) Clean the reference surfaces (taper reference surface, seating surface) regularly. This clamp is equipped with cleaning mechanism (air flow mechanism) to eliminate cutting powder and coolant. However, in case some foreign substances cannot be eliminated such as attached cutting powder and coolant with viscosity, make sure there is no foreign substance before mounting the work pallet. The dirt is attached on the clamp and block during use may lead to positioning precision deterioration, malfunctioning and oil leakage.
KOSM EK LT D .
42
Pallet Clamp Speed control circuit of hydraulic cylinder & notes If the hydraulic cylinder speed is controlled, the circuit should be designed with the following points taken into consideratio. Carry out sufficient advance review as the wrong circuit design may lead to machine malfunctioning and damage. Speed control circuit for single acting cylinder For spring return type single acting cylinders, restricting flow during release can slow or prevent release action. The preferred method is to control the flow during the lock action and use a valve that has free-flow in the release direction. Also, it is preferred to provide a speed control at each actuator to be regulated.
In the case of meter-out circuit, however, the hydraulic circuit should be designed with the following points taken into consideration. Single acting components should not use the same speed control as the double acting components. The release action of the single acting cylinders may become erratic or very slow.
If the release action is accelerated by some load (or gravity) the clamp may sustain damage. In this case add speed control to release flow.
Refer to the following circuit when both the single acting cylinder and double acting cylinder are used together. Separate the control circuit.
The release of the lateral flow control
W
Speed control circuit for double acting cylinde For double acting cylinder speed control, both the locking side and release side should have meter-out circuits. Meter-in controls can be adversely affected by any air in the system.
Back pressure in a shared tank line can delay the releaseof single acting components. However, due to back pressure of the tank line, the single acting cylinder may act after action of the double acting cylinder.
Meter-out circuit
In the case of meter-out circuit, the inner circuit pressure may increase during the cylinder action because of the fluid supply. The increase of the inner circuit pressure can be prevented by reducing the supplied fluid beforehand via the flow governing valve. Especially, as for systems with sequence valve and pressure switch for action confirmation, if the inner circuit pressure is over the setting pressure, the system may break down, which should be taken into full consideration. Meter-in circuit
Sequence valve
43
7MPa
Flow governing valve for fluid supply (ok with each location)
h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p
Notes
model
VS/VT
Warranty Warranty Warranty Period The product warranty period is 18 months from shipment from our factory or 12 months from initial use, whichever is earlier. 2 Warranty Scope If the product is damaged or malfunctions during the warranty period due to faulty design, materials or workmanship, we will replace or repair the defective part at our expense. Defects or failures caused by the following are not covered: 1
If the stipulated maintenance and inspection are not carried out; If the product is used while it is not suitable for use based on the operatorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s judgement, resulting in defect. f it is used or handled in inappropriate way by the operator (including damage caused by the misconduct of the third party.) If the defect is caused by reasons other than our responsibility. If it is caused by reform or repair other than carried out by us, or without our approval and confirmation. Other caused by natural disasters or calamities not attributable to our company. Parts expenses or replacement expenses due to parts consumption and deterioration (such as gum, plastic, seal material and some electric components).
Notes
Moreover, the damages in connection with or resulting from the product defect shall be excluded from the warranty.
KOSM EK LT D .
44
h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p
1441 Branding Avenue,Suite 110 Downers Grove,IL 60515 USA TEL.630-241-3465 FAX.630-241-3834 POLAND OFFICE: ul. Japońska 8 55-220 Jelcz-Laskowice, Poland TEL.48-71-303-5400 FAX.48-71-303-5401
Certification acquisition of ISO HEAD OFFICE / KANSAI OFFICE / OVERSEAS OFFICE KANTO OFFICE / CHUBU OFFICE
CAT.NO.VS001-02-02 Printed in Japan
JQA-QMA10823 2009. 8. First 0.5 Yc 2010. 1. Second 0.5 Ry
1MPa New
Air Location Clamp
Has the ability to Locate & Clamp Clamping performed by internal spring. All material is stainless steel.
model
Locating Accuracy 3μm Clamping force 0.7~9.0kN Compact
SWT
Air Location Clamp Using air pressure the pneumatic location clamp accurately positions and locates.
Locating function Repetitive location accuracy of 3Îźm Accuracy and repeatability is accomplished via a movable taper sleeve.
Clamping function Clamping force 0.7 â&#x2C6;ź 9.0kN Clamping is accomplished using air pressure and internal spring force. If the air pressure is lost the clamping force is maintained due to the internal spring.
Pneumatic double-action location clamp
Air blow function
Seating confirmation
Foreign substances such as
The component seating surface
cutting chips and other
has an air vent hole which is
contaminants can be removed.
utilized to detect seating with an air-catch sensor.
1
ee
t o ue
A
1-
-
or o tion/
et
m
or i er
m in
or e
mo e
/
Robotic arms
m
Bo
Coaters head
i e
i e P rt to e o te
Semiconductor inspection device
Production line for LCD panels
2
Air Location Clamp Cross Section Structure & Features
Higher locating accuracy/higher durability/compact
Location accuracy function
Prevention of contaminants
Easy installation
Marginal error is absorbed by
The dust seal is designed to prevent
Because the datum points are done
a moveable taper sleeve.
foreign substances from entering the
with the blocks, the plate can be
The clearance between the clamp unit,
clamp.
interchangeable for easy installation.
taper sleeve, and block is eliminated
â&#x20AC;ť The mounting phase is necessary only for cut block.
allowing consistent repeatability and clamping force. (See page 5)
P te
Bo
Contact Surface of Steel Ball Contact surface of steel ball is a cone shape and negates the issues of position changes between clamp and block. en
Bo m e
Strong air blow Effective air blow with independent circuit.
Clamping maintained by spring
B e P te
All material stainless steel
It clamps via air pressure and spring
Stainless steel material eliminates
force in normal condition, if air pressure
corrosion, chemical-resistance and
is lost clamping force on the fixture plate
stiffness.
is maintained due to internal spring force. Estimated spring life time is more than 2 million cycle.
Internal Structure Description Plate
Dust seal
Steel ball
Taper sleeve Taper reference surface SWTJ Block
Seating surface
Small rod Air venting hole for seating confirmation
Body
Air port (used for air flow)
Air Lock port
Spring
Air Release port
Piston rod
Base plate
Action Description Dust seal
・ Air
o
re ent
・ u t e ・
e e i
・
rti e ont min tion
re ent
n e to o
ont min tion n
e t er ee e ot i rote te ont min nt rom enterin
Locking Air pressure OFF
e
n o e n e e i ne rom t e m in oint it
ee
tee
ot t
re i
te to re ent
n i
e n oo nt
n
n ot er
After the plate is transported out
Air blow ON
Before the plate is transported in
Flange inclined surface
Release Air pressure ON
Lift-up function at the front end of clamp Plate Appropriate clearance
When the plate is transported in e te i et on t e r i e et een t e tum ur e
When the plate is transported out ・
Air blow ON
i ton ro At t i time t ere i e r n e o in t e ir o to remo e ont min nt
e
o e ont tin o t er re eren e ur
e i re e e
it
i t-u
When the plate is transported out
When the plate is transported in
・
or e
Locking Air pressure OFF Release Air pressure ON
Taper reference surface
Locking Air pressure ON Release Air pressure OFF
・
en un m in ir re ure i o n m in ir re ure i on ir re ure n rin or e o er t e i ton ro en tee en e t e o rin in it to t e e tin ur e
・
e te i o itione it i re i ion i t e t er ee e ont t t e t er re eren e ur e o t e o
・ i
e e tin ir t
ur e in u e en or
n ir ent or e tin
on irm tion
it
When clamped
Air blow ON
When clamped
Air venting hole for seating confirmation
Air Location Clamp Precision assurance function (Description of movable taper sleeve) Locating method: dual surface with movable taper sleeve. The benefits of movable taper sleeve. Plate
With marginal error absorbed by the moveable taper sleeve, the clearance between the clamp unit, taper sleeve and block is eliminated enabling the repetitive location accuracy and stabilized clamping force.
Taper reference surface
① Absorbs tolerance variations in each location clamp and block .
Seating surface
② Absorbs wear of locating part due to long time use.
Taper sleeve (with slitting)
③ Absorbs space variations of mounting holes. Base plate
④ Absorbs space variations due to temperature change.
Movement and error absorbed by the movable taper sleeve. (①/②) Starting of action for locating There is almost zero clearance as the moving parts come in contact with the taper reference surface.
XY locating
XYZ locating
Almost zero clearance between the taper sleeve and the moving parts of the unit.
Absorbs errors by lowering the taper sleeve. Seating surface touches and locates on 2 surfaces.
Close contact
Close contact
Close contact
Movable taper sleeve absorbs distance error. (③/④) Absorbs distance variations minimizing the wear of locating parts and prevents deformation of clamp/block. ※ The precision assurance function is absolutely necessary especially when plates are transported or multiple fixture changeovers are needed.
Precision error between center distance
Datum block
Distance error : Small
Cut block Taper sleeve Small rod Spring
Precision between center distance ±0.02 (maximum ±0.025)
Absorbs variation errors by lowering taper sleeve.
Distance error : Large
Air location clamp system example When using 4 clamps
Each models function e er to P e 7 or
m / o
om in tion
Datum clamp Guide Block
Plate P rt to e o te
With locating function
Datum Block
Movable taper sleeve
Cut Block
Guide clamp Guide Block
Without locating function Guide (straight surface) Datum clamp
Guide clamp Guide clamp
Datum Block Datum clamp
Used for reference locating
Base plate
Tapered datum surface (Entire surface)
When using 2 clamps
Cut Block
Used for unidirectional locating Plate P rt to e o te
Cut Block
Tapered datum surface (Partial) n t tion e re uire e i ttention to et i for Cut block. Contact KOSMEK for assistance.
Datum Block
Guide Block or ui in Datum clamp
Guide part (straight surface) ree o
Datum clamp
oe not
e ui in
un tion
Base plate
Reference Circuit Sample Air for Seating Confirmation
Air Sensor for Seating Confirmation Air Blow SWT Clamp
Locking Air Pressure Release Air Pressure
Remark 1. It is recommended to use air flow line with at least Ď&#x2020;6 in order to ensure effective air flow. Please supply clean filtered air.
Air
Air Location Clamp Model code (Clamp)
SWT 0 03 0 - M D 1 1
2
3
Clamping force Refer to Page 8
2
Design No.
3
Function Classification
D
G taper
D:Datum clamp (used for positioning)
straight
G:Guide clamp (used for guiding) Datum clamp
Guide clamp
Installation bolt is not included. Contact KOSMEK to order bolt if needed.
Combination of clamp and block SWT-MD SWT-MD SWT-MG Remark 1
Clamp Datum clamp Datum clamp Guide clamp Datum or Guide clamp B/ B/
o o
o e: o e:
-G or
Block Datum Block Cut Block Guide Block Free block
inter r ui
n e i it it m o e: /
Functions when they are combined Clamping function + locating function (standard) Clamping function + locating function (unidirectional) Clamping function + guide function Clamping function ont t
or more et i
External Dimensions This drawing shows the release position of SWT -M . ( Air venting hole for seating confirmation
en u
in re e e ir re ure
Lock air port
Air port for seating confirmation
Air blow port
List of External Dimensions (SWT) 1-
2-
3-
5-
8-
A
42.3
51.7
54.7
62.2
71.2
D
34.5
45
55
69
87.5
G
E
13.1
16
17.5
18
20
F±0.003
F
10
12
13.5
16
20
G
17.8
21.7
21.7
26.5
29.5
E
φP
H
1.4
2
2
1.7
1.7
J
1.4
2
2
2
3
L
53
66
76
94
118.5
P
26
32
35.5
44
51
S
14
18
20
26
32
A
H
φS
Release air port φD ++ 0.030 0.011 (SWT-MD) 0 (SWT-MG) φD - 0.020 φL
ote : P e e
or et i on out ine imen ion
Specifications Model Repetitive locating accuracy mm Full stroke mm Lift stroke mm Allowed eccentricity during setting of fixture plate mm Maximum loading mass *1 kg Cylinder capacity *2 When locked cm3 When released Retaining force(at air pressure 0MPa) *2 *3 kN Maximum use pressure Minimum use pressure Used air pressure MPa Pressure resistance Air blow pressure Operating temperature Use fluid Mass*2 kg
SWT0010-M
SWT0020-M
2.8
3.4
1.0 200 1.79 1.98 0.4
1.0 400 3.88 4.27 0.7
0.25
0.5
SWT0030-M 0.003 3.4 1.0 1.5 600 6.14 6.68 1.0 1.0 0.35 1.5 4 5 7 Dry air 0.8
SWT0050-M
SWT0080-M
4.0
4.5
1.5 800 11.33 12.47 1.2
1.5 1200 20.58 22.62 1.5
1.4
2.5
Remarks *1. The maximum load weight indicates the case where four clamps are used and the plate is in a horizontal position (leveled) The release air pressure is determined with the loaded mass (fixture). (Please set the loaded mass below 80% of the lift force (number of clamps X lift force.) Contact KOSMEK when you need to mount the fixture plate vertically. *2. The specifications show one unit. *3. Holding force at 0MPa air pressure does not match the specification force.
Clamping force/Lift force SWT0010-M
SWT0020-M 3.0 Clamping force/Lift force(kN)
Clamping force/Lift force(kN)
1.4 1.2 Clamping force 1.0 0.8 0.6 Lift force 0.4 0.2 0
0
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0
1.0
0
0.3
Supply air pressure (MPa)
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
0.9
1.0
SWT0050-M
4.0
6
3.5
Clamping force/Lift force(kN)
Clamping force/Lift force(kN)
0.5
Supply air pressure (MPa)
SWT0030-M
3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0
0.4
0
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
Supply air pressure (MPa)
5 4 3 2 1 0
0
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
Supply air pressure (MPa)
SWT0080-M Clamping force/Lift force(kN)
10 8 6 4
Remarks: 1. This graph shows one clamp. 2. This graph shows the relationship between the supply air pressure and the clamping force (solid line)/Lift force (dotted line).
2 0
0
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
Supply air pressure (MPa)
0.9
1.0
Air Location Clamp Model code (Embedded block) SWT B 03 0 - D 1
2
3
3 Function Classification
1 Appropriate SWT clamp mode
01 02 03 05 08
: : : : :
SWT0010 SWT0020 SWT0030 SWT0050 SWT0080
Sleeve used for level adjustment
(Mounting bolt )
Plate
D : Datum block (used for reference locating) C : Cut block (used for unidirectional locating) G : Guide block (used for guiding) F : Free block (shared by multiple plates with different sizes)
SWTB Block
Installation bolt is not included. Contact KOSMEK to order bolt if needed.
2 Design No.
External Dimensions 0-D
SWTB
φ
H±0.003 J
J 0.5
H±0.003 φA
0-G 0-F
φ
φ
H±0.003 J 0.5
SWTB SWTB
0-C
0.5
SWTB
Cross section of bolt
φA
φA
Spring pin*1 (accessory)
Locating direction*1
Notes *1. The spring pin is used for phasing of SWTB-C locating direction.
VZ 0 06 0 - V S C 1
φBA±0.1
BC±0.01
Sleeve used for level adjustment Model code / External Dimensions 2
List of External Dimensions (SWTB/VZ) Model
1 Appropriate block model 01 : SWTB010 02 : SWTB020 06 : SWTB030 10 : SWTB050 16 : SWTB080
Corresponding
A
Connection dimensions
SWTB Block
Clamp
When locked P When released P+1
Sleeve used for level adjustment
Plate
P
B 3 -
B 5 -
B 8 -
2-
3-
5-
8-
2 /4 -
-
1 -
1 -
-
4-
-
1 -
1 -
-D/-C combination
43 +0.027 +0.011
50 +0.027 +0.011
58m6 +0.030 +0.011
70m6 +0.030 +0.011
83m6 +0.035 +0.013
-G/- om in tion
43g7 -0.009 -0.034
50g7 -0.009 -0.034
58g7 -0.010 -0.040
70g7 -0.010 -0.040
83g7 -0.012 -0.047
42.5
49.2
57.2
69.2
82.2
H
10
13
13
16.5
17.5
J
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
(SWT Clamp)
9.5
11.5
13
15.5
19.5
(VS Clamp)
-
11.5
13
15.5
19.5
(VT Clamp) Mass
kg
Model
-
11.5
12
13.5
17.5
0.08
0.15
0.2
0.35
0.5
VZ0010-VSC VZ0020-VSC VZ0060-VSC VZ0100-VSC VZ0160-VSC
BA
42.5
49.2
57.2
69.2
82.2
BC
2
2
2
3
3
0.016
0.021
0.03
0.062
0.085
Mass Base plate
B 2 -
1-
model number
2 Design No.
B 1 -
kg
Notes 1. B o m teri : t in e tee ee e m teri : 45 2. Please ask KOSMEK for detail on outline dimensions.
Model code (Flange shaped block) SWT J 03 0 - D 1
2
3
3 Function Classification
1 Appropriate SWT clamp mode
01 02 03 05 08
: : : : :
SWT0010 SWT0020 SWT0030 SWT0050 SWT0080
(Mounting bolt )
D : Datum block (used for reference locating)
Plate
C : Cut block (used for unidirectional locating) G : Guide block (used for guiding) : ree o
re
mu ti e
te
it
i erent i e
SWTJ Block
Installation bolt is not included. Contact KOSMEK to order bolt if needed.
2 Design No.
External Dimensions 0-D
SWTJ
J H±0.003 φ
N
N
φ
0-G 0-F
φA
J H±0.003
φA
J H±0.003
φA
SWTJ SWTJ
0-C
Cross section of bolt
SWTJ010SWTJ020SWTJ030-
φ
N
SWTJ
Spring pin*2 (accessory) Positioning direction*2
SWTJ050SWTJ080-
Spring pin*2 (accessory) Locating direction*2
Notes *2. The spring pin is used for phasing of SWTJ-C locating direction.
List of External Dimensions (SWTJ) Model Corresponding model number
Connection dimensions
A
-D/-C combination -G/- om in tion
SWTJ Block
Clamp
When locked P When released P+1
Plate
H
P
2 -
3 -
5 -
8 -
1-
2-
3-
5-
8-
-
2 /4 -
-
1 -
1 -
-
4-
-
1 -
1 -
52m6 +0.030 +0.011
62m6 +0.030 +0.011
52g7
62g7 -0.010 -0.040
26 +0.024 +0.011 26g7
-0.007 -0.028
31.5 +0.027 +0.011 31.5g7
-0.009 -0.034
37.5 +0.027 +0.011 37.5g7
-0.009 -0.034
-0.010 -0.040
43
49
59
74
89
7
8
10
10
12
J
11
13
15
16.5
18.5
N
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
(SWT Clamp)
17
20
23.5
26
32
(VS Clamp)
-
20
23.5
26
32
(VT Clamp)
-
20
22.5
24
30
0.07
0.1
0.18
0.3
0.55
Mass Base plate
1 -
kg
Notes 1. Block material: Stainless steel. 2. Please ask KOSMEK for detail on outline dimensions.
1
■ P roduct li neup We manufacture a wide range of clamping systems and components. Feel free to contact us.
■A u t o
j o int
model JN / JV
Compact auto joint with a short connecting stroke allowing it to fit into smaller spaces, use with SWT.
■ Da t u m
C y l i nder
model WM
Pneumatic datum hole locator with a quick locate and release function using existing machined or cast holes. e e t
e
■ Ma n u a l
ur
o 3
m
Datum Pi n Loc ator
model VX
or
ie e
n e o itione m nu
it
re e t
ur
o 5
m
with expansion of a taper sleeve.
■ Ho le
C la mp
model SWH
This pneumatic hole clamp pulls the workpiece to the reference plane according to the Z axis using its existing hole. It allows for five face machining on the workpiece.
h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p
1441 Branding Avenue,Suite 110 Downers Grove,IL 60515 USA TEL.630-241-3465 FAX.630-241-3834 POLAND OFFICE: ul. Japońska 8 55-220 Jelcz-Laskowice, Poland TEL.48-71-303-5400 FAX.48-71-303-5401
JQA-QMA10823 KOSMEK HEAD OFFICE
CAT.NO.PSWT002-01-02 Printed in Japan
2010.12. First
1 Ry